FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP
S-3/A, 1997-03-25
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: FIRST AMERICAN SCIENTIFIC CORP \NV\, 10-K, 1997-03-25
Next: MUNICIPAL MORTGAGE & EQUITY LLC, 10-K, 1997-03-25




       AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 24, 1997
                                              REGISTRATION NO. 333-21071  
    
      
==========================================================================
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                PRE-EFFECTIVE
                            
    
    AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO 
    
   
                                   FORM S-3
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                _____________

                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                  Delaware                        Applied For
     (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF    (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
     INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
                                _____________


                              600 STEAMBOAT ROAD
                         GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06830
                                (203) 625-2700
   (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                 OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                                _____________


                            CHARLES A. FORBES, JR.
                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                              600 STEAMBOAT ROAD
                         GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06830
                                (203) 625-5673
          (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                  INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                                _____________

                               WITH A COPY TO:



        JOHN C. ANDERSON, ESQ.                 STEPHEN B. ESKO, ESQ.
   FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.               Brown & Wood LLP
          600 STEAMBOAT ROAD                   One World Trade Center
     GREENWICH, CONNECTICUT 06830            New York, New York  10048

                                _____________


       APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
     From time to time on or after the effective date of the registration
statement, as determined by market conditions.
                                                    
                        ---------------------------

     IF THE  ONLY SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED ON  THIS FORM ARE BEING OFFERED
PURSUANT  TO  DIVIDEND OR  INTEREST  REINVESTMENT  PLANS,  PLEASE  CHECK  THE
FOLLOWING BOX. / /
     IF ANY OF THE SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE TO BE OFFERED
ON  A DELAYED OR CONTINUOUS  BASIS PURSUANT TO RULE  415 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX. /X/
     IF THIS FORM IS FILED TO REGISTER ADDITIONAL  SECURITIES FOR AN OFFERING
PURSUANT TO RULE 462(B)  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING
BOX AND LIST THE SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION STATEMENT NUMBER OF THE  EARLIER
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SAME OFFERING./ /____________
     IF THIS FORM IS A POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 462(C)
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX AND LIST THE SECURITIES ACT
REGISTRATION STATEMENT NUMBER OF THE EARLIER EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
FOR THE SAME OFFERING./ /____________
     IF DELIVERY OF  THE PROSPECTUS IS EXPECTED  TO BE MADE PURSUANT  TO RULE
434, PLEASE CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX./ /



<TABLE>
                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<CAPTION>

                                                          Proposed        Proposed
                                           Amount         Maximum          Maximum        Amount of
        Title of Each Class of             to be       Offering Price     Aggregate     Registration
     Securities to Be Registered         Registered      Per Unit*     Offering Price*       Fee
<S>                                    <C>                  <C>        <C>               <C>
Asset Backed Securities . . . . . . .  $1,000,000,000       100%       $1,000,000,000    $303,030.31
</TABLE>

     *  Estimated for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be  necessary to delay its  effective date until the  Registrant
shall  file  a   further  amendment  which  specifically   states  that  this
Registration Statement  shall thereafter become effective  in accordance with
Section  8(a)  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  or  until the  Registration
Statement  shall become  effective on  such  date as  the Commission,  acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

     Pursuant to Rule  429 of the Securities and  Exchange Commission's Rules
and  Regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Prospectus
and  Prospectus  Supplement  contained in  this  Registration  Statement also
relates to  Registrant's registration  statement No. 333-10273  as previously
filed by the Registrant on Form S-3.
==========================================================================


    
   Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration  statement relating to these securities  has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to buy  be  accepted prior  to  the time  the registration  statement
becomes effective.   This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the solicitation  of an offer  to buy nor  shall there  be any sale  of these
securities in any State  in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would  be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification  under the securities laws of
any such State.
    
                    SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 24, 1997 
    
   

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED __________, 1997)

                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                  DEPOSITOR

   $___________ (APPROXIMATE) CLASS A, (    %) (VARIABLE PASS-THROUGH RATE)
                  ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199_-___
  DISTRIBUTIONS PAYABLE ON THE __TH DAY OF EACH MONTH, COMMENCING ON _______
__, 199_

     The  Series  199_-___   Certificates  will  consist   of  the  Class   A
Certificates (the "Senior Certificates"), one or more  classes of subordinate
certificates (the "Subordinate  Certificates"), and the Class  R Certificates
(the  "Residual  Certificates").  The  Senior  Certificates,  the Subordinate
Certificates  and  the  Residual Certificates  are  collectively  referred to
herein as  the  "Certificates."  Only  the Senior  Certificates  are  offered
hereby.

     The Certificates will represent the entire beneficial ownership interest
in a trust fund  (the "Trust Fund") to be  created pursuant to a Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of  __________ __, 199_, among Financial  Asset
Securities Corp. (the  "Depositor"), (              ), as  servicer (referred
to herein as "(          )", the  "Seller" or the "Servicer," as applicable),
and (            ), as  trustee (the "Trustee"). The Trust  Fund will consist
primarily  of a  pool of certain  (adjustable rate) (fixed  rate) home equity
(revolving credit line) loans made or to be made in the future (the "Mortgage
Loans") secured (partially)(primarily)  by second deeds of trust or mortgages
on   residential  properties  (or,   in  certain  limited   cases,  mixed-use
properties)  that  are  primarily  one-  to  four-family  properties (each  a
"Mortgaged Property"), the collections in respect of such Mortgage Loans, and
certain  other property relating to such mortgage loans.  (The Mortgage Loans
will be subject  to monthly mortgage  rate adjustments based upon  changes in
the average  of the  prime rate  published in  The Wall  Street Journal  (the
"Index"), as described herein under "The Mortgage Pool.")

     The Trust  Fund is  subject to  optional termination  under the  limited
circumstances described  herein. Any such optional termination  may result in
an  early retirement of the Senior Certificates offered hereby. Distributions
to Certificateholders will be made on the ___th day of each month or, if such
___th day  is not a business day, on the first business day thereafter (each,
a "Distribution Date"), commencing in _________ 199_.

     The Senior Certificates will have an initial aggregate principal balance
of  approximately $___________ and will evidence  in the aggregate an initial
beneficial ownership interest  of approximately ____% in the  Trust Fund. The
remaining beneficial ownership  interest in the Trust Fund  will be evidenced
by the Subordinate Certificates and the  Residual Certificates. The rights of
the Subordinate Certificateholders  to receive distributions with  respect to
the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be  subordinated  to  the  rights of  the  Senior
Certificateholders to the extent described herein. 

     Except  for certain  representations  and  warranties  relating  to  the
Mortgage Loans, (          )'s  obligations with respect to  the Certificates
are limited to its contractual servicing obligations. The Senior Certificates
evidence interests in the Trust Fund only and are payable solely from amounts
received  with respect thereto. The Senior  Certificates do not constitute an
obligation   of  or   an  interest   in   the  Depositor,   the  Trustee   or
(             ),  or any  of their  respective  affiliates, and  will not  be
insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency.

     FOR A DISCUSSION OF  CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN  INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK  FACTORS" ON PAGE S-8 HEREIN  AND
IN THE PROSPECTUS ON PAGE 11.

 THE SENIOR CERTIFICATES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
 THE RELATED TRUST FUND ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS
    OF THE DEPOSITOR, ANY SELLER OR ANY AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE
      EXTENT DESCRIBED HEREIN.  NEITHER THE SENIOR CERTIFICATES NOR THE 
         LOANS ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

   THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
      AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
        THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRE-
               SENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.



                              GREENWICH CAPITAL
                            M A R K E T S,  I N C.
                             --------------------


___________ __, 199_

     THE YIELD TO  INVESTORS ON THE SENIOR CERTIFICATES  WILL BE SENSITIVE IN
VARYING DEGREES  TO, AMONG  OTHER THINGS,  THE RATE AND  TIMING OF  PRINCIPAL
PAYMENTS  (INCLUDING PREPAYMENTS) OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS  (AND TO THE LEVEL OF
THE  INDEX). THE YIELD TO  MATURITY OF THE SENIOR  CERTIFICATES MAY VARY FROM
THE  ANTICIPATED YIELD TO  THE EXTENT  SUCH CERTIFICATES  ARE PURCHASED  AT A
DISCOUNT OR PREMIUM AND TO THE EXTENT THE RATE AND TIMING OF PAYMENTS THEREON
IS SENSITIVE  TO PREPAYMENTS. CERTIFICATEHOLDERS  OF THE  SENIOR CERTIFICATES
SHOULD  CONSIDER,  IN  THE  CASE  OF ANY  SUCH  CERTIFICATES  PURCHASED  AT A
DISCOUNT, THE RISK  THAT A LOWER THAN ANTICIPATED RATE  OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
COULD RESULT IN AN ACTUAL YIELD THAT IS LOWER THAN THE ANTICIPATED YIELD AND,
IN THE CASE OF ANY SENIOR CERTIFICATES PURCHASED AT A PREMIUM, THE  RISK THAT
A  FASTER THAN  ANTICIPATED RATE  OF  PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS  COULD RESULT  IN AN
ACTUAL YIELD THAT IS LOWER THAN THE ANTICIPATED YIELD.

     An  election will  be made  to treat  the Trust  Fund as  a real  estate
mortgage investment conduit (the "REMIC") for federal income tax purposes.


     Greenwich  Capital Markets, Inc.  (the "Underwriter") intends  to make a
secondary market in the  Senior Certificates but has no obligation  to do so.
There is currently no secondary market  for the Senior Certificates and there
can be no assurance  that such a market will develop or,  if it does develop,
that it will continue.
                            ______________________

     The Senior Certificates  are being offered by the  Underwriter from time
to  time in  negotiated transactions  or otherwise  at varying  prices to  be
determined at the time of sale. Proceeds  to the Depositor are expected to be
approximately $____________, plus accrued interest, before deducting issuance
expenses payable by the Depositor.

     The Senior Certificates are offered by the Underwriter, subject to prior
sale, when,  as  and if  delivered to  and accepted  by  the Underwriter  and
subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel. It is  expected that
delivery of the Senior Certificates will be made against payment therefor  on
or about _______ __, 199_, at  the offices of the Underwriter, 600  Steamboat
Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
                            ______________________

     This Prospectus Supplement  does not contain complete  information about
the offering of the Senior Certificates. Additional information is  contained
in the  Prospectus and  purchasers are  urged to  read  both this  Prospectus
Supplement and the  Prospectus in full. Sales of the  Senior Certificates may
not be  consummated unless  the purchaser has  received both  this Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus.

     Until  ninety days  after the  date of  this Prospectus  Supplement, all
dealers effecting  transactions in  the Senior  Certificates, whether  or not
participating in this  distribution, may be required to  deliver a Prospectus
Supplement and  the  Prospectus. This  is in  addition to  the obligation  of
dealers to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus when  acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

     This Summary of Terms is qualified  in its entirety by reference to  the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in
the accompanying  Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used  in this Summary
of  Terms are  defined  elsewhere in  this Prospectus  Supplement  or in  the
Prospectus.

Title of Certificates         Asset  Backed  Certificates,  Series  199__-___
                              (the "Certificates"), consisting of the Class A
                              Certificates (the  "Senior Certificates"),  one
                              or  more  classes of  subordinate  certificates
                              (the "Subordinate Certificates")  and the Class
                              R Certificates  (the "Residual  Certificates").
                              Only  the   Senior  Certificates   are  offered
                              hereby.

The Depositor                 Financial   Asset    Securities   Corp.    (the
                              "Depositor"),  a Delaware  corporation, and  an
                              indirect limited purpose  finance subsidiary of
                              National Westminster  Plc and  an affiliate  of
                              Greenwich    Capital    Markets,    Inc.   (the
                              "Underwriter").  See  "The  Depositor"  in  the
                              Prospectus and "Method of Distribution" herein.
                              None of the Depositor, National Westminster Plc
                              or  any of their affiliates or any other person
                              or entity will insure or guarantee or otherwise
                              be obligated with respect to the Certificates.


Servicer and Seller           (        )  ("(        )")  will serve  as  the
                              Servicer  (in such  capacity, the  "Servicer").
                              See "Servicing of Mortgage Loans--The Servicer"
                              herein. The  Mortgage Loans were  originated by
                              (        ) and were  acquired by the  Depositor
                              pursuant to a purchase agreement, dated  ______
                              (the "Purchase Agreement"),  between (    ), as
                              seller, and the Depositor, as purchaser.

Cut-off Date                  _______ __, 199_.

Closing Date                  On or about ____________ __, 199_.

Trustee                       (             ), a  (                ), not  in
                              its individual  capacity but solely  as trustee
                              on  behalf   of  the   Certificateholders  (the
                              "Trustee").

Description of Certificates

     A. General               The Certificates will be  issued pursuant to  a
                              Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement, dated  as of
                              ________ __, 199_  (the "Pooling and  Servicing
                              Agreement"), among the  Depositor, the Servicer
                              and the Trustee.

                              The  Senior  Certificates,  together  with  the
                              Subordinate  Certificates   and  the   Residual
                              Certificates,   will   represent   the   entire
                              beneficial ownership  interest in a  trust fund
                              (the  "Trust") whose assets include:  a pool of
                              (adjustable)   (fixed)    rate   home    equity
                              (revolving  credit line)  loans made (or  to be
                              made  in  the  future) (the  "Mortgage  Loans")
                              under  certain  home equity  (revolving  credit
                              line) loan  agreements (the  "Loan Agreements")
                              and  secured  (partially)(primarily)  by second
                              (deeds  of  trust) (mortgages)  on  residential
                              properties  (or,  in   certain  limited  cases,
                              mixed-use properties)  that are  primarily one-
                              to  four-family   properties  (the   "Mortgaged
                              Properties"); the collections in respect of the
                              Mortgage Loans received after the Cut-Off Date;
                              property that secured a Mortgage Loan which has
                              been acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of
                              foreclosure;  (a  surety   bond  or  letter  of
                              credit);  an  assignment   of  the  Depositor's
                              rights under the Purchase Agreement (as defined
                              below); rights  under certain  hazard insurance
                              policies covering the Mortgaged Properties; and
                              certain other property, as described more fully
                              herein.

     B. Distributions         Distributions on  the Senior  Certificates will
                              be made on  the ___th day of each  month or, if
                              such day is  not a business  day, on the  first
                              business day  thereafter, commencing  on ______
                              __,   199_  (each,   a  "Distribution   Date").
                              Distributions on each Distribution Date will be
                              made to Certificateholders of  record as of the
                              last  business day  of the month  preceding the
                              month  of  such  Distribution   Date  (each,  a
                              "Record   Date"),   except   that   the   final
                              distribution on the Senior Certificates will be
                              made only upon presentment and surrender of the
                              Senior Certificates at the office or  agency of
                              the Trustee in New York, New York.

                              Distributions  on the  Mortgage  Loans will  be
                              applied  to  the   payment  of  principal   and
                              interest on the Certificates in accordance with
                              the priorities  described below. The  rights of
                              the Subordinate Certificateholders and Residual
                              Certificateholders  to   receive  distributions
                              with   respect  to   the  Mortgage   Loans  are
                              subordinated  to  the  rights   of  the  Senior
                              Certificateholders  to  the   extent  described
                              herein. 

     1. Interest              Interest  will,   to  the   extent  funds   are
                              available  therefor,  be  paid  on  the  Senior
                              Certificates in an amount equal to one  month's
                              interest  at  the  Pass-Through  Rate  on   the
                              Certificate Principal Balance thereof, together
                              with any Unpaid Interest Shortfall with respect
                              thereto. See "Description of the Certificates--
                              Distributions" herein.

     2. Principal             On each  Distribution Date,  Certificateholders
                              of the Senior Certificates  will be entitled to
                              receive,  as  payments  of  principal,  to  the
                              extent  funds  are   available  therefor  after
                              distributions   of  interest   on  the   Senior
                              Certificates, the  Class A  Formula Amount  for
                              such Distribution  Date. Certificateholders  of
                              such  Certificates  also  will be  entitled  to
                              receive  any Unpaid  Liquidation Loss  Amounts.
                              See   "Description   of    the   Certificates--
                              Distributions" herein.

Pass-Through Rate             The   Pass-Through   Rate  for   a   particular
                              Distribution Date will be equal to (____%) (the
                              weighted average of  the Net Loan Rates  of the
                              Mortgage  Loans). The  Net  Loan  Rate for  any
                              Mortgage Loan will be equal to the Loan Rate of
                              such  Mortgage Loan  on the  first  day of  the
                              month preceding the month of such  Distribution
                              Date,  less ____% per  annum servicing fee rate
                              (the   "Servicing  Fee   Rate").  The   initial
                              Pass-Through  Rate for  the first  Distribution
                              Date  for the  Certificates  in  _____ 199_  is
                              expected to be  approximately ____%). See  "The
                              Mortgage Pool--General" herein.

The Mortgage Loans            The Mortgage  Loans are  (partially)(primarily)
                              secured by  second deeds of trust  or mortgages
                              on  Mortgaged Properties.   The  Mortgage Loans
                              were originated by (  )  and on or prior to the
                              Closing  Date, (    )   will sell  the Mortgage
                              Loans to the  Depositor pursuant to a  purchase
                              agreement  (the  "Purchase  Agreement").    The
                              aggregate Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of the
                              Mortgage  Loans is  $___________ (the  "Cut-Off
                              Date Pool Balance").

                              The  combined   loan-to-value  ratio   of  each
                              Mortgage  Loan,  computed  using  (the  maximum
                              amount the  borrower was permitted to draw down
                              under the  related Loan Agreement  (the "Credit
                              Limit")) and taking into account the amounts of
                              any   related   senior  mortgage   loans   (the
                              "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio")  did not exceed
                              __%  as  of  the Cut-Off  Date.    The weighted
                              average  Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio  of  the
                              Mortgage  Loans was  ____%  as  of the  Cut-Off
                              Date.    See  "THE  MORTGAGE LENDING  PROGRAM--
                              Underwriting   Procedures   Relating   to   the
                              Mortgage Loans" herein.

                              Interest  on  each  Mortgage  Loan  is  payable
                              monthly  and computed  on  the related  average
                              daily  outstanding Principal  Balance for  each
                              billing cycle  at a (fixed)(variable)  rate per
                              annum (the "Loan Rate") equal  (to ___%)(at any
                              time (subject  to minimum and maximum rates, as
                              described  herein under  "The Mortgage  Lending
                              Program--Mortgage  Loan  Terms,"   and  further
                              subject to applicable usury limitations) to the
                              sum of  (i) (the  prime rate  published in  the
                              "Money  Rates"  section   of  The  Wall  Street
                              Journal  generally on the Monday of the week in
                              which such Loan Rate adjusts (or, if no rate is
                              published  on  such  day,  then  on   the  next
                              succeeding calendar  day on which a  prime rate
                              is  published), rounded  to  the nearest  (   )
                              percent) and (ii) a margin generally within the
                              range  of  ___%  to ___%.    The  Loan Rate  is
                              subject to adjustment (      ).)  With  respect
                              to each Mortgage Loan, a "billing cycle" is the
                              calendar month preceding a Due Date.   Interest
                              accrued at  such rate  will be  due on  the Due
                              Date  in the month  following the close  of the
                              billing  cycle.  (As to each Mortgage Loan, the
                              Due Date  is the __th  day of the month.)   The
                              Cut-Off  Date  Principal Balances  ranged  from
                              zero   to  $_______   and  averaged   $_______.
                              (Credit  Limits under the  Mortgage Loans as of
                              the Cut-Off ranged from approximately $_____ to
                              $______ and averaged  $______.)  Each  Mortgage
                              Loan was originated in  the period from _______
                              to _________, (and, as of the Cut-Off Date, the
                              weighted average Credit  Limit Utilization Rate
                              (as  defined herein)  was approximately  ___%).
                              See   "THE   MORTGAGE  LENDING   PROGRAM"   and
                              "DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

Servicing                     (        ) will serve as the Servicer under the
                              Pooling and  Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer
                              will be responsible  for the  servicing of  the
                              Mortgage Loans  and will receive  from interest
                              collected  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  a  monthly
                              servicing fee  on each  Mortgage Loan  equal to
                              the Principal Balance thereof multiplied by the
                              Servicing   Fee   Rate   (such   product,   the
                              "Servicing  Fee"). See  "Servicing of  Mortgage
                              Loans--Servicing  Compensation  and  Payment of
                              Expenses" herein.

                              (The  Servicer   is  obligated  to   make  cash
                              advances   ("Advances")    with   respect    to
                              delinquent   payments  of   principal  of   and
                              interest on  any Mortgage  Loan  to the  extent
                              described herein. The Trustee will be obligated
                              to  make any such Advance if the Servicer fails
                              in  its  obligation  to do  so,  to  the extent
                              provided   in   the   Pooling   and   Servicing
                              Agreement. See  "Servicing of  Mortgage Loans--
                              Advances" herein.)

Optional Termination          On any Distribution Date on which the aggregate
                              Principal   Balance  of   the  Mortgage   Loans
                              included in the Trust Fund (the "Pool Principal
                              Balance")  is  less  than   __%  of  the   Pool
                              Principal  Balance of the  Mortgage Loans as of
                              the Cut-off  Date (the "Cut-off  Date Principal
                              Balance"), the Servicer will have the option to
                              purchase, in whole, the  Mortgage Loans and the
                              REO  Property, if  any, remaining in  the Trust
                              Fund.  See "Description  of the  Certificates--
                              Optional Termination" herein.

Federal Income Tax
  Considerations              An election  will be  made to  treat the  Trust
                              Fund as  a  "real  estate  mortgage  investment
                              conduit" (the  "REMIC") for federal  income tax
                              purposes.    The    Senior    and   Subordinate
                              Certificates    will     constitute    "regular
                              interests"  in  the   REMIC  and  the  Residual
                              Certificates will constitute the  sole class of
                              "residual interests"  in the REMIC.  The Senior
                              Certificates may  be issued  at a  premium. See
                              "Certain  Federal   Income  Tax   Consequences"
                              herein and in the Prospectus.

ERISA Considerations          The  acquisition of a  Senior Certificate  by a
                              pension  or  other  employee  benefit  plan  (a
                              "Plan")  subject  to  the  Employee  Retirement
                              Income  Security  Act   of  1974,  as   amended
                              ("ERISA"), could, in some instances, result  in
                              a prohibited transaction  or other violation of
                              the  fiduciary  responsibility   provisions  of
                              ERISA and Code Section 4975. Certain exemptions
                              from the  prohibited transaction  rules granted
                              under  Prohibited  Transaction  Class Exemption
                              83-1 and under Prohibited Transaction Exemption
                              90-59 could be applicable to the acquisition of
                              Senior   Certificates.   Any   Plan   fiduciary
                              considering  whether  to  purchase  any  Senior
                              Certificates on behalf of a Plan should consult
                              with its counsel regarding the applicability of
                              the provisions of ERISA and the Code.

Legal Investment              The  Senior  Certificates will  not  constitute
                              "mortgage related  securities" for  purposes of
                              the Secondary  Mortgage Market  Enhancement Act
                              of 1984 ("SMMEA") because some of the Mortgages
                              securing   Mortgage   Loans   are   not   first
                              mortgages.  Accordingly, many institutions with
                              legal authority to invest  in  comparably rated
                              securities based solely on first mortgages  may
                              not  be  legally authorized  to  invest  in the
                              Senior Certificates.  See "Legal Investment" in
                              the Prospectus.

Ratings                       It is a condition of the issuance of the Senior
                              Certificates  that they  be  rated "(    )"  by
                              (            )  ("(     )")  and (       )   by
                              (           ) ("(       )"  and, together  with
                              (       ),   the  "Rating   Agencies").     The
                              security  ratings  of the  Senior  Certificates
                              should be evaluated  independently from similar
                              ratings  on   other  types  of   securities.  A
                              security rating is not a recommendation to buy,
                              sell or hold  securities and may be  subject to
                              revision  or  withdrawal  at  any  time  by the
                              Rating Agencies. See "Ratings" herein.


                                 RISK FACTORS

     (Cash Flow Considerations.   During the first (  )-year draw down period
under the  related Loan  Agreements fort the  Mortgage Loans,  collections on
such Mortgage  Loans may vary because, among  other things, borrowers are not
required to make  monthly payments of principal.  With respect to some of the
Mortgage  Loans, during  the second  (  )-year draw  down period,  no monthly
payments of  principal are required.   Collections on the Mortgage  Loans may
also vary due to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.)

     (General credit risk  may also be greater to  Certificateholders than to
holders of instruments representing interests in level payment first mortgage
loans since no payment  of principal generally is required until after either
a five- or  ten-year interest only period under the  related Loan Agreements.
Minimum monthly payments will at least equal and may exceed accrued interest.
Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security for the
Mortgage Loans, substantial delay could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and corresponding delays in
the receipt of related proceeds  by Certificateholders could occur.  Further,
liquidation expenses (such as legal  fees, real estate taxes, and maintenance
and   preservation  expenses)   will   reduce   the   proceeds   payable   to
Certificateholders  and thereby reduce  the security for  the Mortgage Loans.
In  the event  any  of  the Mortgaged  Properties  fail to  provide  adequate
security  for the related Mortgage Loans, Certificateholders could experience
a loss.)

     Prepayment Considerations.  All of the Mortgage Loans may be  prepaid in
whole or in part at any time without penalty.  Home equity loans, such as the
Mortgage Loans,  have been originated  in significant volume only  during the
past few  years and neither  the Depositor nor the  Servicer is aware  of any
publicly available studies  or statistics on the  rate of prepayment of  such
loans.  Generally, home equity loans are not viewed by borrowers as permanent
financing.  Accordingly,  the Mortgage Loans may experience  a higher rate of
prepayment than traditional loans.   The Trust's prepayment experience may be
affected by a wide variety  of factors, including general economic condition,
interest  rates,  the  availability of  alternative  financing  and homeowner
mobility.  In addition, substantially all of the  Mortgage Loans contain due-
on-sale provisions and the Servicer intends to enforce such provisions unless
(i) such enforcement is not permitted by applicable law or (ii) the Servicer,
in a  manner  consistent with  reasonable  commercial practice,  permits  the
purchaser of the related Mortgaged Property to  assume the Mortgage Loan.  To
the extent permitted by applicable law, such  assumption will not release the
original borrower  from its obligation  under any  such Mortgage  Loan.   See
"CERTAIN   LEGAL  ASPECTS  OF   THE  LOANS--`Due-on-Sale'  Clauses"   in  the
Prospectus.

     Legal Considerations.  The Mortgage Loans  are secured by deeds of trust
or  mortgages  (which generally  are  second  mortgages).   With  respect  to
Mortgage  Loans that  are secured by  first mortgages,  the Servicer  has the
power under certain  circumstances to consent to  a new mortgage lien  on the
Mortgaged Property having  priority over such Mortgage Loan.   Mortgage Loans
secured by  second mortgages are  entitled to  proceeds that remain  from the
sale of the related Mortgaged Property after any related senior mortgage loan
and prior  statutory  liens have  been satisfied.   In  the  event that  such
proceeds are  insufficient  to satisfy  such  loans and  prior  liens in  the
aggregate, the Trust and,  accordingly, the Certificateholders, bear  (i) the
risk  of delay  in  distributions  while a  deficiency  judgment against  the
borrower  is obtained and  (ii) the risk  of loss if  the deficiency judgment
cannot be obtained or  is not realized upon.   See "CERTAIN LEGAL  ASPECTS OF
THE LOANS" in the Prospectus.

     The sale of the Mortgage Loans from the Seller to the Depositor pursuant
to  the Purchase Agreement will  be treated as a  sale of the Mortgage Loans.
The Seller will warrant that such transfer  is either a sale of its  interest
in the  Mortgage Loans  or a  grant of  a first  priority perfected  security
interest therein.  In the event of  an insolvency of the Seller, the receiver
of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans as
a borrowing by the Seller secured by a  pledge of the Mortgage Loans.  If the
receiver  decided to  challenge  such  transfer, delays  in  payments of  the
Certificates and possible reductions in the  amount thereof could occur.  The
Depositor  will warrant  in  the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement that  the
transfer of  its interest  in  the Mortgage  Loans to  the Trust  is a  valid
transfer and assignment of such interest.

     In  the  event of  a  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  of the  Servicer,  the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver may have  the power to prevent the Trustee  or
the Certificateholders from appointing a successor Servicer.

     (Servicer's Ability  to Change  the Terms  of the Mortgage  Loans.   The
Servicer may agree to changes in the terms of a Loan Agreement, provided that
such   changes  (i)   do   not   adversely  affect   the   interest  of   the
Certificateholders, and (ii)  are consistent with prudent  business practice.
There can  be no assurance that changes in  applicable law or the marketplace
for home equity loans or prudent business practice will not result in changes
in the terms of the Mortgage Loans.)

     (Delinquent Mortgage Loans.  The Trust will include Mortgage Loans which
are __ or fewer days delinquent.  The Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of  such
delinquent Mortgage Loans was $______________.)


                         THE MORTGAGE LENDING PROGRAM

     The  information   set  forth   below  concerning   (_______)  and   its
underwriting policies has been provided by (_______).  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     All     of     the     Mortgage     Loans     were     originated     by
(_____________________________), (the "Seller"  or the "Servicer") under  its
mortgage lending program.  The  Seller first offered (adjustable rate) (fixed
rate)  home equity  (revolving credit  line) loans  ("home equity  loans") in
19__.  As of (_____________), (____________) owned and serviced approximately
$__________  aggregate  principal  amount of  outstanding  home  equity loans
secured by properties located in __________ (the "Seller Portfolio").

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     Each home equity  loan was originated  after a review  by the Seller  in
accordance  with its established underwriting procedures, which were intended
to assess the applicant's ability to assume and repay such home  equity loans
and the adequacy  of the real  property which serves  as collateral for  such
home equity loans.  The maximum (Principal Balance)(Credit  Limit) for a home
equity loan provided by the Seller was $__________.

     Each  applicant for  a home  equity  loan was  required  to complete  an
application  which listed the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
and employment  history and other  demographic and personal information.   If
information in  the loan application  demonstrated that there  was sufficient
income and equity  to justify making  a home equity  loan and the  Seller (a)
received  a  satisfactory  independent credit  bureau  report  on the  credit
history  of the  borrower and (b)  obtained, in  the case of  all home equity
loans  originated prior  to __________  a drive-by  appraisal of  the related
Mortgaged Property or for all home equity loans  originated as of __________,
a satisfactory appraisal  completed on forms  approved by FNMA,  and if  such
information  met the  Seller's underwriting  standards,  the Seller  issued a
commitment subject  to  satisfaction  of certain  other  conditions.    These
conditions  included:   (i) obtaining  and  reviewing pay  stubs, income  tax
returns or a  verification of employment from the  applicant's employer; (ii)
obtaining and  reviewing a verification  of deposit; and (iii)  obtaining and
reviewing a verification of the loan in the first lien position when the home
equity loan was to be in a second lien position.

     Appraisals of  the Mortgaged Properties  were performed  by a  qualified
appraiser or  an independent  third-party, fee-based appraiser  who had  been
previously approved for such assignment by the Seller.

     It is  the Seller's  policy to  require a  title  policy insuring  title
mortgage  in accordance  with the  intended  lien position.   (Regardless  of
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios,  it is  the Seller's  policy not  to accept  a
position junior to any mortgage lien other than a first mortgage.)

     Generally, a home  equity loan needed a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of
__% for loans which the Seller obtained full documentary support and  was not
greater  than  __%  for  loans  for which  limited  documentary  support  was
obtained.

     After  obtaining   all  applicable   employment,  credit   and  property
information,  the Seller determined whether sufficient unencumbered equity in
the  property existed  and whether  the prospective  borrower had  sufficient
monthly income available to support the payments  of interest (at the current
Index  Rate) in addition to any  senior mortgage loan payments (including any
escrows for property  taxes and hazard insurance premiums)  and other monthly
credit obligations based  on the prospective borrower's  debt-to-gross income
ratio.  The "debt-to-gross income  ratio" is the ratio of (a) certain  of the
borrower's debt  obligations which include:   (i) the monthly  first mortgage
payment  plus taxes; (ii)  monthly installment debt  payments with  a term of
more than ten months; (iii) five percent of the total  revolving obligations;
(iv)  monthly alimony and child  support obligations; and  (v) the payment on
the home equity loan  (calculated at the Credit Limit and  current prime rate
plus margin for such home equity loan) to (b) the borrower's gross verifiable
monthly  income.   The debt-to-gross  income ratio  generally did  not exceed
(________%).

     When the commitment conditions had  been satisfied, the home equity loan
was completed by signing a Loan Agreement, rescission statement, and mortgage
which secured the  repayment of principal of and interest on the related home
equity  loan.  The  original mortgage  was then  recorded in  the appropriate
county government office.

MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

     (A borrower may access a  home equity loan by writing a check.)   On all
home equity  loans, there  is (a ten-year)  draw down period  as long  as the
borrower is not in default under the loan agreement.  Home  equity loans bear
interest at a variable rate which  may change bi-weekly.  (Home equity  loans
may be subject to a maximum per annum interest rate (the "Maximum Rate") of  
  % per annum and
                                                                      ----
in all cases,  are subject to  applicable usury limitations.)   See  "CERTAIN
LEGAL ASPECTS OF  THE LOANS--Applicability of Usury Laws"  in the Prospectus.
(The daily periodic  rate on the home  equity loans (the "Loan  Rate") is the
sum  of the Index  Rate plus a  spread (the "Margin")  which generally ranges
between ____% and ____%, divided by 365 days or 366 days, as applicable.)

     (The "Index Rate"  is based on (the  "prime rate" published in  The Wall
Street Journal every second Monday  rounded to the nearest one-eighth  of one
percent or  if not published on any such date,  as next published in the Wall
Street Journal.)   The annual percentage rate for  any monthly period will be
based on the  Prime Rate in effect  the Monday on which the  rate may change.
(If a prime  rate range  is published in  The Wall  Street Journal, then  the
midpoint (average) of that range will be used.)  There are no limitations  on
increases or decreases (except for those home equity loans which have Maximum
Rates).   Only the home  equity loans that  have Maximum Rates of  ____% also
have annual  adjustment caps  of __% as  to both  increases and  decreases in
their Loan Rates.)

     (Billing  statements are  mailed monthly.)   The  statement details  all
debits  and credits and specifies the minimum  payment due (and the available
credit  line).  Notice of changes in the applicable Loan Rate are provided by
the Seller to the Borrower with such statements.  All payments are due by the
tenth day after the date the billing statement is issued.

     (The  Loan Agreements and  Disclosure Statement further  provide that if
publication of the Index Rate is discontinued, the Index Rate will be changed
upon notification  in accordance  with such  Loan  Agreements and  Disclosure
Statements.)

     The right  to obtain additional credit may be suspended or terminated or
the  borrower may be  required to pay  the entire balance  due plus all other
accrued but  unpaid charges immediately,  if the  borrower fails to  make any
required payment by the due date, (if the total outstanding principal balance
including all charges payable exceeds the Credit Limit), if the borrower made
any statement or signature on any document which is fraudulent or contained a
material misrepresentation, if the  borrower dies or becomes incompetent,  if
the borrower becomes  bankrupt or insolvent, if the  borrower becomes subject
to  any  judgment, lien,  attachment or  an execution  is issued  against the
Mortgaged Property,  the  borrower  fails  to obtain  and  maintain  required
property  insurance or  if  the  borrower sells  or  transfers the  Mortgaged
Property or  does not  maintain the  property.   (In addition,  the right  to
obtain additional credit may be suspended or a borrower's Credit Limit may be
reduced, if  the value of the Mortgaged Property  decreases for any reason to
less than 80% of the original appraised value, if the borrower is  in default
under the home  equity loan, if  government action impairs the  Seller's lien
priority or  if a regulatory  agency has notified  the Seller that  continued
advances would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice.)

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

     The following tables  set forth the delinquency and  loss experience for
each of the  periods shown for the home equity loans  indicated on the table.
The Servicer believes that there have been no material trends or anomalies in
the  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience  as  represented  in  the
following tables.    The data  presented  in  the following  tables  are  for
illustrative purposes  only, and there  is no assurance that  the delinquency
and loss  experience of the Mortgage Loans will be  similar to that set forth
below.

                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  As of _________
					   ---------------------------
                                                       _____
					   ---------------------------
                                           Number of
                                             Loans              Amount
					   ---------          ---------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>
Amount Outstanding at
  Period End  . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delinquency
  30-59 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . .                       $            
                                                                         
  60-89 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . .
  90 or More Days . . . . . . . . . .
  Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . .                           _________

Total Delinquencies . . . . . . . . .                          $_________

30-59 Days Percentage . . . . . . . .                                   %
60-89 Days Percentage . . . . . . . .                                   %
90 or More Days Percentage  . . . . .                                   %
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . .

</TABLE>




                               LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   For the Year
                                                  Ending ________
                                                 ------------------
<S>                                             <C>
Average Amount
  Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Gross Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Net Losses as a Percentage
  of Average Amount Outstanding . . . . . .                    %

</TABLE>

                       SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  information  set  forth  below  concerning  the  Servicer  and  its
servicing policies has been provided by the Servicer.  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer  will be  responsible for servicing  the Mortgage  Loans as
agent for the Trust in accordance with the Servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing  home equity  loans and  in accordance  with the  terms of  the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

     With  respect to real  estate secured loans,  the general policy  of the
Servicer is to initiate foreclosure on the underlying property (i) after such
loan is 90 days  or more delinquent; (ii) if a notice of  default on a senior
lien is received by the Servicer; or (iii) if circumstances are discovered by
the  Servicer  which  would  indicate  that  a  potential  for  loss  exists.
Foreclosure  proceedings  may  be  terminated if  the  delinquency  is cured.
However, under certain circumstances, the  Servicer may elect not to commence
foreclosure or stay  the foreclosure proceeding if the  borrower's default is
due to special circumstances which are temporary and are not expected to last
beyond a specified period.  The loans  to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings
will be  restructured in accordance  with law and  with a view  to maximizing
recovery   of   such   home  equity   loans,   including   any  deficiencies.
Additionally,  any  time  during  foreclosure,  a  forbearance,  short  sale,
deed-in-lieu or a payment plan can be authorized.

     After foreclosure,  if  the home  equity  loan  is secured  by  a  first
mortgage lien,  title to  the  related Mortgaged  Property will  pass to  the
Servicer, or  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Servicer, who  will liquidate
the Mortgaged  Property and  charge-off the balance  of the home  equity loan
balance  which  was not  recovered  by  the  liquidation  proceeds.   If  the
Mortgaged Property was subject  to a senior lien position, the  Servicer will
either satisfy such lien at the time of foreclosure sale or take other action
as  deemed necessary  to protect  the  Servicer's interest  in the  Mortgaged
Property.   If in the  judgment of the  Servicer, the cost  of maintaining or
purchasing  the senior  lien position  exceeds the  economic benefit  of such
action, the Servicer  will generally charge-off the entire  home equity loan,
seek a money judgment against the borrower or will not pursue any recovery.

     Servicing  and charge-off policies  and collection practices  may change
over time in accordance with the Servicer's business judgment, changes in the
Servicer's  real estate secured (revolving  credit line) loans and applicable
laws and regulations, and other considerations.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each  billing cycle, other than the first billing cycle,
the servicing  compensation to  be paid  to the  Servicer in  respect of  its
servicing activities relating to the Mortgage  Loans will be paid to it  from
interest collections in  respect of the Mortgage  Loans and will be  equal to
____%  per  annum (the  "Servicing  Fee  Rate")  on the  aggregate  Principal
Balances of the Mortgage Loans as of the first day of each such billing cycle
(the "Servicing Fee").  With respect to the first billing cycle, the Servicer
will  receive  from such  collections  ___ of  the amount  calculated  in the
preceding sentence.  All assumption fees, late payment charges and other fees
and charges, to the extent collected from borrowers, will be retained  by the
Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Servicing Agreement, including,  without limitation, payment of  the fees and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying  agent.  In addition, the Servicer  will be entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties related  thereto, such right  of reimbursement being prior  to the
rights of Certificateholders to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Mortgage  Loans  were originated  pursuant  to loan  agreements  and
disclosure statements (the "Loan Agreements") and are secured by mortgages or
deeds of trust, most of  which are second mortgages or second deeds of trust,
on  Mortgaged Properties.   The  Mortgaged Properties  securing the  Mortgage
Loans consist primarily  of residential  properties (or,  in certain  limited
cases, mixed-use properties) that are one to four-family properties.  (All of
the  Mortgaged Properties  are owner  occupied.)   Mixed-use  properties will
consist of structures  of not more  than three stories  which include one  to
four residential dwellings  units and space used for  retail, professional or
other  commercial uses.  Such  uses, which will not involve  more than 50% of
the space in the structure, may include  doctor, dentist or law offices, real
estate agencies, boutiques,  newsstands, convenience stores or  other similar
types of uses intended to cater to individual customers.  The  properties may
be located in  suburban or metropolitan districts.   Any such non-residential
use will  be in compliance  with local zoning  laws and regulations.   See"--
Mortgage Loan Pool Statistics" below.

     The Cut-Off Date  Pool Balance  is $___________, which  is equal to  the
aggregate Principal  Balances of the Mortgage  Loans as of ______,  199_ (the
"Cut-Off Date").  As of the _______, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89
days delinquent and had a Loan Rate of at least ____% per annum.  The average
Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance  was $_______,  the minimum  Mortgage Cut-Off
Date Principal Balance  was zero, the maximum Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance
was $_________, (the minimum Loan Rate and  the maximum Loan Rate on the Cut-
Off Date were  ____% and  ____% per  annum, respectively,)  and the  weighted
average  Loan Rate on the Cut-Off Date was  ____% per annum.  (As of the Cut-
Off Date, the  weighted average Credit Limit Utilization  Rate was ____%, the
minimum Credit Limit Utilization Rate  was zero and the maximum  Credit Limit
Utilization  Rate  was ______%.    The  "Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate"  is
determined by dividing the Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan
by  the Credit Limit  of the related  Loan Agreement.)   The weighted average
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of  the Mortgage Loans was ____% as  of the Cut-
Off Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN POOL STATISTICS

     The  Depositor has compiled  the following additional  information as of
the Cut-Off Date  with respect to  the Mortgage Loans  to be included in  the
Trust.

                            (TABULAR INFORMATION)


ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     At the time of issuance of the Certificates, the Depositor will transfer
to the  Trust all of  its right, title and  interest in and  to each Mortgage
Loan (including its right to purchase any Additional Balances  arising in the
future),  related  Loan  Agreements, mortgages  and  other  related documents
(collectively, the "Related  Documents"), including all collections  received
on or with  respect to each such Mortgage  Loan on or after  the Cut-Off Date
pursuant to an assignment of the Depositor's rights and obligations under the
Purchase  Agreement.   The  Trustee,  concurrently with  such  transfer, will
deliver the  Certificates.  Each Mortgage Loan  transferred to the Trust will
be identified on a  schedule (the "Mortgage Loan Schedule")  delivered to the
Trustee pursuant to  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  Such schedule will
include information as to the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of each Mortgage
Loan, as well as information with respect to the Loan Rate.

     (The Pooling and Servicing Agreement  will require that, within the time
period specified  therein, the Seller deliver to the Trustee (or a custodian,
as the Trustee's agent for such purpose) the Mortgage Loans endorsed in blank
and the Related  Documents.  In lieu  of delivery of original  mortgages, the
Seller may deliver trust and correct copies thereof which have been certified
as  to authenticity  by the  appropriate county  recording office  where such
mortgage is recorded.)

     Under  the terms  of the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement,  the Seller,
acting at the Depositor's request, will have (__ days after the Closing Date)
to  prepare and record assignments of  the mortgages related to each Mortgage
Loan in favor of the Trustee (unless  opinions of counsel satisfactory to the
Rating Agencies are delivered to  the Trustee to the effect  that recordation
of such assignments is  not required in the relevant jurisdictions to protect
the interests of the Trustee in the Mortgage Loans).

     Within 90 days of the Closing Date, the Trustee will review the Mortgage
Loans and the Related Documents and if  any Mortgage Loan or Related Document
is found to be defective in any material respect and such defect is not cured
within 90 days following notification thereof to the Seller and the Depositor
by the Trustee, the Seller will be  obligated to repurchase the Mortgage Loan
and to deposit the Repurchase Price  into the Collection Account.  Upon  such
retransfer, the Principal Balance of such Mortgage Loan will be deducted from
the Pool Balance.  In lieu of any such repurchase,  the Seller may substitute
an Eligible  Substitute Mortgage Loan.   Any such repurchase  or substitution
will be considered a  payment in full of such Mortgage  Loan.  The obligation
of the Seller to  accept a transfer of a Defective Mortgage  Loan is the sole
remedy  regarding any  defects in  the Mortgage  Loans and  Related Documents
available to the Trustee or the Certificateholders.

     With respect  to any Mortgage Loan,  the "Repurchase Price" is  equal to
the Principal  Balance of  such Mortgage  Loan at  the time  of any  transfer
described  above plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest thereon  to the  date of
repurchase.

     An "Eligible  Substitute Mortgage Loan" is a  mortgaged loan substituted
by the  Seller for a Defective Mortgage Loan which  must, on the date of such
substitution,  (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate  Principal Balance), not 5% more or less than the Principal Balance
relating  to such Defective  Mortgage Loan; (ii)  (have a Loan  Rate not less
than the Loan  Rate of the  Defective Mortgage Loan and  not more than  1% in
excess of the Loan Rate  of such Defective Mortgage Loan; (iii)   have a Loan
Rate based  on the same Index with adjustments to  such Loan Rate made on the
same Interest Rate Adjustment  Date as that  of the Defective Mortgage  Loan;
(iv) have a Margin that is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage
Loan  and  not more  than 100  basis points  higher than  the Margin  for the
Defective Mortgage Loan); (v) have a mortgage of the same or higher level  of
priority as the mortgage relating to the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi) have a
remaining  term to maturity  not more than  six months earlier  and not later
than the  remaining term to  maturity of the  Defective Mortgage Loan;  (vii)
comply with  each representation  and warranty as  to the Mortgage  Loans set
forth in  the  Purchase Agreement  (deemed  to be  made  as of  the  date  of
substitution);  and (viii) satisfy  certain other conditions specified in the
Purchase  Agreement.   To  the extent  the Principal  Balance of  an Eligible
Substitute Mortgage Loan is  less than the  Principal Balance of the  related
Defective Mortgage Loan, the Seller will be required to make a deposit to the
Collection  Account   equal  to  such  difference  ("Substitution  Adjustment
Amounts").

     The Seller  will make certain  representations and warranties as  to the
accuracy in  all material  respects of certain  information furnished  to the
Trustee  with respect  to each  Mortgage Loan  (e.g., Cut-Off  Date Principal
Balance and  the Loan  Rate).   In addition,  the Seller  will represent  and
warrant, on the  Closing Date, that, among  other things: (i) at  the time of
transfer to the  Depositor, the Seller has transferred or assigned all of its
right, title  and interest in each  Mortgage Loan and  the Related Documents,
free of any lien (subject to certain exceptions); and (ii) each Mortgage Loan
was  generated  under  a  Loan  Agreement  that  complied,  at  the  time  of
origination, in all material respects with applicable state and federal laws.
Upon  discovery of  a breach of  any such  representation and  warranty which
materially and adversely  affects the interests of  the Certificateholders in
the Mortgage Loan and Related Documents, the Seller  will have a period of 60
days after discovery or notice of the breach to effect a cure.  If the breach
cannot be  cured within the  60-day period, the  Seller will be  obligated to
repurchase or  substitute the Defective  Mortgage Loan from  the Trust.   The
same procedure and limitations that are set forth above for the repurchase or
substitution of  Defective Mortgage  Loans will  apply to the  transfer of  a
Mortgage Loan that is required to be repurchased or substituted because  of a
breach  of  a representation  or  warranty  in  the Purchase  Agreement  that
materially and adversely affects the interests of the Certificateholders.

     Mortgage  Loans required to be transferred to the Seller as described in
the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

     The  Senior Certificates  offered hereby  will be  issued pursuant  to a
Pooling  and Servicing Agreement,  dated as of ______  __, 199_ (the "Pooling
and Servicing Agreement"), among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee.
Set forth below are  summaries of the specific terms  and provisions pursuant
to which the Senior Certificates will  be issued. The following summaries  do
not purport  to be complete  and are subject to,  and are qualified  in their
entirety  by  reference to,  the  provisions  of  the Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.  When particular  provisions  or  terms used  in  the Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  are  referred  to,  the  actual  provisions  (including
definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference.

     The  Series   199_-___  Certificates  will   consist  of  the   Class  A
Certificates (the "Senior Certificates"), one  or more classes of subordinate
certificates  (collectively, the "Subordinate Certificates"), and the Class R
Certificates  (the "Residual  Certificates").  The Senior  Certificates,  the
Subordinate  Certificates  and  the Residual  Certificates  are  collectively
referred to  herein as the  "Certificates." Only the Senior  Certificates are
offered hereby.

     The  Senior  Certificates  will have  an  initial  Certificate Principal
Balance of approximately $_______________, and will evidence in the aggregate
an initial beneficial ownership interest  of approximately ____% in the Trust
Fund. The remaining  beneficial ownership interest in the Trust  Fund will be
evidenced by the Subordinate Certificates and the Residual  Certificates. The
rights   of   the    Subordinate   Certificateholders   and   the    Residual
Certificateholders  to receive  distributions with  respect  to the  Mortgage
Loans will be  subordinated to the rights of the Senior Certificateholders to
the extent described herein. 

     The Senior Certificates will be  issuable in fully registered form only.
The Senior  Certificates will  be issued in  minimum dollar  denominations of
$(1,000)  and  integral  multiples  of  $(1)  in  excess  thereof.  A  single
Certificate may be issued  in an amount different  than described above.  The
assumed final maturity date of the  Senior Certificates is ________ __, ____,
which is  the Distribution  Date immediately  following the latest  scheduled
maturity date of any Mortgage Loan in the Mortgage Pool.


BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates").   Persons  acquiring beneficial  ownership  interests in  the
Senior Certificates  ("Certificate  Owners")  will  hold  their  Certificates
through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States(, or  Cedel
Bank, soci t   anonyme, ("CEDEL") or  the Euroclear System  ("Euroclear") (in
Europe))  if they  are participants  of such  systems, or  indirectly through
organizations  which  are  participants  in  such  systems.   The  Book-Entry
Certificates will  be  issued in  one or  more certificates  which equal  the
aggregate  principal  balance of  the  Certificates  and  will  initially  be
registered in  the name  of  Cede &  Co., the  nominee of  DTC.   (CEDEL  and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through
customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's  and Euroclear's names on the books
of their respective  depositaries which in turn  will hold such positions  in
customers' securities  accounts in  the depositaries' names  on the  books of
DTC.    Citibank N.A.  will act  as  depositary for  CEDEL and  the Brussels,
Belgium  Branch of  Morgan Guarantee Trust  Company of  New York will  act as
depositary  for Euroclear  (in such  capacities,  individually the  "Relevant
Depositary"  and collectively the  "European Depositaries").)   Investors may
hold  such beneficial  interests in  the Book-Entry  Certificates in  minimum
denominations  representing Certificate Principal  Balances of $1,000  and in
integral multiples in excess  thereof.  Except as described  below, no person
acquiring  a Book-Entry  Certificate  (each, a  "beneficial  owner") will  be
entitled to receive  a physical certificate representing  such Certificate (a
"Definitive  Certificate").   Unless and  until  Definitive Certificates  are
issued,   it  is  anticipated  that  the   only  "Certificateholder"  of  the
Certificates will be Cede &  Co., as nominee of DTC.  Certificate Owners will
not be Certificateholders as  that term is used in the  Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.   Certificate Owners are  only permitted to exercise  their rights
indirectly through Participants and DTC.


PAYMENTS ON MORTGAGE LOANS;  DEPOSITS TO COLLECTION ACCOUNT  AND DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT

     The Trustee  shall establish and  maintain on behalf of  the Servicer an
account (the "Collection Account") for the benefit of the Certificateholders.
The  Collection Account  will be  an  Eligible Account  (as defined  herein).
Subject to the  investment provision described  in the following  paragraphs,
upon  receipt by  the Servicer of  amounts in  respect of the  Mortgage Loans
(excluding  amounts representing the  Servicing Fee,  administrative charges,
taxes,  assessments, credit  insurance  charges,  insurance  proceeds  to  be
applied to  the restoration  or repair  of  a Mortgaged  Property or  similar
items), the  Servicer will  deposit such amounts  in the  Collection Account.
Amounts so deposited may be invested in Eligible Investments (as described in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) maturing no  later than one Business Day
prior to the  date on which the amount  on deposit therein is  required to be
deposited  in  the Distribution  Account  or  on  such Distribution  Date  if
approved by the Rating Agencies.

     The Trustee will establish an account  (the "Distribution Account") into
which will  be deposited  amounts withdrawn from  the Collection  Account for
distribution  to Certificateholders on a Distribution Date.  The Distribution
Account will  be an  Eligible Account.   Amounts  on deposit  therein may  be
invested in Eligible Investments maturing on or before the Business Day prior
to the related Distribution Date.

     An  "Eligible Account"  is  an account  that is  ((i) maintained  with a
depository  institution whose  debt obligations  at the  time of  any deposit
therein have  the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies, (ii)
one  or more accounts with a depository  institution which accounts are fully
insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank
Insurance Fund  ("BIF") of the  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  with a
minimum long-term unsecured  debt rating of (    ), (iii)  a segregated trust
account  maintained with the  Trustee or an  affiliate of the  Trustee in its
fiduciary  capacity or  (iv) otherwise  acceptable to  each Rating  Agency as
evidenced  by a  letter  from  each Rating  Agency  to  the Trustee,  without
reduction or withdrawal of their then current ratings of the Certificates).

     Eligible   Investments  are  specified  in  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  and are  limited to  investments which  meet  the criteria  of the
Rating Agencies from time to time as being consistent with their then current
ratings of the Certificates.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     General. Distributions  on the Senior  Certificates will be made  by the
Trustee on the __th day  of each month, or if such day is not a business day,
on the first business day thereafter, commencing on _______ __, 199_ (each, a
"Distribution Date"),  to the  persons in whose  names such  Certificates are
registered at the close  of business on  the last business  day of the  month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date (the "Record Date").

     Distributions on each Distribution Date will  be made by check mailed to
the address of  the person entitled thereto  as it appears on  the applicable
Certificate  Register  or, in  the  case  of  a Certificateholder  who  holds
Certificates  with  an  aggregate initial  Certificate  Principal  Balance of
$___________ or  more  and who  has so  notified the  Trustee  in writing  in
accordance  with the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement,  by wire  transfer in
immediately available  funds to  the account of  such Certificateholder  at a
bank  or  other  depository  institution  having  appropriate  wire  transfer
facilities; provided, however,  that the final distribution in  retirement of
the Senior Certificates will be  made only upon presentment and  surrender of
such  Certificates at  the Corporate  Trust Office  of the  Trustee.  On each
Distribution Date, a Certificateholder of  a Senior Certificate will  receive
such Certificateholder's Percentage  Interest of the  amounts required to  be
distributed  with respect  to  the  Senior  Certificates.    The  "Percentage
Interest" evidenced by a Senior Certificate will equal the percentage derived
by  dividing the  denomination of  such Senior  Certificate by  the aggregate
denominations of all Senior Certificates.

DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT

     The Trustee  shall maintain  a distribution  account (the  "Distribution
Account") on behalf  of the Certificateholders.  The Trustee shall,  promptly
upon  receipt, deposit  in the  Distribution Account  and retain  therein the
following:

          (i)  the  aggregate  amount  remitted  by  the  Servicer  from  the
     Certificate Account;

          ((ii) all Advances;) and

          (iii)  any amount  required  to  be deposited  by  the Servicer  in
     connection with any losses on Permitted Investments.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT

     The Trustee  shall  withdraw funds  from  the Distribution  Account  for
distribution  to Certificateholders as described below under "--Allocation of
Available  Funds"  and  may  from  time to  time  make  withdrawals  from the
Distribution Account for the following purposes:

          (i) to pay to the Servicer as servicing compensation earnings on or
     investment  income  with  respect  to   funds  in  or  credited  to  the
     Distribution Account;

          (ii) to withdraw  any amount deposited in the  Distribution Account
     and not required to be deposited therein; and

          (iii)  to clear  and terminate  the  Distribution Account  upon the
     termination of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

ALLOCATION OF AVAILABLE FUNDS.

     General.  Distributions to  Certificateholders  will  be  made  on  each
Distribution Date  in an  amount  equal to  the  amount of  Available  Funds.
"Available Funds" as  of any Distribution Date,  is the sum of  the following
amounts:

          (i) the aggregate  amount on deposit in the  Certificate Account as
     of  the close  of business  on the  immediately preceding  Determination
     Date; and

          (ii) Advances with respect to such Distribution Date,

less the sum of:

               (x) the portion thereof representing (A) Principal Prepayments
          and Liquidation Proceeds received after the last day of the related
          Prepayment  Period and  (B)  all  Scheduled  Payments  or  portions
          thereof received in respect of scheduled principal  and interest on
          the Mortgage Loans due after the preceding Due Date, and

               (y) amounts  permitted to  be withdrawn  from the  Certificate
          Account   pursuant  to   clauses  (i)-(vii),  inclusive   under  "-
          -Withdrawals from the Certificate Account" above.

     On  each  Distribution   Date,  the  Trustee  shall  withdraw  from  the
Distribution Account  the Available Funds  and make distributions  thereof as
described below and to the extent of Available Funds:

     (i)  to the Senior Certificateholders, an amount equal to the sum of (a)
     interest  accrued during  the  related Interest  Accrual  Period at  the
     applicable Pass-Through Rate for  the Senior Certificates on  the Senior
     Certificate   Principal  Balance  immediately   prior  to   the  related
     Distribution Date, reduced  by such Class' pro rata  share of shortfalls
     in  interest  due  to  prepayments   on  the  Mortgage  Loans  for  such
     Distribution Date and (b) any  Unpaid Interest Shortfall with respect to
     such Class;

     (ii) to the  Senior Certificateholders, an  amount equal to the  Class A
     Principal Formula  Amount to  reduce the  Certificate Principal  Balance
     thereof to zero; and 

     (iii)  tothe Servicer, Nonrecoverable Advances notpreviously reimbursed.

     As  more fully  described in  the Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement, the
remaining  Available  Funds for  such  Distribution  Date,  if any,  will  be
distributed  to  the  Certificateholders  of  the  Subordinate  and  Residual
Certificates.

     Definitions. 

     The  "Pass-Through Rate"  for any  Distribution Date  is defined  in the
Summary  of  Terms   above.  The  "Unpaid  Interest  Shortfall"   as  to  any
Distribution Date  is  the amount,  if any,  by which  the  aggregate of  the
Interest Shortfalls for a Class  of Certificates for prior Distribution Dates
exceeds the aggregate  of the  amounts paid  on prior  Distribution Dates  to
Certificateholders  of  Certificates   of  such  Class  as   Unpaid  Interest
Shortfalls.  The "Interest  Shortfall" as  to  any Distribution  Date is  the
amount, if any, by which the amount  paid to Certificateholders of a Class of
Certificates on such  Distribution Date  is less than  the amount of  current
interest required to be paid to the Certificateholders of such Class  on such
Distribution Date.

     The "Class A Principal Formula  Amount" with respect to any Distribution
Date  is an  amount equal to  the sum  of (i) the  Class A  Percentage of the
aggregate of the  principal portion of each Scheduled Payment  due during the
related Due Period,  whether or  not received;  (ii) the  Class A  Prepayment
Percentage of the  aggregate of Principal  Prepayments for such  Distribution
Date;  (iii) with  respect to  unscheduled recoveries allocable  to principal
(including  insurance  proceeds)  of  any Mortgage  Loan  which  was  finally
liquidated during the related  Prepayment Period, the lesser of (A) the Class
A Prepayment  Percentage of such  recovery attributable to principal  of such
Mortgage  Loan and (B)  the Class  A Percentage  times the  related Principal
Balance; and (iv) any Unpaid Principal Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

     The "Class  A Percentage" with  respect to any Distribution  Date equals
the  percentage equivalent  of  a  fraction the  numerator  of  which is  the
Certificate Principal  Balance of the Senior Certificates and the denominator
of which  is the Pool  Principal Balance. The  "Pool Principal  Balance" with
respect  to any  Distribution  Date  equals the  aggregate  of the  Principal
Balances of  the Mortgage  Loans outstanding  on the  Due Date  in the  month
preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

     The "Class  A Prepayment  Percentage" with  respect to  any Distribution
Date is 100%; provided, however, that the Class A Prepayment Percentage for a
Distribution Date occurring  in or after  _______ 199_ will  be equal to  the
Class A Percentage for such Distribution Date if:

          (a) the percentage, for the preceding Distribution Date, determined
     by dividing

               (i)  the  aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balances  of  the
          Subordinate Certificates by

               (ii) the Pool Principal Balance

     is equal to or greater than __%; and

          (b) (i)  either 
               (A) aggregate  Realized  Losses  do  not  exceed  __%  of  the
               Original  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of the  Subordinate
               Certificates,  and no  more  than __%  of  the Mortgage  Loans
               (measured by Principal Balance) are 61 days or more delinquent
               (or are in foreclosure or converted to REO Properties); or
               (B)  aggregate Realized  Losses  do  not  exceed  __%  of  the
               Original  Certificate  Principal  Balance of  the  Subordinate
               Certificates;  and  (ii)   at  least  one  of   the  following
               conditions is satisfied: (1) no  more than __% of the Mortgage
               Loans  (measured by  Principal Balance)  are  61 days  or more
               delinquent   (or  are  in  foreclosure  or  converted  to  REO
               Properties)  or (2)  no more  than __%  (or ____%,  if certain
               additional  tests   are  met  regarding   recent  performance)
               (measured by Principal Balance) are 91 days or more delinquent
               (or are in foreclosure or converted to REO Properties); and

          (c) no  Rating Agency has  reduced the original rating  assigned to
     the Senior Certificates  due to a perceived deterioration  in the credit
     quality of the Mortgage Loans;

or certain other criteria more fully  described in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement are met.

     The  "Certificate  Principal  Balance"  with  respect  to  the  Class  A
Certificates, as of  any Distribution Date, will be  equal to the Certificate
Principal  Balance  thereof on  the Closing  Date (the  "Original Certificate
Principal Balance") minus all distributions of principal with respect thereto
on previous Distribution Dates.

     A "Principal  Prepayment" with respect  to any Distribution Date  is any
mortgagor payment or other  recovery of principal on a Mortgage  Loan that is
received  in advance of its scheduled  Due Date and is  not accompanied by an
amount as to  interest representing  scheduled interest  due on  any date  or
dates in any month or months subsequent to the month of prepayment.

     The "Unpaid  Liquidation Loss Amount"  with respect to  any Distribution
Date is  the amount  calculated under  clause (iii)(B)  of the definition  of
"Class A Formula  Amount" for all Liquidated Loans for  the Distribution Date
following the Prepayment  Period during which such Mortgage  Loans or related
REO Properties became Liquidated Loans, less the  sum of (a) the aggregate of
amounts actually distributed pursuant to clause (iii) of such definition with
respect to such  Liquidated Loans on any  such Distribution Date and  (b) the
aggregate   of   Unpaid   Liquidation  Loss   Amounts   distributed   to  the
Certificateholders of the Senior Certificates on any prior Distribution Date.

     The "Unpaid Principal Shortfall"  with respect to any  Distribution Date
is the amount,  if any, by which  previous distributions of principal  of the
Senior Certificates are less  than the aggregate Class A Formula Amounts (net
of amounts under clause  (iv) of the definition of "Class  A Formula Amount")
distributed on prior Distribution Dates.

     The "Principal  Balance" of  any Mortgage Loan  or related  REO Property
equals (i) as  of the Cut-off Date,  the Cut-off Date Principal  Balance, and
(ii) as of any other date,  the Cut-off Date Principal Balance minus the  sum
of (a) the  principal portion of the  Scheduled Payments due with  respect to
such Mortgage Loan or REO Property during each Due Period ending prior to the
most recent Distribution Date which were received or with respect to which an
Advance was  made, and  (b) all  Principal Prepayments with  respect to  such
Mortgage Loan or  REO Property,  and all Liquidation  Proceeds to the  extent
applied  by the  Servicer as  recoveries of  principal with  respect to  such
Mortgage  Loan  or REO  Property,  which  were  distributed on  any  previous
Distribution Date, and  (c) any Realized Loss with  respect thereto allocated
for any previous Distribution Date.

     A "Realized Loss"  (i) with respect to any defaulted  Mortgage Loan that
is finally liquidated (a  "Liquidated Loan"), is the amount of  loss realized
equal to the portion of the Principal Balance remaining  after application of
all  amounts recovered  (net  of  amounts reimbursable  to  the Servicer  for
related Advances, expenses and Servicing Fees) towards interest and principal
owing on the  Mortgage Loan and (ii)  with respect to certain  Mortgage Loans
the principal balances or the scheduled payments of principal and interest of
which have been reduced in connection with bankruptcy proceedings, the amount
of such reduction.


SUBORDINATION OF THE SUBORDINATE CERTIFICATES

     The rights of the Certificateholders of the Subordinate Certificates and
the  Residual Certificates  to  receive  distributions  with respect  to  the
Mortgage Loans will be subordinated  to such rights of the Certificateholders
of the Senior Certificates to  the extent described below. This subordination
is  intended   to  enhance   the  likelihood  of   regular  receipt   by  the
Certificateholders  of the  Senior Certificates  of  the full  amount of  the
monthly  distributions  due  them,  and  to  afford  such  Certificateholders
protection  against  Realized   Losses.    The  protection  afforded  to  the
Certificateholders  of  Senior  Certificates by  means  of  the subordination
feature  will   be   accomplished  by   the   preferential  right   of   such
Certificateholders  to receive,  prior to  any distribution  being made  on a
Distribution Date in respect of the Subordinate Certificates, the amounts due
them on each Distribution Date out of Available Funds on deposit on such date
in  the  Certificate  Account  and,  if  necessary,  by  the  right  of  such
Certificateholders  to receive  future  distributions  with  respect  to  the
Mortgage  Loans   that   would   otherwise   have   been   payable   to   the
Certificateholders of the Subordinate Certificates.

     Unless reduced  by  cash  flow  deficiencies  due  to  delinquencies  or
liquidation  losses,  the   entitlement  of  the  Senior  Certificates  to  a
disproportionate percentage (100%  unless certain tests are  satisfied as set
forth in the  definition of Class A  Prepayment Percentage) of all  Principal
Prepayments will  have the  effect of accelerating  the amortization  of such
Class from  what it would have been if such  amounts had been distributed pro
rata on the basis of the Certificate Principal Balances of all of the Classes
of Certificates. Any such  acceleration will increase the  relative interests
of the Subordinate Certificates in the Trust Fund and the protection afforded
to  the Senior Certificates  afforded thereby.  If, however,  as a  result of
losses on the  Mortgage Loans, the  Pool Principal Balance becomes  less than
the aggregate Certificate  Principal Balance of the  Senior Certificates, the
protection afforded  by the subordination  feature will be exhausted  and the
Senior Certificateholders will  thereafter bear all losses  and delinquencies
in respect of the Mortgage Loans.

     On  each  Distribution  Date,  the  Certificateholders  of   Subordinate
Certificates will be entitled to distributions of principal and interest from
Available   Funds,  if  any,  remaining  in  the  Certificate  Account  after
distribution  to  the  Senior  Certificateholders   of  amounts  representing
principal and interest described above under "Distributions." 

EXAMPLE OF DISTRIBUTIONS

     The  following chart  sets  forth  an example  of  distributions on  the
Certificates for the first month of the Trust Fund's existence:

____ _              Cut-off Date.

____ _ - ____  (A)  Prepayment  Period.   The  Servicer   receives  Principal
                    Prepayments  and interest  thereon to  the  date of  such
                    prepayment.  For   succeeding  Distribution   Dates,  the
                    Prepayment  Period will  commence  on  the  __th  of  the
                    preceding calendar month and end on the __th of the month
                    of such Distribution Date.

____ __        (B)  Record Date (the last business day of the month preceding
                    the month of the related Distribution Date).

____ __        (C)  Due Date  (the first calendar  day of the month  in which
                    the related Distribution Date occurs). Scheduled Payments
                    of principal and interest  on the Mortgage Loans are  due
                    from Mortgagors.

Through __ __  (D)  The Servicer receives  Scheduled Payments due on  ____ __
                    during this period.

____ __        (E)  Determination  Date (the  __th day  of  each month).  The
                    Trustee determines the amount  of principal and  interest
                    (including the amount, if any,  of Advances to be made by
                    the Servicer) to be  distributed to Certificateholders on
                    the following Distribution Date.

____ __        (F)  Distribution Date.

Succeeding monthly periods follow the pattern of (A) through (F), except that
the Prepayment Period is as indicated in the description above.
________________
(A)  Principal Prepayments received during this period will be distributed to
     Certificateholders on ____ __, 199_. When a Mortgage Loan  is prepaid in
     full,  interest on the  amount prepaid is  collected only from  the last
     scheduled  Due Date  to the date  of prepayment. Interest  in respect of
     Principal Prepayments received during the period from the second through
     the __th  day of  a month  will be  paid to the  Servicer as  additional
     servicing compensation.  With respect to Prepayment  Interest Shortfalls
     resulting from Principal Prepayments received during the period from the
     __th through the last day of a calendar month, the Servicer  will reduce
     its Servicing Fee for such month and make a corresponding deposit in the
     Certificate  Account,  in  each  case  to  the  extent  described  under
     "Servicing  of Mortgage Loans--Adjustment to Servicing Fee in Connection
     with Certain Prepaid Mortgage Loans" herein.

(B)  Distributions of principal and interest on ____ __, 199_ will be made to
     Senior  Certificateholders of  record at  the close  of business  on the
     Record Date.

(C)  Scheduled  Payments are  due on this  date and,  when received,  will be
     passed  through on  the  related Distribution  Date,  with the  interest
     adjusted to the applicable Net Loan Rates.

(D)  Scheduled Payments due on ____ _, 199_ will be deposited by the Servicer
     in  the Certificate  Account within  one Business  Day of  receipt. Such
     payments will include the scheduled principal payments, plus interest at
     the applicable Net Loan Rates on the Cut-off Date Principal Balance.

(E)  As of the  close of  business on  __________ __, 199_  the Trustee  will
     determine the amount of principal and interest (including the amount, if
     any,  of Advances  to be  made  by the  Servicer) which  will  be passed
     through to  Senior Certificateholders. The Trustee will  be obligated to
     distribute those Scheduled  Payments due on ____ _, 199_ which have been
     received on or before ___________ __, 199_ (or which were the subject of
     an Advance), as  well as all Principal Prepayments  received on Mortgage
     Loans during  the related Prepayment  Period (the  Cut-off Date  through
     ____  __, 199_).  In the  event a  Prepayment Interest  Shortfall occurs
     during such Prepayment  Period, the Servicing  Fee otherwise payable  to
     the Servicer  for such  month shall,  to the  extent of such  Prepayment
     Interest Shortfall,  be  deposited by  the Servicer  in the  Certificate
     Account for distribution to Certificateholders on ____ __, 199_.

(F)  The Trustee  will make distributions  to Certificateholders on  the __th
     day of the month in which the related Due Date occurs, or if such day is
     not a business day, on the next business day.

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     On   each  Distribution  Date,   the  Trustee   will  forward   to  each
Certificateholder a statement generally setting forth:

          (i) the amount of the related distribution to Certificateholders of
     such   Class  of   Certificates  allocable   to  principal,   separately
     identifying the aggregate  amount of any Principal  Prepayments included
     therein,  any Unpaid Principal  Shortfall included in  such distribution
     and any remaining Unpaid Principal Shortfall after giving effect to such
     distribution;

          (ii) the amount of such distribution to Certificateholders of  such
     Class  of  Certificates  allocable  to  interest,  any  Unpaid  Interest
     Shortfall  included  in  such  distribution  and  any  remaining  Unpaid
     Interest Shortfall after giving effect to such distribution;

          (iii) if the  distribution to the Certificateholders of  such Class
     of Certificates is less than the full amount that would be distributable
     to  such Certificateholders  if there  were  sufficient funds  available
     therefor,  the amount  of the  shortfall and  the allocation  thereof as
     between principal and interest;

          (iv)  the   Certificate  Principal   Balance  of   each  Class   of
     Certificates after giving  effect to  the distribution  of principal  on
     such Distribution Date;

          (v) the Pool Principal Balance for the following Distribution Date;

          (vi) the Class A Percentage for the following Distribution Date;

          (vii) the related amount of the  Servicing Fees paid to or retained
     by the Servicer;

          (viii) the  Pass-Through Rate for  such Class of  Certificates with
     respect to the current Due Period;

          ((ix) the amount  of Advances included in the  distribution on such
     Distribution Date and the aggregate amount of Advances outstanding as of
     the close of business on such Distribution Date;)

          (x)  the number and  aggregate principal amounts  of Mortgage Loans
     (A) delinquent (exclusive of Mortgage Loans  in foreclosure) (1) 1 to 30
     days, (2) 31 to  60 days, (3) 61 to 90 days and (4)  91 or more days and
     (B) in foreclosure and  delinquent (1) 1 to 30 days, (2)  31 to 60 days,
     (3)  61 to 90 days and (4) 91 or  more days, as of the close of business
     on the last day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date;

          (xi) with respect to any Mortgage  Loan that became an REO Property
     during  the preceding  calendar  month, the  loan  number and  Principal
     Balance of  such  Mortgage Loan  as  of the  close  of business  on  the
     Determination Date  preceding such  Distribution  Date and  the date  of
     acquisition thereof;

          (xii) the total number and  principal balance of any REO Properties
     as of  the close of  business on the  Determination Date  preceding such
     Distribution Date;

          (xiii)   the  Class  A  Prepayment  Percentage  for  the  following
     Distribution Date;

          (xiv) the aggregate amount  of Realized Losses incurred during  the
     preceding calendar month; and

          (xv) the Unpaid Liquidation Loss Amount. 

     In addition, within  a reasonable period of  time after the end  of each
calendar year, the Trustee will prepare and deliver to each Certificateholder
of  record  during  the  previous   calendar  year  a  statement   containing
information  necessary  to  enable Certificateholders  to  prepare  their tax
returns. Such statements  will not have been examined and reported upon by an
independent public accountant.

AMENDMENT

     The Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the
Servicer and the Trustee, without  the consent of Certificateholders, for any
of  the purposes  set  forth  under "The  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement--
Amendment"  in  the  Prospectus.  In  addition,  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement may be  amended by the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee with
the consent of the Certificateholders of a Majority in Interest of each Class
of Senior  and Subordinate Certificates  affected thereby for the  purpose of
adding any provisions to or  changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions  of the  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement or  of modifying  in any
manner the rights of the  Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such
amendment may (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
payments required to be distributed on any Certificate without the consent of
the  Certificateholder  of such  Certificate;  (ii) adversely  affect  in any
material  respect the  interests of  the Certificateholders  of any  Class of
Certificates in a manner other than as described in clause (i) above, without
the  consent  of  the  Certificateholders  of   Certificates  of  such  Class
evidencing as to such Class Percentage Interests aggregating at least 66%; or
(iii)  reduce the  aforesaid percentage  of  aggregate outstanding  principal
amounts of  Certificates of each  Class, the Certificateholders of  which are
required to  consent  to  any such  amendment,  without the  consent  of  the
Certificateholders of all Certificates of such Class.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

     The Servicer  will have the  right to repurchase all  remaining Mortgage
Loans and  REO Properties  in  the Mortgage  Pool  and thereby  effect  early
retirement of the Certificates, subject to the Pool Principal Balance of such
Mortgage Loans and REO Properties at  the time of repurchase being less  than
or equal to  __ of the Cut-off  Date Principal Balance thereof.  In the event
the  Servicer  exercises such  option,  the purchase  price  distributed with
respect  to each Certificate will be 100% of its then outstanding Certificate
Principal  Balance and  in the  case  of a  Senior  Certificate, one  month's
interest thereon at the applicable  Pass-Through Rate plus any unpaid accrued
interest.  Any repurchase of the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties may result
in an early retirement of the Senior Certificates.

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED LOANS

     As to  any Mortgage Loan which  is delinquent in  payment by 91  days or
more, the Servicer may, at its  option, purchase such Mortgage Loan from  the
Trust Fund at  a price equal  to 100% of  the Principal Balance  thereof plus
accrued  interest thereon  at  the applicable  Net  Loan Rate  from  the date
through which interest  was last paid by the related mortgagor or advanced to
the first day of the month in which such amount is to be distributed.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     Events of Default  will consist of: (i)  any failure by the  Servicer to
deposit  in the  Certificate Account  the required  amounts or  remit  to the
Trustee any  payment (other  than an Advance  required to  be made  under the
terms of the Pooling and  Servicing Agreement) which continues unremedied for
five business days after  the giving of written notice of such failure to the
Servicer by the Trustee or the  Depositor or to the Servicer and  the Trustee
by the  Certificateholders of  Certificates having not  less than 25%  of the
Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates; (ii) any failure by the Servicer
to  observe or perform in any material respect  any other of its covenants or
agreements in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, which continues unremedied
for  60  days after  the giving  of  written notice  of  such failure  to the
Servicer by the Trustee or the Depositor, or to the Servicer and the  Trustee
by the Certificateholders of Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the
Voting Rights evidenced  by the Certificates; (iii)  insolvency, readjustment
of debt,  marshalling of assets  and liabilities or similar  proceedings, and
certain actions by or on behalf of  the Servicer indicating its insolvency or
inability to pay its obligations or (vi) any failure of the Servicer  to make
any Advance  which continues  unremedied for the  period of one  business day
after the date on which telecopied notice of such failure, requiring the same
to be remedied, shall have  been given to the Servicer by the  Trustee. As of
any date  of determination, 99% of the Voting  Rights will be allocated among
Certificateholders of the Class A and Subordinate Certificates in  proportion
to  the Certificate  Principal Balances  of their respective  Certificates on
such  date;  and   Certificateholders  of  the  Residual   Certificates  will
collectively be entitled  to 1% of the  Voting Rights. Voting Rights  will be
allocated  among the Certificates  of each such Class  in accordance with the
respective Percentage Interests.

RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

     So long as an Event of Default under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
remains unremedied,  the Trustee  may, and upon  the receipt  of instructions
from  Certificateholders of  Certificates having  not  less than  25% of  the
Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates, the Trustee shall, terminate all
of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  and in  and  to the  Mortgage Loans,  whereupon  the Trustee  will
succeed  to all  of  the  responsibilities, duties,  and  liabilities of  the
Servicer under the Pooling and  Servicing Agreement, including the obligation
to make Advances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an  Event of
Default arising from the Servicer's failure  to make an Advance as  described
in clause (vi) in the preceding paragraph, the Trustee shall terminate all of
the rights and  obligations of the Servicer  under the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement and in  and to  the Mortgage  Loans as described  in the  preceding
sentence.

     No  Certificateholder,  solely  by  virtue  of such  Certificateholder's
status as  a Certificateholder,  will have  any right  under the  Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement to institute any proceeding with respect thereto, unless
such Certificateholder previously has given  to the Trustee written notice of
default and  unless the  Certificateholders of  Certificates having  not less
than 25% of the Voting Rights evidenced by the Certificates have made written
request  to  the Trustee  to institute  such  proceeding in  its own  name as
Trustee thereunder and have offered  to the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and
the Trustee  for ___  days has  neglected or  refused to  institute any  such
proceeding.

THE TRUSTEE

     (             )  will be  the Trustee  under the  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.   The  Depositor  and   (        )  may  maintain   other  banking
relationships in  the ordinary  course of business  with the  Trustee. Senior
Certificates may be  surrendered at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee
located    at    (___________________________________    _____),   Attention:
(__________ Series 199_-___)  or at such other  addresses as the Trustee  may
designate from time to time.


                YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

(DELAY IN DISTRIBUTIONS; INDEX LAG

     The  effective yield to the  holders of the  Senior Certificates will be
lower than  the yield  otherwise produced  by the  applicable  rate at  which
interest is  passed through to  such holders and  the purchase price  of such
Certificates  because  monthly distributions  will  not  be  payable to  such
holders until the __th day (or following business day) of the month following
the month  in  which interest  accrues  on the  Mortgage  Loans (without  any
additional distribution  of interest or  earnings thereon in respect  of such
delay).  (In addition, the Loan Rate applicable  for any Adjustment Date will
be the most recent Index announced 45 days prior to each Adjustment Date. See
"The Mortgage Pool" herein.))

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer may purchase  from the Trust Fund a Mortgage  Loan which is
delinquent in payment 91 days or  more. The purchase price for such  Mortgage
Loan  shall be equal  to 100% of  the Principal Balance  thereof plus accrued
interest thereon at the applicable Net Loan  Rate from the date through which
interest was last  paid by the related mortgagor or advanced to the first day
of  the month in which such  amount is to be  distributed. To the extent such
rights are exercised, prepayments  allocated to the Senior  Certificates will
increase.

(LIMITATION ON ADJUSTMENTS

     Although   each   of   the   Mortgage  Loans   bears   interest   at  an
(fixed)(adjustable) Loan Rate,  the monthly adjustments of the  Loan Rate for
any  Mortgage Loan will  not exceed the  Periodic Rate Cap and  the Loan Rate
will in  no event exceed the Maximum Rate  for such Mortgage Loan, regardless
of the level  of interest rates generally  or the rate otherwise  produced by
the  Index  and the  Gross Margin.  (In  addition, such  adjustments  will be
subject to rounding to the nearest one-eighth of 1%.))


                               USE OF PROCEEDS

     The  Depositor will  apply the net  proceeds of  the sale of  the Senior
Certificates (together with the  net proceeds of the sale of  the Subordinate
Certificates) against the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans.


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     An election  will be  made to  treat the  Trust Fund  as a  "real estate
mortgage investment conduit" (a "REMIC") for federal income tax purposes. The
Senior  and Subordinate Certificates  will constitute "regular  interests" in
the REMIC  and the  Residual Certificates will  constitute the sole  class of
"residual interests" in the REMIC.

ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT

     The Senior  Certificates may  be issued  at a premium.  For purposes  of
determining the amount  and rate  of accrual of  original issue discount  and
market  discount,  the  Depositor  intends  to  assume  that  there  will  be
prepayments  on  the   Mortgage  Loans  at  a  rate  equal  to  __%  CPR.  No
representation is  made as to whether the Mortgage  Loans will prepay at that
rate or any  other rate. See "Yield, Prepayment  and Maturity Considerations"
herein and  "Certain Federal Income  Tax Consequences" in the  Prospectus. If
the Certificateholders of the Senior Certificates are treated as holding such
Certificates at a premium,  such Certificateholders should consult  their tax
advisors regarding the election to amortize bond premium and the method to be
employed.

     As  is   described  more  fully   under  "Certain  Federal   Income  Tax
Consequences"  in  the  Prospectus, the  Senior  Certificates  will represent
qualifying assets  under Sections 593(d), 856(c)(5)(A)  and 7701(a)(19)(C)(v)
of the Code, and net interest income attributable to the  Senior Certificates
will  be "interest  on obligations  secured  by mortgages  on real  property"
within the meaning  of Section 856(c)(3)(B)  of the Code,  to the extent  the
assets of the  Trust Fund are assets  described in such sections.  The Senior
Certificates will  represent qualifying  assets under  Section 860G(a)(3)  if
acquired by a REMIC within the prescribed time periods of the Code.

     The Code imposes a tax on REMICs equal to 100% of the net income derived
from  "prohibited  transactions"  (the  "Prohibited  Transactions  Tax").  In
general,  subject to certain  specified exceptions, a  prohibited transaction
means the disposition of a Mortgage Loan, the receipt of income from a source
other  than a  Mortgage  Loan  or certain  other  permitted investments,  the
receipt  of compensation  for services,  or gain from  the disposition  of an
asset  purchased  with the  payments  on  the  Mortgage Loans  for  temporary
investment pending distribution  on the Certificates.  It is not  anticipated
that the Trust  Fund will engage in  any prohibited transactions in  which it
would recognize a material amount of net income.

     In  addition, certain  contributions to a  Trust Fund that  elects to be
treated as a REMIC made after the day  on which such Trust Fund issues all of
its interests could result in the imposition of a tax on the Trust Fund equal
to 100% of the value  of the contributed property (the "Contributions  Tax").
The Trust Fund  will not accept contributions  that would subject it  to such
tax.

     In addition, a Trust Fund that elects  to be treated as a REMIC may also
be subject to federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on "net income
from foreclosure property," determined  by reference to the rules  applicable
to  real estate  investment trusts.  "Net income  from foreclosure  property"
generally  means gain  from the  sale of  a  foreclosure property  other than
qualifying rents  and other  qualifying income for  a real  estate investment
trust. It is  not anticipated that the  Trust Fund will recognize  net income
from foreclosure property subject to federal income
tax.


     Where any  Prohibited Transactions  Tax, Contributions Tax,  tax on  net
income from foreclosure  property or state or  local income or  franchise tax
that may  be imposed on the REMIC arises out of a breach of the Servicer's or
the  Trustee's  obligations,  as the  case  may  be,  under  the Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement  and in respect  of compliance with then  applicable law,
such tax will be borne by  the Servicer or Trustee in either case  out of its
own funds. In the event that either the Servicer or the Trustee,  as the case
may  be, fails  to pay or  is not  required to pay  any such  tax as provided
above, such  tax will be borne  by the Certificateholders of  the Subordinate
Certificates. It is not anticipated  that any material state or local  income
or franchise tax will be imposed on the Trust Fund.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to  acquire any of the
Senior  Certificates should  consult with  its  counsel with  respect to  the
potential  consequences under the Employee Retirement  Income Security Act of
1974,  as amended  ("ERISA"), and  the Code,  of the  Plan's  acquisition and
ownership of such Certificates. See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.
Section 406  of  ERISA prohibits  "parties in  interest" with  respect to  an
employee  benefit plan  subject to ERISA  and the  excise tax  provisions set
forth under Section  4975 of  the Code  (a "Plan") from  engaging in  certain
transactions  involving  such Plan  and  its  assets  unless a  statutory  or
administrative exemption applies to the transaction. Section 4975 of the Code
imposes  certain  excise  taxes on  prohibited  transactions  involving plans
described under  that  Section;  ERISA  authorizes the  imposition  of  civil
penalties  for  prohibited  transactions involving  plans  not  covered under
Section 4975 of the Code.

     Certain employee benefit plans, including governmental plans and certain
church plans, are not subject to ERISA's requirements. Accordingly, assets of
such plans may be invested in  the Senior Certificates without regard to  the
ERISA considerations described  herein and in the Prospectus,  subject to the
provisions of other applicable federal and state  law. Any such plan which is
qualified and  exempt from taxation under  Sections 401(a) and 501(a)  of the
Code may nonetheless be subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth
in Section 503 of the Code.

     Except  as noted  above, investments  by  Plans are  subject to  ERISA's
general  fiduciary  requirements,  including  the requirement  of  investment
prudence and diversification and the requirement that a Plan's investments be
made in accordance with the  documents governing the Plan. A fiduciary  which
decides to invest  the assets  of a  Plan in the  Senior Certificates  should
consider, among other factors, the  extreme sensitivity of the investments to
the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the Mortgage Loans.

     The U.S. Department  of Labor has granted to  Greenwich Capital Markets,
Inc., an  administrative exemption  (Prohibited Transaction Exemption  90-59;
Exemption  Application  No. D-8374)  (the  "Exemption") from  certain  of the
prohibited transaction rules  of ERISA and the related  excise tax provisions
of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding
and the  subsequent resale  by Plans of  certificates in  pass-through trusts
that consist  of certain receivables,  loans and other obligations  that meet
the conditions  and requirements of  the Exemption. The Exemption  applies to
mortgage loans such as the Mortgage Loans in the Trust Fund.

     Among the conditions  that must be satisfied for the  Exemption to apply
are the following:

          (1)  the acquisition  of the  certificates  by a  Plan is  on terms
     (including  the  price  for  the  certificates) that  are  at  least  as
     favorable to the  Plan as they would  be in an arm's  length transaction
     with an unrelated party;

          (2)  the rights and interest evidenced by the certificates acquired
     by the Plan are not subordinated  to the rights and interests  evidenced
     by other certificates of the trust fund;

          (3) the certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating at
     the time of  such acquisition that is  one of the three  highest generic
     rating  categories from Standard  & Poor's Corporation  ("S&P"), Moody's
     Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Duff & Phelps Inc. ("D&P") or Fitch
     Investors Service, Inc. ("Fitch");

          (4) the trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member of the
     Restricted Group (as defined below);

          (5)  the  sum  of  all  payments   made  to  and  retained  by  the
     underwriters in  connection with  the distribution  of the  certificates
     represents  not more than  reasonable compensation for  underwriting the
     certificates; the sum of all payments made to and retained by the seller
     pursuant to the assignment of the loans to the trust fund represents not
     more than  the fair market value of such loans;  the sum of all payments
     made to and  retained by the servicer and any  other servicer represents
     not more than  reasonable compensation for such  person's services under
     the agreement pursuant to which  the loans are pooled and reimbursements
     of such person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith; and

          (6)  the  Plan investing  in  the  certificates is  an  "accredited
     investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

The trust fund must also meet the following requirements:

               (i) the corpus of the trust fund must consist solely of assets
          of the type that have been included in other investment pools;

               (ii) certificates  in such  other investment  pools must  have
          been rated in  one of the three  highest rating categories  of S&P,
          Moody's, Fitch  or D&P for  at least one  year prior to  the Plan's
          acquisition of certificates; and

               (iii)  certificates   evidencing  interests   in  such   other
          investment pools must have been  purchased by investors other  than
          Plans for  at least  one year  prior to  any Plan's acquisition  of
          certificates.

     Moreover,    the    Exemption     provides    relief    from     certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when
the Plan  fiduciary causes a Plan  to acquire certificates  in a trust  as to
which the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is  an obligor on the receivables held
in the trust provided  that, among other requirements, (i) in the  case of an
acquisition in connection with the initial issuance of certificates, at least
fifty percent of each  class of certificates in which Plans  have invested is
acquired by persons independent of  the Restricted Group; (ii) such fiduciary
(or its affiliate) is an obligor with respect to five  percent or less of the
fair market value of the obligations contained in the trust; (iii) the Plan's
investment in certificates  of any Class does not  exceed twenty-five percent
of all  of the certificates  of that  Class outstanding  at the  time of  the
acquisition;  and  (iv) immediately  after  the  acquisition,  no  more  than
twenty-five  percent of  the assets of  the Plan  with respect to  which such
person is a  fiduciary are invested in certificates  representing an interest
in one or more  trusts containing assets sold or serviced by the same entity.
The  Exemption  does  not  apply  to  Plans  sponsored  by  the  Seller,  the
Underwriter, the Trustee, the Servicer,  any obligor with respect to Mortgage
Loans included in the  Trust Fund constituting more than five  percent of the
aggregate  unamortized principal balance of the assets  in the Trust Fund, or
any affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group").

     The  Underwriter  believes   that  the  Exemption  will  apply   to  the
acquisition  and holding  of the  Senior Certificates  by Plans and  that all
conditions  of the  Exemption  other than  those within  the  control of  the
investors will be met. In addition, as of the date hereof, there is no single
Mortgagor that  is the obligor  on 5% of the  Mortgage Loans included  in the
Trust Fund by aggregate  unamortized principal balance  of the assets of  the
Trust Fund.

     Prospective  Plan investors  should consult  with  their legal  advisors
concerning the  impact of ERISA and the Code,  the applicability of PTCE 83-1
described in the Prospectus and the Exemption, and the potential consequences
in  their specific circumstances, prior to making an investment in the Senior
Certificates.  Moreover, each Plan  fiduciary should determine  whether under
the general fiduciary  standards of investment prudence  and diversification,
an investment in the Senior Certificates is  appropriate for the Plan, taking
into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the composition of
the Plan's investment portfolio.


                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  Underwriting
Agreement  between the  Depositor and  the Underwriter  (an affiliate  of the
Depositor),  the Depositor  has agreed  to sell  to the Underwriter,  and the
Underwriter  has   agreed  to  purchase   from  the  Depositor,   the  Senior
Certificates. Distribution  of the  Senior Certificates will  be made  by the
Underwriter  from time  to time  in negotiated  transactions or  otherwise at
varying prices  to be determined at the time  of sale. In connection with the
sale of  the Senior  Certificates,  the Underwriter  may  be deemed  to  have
received  compensation  from  the  Depositor  in  the  form  of  underwriting
discounts.

     The Depositor has  been advised by  the Underwriter that  it intends  to
make  a market in  the Senior  Certificates but has  no obligation to  do so.
There can be no assurance that a secondary market for the Senior Certificates
will develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue.

     The Depositor has  agreed to indemnify the Underwriter  against, or make
contributions  to the  Underwriter  with  respect  to,  certain  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


                                LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters  will be passed upon for the Depositor and for the
Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.


                                   RATINGS

     It is a condition of the  issuance of the Senior Certificates that  they
be  rated "(   )" by (   )  and (   ) by (        ) (together with (   ), the
"Rating Agencies").

     The ratings  assigned by  Duff  & Phelps  Credit Rating  Co. ("D&P")  to
securities address  the likelihood  of the  receipt  by the  holders of  such
securities  of  all  distributions  to  which they  are  entitled  under  the
transaction structure.   D&P's ratings reflect its analysis  of the riskiness
of the mortgages and  its analysis of the structure of the transaction as set
forth in the operative documents.  D&P's ratings do not address the effect on
yield  on the  securities attributable  to prepayments  or recoveries  on the
underlying assets.

     The ratings  assigned  by Fitch  Investors  Service, L.P.  ("Fitch")  to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt of  all distributions on the
assets by the related holders of securities under the agreements  pursuant to
which such  securities are issued.   Fitch's ratings take  into consideration
the  credit  quality  of  the  related pool,  including  any  credit  support
providers, structural and legal aspects  associated with such securities, and
the extent to which the  payment stream on the pool  is adequate to make  the
payments required  by such securities.   Fitch ratings on  such securities do
not, however,  constitute a statement  regarding frequency of  prepayments of
the assets.

     The  ratings assigned by Moody's Investors  Service, Inc. ("Moody's") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by  holders of securities of
all distributions to which such holders of securities are entitled.   Moody's
ratings  on securities do not  represent any assessment  of the likelihood or
rate of principal  prepayments.  The ratings  do not address  the possibility
that holders of securities  might suffer a lower than anticipated  yield as a
result of prepayments.

     The ratings assigned  by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services, a Division
of  The McGraw-Hill  Companies,  Inc. ("Standard  &  Poor's"), to  securities
address the  likelihood of the receipt of all  distributions on the assets by
the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to which such
securities are issued.  Standard & Poor's ratings take into consideration the
credit quality of  the related pool, including any  credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated  with such securities, and the extent
to  which the  payment  stream on  such  pool is  adequate  to make  payments
required by such securities.  Standard  & Poor's ratings on such certificates
do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on
the related assets.   The letter "r" attached to  a Standard & Poor's  rating
highlights  derivative, hybrid  and certain  other  types of  securities that
Standard & Poor's believes may experience high volatility or high variability
in expected returns due to non-credit risks.  The absence of an "r" symbol in
the rating of a class of securities should not be taken as an indication that
such securities will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.

=====================================    ====================================

NO DEALER,  SALESMAN OR  OTHER PERSON
HAS   BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE  ANY
INFORMATION    OR    TO   MAKE    ANY
REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS    SUPPLEMENT    OR    THE
PROSPECTUS  AND,  IF  GIVEN OR  MADE,
SUCH  INFORMATION  OR  REPRESENTATION            $__,___,___,___
MUST NOT  BE  RELIED  UPON AS  HAVING
BEEN AUTHORIZED  BY THE  DEPOSITOR OR
THE  UNDERWRITER.    THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND THE PROSPECTUS DO NOT
CONSTITUTE    AN    OFFER   OF    ANY
SECURITIES  OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH
THEY  RELATE OR AN  OFFER TO SELL, OR                $______
A SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER TO  BUY,       ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
TO  ANY  PERSON  IN ANY  JURISDICTION
WHERE SUCH  AN OFFER  OR SOLICITATION
WOULD   BE  UNLAWFUL.    NEITHER  THE
DELIVERY     OF    THIS    PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE  PROSPECTUS  NOR
ANY  SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER
ANY    CIRCUMSTANCES,    CREATE   ANY
IMPLICATION   THAT  THE   INFORMATION
CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  CORRECT AS  OF
ANY   TIME   SUBSEQUENT   TO    THEIR
RESPECTIVE DATES.
                                         FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                                   (DEPOSITOR)
          TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                 PAGE
                                           ---------------------------
        PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                                  (      , 199 )
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . .   S-3
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . .   S-7
The Mortgage Lending Program  .   S-8       ---------------------------
Servicing of the Mortgage 
Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-10
Description of the Mortgage 
Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11       GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
Description of the 
Certificates  . . . . . . . . .  S-13
Yield,    Prepayment   and   Maturity
Considerations  . . . . . . . .  S-22
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . .  S-22
Certain     Federal     Income    Tax
Consequences  . . . . . . . . .  S-22
ERISA Considerations  . . . . .  S-23
Underwriting  . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Legal Matters . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25

              PROSPECTUS

Prospectus   Supplement  or   Current
Report on Form 8-K  . . . . . . .   2
Incorporation  of  Certain  Documents
by Reference  . . . . . . . . . .   2
Available Information . . . . . .   2
Reports to Securityholders  . . .   3
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . .   4
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . .  12
The Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . .  17
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . .  22
The Depositor . . . . . . . . . .  22
Loan Program  . . . . . . . . . .  22
Description of the Securities . .  24
Credit Enhancement  . . . . . . .  33
Yield and Prepayment 
Considerations  . . . . . . . . .  38
The Agreements  . . . . . . . . .  41
Certain Legal Aspects of 
the Loans . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
Certain     Federal     Income    Tax
Considerations  . . . . . . . . .  66
State Tax Considerations  . . . .  85
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . .  85
Legal Investment  . . . . . . . .  88
Method of Distribution  . . . . .  89
Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . .  90
Financial Information . . . . . .  90
Rating  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  90
=====================================    ====================================



    
   Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to  buy be  accepted  prior to  the time  the  registration statement
becomes effective.  This prospectus shall not  constitute an offer to sell or
the solicitation of  an offer to  buy nor  shall there be  any sale of  these
securities in any  State in which such  offer, solicitation or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or  qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.
    
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 24, 1997

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED ___________, 1997)

                                $_____________
                        HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199___
       $___________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED NOTES, SERIES 199_-_
    $__________ HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199_-_

     The Home Equity Loan Trust  199__ (the "Trust") will be formed  pursuant
to a trust agreement  to be dated as of ______, 199_  (the "Trust Agreement")
and  entered  into by  Financial  Asset Securities  Corp.  (the "Depositor"),
________________ and _____________,  as owner trustee (the  "Owner Trustee").
The Trust will  issue $___________ aggregate principal amount  of Home Equity
Loan Asset Backed Notes (the "Notes").  The  Notes will be issued pursuant to
an indenture to be dated as of __________ __, 199_ (the "Indenture"), between
the Trust and  ____________, as indenture trustee (the  "Indenture Trustee").
The Trust  will also issue  $____________ aggregate principal amount  of Home
Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199_-_ (the "Certificates" and,
together with the Notes, the "Securities").

     The Trust  will consist of  certain (adjustable rate) (fixed  rate) home
equity  revolving credit line  loans made  or to be  made in the  future (the
"Mortgage Loans") secured  (primarily) by second deeds of  trust or mortgages
on residential properties that are primarily one- to  four-family properties,
the collections in respect of such Mortgage Loans, and certain other property
relating to such mortgage loans.  (In  addition, the Securities will have the
benefit  of an  irrevocable  and  unconditional  limited  financial  guaranty
insurance  policy (the "Policy")  issued by ______________  (the "Certificate
Insurer") covering (describe).)

     Distributions of principal and interest on the Notes will be made on the
_________  day of each month or, if such  date is not a Business Day, then on
the  succeeding Business  Day  (each a  "Distribution  Date"), commencing  on
________, 199_  to the extent described herein.   Interest will accrue on the
Notes at a rate  (the "Note Rate") equal to  ___% per annum from the  Closing
Date  to the first Distribution  Date and at (a floating  rate equal to LIBOR
(as defined herein) plus ___% per annum) (___% per annum) thereafter.

     The  Certificates will represent  fractional undivided interests  in the
Trust.  Distribution of  principal and interest on  the Certificates will  be
made on each Distribution Date to the extent described herein.  Interest will
accrue on the  Certificates at a rate (the "Pass-Through Rate") equal to ___%
per annum  from the Closing  Date to  the first Distribution  Date and at  (a
floating  rate  equal  to  LIBOR  plus  ___%  per  annum)  (___%  per  annum)
thereafter.

     Payments of interest and principal on the Notes will have equal priority
with payments of principal and  interest (and will be  made pro rata) on  the
Certificates.

     There is currently no market for the Securities offered hereby and there
can  be no assurance  that such a market  will develop or  if it does develop
that it will continue.  See "RISK FACTORS" herein.

     FOR A DISCUSSION OF  CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN  INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS"  ON PAGE S-10 AND IN THE
PROSPECTUS ON PAGE 11.
                             ____________________

THE SECURITIES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST ONLY AND DO
NOT REPRESENT  INTERESTS IN OR  OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR,  OWNER TRUSTEE,
INDENTURE TRUSTEE  OR ANY  AFFILIATE THEREOF, EXCEPT  TO THE  EXTENT PROVIDED
HEREIN.   THE SECURITIES ARE  NOT INSURED  OR GUARANTEED BY  ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY.

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.  ANY  REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

     The Securities  offered hereby will  be purchased  by Greenwich  Capital
Markets, Inc.  (and        ) ((collectively,)  the  "Underwriter")  from  the
Depositor and will, in  each case, be offered by the Underwriter from time to
time to the public in negotiated transactions or  otherwise at varying prices
to  be  determined at  the  time of  sale.   The  aggregate  proceeds to  the
Depositor from the  sale of the Notes  are expected to be  $_____________ and
from the  sale of  the Certificates  are expected  to  be $__________  before
deducting expenses payable by the Depositor of $_______.

     The Securities  are offered subject  to prior  sale and  subject to  the
Underwriters' right to  reject orders in whole  or in part.   It is  expected
that the Notes will be delivered in book-entry form through the facilities of
The Depository Trust Company, (Cedel Bank, soci t  anonyme, and the Euroclear
System) on or about _______, 199_.  The Securities will be offered in (Europe
and) the United States of America.

                             ____________________

     Until  ninety days  after the  date of  this Prospectus  Supplement, all
dealers   effecting  transactions   in  the   Securities,   whether  or   not
participating in this  distribution, may be required to  deliver a Prospectus
Supplement  and  Prospectus  to  investors.    This  is  in  addition  to the
obligation  of  dealers  acting  as  Underwriters  to  deliver  a  Prospectus
Supplement  and  Prospectus  with  respect  to  their  unsold  allotments  or
subscriptions.
                             ____________________

     Each Series of  Securities offered hereby constitute part  of a separate
Series of Asset Backed Securities being offered by Greenwich Capital Markets,
Inc. from time  to time pursuant to the Prospectus  dated _________ __, 1996.
This Prospectus  Supplement does not  contain complete information  about the
offering  of the  Securities.   Additional  information is  contained in  the
Prospectus and  investors are urged  to read both this  Prospectus Supplement
and the Prospectus in full.   Sales of the Securities may not be  consummated
unless the  purchaser has  received both this  Prospectus Supplement  and the
Prospectus.

                             ____________________

                       GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.


_______________, 199_

                                   SUMMARY

     The following summary  of certain pertinent information is  qualified in
its entirety by reference to  the detailed information appearing elsewhere in
this  Prospectus Supplement  and  in the  accompanying  Prospectus.   Certain


capitalized terms  used  herein  are  defined  elsewhere  in  the  Prospectus
Supplement or in the Prospectus.

Trust                      Home Equity Loan  Trust 199_-_ (the "Trust" or the
                           "Issuer"), a  Delaware business trust  established
                           pursuant   to  the  Trust  Agreement  (as  defined
                           herein), dated  as  of  ___,  199_  (the  "Cut-Off
                           Date").  The property  of the Trust will  include:
                           a pool  of (adjustable)  (fixed) rate home  equity
                           loan  revolving credit  line loans  made or  to be
                           made in  the future (the "Mortgage  Loans"), under
                           certain  home equity  revolving  credit line  loan
                           agreements  (the  "Credit  Line  Agreements")  and
                           secured  (primarily)  by second  (deeds  of trust)
                           (mortgages)  on  residential properties  that  are
                           primarily  one-  to  four-family  properties  (the
                           "Mortgaged   Properties");   the  collections   in
                           respect of  the Mortgage Loans received  after the
                           Cut-Off  Date; property  that  secured a  Mortgage
                           Loan  which  has been  acquired by  foreclosure or
                           deed  in lieu  of foreclosure;  (a surety  bond or
                           letter   of   credit);  an   assignment   of   the
                           Depositor's rights  under the Purchase  Agreement;
                           rights  under  certain hazard  insurance  policies
                           covering  the  Mortgaged Properties;  and  certain
                           other property, as described more fully herein.

                           The  Trust  will  include   the  unpaid  principal
                           balance of  each Mortgage Loan  as of  the Cut-Off
                           Date (the "Cut-Off  Date Principal  Balance") plus
                           any additions thereto  as a result of new advances
                           made  pursuant  to  the  applicable   Credit  Line
                           Agreement (the  "Additional Balances") during  the
                           life of the Trust.  With respect  to any date, the
                           "Pool Balance" will be  equal to the aggregate  of
                           the Principal  Balances of  all Mortgage  Loans as
                           of such date.   The "Principal Balance" of  a Loan
                           (other  than  a Liquidated  Loan)  on  any day  is
                           equal to its Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance, plus
                           (i) any  Additional Balances  in  respect of  such
                           Mortgage   Loan,   minus  (ii)   all   collections
                           credited  against the  Principal  Balance of  such
                           Mortgage  Loan  in  accordance  with  the  related
                           Credit Line  Agreement  prior to  such  day.   The
                           Principal Balance  of a Liquidated  Loan after the
                           final  recovery  of related  Liquidation  Proceeds
                           shall be zero.

Securities Offered         (i)  Home  Equity Loan  Asset  Backed  Notes, (the
                           "Notes");  and (ii) Home  Equity Loan Asset Backed
                           Certificates  (the  "Certificates"  and,  together
                           with  the Notes, the "Securities").  Each Security
                           represents  the  right  to  receive   payments  of
                           interest  at the  variable  rate described  below,
                           payable  monthly,  and payments  of  principal  at
                           such time and to the extent provided below.

Depositor                  Financial  Asset  Securities  Corp.,   a  Delaware
                           corporation,  and  an  indirect   limited  purpose
                           finance  subsidiary  of National  Westminster  Plc
                           and  an affiliate  of  Greenwich Capital  Markets,
                           Inc.

Servicer                   __________ (the  "Servicer").   The Servicer  will
                           service   the   Mortgage  Loans   pursuant   to  a
                           Servicing   Agreement   dated  _________ 1,   199_
                           between the Issuer and the Servicer.

Indenture                  The Notes will  be issued pursuant to an indenture
                           dated  as  of  _________, 199_  (the  "Indenture")
                           between the Trust and  ________________________ in
                           its capacity as indenture  trustee (the "Indenture
                           Trustee").   The  Indenture Trustee  will allocate
                           distributions   of  principal   and  interest   to
                           holders  of  the  Notes   (the  "Noteholders")  in
                           accordance with the Indenture.

Trust Agreement            Pursuant  to  a   trust  agreement  dated  as   of
                           ________  1, 199_  (the "Trust  Agreement"), among
                           the Depositor,  ________ and _________________  in
                           its  capacity   as  owner   trustee  (the   "Owner
                           Trustee"),  the Trust  will issue the Certificates
                           in  an initial  aggregate  amount of  $__________.
                           The   Certificates   will   represent   fractional
                           undivided interests in the Trust.

The Mortgage Loans         The  Mortgage  Loans are  (primarily)  secured  by
                           second deeds  of trust  or mortgages on  Mortgaged
                           Properties.   The  Mortgage Loans  were originated
                           by (   ) and on or prior to the Closing Date, (  )
                           will  sell the  Mortgage  Loans  to the  Depositor
                           pursuant  to a  purchase agreement  (the "Purchase
                           Agreement").      The   aggregate   Cut-Off   Date
                           Principal   Balance  of   the  Mortgage  loans  is
                           $___________ (the "Cut-Off Date Pool Balance").

                           The combined loan-to-value ratio of  each Mortgage
                           Loan,   computed  using  the  maximum  amount  the
                           borrower  was  permitted to  draw  down under  the
                           related   Credit  Line   Agreement  (the   "Credit
                           Limit") and  taking  into account  the amounts  of
                           any related  senior mortgage loans (the  "Combined
                           Loan-to-Value  Ratio") did  not  exceed __%  as of
                           the Cut-Off  Date.  The weighted  average Combined
                           Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of the  Mortgage  Loans  was
                           ____%  as of  the  Cut-Off  Date.   See  "THE HOME
                           EQUITY  LENDING  PROGRAM--Underwriting  Procedures
                           Relating to the Mortgage Loans" herein.

                           Interest  on each Mortgage Loan is payable monthly
                           and  computed   on  the   related  average   daily
                           outstanding  Principal  Balance for  each  billing
                           cycle at  a  variable rate  per  annum (the  "Loan
                           Rate") equal at any  time (subject to minimum  and
                           maximum  rates,  as  described herein  under  "THE
                           HOME   EQUITY   LENDING   PROGRAM--Mortgage   Loan
                           Terms," and  further subject  to applicable  usury
                           limitations)  to the  sum of  (i) (the  prime rate
                           published  in the  "Money  Rates"  section of  The
                           Wall  Street  Journal generally  on the  Monday of
                           the  week in which such Loan  Rate adjusts (or, if
                           no  rate is  published on  such day,  then on  the
                           next  succeeding calendar  day  on which  a  prime
                           rate is published),  rounded to the nearest 1/8 of
                           1 percent) and  (ii) a margin generally within the
                           range of ___%  to ___%.  The Loan Rate  is subject
                           to adjustment  (       ).   With  respect to  each
                           Mortgage Loan, a "billing  cycle" is the  calendar
                           month preceding a Due  Date.  Interest accrued  at
                           such  rate will  be due  on the  Due  Date in  the
                           month following the  close of  the billing  cycle.
                           (As to  each Mortgage Loan,  the Due  Date is  the
                           __th  day  of   the  month.)    The  Cut-Off  Date
                           Principal   Balances   ranged  from   $______   to
                           $_______  and averaged  $_______.   Credit  Limits
                           under the Mortgage  Loans as of the Cut-Off ranged
                           from  approximately $_____ to $______ and averaged
                           $______.   Each  Mortgage Loan  was  originated in
                           the period from _______  to _________, and, as  of
                           the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  weighted  average Credit
                           Limit  Utilization Rate  (as  defined herein)  was
                           approximately ___%.  See "THE  HOME EQUITY LENDING
                           PROGRAM" and "DESCRIPTION  OF THE  MORTGAGE LOANS"
                           herein.

Collections                All  collections  on  the Mortgage  Loans  will be
                           allocated by  the Servicer in accordance  with the
                           Loan  Agreements  between  amounts   collected  in
                           respect of  interest ("Interest Collections")  and
                           amounts collected in respect  of principal ("Prin-
                           cipal Collections" and collectively  with Interest
                           Collections,  the  "Collections").   The  Servicer
                           will  generally deposit  Collections distributable
                           to the Holders  in an account established for such
                           purpose   under  the   Servicing  Agreement   (the
                           "Collection Account").   See  "DESCRIPTION OF  THE
                           SERVICING  AGREEMENT--Allocation  and  Collection"
                           herein  and  "THE AGREEMENTS--Payments  on  Loans;
                           Deposits  to Security  Account" and  "--Collection
                           Procedures" in the Prospectus.

Description of the Securities

     A.   Distributions    On  each  Distribution  Date,  collections  on the
                           Mortgage  Loans will  be applied  in the following
                           order of priority:

                                (i)   to the Servicer, the Servicing Fee;

                                (ii)  as payment for the accrued interest due
                                      and any overdue  accrued interest (with
                                      interest  thereon)  on  the  respective
                                      Security  Principal  Balances   of  the
                                      Notes and the Certificates;

                               (iii)  as  principal  on the  Securities,  the
                                      excess  of  Principal  Collections over
                                      Additional Balances created  during the
                                      preceding   Collection   Period,   such
                                      amount  to  be  allocated  between  the
                                      Notes and Certificates, pro rata, based
                                      on their respective  Security Principal
                                      Balances;

                                (iv)  as  principal  on  the  Securities,  as
                                      payment   for   any   Liquidation  Loss
                                      Amounts on the Mortgage Loans;

                                 (v)  as  payment  for  the  premium  on  the
                                      Policy;

                                (vi)  to  reimburse prior  draws made  on the
                                      Policy; and

                               (vii)  any remaining amounts to the Depositor.


                           As  to  any  Distribution  Date,  the  "Collection
                           Period" is the calendar month  preceding the month
                           of such Distribution Date.

                           "Liquidation  Loss Amount"  means with  respect to
                           any  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan,  the  unrecovered
                           Principal  Balance  thereof  at  the  end  of  the
                           related  Collection Period  in which such Mortgage
                           Loan  became  a  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan  after
                           giving effect  to the Net  Liquidation Proceeds in
                           connection therewith.

     B.   Note Rate        Interest  will  accrue  on   the  unpaid  Security
                           Principal Balance  of the Notes  at the  per annum
                           rate  (the "Note  Rate") equal  to ___%  per annum
                           from the  Closing Date  to the first  Distribution
                           Date and thereafter  interest will  accrue on  the
                           Notes   from    and   including   the    preceding
                           Distribution Date  to but  excluding such  current
                           Distribution  Date  (each,  an  "Interest  Accrual
                           Period") at  (a floating rate  equal to  LIBOR (as
                           defined  herein)  plus ___%)  (___%).    (Interest
                           will be  calculated  on the  basis  of the  actual
                           number  of days  in  each Interest  Accrual Period
                           divided by  360.)   A failure  to pay interest  on
                           any Notes  on any Distribution Date that continues
                           for  five  days constitutes  an  Event of  Default
                           under the Indenture.

     C.   Pass-Through 
          Rate             Interest  will  accrue  on  the  unpaid  Principal
                           Balance of the  Certificates at the per annum rate
                           (the "Pass-Through  Rate") equal to ___% per annum
                           from  the Closing  Date to  the first Distribution
                           Date and  thereafter interest will  accrue on  the
                           Certificates for each  Interest Accrual  Period at
                           (a  floating  rate  equal  to  LIBOR  (as  defined
                           herein) plus  ___%)  (___%).   (Interest  will  be
                           calculated on  the basis of  the actual  number of
                           days  in each Interest  Accrual Period  divided by
                           360.)     A  failure  to   pay  interest   on  any
                           Certificates   on  any   Distribution  Date   that
                           continues for  five days  constitutes an  Event of
                           Default under the Trust Agreement.

     D.   Distribution 
          Date             The ____ day of each month or, if  such day is not
                           a Business Day, the next succeeding  Business Day,
                           commencing with _______, 199_.   A "Business  Day"
                           is any  day other  than  a Saturday  or Sunday  or
                           another day  on which banking institutions  in New
                           York, New  York (and ____________) are  authorized
                           or  obligated  by  law, regulations  or  executive
                           order to be closed.

     E.   Record Date      The last day  preceding a Distribution Date or, if
                           the   Securities   are   no    longer   Book-Entry
                           Securities, the last  day of the month preceding a
                           Distribution Date.

     F.   Final Scheduled
          Distribution 
          Dates            With     respect     to     the      Certificates,
                           ___________________.      To   the    extent   not
                           previously  paid, the  Security Principal  Balance
                           of the Notes will be due  on the Distribution Date


                           in  _______,  199_.    Failure  to  pay  the  full
                           principal  balance  of  Notes  on  or  before  the
                           applicable final  scheduled payment dates  consti-
                           tutes an Event of Default under the Indenture.

     G.   Form and 
          Registration     The  Securities  will initially  be  delivered  in
                           book-entry    form    ("Book-Entry   Securities").
                           Holders  of  such Securities  may  elect  to  hold
                           their  interests  through  The   Depository  Trust
                           Company ("DTC"),  (in the United States,  or Cedel
                           Bank,  soci t  anonyme, ("Cedel") or the Euroclear
                           System  ("Euroclear"),  in  Europe).     Transfers
                           within  DTC (, Cedel or Euroclear, as the case may
                           be,) will  be in accordance  with the  usual rules
                           and operating  procedures of the relevant  system.
                           So long  as the Securities  are Book-Entry Securi-
                           ties, such Securities  will be evidenced by one or
                           more securities registered in  the name of Cede  &
                           Co.   ("Cede"), as the nominee  of DTC (or one  of
                           the   relevant  depositaries   (collectively,  the
                           "European    Depositaries")).         Cross-market
                           transfers  between  persons  holding  directly  or
                           indirectly through  DTC(,  on  the one  hand,  and
                           counterparties  holding  directly  or   indirectly
                           through  Cedel or Euroclear,  on the  other,) will
                           be   effected  in   DTC   through  Citibank   N.A.
                           ("Citibank") or  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company  of
                           New York ("Morgan"), the relevant  depositaries of
                           Cedel  and  Euroclear,  respectively,  and  each a
                           participating  member of DTC.  The Securities will
                           initially  be registered in the name of Cede.  The
                           interests of such  Holders will be  represented by
                           book   entries   on  the   records   of  DTC   and
                           participating  members thereof.   No  Holder  of a
                           Security will be entitled to receive a  definitive
                           note representing  such person's interest,  except
                           in  the event that Securities in fully registered,
                           certificated  form  ("Definitive Securities")  are
                           issued under  the limited circumstances  described
                           in  "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE   SECURITIES--Book-Entry
                           Registration  of  Securities" in  the  Prospectus.
                           All references  in this  Prospectus Supplement  to
                           Securities reflect  the rights of Holders  of such
                           Notes   only  as  such  rights  may  be  exercised
                           through  DTC and  its participating  organizations
                           for so long  as such Securities are  held by  DTC.
                           See "RISK FACTORS -- Book-Entry Securities"herein.

     H.   Denominations    The   Securities   will  be   issued   in  minimum
                           denominations   of   $(________)   and    integral
                           multiples thereof.

(Letter of Credit)
     (Surety Bond)
      Issuer               _________________   (the   "(Letter   of   Credit)
                           (Surety  Bond)  Issuer").    See "THE  (LETTER  OF
                           CREDIT) (SURETY BOND) ISSUER" herein.

(Letter of Credit)
     (Surety Bond)         On  the  Closing  Date,  the  (Letter  of  Credit)
                           (Surety  Bond)  Issuer  will issue  a  (letter  of
                           credit)  (surety bond)  (the  "(Letter of  Credit)
                           (Surety Bond)") in favor  of the Owner Trustee  on
                           behalf of  the Trust.  In  the event that, on  any
                           Distribution  Date, available  amounts on  deposit
                           in  the  Collection  Account with  respect  to the
                           preceding  Collection Period  are insufficient  to
                           provide for the  payment of the amount required to
                           be distributed to  the Holders and the Servicer on
                           such Distribution Date,  the Trustee will  draw on
                           the  (Letter  of  Credit) (Surety  Bond),  to  the
                           extent  of the  (Letter of  Credit)  (Surety Bond)
                           Amount for  such Distribution  Date, in  an amount
                           equal  to such  deficiency.   See "DESCRIPTION  OF
                           THE  SECURITIES--The  (Letter of  Credit)  (Surety
                           Bond)  and  "--Distributions  on  the  Securities"
                           herein   and    "CREDIT   ENHANCEMENT"   in    the
                           Prospectus.

((Letter of Credit) 
     (Surety Bond) 
      Amount               The  amount available under the (Letter of Credit)
                           (Surety  Bond) (the  "(Letter  of Credit)  (Surety
                           Bond) Amount")  for the initial Distribution  Date
                           will be $                .  For  each Distribution
                           Date  thereafter, the  (Letter of  Credit) (Surety
                           Bond) Amount will equal  the lesser of (i)       %
                           of the  Pool Balance  as of the  first day of  the
                           preceding Collection  Period (after giving  effect
                           to  any   amounts  distributed  with  respect   to
                           principal   of   the   Mortgage   Loans   on   the
                           Distribution  Date  occurring  in  such  preceding
                           Collection  Period)   and  (ii)  the  (Letter   of
                           Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount  as of the first  day
                           of  the  preceding  Collection  Period,  minus any
                                                                    -----
                           amounts drawn under the (Letter of Credit) (Surety
 			   Bond) during  such  preceding  Collection  Period, 
			   plus any amounts paid  to  the (Letter  of Credit)
			   ----
			   (Surety  Bond)  Issuer  on  the  Distribution Date    
			   occurring in such preceding Collection Period   up
 			   to  the amount  of any   previous   draws  on  the  
      			   (Letter  of  Credit) (Surety Bond).)

Servicing                  The  Servicer will  be responsible  for servicing,
                           managing and  making collections  on the  Mortgage
                           Loans.    On the  ________  business  day, but  no
                           later than  the  ________  calendar day,  of  each
                           month  (the  "Determination Date"),  the  Servicer
                           will   calculate,   and   instruct   the   Trustee
                           regarding,  the amounts  to be  paid, as described
                           herein,  with respect  to  the related  Collection
                           Period to  the Holders.   See "DESCRIPTION  OF THE
                           SECURITIES--Distributions   on   the   Securities"
                           herein.    The  Servicer  will  receive a  monthly
                           servicing  fee in  the amount  of ____%  per annum
                           (the  "Servicing Fee Rate"),  of the  related Pool
                           Balance and  certain other  amounts, as  servicing
                           compensation from  the Trust.   See "SERVICING  OF
                           THE  MORTGAGE  LOANS--Servicing  Compensation  and
                           Payment of  Expenses" herein.  In  certain limited
                           circumstances,  the  Servicer  may  resign  or  be
                           removed, in  which event either  the Trustee  or a
                           third-party   servicer   will  be   appointed   as
                           successor Servicer.  See "SERVICING OF  THE LOANS-
                           -Certain  Matters Regarding the Servicer" and "THE
                           AGREEMENTS--Events of Default; Rights  Upon Events
                           of Default" in the Prospectus.

(Final Payment of Principal;
     Termination           The Trust will terminate on  the Distribution Date
                           following       the      earlier       of      (i)
                           _________________________   and  (ii)   the  final
                           payment or  other liquidation of the last Mortgage
                           Loan  and  Private Security  in  the  Trust.   The
                           Mortgage  Loans   will  be  subject  to   optional
                           repurchase  by  the Servicer  on  any Distribution
                           Date after the  Principal Balance is reduced to an
                           amount  less than  or  equal to  $        ((5)% of
                           the  initial Principal  Balance).   The repurchase
                           price will be equal to the  sum of the outstanding
                           Principal Balance and accrued  and unpaid interest
                           thereon at the  weighted average of the Loan Rates
                           through the day  preceding the  final Distribution
                           Date.    See  "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE  SECURITIES--
                           Optional Termination" herein and  "THE AGREEMENTS-
                           -Termination;   Optional   Termination"   in   the
                           Prospectus.)

Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences               In   the  opinion  of   Tax  Counsel  (as  defined
                           herein),  for  federal  income tax  purposes,  the
                           Securities will be characterized  as indebtedness,
                           and the Trust  should be characterized as an owner
                           trust  and  will   not  be  characterized   as  an
                           association   (or  publicly   traded  partnership)
                           taxable as  a  corporation.    Each  holder  of  a
                           Security, by  the acceptance  of a  Security, will
                           agree to  treat the  Security as indebtedness  and
                           the  Trust as  an owner  trust for  federal, state
                           and local income  and franchise tax purposes.  See
                           "CERTAIN  FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX  CONSEQUENCES"  and
                           "STATE  TAX  CONSEQUENCES"  herein   and  "CERTAIN
                           FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS" and  "STATE TAX
                           CONSIDERATIONS" in  the Prospectus concerning  the
                           application of federal, state and local tax laws.

Legal Investment           The  Securities  will  not   constitute  "mortgage
                           related securities" for purposes  of the Secondary
                           Mortgage   Market   Enhancement   Act    of   1984
                           ("SMMEA"),  because some of the Mortgages securing
                           the  Mortgage  Loans  are   not  first  mortgages.
                           Accordingly,   many   institutions   with    legal
                           authority   to   invest   in    comparably   rated
                           securities  based solely  on  first mortgages  may
                           not  be   legally  authorized  to  invest  in  the
                           Certificates.         See     "LEGAL    INVESTMENT
                           CONSIDERATIONS" herein  and "LEGAL INVESTMENT"  in
                           the Prospectus.

ERISA                      Generally,   plans  that   are   subject  to   the
                           requirements of  ERISA and the Code  are permitted
                           to  purchase instruments like  the Notes  that are
                           debt  under  applicable  state  law  and  have  no
                           "substantial  equity  features" without  reference
                           to  the  prohibited  transaction  requirements  of
                           ERISA  and  the  Code.   In  the opinion  of ERISA
                           Counsel  (as defined  herein),  the Notes  will be
                           classified  as  indebtedness  without  substantial
                           equity features for  ERISA purposes.   However, if
                           the Notes  are deemed to  be equity  interests and
                           no   statutory,   regulatory   or   administrative
                           exemption  applies,  the  Trust   will  hold  plan
                           assets  by reason  of a  Plan's investment  in the
                           Notes.      Accordingly,   any    Plan   fiduciary
                           considering  whether  to  purchase  the  Notes  on
                           behalf of a Plan  should consult with its  counsel
                           regarding the applicability  of the  provisions of
                           ERISA  and the  Code and  the availability  of any
                           exemptions.   Under current  law the  purchase and
                           holding  of the  Certificates by  or on  behalf of
                           any employee  benefit plan (a  "Plan") subject  to
                           the  fiduciary  responsibility provisions  of  the
                           Employee Retirement Income  Security Act  of 1974,
                           as  amended ("ERISA"), may result in a "prohibited
                           transaction" within  the meaning of ERISA  and the
                           Code   or  other   violation   of  the   fiduciary
                           responsibility  provisions  of ERISA  and  Section
                           4975  of  the Code.    (Consequently, Certificates
                           may not  be transferred  to a  proposed transferee
                           that  is  a  Plan subject  to  ERISA  or  that  is
                           described in Section  4975(e)(1) of the Code, or a
                           person acting on behalf of any such Plan or  using
                           the assets of such  plan unless the Owner  Trustee
                           and the Depositor  receive the opinion of  counsel
                           reasonably satisfactory to  the Owner  Trustee and
                           the Depositor to  the effect that the purchase and
                           holding  of such  Certificate will  not result  in
                           the assets of the Trust  being deemed to be  "plan
                           assets"  for  ERISA purposes  and  will  not be  a
                           prohibited  transaction  under  ERISA  or  Section
                           4975  of  the Code.)   See  "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS"
                           herein and in the Prospectus.

Rating                     It  is  a  condition   to  the  issuance  of   the
                           Securities that  they  be  rated _________  by  at
                           least   ____  nationally   recognized  statistical
                           rating  organizations  (each a  "Rating  Agency").
                           In  general,  ratings address  credit risk  and do
                           not  address  the likelihood  of  prepayments.   A
                           security rating  is not  a recommendation  to buy,
                           sell or hold securities.

                                 RISK FACTORS

(CASH FLOW CONSIDERATIONS

     During the  first (  )-year  draw down period  under the  related Credit
Line Agreements  for the Mortgage  Loans, collections on such  Mortgage Loans
may  vary because,  among other  things, borrowers are  not required  to make
monthly payments  of principal.  With respect to  some of the Mortgage Loans,
during  the  second  (  )-year  draw  down period,  no  monthly  payments  of
principal are required.   Collections on the Mortgage Loans may also vary due
to seasonal purchasing and payment habits of borrowers.

     General credit risk  may also be greater  to Holders than to  holders of
instruments  representing interests  in level  payment  first mortgage  loans
since no payment of principal generally isrequired until after either a five-
 or ten-year interest  only period under the related  Credit Line Agreements.
Minimum monthly payments will at least equal and may exceed accrued interest.
Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security for the
Mortgage Loans, substantial delay could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of Mortgage Loans that are delinquent and corresponding delays in
the receipt of  related proceeds  by Holders  could occur if  the (Letter  of
Credit)  (Surety Bond)  provider were  unable to  perform on  its obligations
under the  (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond).  Further,  liquidation expenses
(such  as legal  fees, real  estate taxes,  and maintenance  and preservation
expenses) will reduce the  proceeds payable to Holders and thereby reduce the
security  for  the Mortgage  Loans.    In  the  event any  of  the  Mortgaged
Properties fail to provide adequate  security for the related Mortgage Loans,
Holders could  experience a  loss  if the  (Letter of  Credit) (Surety  Bond)
provider  were unable to perform its obligations under the (Letter of Credit)
(Surety Bond).)

PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time
without penalty.   Home equity loans, such  as the Mortgage Loans,  have been
originated  in significant volume only during the  past few years and neither
the Depositor nor  the Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or
statistics on  the rate of prepayment of such  loans.  Generally, home equity
loans are  not viewed by borrowers as  permanent financing.  Accordingly, the
Mortgage Loans  may experience a  higher rate of prepayment  than traditional
loans.   The Trust's prepayment experience may be  affected by a wide variety
of  factors, including  general  economic  conditions,  interest  rates,  the
availability of alternative financing  and homeowner mobility.  In  addition,
substantially all  of the Mortgage  Loans contain due-on-sale  provisions and
the Servicer intends  to enforce such provisions unless  (i) such enforcement
is  not  permitted  by applicable  law  or  (ii) the  Servicer,  in  a manner
consistent  with reasonable commercial practice, permits the purchaser of the
related  Mortgaged Property  to  assume the  Mortgage Loan.    To the  extent
permitted by  applicable law, such  assumption will not release  the original
borrower  from its  obligation under any  such Mortgage  Loan.   See "CERTAIN
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS--`Due-on-Sale' Clauses" in the Prospectus.

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

     The Mortgage  Loans are secured  by deeds of  trust or  mortgages (which
generally  are second mortgages).   With respect  to Mortgage Loans  that are
secured  by  first  mortgages,  the  Servicer has  the  power  under  certain
circumstances to consent  to a  new mortgage lien  on the Mortgaged  Property
having priority  over such Mortgage Loan.   Mortgage Loans secured  by second
mortgages are entitled to  proceeds that remain from the sale  of the related
Mortgage Property after any related  senior mortgage loan and prior statutory
liens have been satisfied.  In the event that such proceeds  are insufficient
to  satisfy such loans and  prior liens in the aggregate  (and the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond) provider is unable to perform its obligations under the
(Letter of  Credit) (Surety  Bond) or if  the coverage  under the  (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond) is exhausted)  the Trust and, accordingly, the Holders,
bear  (i) the  risk of  delay  in distributions  while a  deficiency judgment
against the borrower is obtained and (ii) the risk of loss if the  deficiency
judgment cannot be  obtained or  is not  realized upon.   See "CERTAIN  LEGAL
ASPECTS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

     The sale of the Mortgage Loans from the Seller to the Depositor pursuant
to the Purchase  Agreement will be treated as  a sale of the  Mortgage Loans.
The  Seller will warrant that such transfer  is either a sale of its interest
in the  Mortgage Loans  or a  grant of  a first  priority perfected  security
interest  therein.  In the event of an insolvency of the Seller, the receiver
of the Seller may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans as
a borrowing by the Seller secured by a pledge of the Mortgage  Loans.  If the
receiver  decided to  challenge  such  transfer, delays  in  payments of  the
Securities and possible reductions  in the amount thereof  could occur.   The
Depositor  will warrant  in  the Trust  Agreement that  the  transfer of  its
interest in  the  Mortgage  Loans  to  the Trust  is  a  valid  transfer  and
assignment of such interest.

     If a conservator,  receiver or trustee were appointed for the Seller, or
if  certain other  events relating  to the  bankruptcy or  insolvency of  the
Seller were to  occur, Additional Balances  would not  be transferred by  the
Seller to the  Trust pursuant to the  Purchase Agreement (as assigned  by the
Depositor to the  Trust).  In  such an event, an  Event of Default  under the
Pooling and  Servicing Agreement and  Indenture would commence and  the Owner
Trustee  would attempt  to sell  the Mortgage  Loans (unless  Holders holding
Securities evidencing undivided interests aggregating at least 51% of each of
the Security  Principal Balance  of the Notes  and the  Certificates instruct
otherwise), thereby causing  early payment of the Security  Principal Balance
of the Notes and the Certificates.

     In  the  event  of a  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  of  the Servicer,  the
bankruptcy trustee or receiver  may have the power to prevent  the Trustee or
the Holders from appointing a successor Servicer.

SERVICER'S ABILITY TO CHANGE THE TERMS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Servicer  may  agree to  changes  in  the terms  of  a  Credit Line
Agreement,  provided  that such  changes  (i)  do  not adversely  affect  the
interest  of the  Holders,  and  (ii) are  consistent  with prudent  business
practice.  There can  be no assurance that  changes in applicable law  or the
marketplace  for home  equity loans  or  prudent business  practice will  not
result in changes in the terms of the Mortgage Loans.

(DELINQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Trust  will  include Mortgage  Loans  which  are 89  or  fewer days
delinquent.  The  Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of  such delinquent Mortgage
Loans was $______________.)


                                  THE TRUST

GENERAL

     The Issuer,  Home Equity  Loan Trust 199_,  is a  business trust  formed
under the laws of the State of  Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement  for
the  transactions  described  in  this  Prospectus  Supplement.    The  Trust
Agreement constitutes the "governing instrument"  under the laws of the State
of  Delaware relating to  business trusts.   After its  formation, the Issuer
will  not  engage in  any  activity other  than  (i)  acquiring, holding  and
managing the Mortgage  Loans and the other  assets of the Trust  and proceeds
therefrom, (ii) issuing the Notes and the Certificates, (iii) making payments
on the Notes  and the Certificates and (iv) engaging in other activities that
are  necessary, suitable  or convenient  to accomplish  the foregoing  or are
incidental thereto or connected therewith.

     The property  of the Trust  will consist of:   (i) each  of the Mortgage
Loans that  are _________;  (ii) collections on  the Mortgage  Loans received
after the Cut-Off  Date; (iii) Mortgaged Properties relating  to the Mortgage
Loans that  are acquired by foreclosure or deed  in lieu of foreclosure; (iv)
the Collection Account and  the Distribution Account (excluding  net earnings
thereon); (v) the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond); and (vi) an assignment of
the Depositor's rights under the  Purchase Agreement, including all rights of
the Depositor to purchase Additional Balances.

     The Trust's  principal offices are  in __________, Delaware, in  care of
________________________, as Owner Trustee, at (                      ).




                  THE (LETTER OF CREDIT)(SURETY BOND) ISSUER

     The following information with respect to _________ ("_______") has been
furnished by __________.

     (Description of Letter of Credit/Surety Issuer)


                       THE HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM

     The  information   set  forth   below  concerning   (_______)  and   its
underwriting policies has been provided by (_______).  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     All     of     the     Mortgage     Loans     were     originated     by
(_____________________________), (the "Seller" or  the "Servicer") under  its
home  equity lending program.  The Seller  first offered adjustable rate home
equity  revolving credit  line loans ("home  equity loans")  in 19__.   As of
(_____________), (____________) owned  and serviced approximately $__________
aggregate principal  amount  of  outstanding home  equity  loans  secured  by
properties located in __________ under  home equity credit lines (the "Seller
Portfolio").

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     Each home equity  loan was originated  after a review  by the Seller  in
accordance  with its established underwriting procedures, which were intended
to assess the applicant's ability to assume and repay such home  equity loans
and the adequacy  of the real  property which serves  as collateral for  such
home equity loans.  The maximum Credit Limit for  a home equity loan provided
by the Seller was $__________.

     Each  applicant for  a home  equity  loan was  required  to complete  an
application  which listed the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
and employment  history and other  demographic and personal information.   If
information in  the loan application  demonstrated that there  was sufficient
income and equity  to justify making a  home equity loan  and the Seller  (a)
received a  satisfactory  independent  credit bureau  report  on  the  credit
history of  the borrower and  (b) obtained,  in the case  of all  home equity
loans  originated prior  to __________  a drive-by  appraisal of  the related
Mortgaged Property or for all home equity loans  originated as of __________,
a satisfactory appraisal  completed on forms  approved by FNMA,  and if  such
information  met the  Seller's underwriting  standards, the  Seller issued  a
commitment  subject  to  satisfaction of  certain  other  conditions.   These
conditions  included:   (i) obtaining  and  reviewing pay  stubs, income  tax
returns or a  verification of employment from the  applicant's employer; (ii)
obtaining and  reviewing a verification  of deposit; and (iii)  obtaining and
reviewing a verification of the loan in the first lien position when the home
equity loan was to be in a second lien position.

     Appraisals  of the  Mortgaged Properties  were performed by  a qualified
appraiser or  an independent  third-party, fee-based  appraiser who  had been
previously approved for such assignment by the Seller.

     It is  the Seller's  policy to  require a  title  policy insuring  title
mortgage  in accordance  with  the  intended lien  position.   Regardless  of
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios,  it is  the Seller's  policy not  to accept  a
position junior to any mortgage lien other than a first mortgage.

     Generally, a home  equity loan needed a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of
__% for loans which the Seller obtained full documentary support and  was __%
for loans for which limited documentary support was obtained.

     After  obtaining  all   applicable  employment,   credit  and   property
information,  the Seller determined whether sufficient unencumbered equity in
the  property existed  and whether  the prospective  borrower had  sufficient
monthly income available  to support the payments of interest  at the current
prime rate plus the  applicable margin based on the credit  limit in addition
to  any senior  mortgage loan  payments (including  any escrows  for property
taxes and  hazard insurance  premiums) and  other monthly  credit obligations
based  on  the  prospective  borrower's  debt-to-gross  income  ratio.    The
"debt-to-gross income ratio" is  the ratio of (a)  certain of the  borrower's
debt obligations which include:  (i)  the monthly first mortgage payment plus
taxes; (ii) monthly  installment debt payments with  a term of more  than ten
months; (iii) five  percent of the total revolving  obligations; (iv) monthly
alimony and child support obligations; and (v) the payment on the home equity
loan calculated at  the Credit Limit and  current prime rate plus  margin for
such home equity loan to (b)  the borrower's gross verifiable monthly income.
The debt-to-gross income ratio generally did not exceed (________%).

     When the commitment conditions had  been satisfied, the home equity loan
was completed by  signing a Credit Line Agreement,  rescission statement, and
mortgage which  secured the  repayment of  principal of  and interest on  the
related home  equity loan.   The original mortgage  was then recorded  in the
appropriate county government office.

MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

     A borrower may access  a home equity  loan by writing a  check.  On  all
home equity  loans, there is  (a ten-year) draw  down period  as long as  the
borrower is not in default under the loan agreement.   Home equity loans bear
interest at a  variable rate which may  change bi-weekly.  Home  equity loans
may be subject to a maximum per annum interest rate (the "Maximum Rate") of %
per  annum  and in  all cases, are  subject to  applicable usury limitations.  
See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF  THE LOANS--Applicability of Usury Laws" in the
Prospectus. The daily periodic rate on the home equity loans (the "Loan Rate")
is  the  sum  of the  Index Rate plus a spread (the "Margin") which generally 
ranges  between  ____%  and  ____%,  divided  by  365  days  or  366 days, as 
applicable.

     The "Index  Rate" is based  on (the prime  rate published in  the "Money
Rates" section of The Wall Street Journal generally on the Monday of the week
in  which such Loan  Rate adjusts (or, if  no rate is  published on such day,
then on the next succeeding calendar day on which a prime rate is published),
rounded to the nearest 1/8 of 1 percent.)  The annual percentage rate for any
bi-weekly period  will be  based on the  Prime Rate  in effect the  Monday on
which the rate may change.   (If a prime rate range is published  in The Wall
Street  Journal, then  the midpoint  (average) of that  range will  be used.)
There are  no limitations  on increases or  decreases (except for  those home
equity loans which have Maximum Rates).  Only the home equity loans that have
Maximum Rates of  ____% also have  annual adjustment caps  of __% as to  both
increases and decreases in their Loan Rates.

     Billing statements are mailed monthly.  The statement details all debits
and credits and specifies  the minimum payment due  and the available  credit
line.   Notice of changes  in the  applicable Loan Rate  are provided by  the
Seller to the Borrower  with such statements.   All payments  are due by  the
tenth day after the date the billing statement is issued.

     The Credit  Line Agreements  and Disclosure  Statements further  provide
that if publication of the Index Rate is discontinued, the Index Rate will be
changed upon notification in accordance  with such Credit Line Agreements and
Disclosure Statements.

     The right  to obtain additional credit may be suspended or terminated or
the borrower may  be required to  pay the entire balance  due plus all  other
accrued but  unpaid charges immediately,  if the  borrower fails to  make any
required payment by the due date, if the  total outstanding principal balance
including all charges payable exceeds the Credit Limit, if the  borrower made
any statement or signature on any document which is fraudulent or contained a
material misrepresentation, if  the borrower dies or  becomes incompetent, if
the borrower becomes  bankrupt or insolvent, if the  borrower becomes subject
to  any  judgment, lien  or  attachment or  execution is  issued  against the
Mortgaged  Property,  the  borrower fails  to  obtain  and  maintain required
property  insurance or  if  the  borrower sells  or  transfers the  Mortgaged
Property or does not maintain the property.  In addition, the right to obtain
additional  credit  may be  suspended or  a  borrower's Credit  Limit  may be
reduced, if  the value of the Mortgaged Property  decreases for any reason to
less than 80% of the original appraised value,  if the borrower is in default
under the home  equity loan, if  government action impairs the  Seller's lien
priority or  if a regulatory  agency has notified  the Seller that  continued
advances would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice.

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

     The following tables  set forth the delinquency and  loss experience for
each  of the periods shown for the  home equity loans indicated on the table.
The Servicer believes that there have been no material trends or anomalies in
the  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience  as  represented  in  the
following tables.    The data  presented  in  the following  tables  are  for
illustrative purposes  only, and there  is no assurance that  the delinquency
and loss experience of the Mortgage  Loans will be similar to that set  forth
below.

                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  As of _________
					   ---------------------------
                                                       _____
					   ---------------------------
                                           Number of
                                             Loans              Amount
					   ---------          ---------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>
Amount Outstanding at
  Period End  . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delinquency
  30-59 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . .                       $            
                                                                         
  60-89 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . .
  90 or More Days . . . . . . . . . .
  Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . .                           _________

Total Delinquencies . . . . . . . . .                          $_________

30-59 Days Percentage . . . . . . . .                                   %
60-89 Days Percentage . . . . . . . .                                   %
90 or More Days Percentage  . . . . .                                   %
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . .

</TABLE>




                               LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   For the Year
                                                  Ending ________
                                                 ------------------
<S>                                             <C>
Average Amount
  Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Gross Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Net Losses as a Percentage
  of Average Amount Outstanding . . . . . .                    %

</TABLE>



                       SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  information  set  forth  below  concerning  the  Servicer  and  its
servicing policies has been provided by the Servicer.  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     The Servicer  will be  responsible for servicing  the Mortgage  Loans as
agent for the Trust in accordance with the Servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing  home equity  loans and  in accordance  with the  terms of  the
Servicing Agreement.

     With  respect to real  estate secured loans,  the general policy  of the
Servicer is to initiate foreclosure on the underlying property (i) after such
loan is 90 days  or more delinquent; (ii) if a notice of  default on a senior
lien is received by the Servicer; or (iii) if circumstances are discovered by
the  Servicer  which  would  indicate  that  a  potential  for  loss  exists.
Foreclosure  proceedings  may  be  terminated if  the  delinquency  is cured.
However, under certain circumstances, the  Servicer may elect not to commence
foreclosure or stay  the foreclosure proceeding if the  borrower's default is
due to special circumstances which are temporary and are not expected to last
beyond a specified period.  The loans  to borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings
will be  restructured in accordance  with law and  with a view  to maximizing
recovery   of   such   home  equity   loans,   including   any  deficiencies.
Additionally,  any  time  during  foreclosure,  a  forbearance,  short  sale,
deed-in-lieu or a payment plan can be authorized.

     After foreclosure,  if  the home  equity  loan  is secured  by  a  first
mortgage lien,  title to  the  related Mortgaged  Property will  pass to  the
Servicer, or  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Servicer, who  will liquidate
the Mortgaged  Property and  charge-off the balance  of the home  equity loan
balance  which  was not  recovered  by  the  liquidation  proceeds.   If  the
Mortgaged Property was subject  to a senior lien position, the  Servicer will
either satisfy such lien at the time of foreclosure sale or take other action
as  deemed necessary  to protect  the  Servicer's interest  in the  Mortgaged
Property.   If in the  judgment of the  Servicer, the cost  of maintaining or
purchasing  the senior  lien position  exceeds the  economic benefit  of such
action, the Servicer  will generally charge-off the entire  home equity loan,
seek a money judgment against the borrower or will not pursue any recovery.

     Servicing  and charge-off policies  and collection practices  may change
over time in accordance with the Servicer's business judgment, changes in the
Servicer's real  estate secured  revolving credit  line loans and  applicable
laws and regulations, and other considerations.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each Collection  Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the servicing compensation  to be paid to the Servicer  in respect of
its servicing activities  relating to the Mortgage  Loans will be paid  to it
from interest collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans and will  be equal
to  ____% per  annum (the  "Servicing Fee Rate")  on the  aggregate Principal
Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as of  the first day of  each such Collection
Period (the "Servicing  Fee").  With respect to the  first Collection Period,
the Servicer will receive from such collections  ___ of the amount calculated
in the  preceding sentence.   All assumption fees,  late payment  charges and
other  fees and  charges, to  the  extent collected  from borrowers,  will be
retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Servicing Agreement, including,  without limitation, payment of  the fees and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying  agent.  In addition, the Servicer  will be entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties related  thereto, such right  of reimbursement being prior  to the
rights of Holders to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Mortgage  Loans  were originated  pursuant  to loan  agreements  and
disclosure  statements  (the "Credit  Line  Agreements") and  are  secured by
mortgages or  deeds of trust,  most of which  are second mortgages  or second
deeds of  trust, on Mortgage  Properties.  The Mortgaged  Properties securing
the Mortgage Loans  consist primarily of residential properties  that are one
to  four-family properties.    ____  of the  Mortgaged  Properties are  owner
occupied.  See "--Mortgage Loan Pool Statistics" below.

     The  Cut-Off Date Pool  Balance is $___________,  which is  equal to the
aggregate Principal Balances  of the Mortgage  Loans as of ______,  199_ (the
"Cut-Off Date").   As of the Cut-Off  Date, the Mortgage Loans  were not more
than 89 days delinquent and had a Loan Rate of at least ____% per annum.  The
average Cut-Off  Date Principal  Balance was  $_______, the  minimum Mortgage
Cut-Off Date Principal  Balance was zero, the maximum  Cut-Off Date Principal
Balance was $_________,  the minimum Loan Rate  and the maximum Loan  Rate on
the Cut-Off  Date  were ____%  and  ____% per  annum,  respectively, and  the
weighted average  Loan Rate on the Cut-Off  Date was ____% per annum.   As of
the  Cut-Off Date,  the weighted  average Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate was
____%, the  minimum Credit Limit  Utilization Rate  was zero and  the maximum
Credit Limit  Utilization Rate  was ______%.   The "Credit  Limit Utilization
Rate" is  determined by  dividing  the Cut-Off  Date Principal  Balance of  a
Mortgage Loan by the Credit Limit of the related  Credit Line Agreement.  The
weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage Loans was ____%
as of the Cut-Off Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN POOL STATISTICS

     The  Depositor has compiled  the following additional  information as of
the Cut-Off Date  with respect to the  Mortgage Loans to  be included in  the
Trust.

                            (TABULAR INFORMATION)


ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     At  the time of issuance of  the Securities, the Depositor will transfer
to  the Trust all  of its right, title  and interest in  and to each Mortgage
Loan (including  its right to purchase any Additional Balances arising in the
future),   related  Credit  Line  Agreements,  mortgages  and  other  related
documents (collectively, the "Related  Documents"), including all collections
received  on or with respect to each such  Mortgage Loan on or after the Cut-
Off Date pursuant to an assignment of the Depositor's rights  and obligations
under  the Purchase  Agreement.   The Owner  Trustee, concurrently  with such
transfer, will deliver the Securities.  Each Mortgage Loan transferred to the
Owner Trust will  be identified on a schedule (the  "Mortgage Loan Schedule")
delivered to the  Owner Trustee  pursuant to  the Purchase  Agreement.   Such
schedule will include information as to the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of
each Mortgage Loan, as well as information with respect to the Loan Rate.

     The  Purchase  Agreement  will  require  that,  within  the time  period
specified therein, the  Seller deliver to the Owner Trustee  (or a custodian,
as the Owner Trustee's agent for such purpose) the Mortgage Loans endorsed in
blank and the  Related Documents.  In lieu of delivery of original mortgages,
the Seller  may deliver  trust and  correct  copies thereof  which have  been
certified as to authenticity by the appropriate county recording office where
such mortgage is recorded.

     Under the  terms of the  Purchase Agreement, the  Seller, acting  at the
Depositor's request, will have  (__ days after  the Closing Date) to  prepare
and record  assignments of  the mortgages  related to each  Mortgage Loan  in
favor of the Owner  Trustee (unless opinions of  counsel satisfactory to  the
Rating  Agencies and  the  Certificate  Insurer are  delivered  to the  Owner
Trustee  and the Certificate  Insurer to the effect  that recordation of such
assignments  is not  required in  the relevant  jurisdictions to  protect the
interests of the Owner Trustee in the Mortgage Loans).

     Within 90 days  of the Closing Date,  the Owner Trustee will  review the
Mortgage Loans and  the Related Documents and if any Mortgage Loan or Related
Document is found to be defective in any material respect  and such defect is
not cured within 90 days following notification thereof to the Seller and the
Depositor by  the Owner Trustee, the  Seller will be  obligated to repurchase
the Mortgage Loan  and to  deposit the Repurchase  Price into the  Collection
Account.  Upon  such retransfer, the Principal Balance of  such Mortgage Loan
will be deducted from the Pool Balance.  In lieu of any  such repurchase, the
Seller  may  substitute an  Eligible  Substitute  Mortgage  Loan.   Any  such
repurchase or  substitution will  be considered  a  payment in  full of  such
Mortgage Loan.   The  obligation  of the  Seller to  accept a  transfer of  a
Defective  Mortgage Loan  is the  sole remedy  regarding any  defects in  the
Mortgage Loans and  Related Documents available to  the Owner Trustee or  the
Holders.

     With respect  to any Mortgage Loan,  the "Repurchase Price"  is equal to
the Principal  Balance of  such Mortgage  Loan at  the time  of any  transfer
described  above plus  accrued and  unpaid interest  thereon to  the date  of
repurchase.

     An "Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted by
the  Seller for a  Defective Mortgage  Loan which must,  on the  date of such
substitution,  (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance), not 5% more or less than  the Principal Balance
relating to such Defective Mortgage Loan; (ii) have a Loan Rate not less than
the  Loan Rate of the Defective Mortgage Loan  and not more than 1% in excess
of the Loan  Rate of such Defective  Mortgage Loan; (iii)   have a Loan  Rate
based on  the same Index with adjustments to such  Loan Rate made on the same
Interest  Rate Adjustment Date  as that of the  Defective Mortgage Loan; (iv)
have a Margin that is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan
and not  more than 100 basis points higher than  the Margin for the Defective
Mortgage Loan; (v) have a mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as
the mortgage relating  to the Defective Mortgage Loan; (vi)  have a remaining
term  to maturity not  more than  six months earlier  and not  later than the
remaining term to maturity of the Defective Mortgage Loan;  (vii) comply with
each representation and  warranty as to the  Mortgage Loans set forth  in the
Purchase Agreement (deemed to be made  as of the date of substitution);   and
(viii) satisfy certain other conditions  specified in the Purchase Agreement.
To the extent  the Principal Balance of an Eligible  Substitute Mortgage Loan
is  less than the  Principal Balance of the  related Defective Mortgage Loan,
the Seller will be required to make a deposit to the Collection Account equal
to such difference ("Substitution Adjustment Amounts").

     The Seller  will make certain  representations and warranties as  to the
accuracy in  all material  respects of certain  information furnished  to the
Owner  Trustee  with  respect  to  each Mortgage  Loan  (e.g.,  Cut-Off  Date
Principal Balance and the Loan Rate).  In addition, the Seller will represent
and warrant, on the  Closing Date, that, among other things:  (i) at the time
of transfer to the Depositor, the  Seller has transferred or assigned all  of
its  right,  title  and  interest  in each  Mortgage  Loan  and  the  Related
Documents,  free of any  lien (subject to certain  exceptions); and (ii) each
Mortgage Loan  was generated under a Credit  Line Agreement that complied, at
the time of origination,  in all material respects with  applicable state and
federal laws.   Upon discovery  of a  breach of any  such representation  and
warranty which materially and adversely  affects the interests of the Holders
in the Related  Mortgage Loan and Related  Documents, the Seller will  have a
period  of 60 days after discovery or notice  of the breach to effect a cure.
If the breach  cannot be cured within the  60-day period, the Seller  will be
obligated to  repurchase or substitute  the Defective Mortgage Loan  from the
Trust.  The same procedure and  limitations that are set forth above  for the
repurchase  or substitution  of Defective  Mortgage Loans  will apply  to the
transfer of a Mortgage Loan that is required to be repurchased or substituted
because of a breach of a representation or warranty in the Purchase Agreement
that materially and adversely affects the interests of the Holders.

     Mortgage Loans required to be transferred  to the Seller as described in
the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."


                    DESCRIPTION OF THE SERVICING AGREEMENT

     The Servicer shall establish and maintain on behalf of the Owner Trustee
an account (the  "Collection Account") for the  benefit of the Holders.   The
Collection Account will be an Eligible Account (as defined herein).   Subject
to  the  investment provision  described  in the  following  paragraphs, upon
receipt  by  the Servicer  of  amounts  in  respect  of  the  Mortgage  Loans
(excluding amounts  representing administrative charges, annual  fees, taxes,
assessments, credit insurance  charges, insurance proceeds  to be applied  to
the restoration  or repair of  a Mortgaged  Property or  similar items),  the
Servicer  will deposit such  amounts in the  Collection Account.   Amounts so
deposited  may be  invested  in  Eligible Investments  (as  described in  the
Servicing Agreement) maturing  no later  than one Business  Day prior to  the
date on which  the amount on deposit  therein is required to  be deposited in
the  Distribution Account or  on such  Distribution Date  if approved  by the
Rating  Agencies.   Not  later than  the  fifth Business  Day  prior to  each
Distribution Date  (the "Determination Date"),  the Servicer will  notify the
Owner Trustee and the  Indenture Trustee of the amount of such  deposit to be
included in funds available for the related Distribution Date.

     The  Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee will establish one or more
accounts  (the  "Security Account")  into  which  will be  deposited  amounts
withdrawn  from the  Collection  Account  for distribution  to  Holders on  a
Distribution  Date.   The  Security  Account  will  be an  Eligible  Account.
Amounts on deposit therein will  be invested in Eligible Investments maturing
on or before the Business Day prior to the related Distribution Date.

     An  "Eligible Account"  is  an account  that  is (i)  maintained  with a
depository  institution whose  debt obligations  at the  time of  any deposit
therein have the highest short-term debt  rating by the Rating Agencies, (ii)
one or more accounts  with a depository institution which accounts  are fully
insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank
Insurance  Fund  ("BIF")   of  the  Federal  Deposit   Insurance  Corporation
established by  such fund with a  minimum long-term unsecured  debt rating of
____,  (iii) a segregated trust account maintained  with the Owner Trustee or
an Affiliate of the Owner Trustee in its fiduciary capacity or (iv) otherwise
acceptable to each  Rating Agency as evidenced  by a letter from  each Rating
Agency to the  Owner Trustee, without  reduction or withdrawal of  their then
current ratings of the Securities.

     Eligible  Investments are specified  in the Servicing  Agreement and are
limited to investments  which meet the criteria  of the Rating Agencies  from
time to  time as  being consistent  with their  then current  ratings of  the
Securities.

ALLOCATIONS AND COLLECTIONS

     All collections  on the  Mortgage Loans will  generally be  allocated in
accordance  with the  Credit  Line Agreements  between  amounts collected  in
respect of interest and amounts collected in respect of principal.  As to any
Distribution Date, "Interest  Collections" will be equal to  the aggregate of
the amounts  collected during  the related  Collection Period,  including Net
Liquidation  Proceeds (as defined  below), allocated to  interest pursuant to
the terms of the Credit Line Agreements.

     As to  any Distribution Date,  "Principal Collections" will be  equal to
the sum of (i)  the amounts collected during  the related Collection  Period,
including Net  Liquidation Proceeds, and  allocated to principal  pursuant to
the terms of the Credit Line Agreements and  (ii) any Substitution Adjustment
Amounts.   "Net  Liquidation Proceeds" with  respect to  a Mortgage  Loan are
equal to  the aggregate  of all  amounts  received upon  liquidation of  such
Mortgage  Loan, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, reduced by
related expenses, but not including the portion,  if any, of such amount that
exceeds  the  Principal  Balance of  the  Mortgage  Loan at  the  end  of the
Collection Period immediately  preceding the Collection Period  in which such
Mortgage  Loan became  a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan plus  accrued and  unpaid
interest thereon through the date of liquidation.

     With  respect  to any  date, the  "Pool  Balance" will  be equal  to the
aggregate of the  Principal Balances of all  Mortgage Loans as of  such date.
The Principal Balance  of a Mortgage  Loan (other than a  Liquidated Mortgage
Loan) on any day is equal to the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance thereof, plus
(i) any Additional Balances in respect  of such Mortgage Loan minus (ii)  all
collections credited against  the Principal Balance of such  Mortgage Loan in
accordance with the  related Credit Line  Agreement prior to  such day.   The
Principal  Balance of  a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan after  final recovery  of
related Liquidation Proceeds shall be zero.

HAZARD INSURANCE

     The  Servicing Agreement  provides that  the  Servicer maintain  certain
hazard insurance on the Mortgaged  Properties relating to the Mortgage Loans.
While  the terms  of the  related  Credit Line  Agreements generally  require
borrowers to maintain certain hazard insurance, the Servicer will not monitor
the maintenance of such insurance.

     The Servicing  Agreement  requires  the Servicer  to  maintain  for  any
Mortgaged Property relating to a Mortgage Loan acquired upon foreclosure of a
Mortgage Loan, or by deed in lieu of such foreclosure, hazard  insurance with
extended  coverage  in an  amount  equal to  the  lesser of  (a)  the maximum
insurable value of such Mortgaged Property  or (b) the outstanding balance of
such Mortgage Loan plus the  outstanding balance on any mortgage loan  senior
to  such  Mortgage Loan  at  the  time of  foreclosure  or  deed in  lieu  of
foreclosure, plus accrued interest and  the Servicer's good faith estimate of
the related liquidation expenses to be incurred in connection therewith.  The
Servicing Agreement provides that the  Servicer may satisfy its obligation to
cause  hazard policies  to  be  maintained by  maintaining  a blanket  policy
insuring against losses on such Mortgaged Properties.  If such blanket policy
contains a deductible clause,  the Servicer will  be obligated to deposit  in
the Collection Account the sums  which would have been deposited  therein but
for  such clause.  The Servicer will  initially satisfy these requirements by
maintaining a blanket policy.   As set forth above, all  amounts collected by
the  Servicer (net of  any reimbursements to  the Servicer)  under any hazard
policy (except for amounts to be applied to the restoration  or repair of the
Mortgaged Property) will ultimately be deposited in the Collection Account.

     In  general, the  standard form  of  fire and  extended coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of  the improvements on the property
by  fire, lightning,  explosion, smoke,  windstorm  and hail,  and the  like,
strike  and  civil  commotion,  subject  to  the  conditions  and  exclusions
specified  in each  policy.  Although  the policies relating  to the Mortgage
Loans  will be  underwritten by  different  insurers and  therefore will  not
contain identical terms and conditions,  the basic terms thereof are dictated
by state laws and most  of such policies typically do not  cover any physical
damage resulting from the following:   war, revolution, governmental actions,
floods and other water-related causes, earth movement (including earthquakes,
landslides and mudflows), nuclear reactions, wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents,
insects or  domestic animals,  theft and,  in certain  cases vandalism.   The
foregoing list is merely  indicative of certain kinds of uninsured  risks and
is not intended to be all-inclusive or  an exact description of the insurance
policies relating to the Mortgaged Properties.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Servicer will  foreclose upon  or  otherwise comparably  convert to
ownership Mortgaged  Properties securing such  of the Mortgage Loans  as come
into default  when in accordance  with applicable servicing  procedures under
the Servicing  Agreement, no  satisfactory arrangements can  be made  for the
collection of  delinquent payments.   In connection with such  foreclosure or
other  conversion,  the Servicer  will  follow  such  practices as  it  deems
necessary or  advisable and as  are in keeping  with its  general subordinate
mortgage servicing activities, provided the  Servicer will not be required to
expend  its own  funds in  connection with  foreclosure or  other conversion,
correction of default on a related senior mortgage loan or restoration of any
property unless,  in  its  sole judgment,  such  foreclosure,  correction  or
restoration will  increase net  Liquidation Proceeds.   The Servicer  will be
reimbursed out  of Liquidation  Proceeds  for advances  of its  own funds  as
liquidation expenses  before any Net Liquidation Proceeds  are distributed to
Holders or the (Transferor)(Seller).  "Net Liquidation Proceeds" with respect
to a  Mortgage Loan is the amount received  upon liquidation of such Mortgage
Loan reduced by  related expenses, which may  include the amount advanced  in
respect of  a senior  mortgage, up  to the  unpaid Principal  Balance of  the
Mortgage Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each Collection  Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the Servicer will receive from interest collections in respect of the
Mortgage Loan a portion  of such interest collections as  a monthly Servicing
Fee in  the amount  equal to  ___% per annum  ("Servicing Fee  Rate") on  the
aggregate Principal  Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as  of the first  day of
each such Collection Period.   All assumption fees, late payment  charges and
other  fees and  charges,  to the  extent collected  from borrowers,  will be
retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Servicing Agreement, including,  without limitation, payment of  the fees and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying agent.   In addition, the Servicer will be  entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties, such right of reimbursement being prior  to the rights of Holders
to receive any related Net Liquidation Proceeds.


                        DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

GENERAL

     The Notes  will  be  issued  pursuant  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of
___________,  199_, between  the  Trust  and  _______________,  as  Indenture
Trustee.   The Certificates will  be issued  pursuant to the  Trust Agreement
dated  as of  ______________,  199_,  among  the Depositor,  __________,  and
______________, as Owner Trustee.   The following summaries describe  certain
provisions of the  Securities, Indenture and Trust Agreement.   The summaries
do not  purport to  be complete and  are subject to,  and qualified  in their
entirety by reference  to, the  provisions of the  applicable agreement.   As
used  herein,  "Agreement" shall  mean  either  the  Trust Agreement  or  the
Indenture, as the context requires.

     The Securities  will be  issued in fully  registered, certificated  form
only.  The  Securities will be freely  transferrable and exchangeable  at the
corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee, with respect to the Certificates
or the Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes.

BOOK-ENTRY SECURITIES

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates").   Persons  acquiring beneficial  ownership  interests in  the
Senior  Certificates  ("Certificate  Owners")  will  hold  their Certificates
through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States(,  or CEDEL
or  Euroclear (in  Europe))  if they  are  participants of  such  systems, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.  The
Book-Entry  Certificates will  be issued  in one  or more  certificates which
equal the aggregate principal balance  of the Certificates and will initially
be registered  in the name  of Cede &  Co., the nominee  of DTC.   (CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through
customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's  and Euroclear's names on the books
of their respective depositaries  which in turn will  hold such positions  in
customers' securities  accounts in  the depositaries' names  on the  books of
DTC.   Citibank  N.A. will  act as  depositary for  CEDEL  and the  Brussels,
Belgium Branch  of Morgan  Guarantee Trust Company  of New  York will  act as
depositary  for Euroclear  (in such  capacities,  individually the  "Relevant
Depositary"  and collectively the  "European Depositaries").)   Investors may
hold  such beneficial  interests in  the Book-Entry  Certificates in  minimum
denominations  representing Certificate Principal  Balances of $1,000  and in
integral multiples of  $1 in excess thereof.   Except as described  below, no
person acquiring a  Book-Entry Certificate (each, a "beneficial  owner") will
be  entitled to receive a  physical certificate representing such Certificate
(a "Definitive Certificate").   Unless and until  Definitive Certificates are
issued,  it  is  anticipated  that   the  only  "Certificateholder"  of   the
Certificates will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  Certificate  Owners will
not be Certificateholders as that term  is used in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.   Certificate Owners are  only permitted to exercise  their rights
indirectly through Participants and DTC.

DISTRIBUTIONS

     On each  Distribution Date,  collections on the  Mortgage Loans  will be
applied in the following order of priority:

          (i)  to the Servicer, the Servicing Fee;

          (ii) as  payment  for  the accrued  interest  due  and any  overdue
     accrued interest  on the respective  Security Principal  Balance of  the
     Notes and the Certificates;

          (iii)     as principal on  the Securities, the excess  of Principal
     Collections  over  Additional  Balances  created  during  the  preceding
     Collection Period,  such amount  to be allocated  between the  Notes and
     Certificates  pro rata,  based on  their  respective Security  Principal
     Balances;

          (iv) as principal on the Securities, as payment for any Liquidation
     Loss Amounts on the Mortgage Loans;

          (v)  as payment for  the premium for the  (Letter of Credit)(Surety
     Bond);

          (vi) to reimburse prior draws made on the (Letter of Credit)(Surety
     Bond); and

          (vii)     any remaining amounts to the Depositor.

     As to  any Distribution  Date, the "Collection  Period" is  the calendar
month preceding the month of such Distribution Date.

     "Liquidation  Loss Amount" means with respect to any Liquidated Mortgage
Loan, the unrecovered  Principal Balance thereof at the end of the Collection
Period in  which such Mortgage Loan  became a Liquidated Mortgage  Loan after
giving effect to the Net Liquidation Proceeds in connection therewith.

INTEREST

     Note  Rate.   Interest  will  accrue on  the  unpaid Security  Principal
     ----------
Balance  of  the  Notes at the per annum rate  (the "Note Rate") equal to __%
per annum from the Closing Date to the first Distribution Date and thereafter
interest  will  accrue  on  the  Notes  from   and  including  the  preceding 
Distribution Date to but excluding  such current Distribution Date (each,  an
"Interest Accrual Period")  at  (a floating rate  equal to LIBOR  (as defined
herein)  plus __%) (__%).  (Interest will be  calculated on the  basis of the
actual number of days in each Interest Accrual Period by  360.)  A failure to
pay interest  on any Notes on any Distribution  Date that continues for  five
days constitutes an Event of Default under the Indenture.

     Pass-Through  Rate.    Interest  will  accrue  on  the  unpaid  Security
     ------------------
Principal Balance of the Certificates at the per annum rate (the "Pass-Through
Rate") equal to __% per annum from  the Closing Date to the first Distribution
Date and thereafter interest will accrue on the Certificates for each Interest
Accrual Period at  (a floating rate equal  to LIBOR (as defined  herein) plus
__%) (__%).   (Interest will be calculated on  the basis of the actual number
of days  in each Interest Accrual Period  divided by 360.)  A  failure to pay
interest on any Certificates on any Distribution Date that continues for five
days constitutes an Event of Default under the Trust Agreement.

OPTIONAL TERMINATION

     The Trust will terminate on  the Distribution Date following the earlier
of  (i)  _________________________  and  (ii)  the  final  payment  or  other
liquidation of the last Mortgage Loan in the Trust.  The  Mortgage Loans will
be subject  to optional repurchase  by the Servicer on  any Distribution Date
after the Principal  Balance is reduced  to an amount less  than or equal  to
$        ((5)% of the initial Principal  Balance).  The repurchase price will
be equal to  the sum  of the  outstanding Principal Balance  and accrued  and
unpaid interest thereon at the weighted average of the Loan Rates through the
day preceding the final Distribution Date.


                                THE DEPOSITOR

     Financial  Asset  Securities   Corp.,  the  Depositor,  is   a  Delaware
corporation organized on August 2, 1995 for the limited purpose of acquiring,
owning and  transferring Mortgage  Assets  and selling  interests therein  or
bonds secured  thereby.  It is an indirect limited purpose finance subsidiary
of National  Westminster Plc and  an affiliate of Greenwich  Capital Markets,
Inc.  Greenwich  Capital Markets, Inc. is a registered  broker dealer engaged
in the  United  States  government  securities and  related  capital  markets
business.   The  Depositor maintains  its principal  office at  600 Steamboat
Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.  Its telephone number is (203) 625-2700.


                                THE INDENTURE

     The following  summary describes  certain terms of  the Indenture.   The
summary does not purport  to be complete and is subject  to, and qualified in
its entirety  by reference  to, the  provisions of  the Indenture.   Whenever
particular sections or  defined terms of the Indenture are  referred to, such
sections or defined terms are thereby incorporated herein  by reference.  See
"DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES"  herein for a summary of  certain additional terms
of the Indenture.

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

     The Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder, at such Noteholder's
request,  at its  address listed  on the  Note  Register maintained  with the
Indenture  Trustee a  report setting  forth certain  amounts relating  to the
Notes.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

     With respect to  the Notes, "Events of Default" under the Indenture will
consist  of: (i)  a default  for  five days  or more  in the  payment  of any
interest on  any Note; (ii) a default  in the payment of the  principal of or
any  installment of the principal of  any Note when the  same becomes due and
payable; (iii) a default in the observance  or performance of any covenant or
agreement of the Trust made in the Indenture and the continuation of any such
default for a period of 30 days after notice thereof is given to the Trust by
the  Indenture  Trustee or  to the  Trust  and the  Indenture Trustee  by the
holders of at  least 25% in principal  amount of the Notes  then outstanding;
(iv)  any representation or warranty made by the Trust in the Indenture or in
any certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith  having
been incorrect in a material respect as of the time made, and such breach not
having been cured within 30 days  after notice thereof is given to the  Trust
by the Indenture  Trustee or to  the Trust and the  Indenture Trustee by  the
holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Notes then outstanding; or (v)
certain  events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the
Trust.  (The amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders under the
Indenture  will generally be limited to amounts  available to be deposited in
the Collection Account.  Therefore, the failure to pay principal on the Notes
generally will not result in the occurrence of an Event of Default  until the
final  scheduled Distribution Date for such Notes.)   If there is an Event of
Default with respect to a Note due to late  payment or nonpayment of interest
due on a Note, additional interest will accrue on such unpaid interest at the
interest rate on the Note (to the extent lawful) until such interest is paid.
Such  additional interest on  unpaid interest shall  be due at  the time such
interest is paid.   If there  is an Event of  Default due to late  payment or
nonpayment of principal on a Note,  interest will continue to accrue on  such
principal at the interest  rate on the Note until such principal is paid.  If
an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the Notes,
the Indenture Trustee or holders of  a majority in principal amount of  Notes
then  outstanding may declare  the principal of such  Notes to be immediately
due  and payable.   Such  declaration  may, under  certain circumstances,  be
rescinded by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the  Notes then
outstanding.  If the  Notes are due and payable following an Event of Default
with  respect thereto,  the Indenture  Trustee may  institute  proceedings to
collect amounts due  or foreclose on Trust property or exercise remedies as a
secured party.  If an Event of  Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to the Notes, the  Indenture Trustee will be under no  obligation to exercise
any of the rights or powers  under the Indenture at the request or  direction
of any  of the  holders of  the Notes,  if the  Indenture Trustee  reasonably
believes it  will not be  adequately indemnified against the  costs, expenses
and liabilities which might be incurred by it in complying with such request.
Subject  to  the  provisions  for  indemnification  and  certain  limitations
contained in the Indenture, the holders of  a majority in principal amount of
the  outstanding Notes  will have the  right to  direct the time,  method and
place of conducting  any proceeding or any remedy available  to the Indenture
Trustee, and the holders  of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding may,  in certain cases,  waive any default with  respect thereto,
except  a default in  the payment  of principal or  interest or  a default in
respect of a covenant  or provision of the Indenture that  cannot be modified
without the waiver  or consent of all  the holders of the  outstanding Notes.
No holder of  a Note will  have the  right to institute  any proceeding  with
respect  to the Indenture,  unless (i) such  holder previously  has given the
Indenture Trustee  written notice of a continuing  Event of Default, (ii) the
holders  of not less  than 25% in  principal amount of  the outstanding Notes
have  made  written  request  to  the Indenture  Trustee  to  institute  such
proceeding in its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders
have offered the Indenture Trustee  reasonable indemnity, (iv) the  Indenture
Trustee  has  for 60  days failed  to  institute such  proceeding and  (v) no
direction  inconsistent with  such  written  request has  been  given to  the
Indenture Trustee during  the 60-day period by  the holders of a  majority in
principal amount of  the Notes.  In  addition, the Indenture Trustee  and the
Noteholders, by accepting  the Notes, will covenant that they will not at any
time  institute against  the Trust  any  bankruptcy, reorganization  or other
proceeding  under  any federal  or  state bankruptcy  or  similar law.   With
respect to the  Trust, neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in
its  individual capacity,  nor any  holder of  a Certificate  representing an
ownership  interest  in  the  Trust  nor  any  of  their  respective  owners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, successors
or assigns will, in the absence of  an express agreement to the contrary,  be
personally liable for  the payment  of the  principal of or  interest on  the
Notes or for the agreements of the Trust contained in the Indenture. 

CERTAIN COVENANTS

     The Indenture will  provide that the  Trust may not consolidate  with or
merge into any  other entity, unless  (i) the entity  formed by or  surviving
such  consolidation or  merger is  organized  under the  laws  of the  United
States, any  state or the  District of  Columbia, (ii) such  entity expressly
assumes the Trust's  obligation to make  due and  punctual payments upon  the
Notes and the  performance or observance of any agreement and covenant of the
Trust under the Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default shall have  occurred and
be continuing immediately after such  merger or consolidation, (iv) the Trust
has been  advised that the ratings of the Securities then in effect would not
be  reduced or withdrawn by any  Rating Agency as a  result of such merger or
consolidation and (v)  the Trust has  received an opinion  of counsel to  the
effect that  such consolidation or merger would  have no material adverse tax
consequence  to the  Trust or  to any Noteholder  or Certificateholder.   The
Trust will not, among other things, (i)  except as expressly permitted by the
Indenture, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets
of the  Trust, (ii)  claim  any credit  on or  make  any deduction  from  the
principal and  interest payable in  respect of the Notes  (other than amounts
withheld under the  Code or applicable state law) or assert any claim against
any present or former holder of Notes because of the payment of taxes  levied
or assessed upon the Trust,  (iii) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part,
(iv) permit the  validity or effectiveness of the Indenture to be impaired or
permit any  person  to be  released from  any covenants  or obligations  with
respect to the Notes under the Indenture except as may be expressly permitted
thereby  or (v)  permit any  lien, charge  excise, claim,  security interest,
mortgage or  other encumbrance  to be created  on or  extend to  or otherwise
arise upon  or burden  the assets of  the Trust or  any part thereof,  or any
interest  therein or the proceeds  thereof.  The Trust may  not engage in any
activity other than  as specified under "The  Trust" herein.  The  Trust will
not  incur,  assume or  guarantee  any indebtedness  other  than indebtedness
incurred pursuant to the Notes and the Indenture.

ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

     The Trust will be required to file annually with the Indenture Trustee a
written  statement  as  to  the  fulfillment of  its  obligations  under  the
Indenture.

INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT

     The  Indenture  Trustee will  be  required  to  mail each  year  to  all
Noteholders  a  report  relating  to   any  change  in  its  eligibility  and
qualification  to continue  as  Indenture Trustee  under  the Indenture,  any
amounts advanced  by it under  the Indenture,  the amount, interest  rate and
maturity date of any indebtedness owing by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee
in its  individual capacity, any change in  the property and funds physically
held  by  the Indenture  Trustee as  such  and any  action taken  by  it that
materially affects the Notes and that  has not been previously reported,  but
if no such changes have occurred, then no report shall be required.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     The Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing
the Notes upon the delivery to the  Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all
the  Notes or,  with certain  limitations,  upon deposit  with the  Indenture
Trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all the Notes.

MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE

     With the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding,  the Trust and  the Indenture  Trustee may execute  a
supplemental  indenture  to  add  provisions  to, change  in  any  manner  or
eliminate any  provisions of,  the Indenture, or  modify (except  as provided
below) in any manner  the rights of the Noteholders.   Without the consent of
the   holder  of  each   outstanding  Note  affected   thereby,  however,  no
supplemental indenture  will: (i) change the  due date of any  installment of
principal of or  interest on any Note or reduce the principal amount thereof,
the  interest rate  specified thereon  or the  redemption price  with respect
thereto or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in which
any  Note or  any  interest thereon  is  payable; (ii)  impair  the right  to
institute suit  for the  enforcement of certain  provisions of  the Indenture
regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate amount of the
outstanding Notes, the  consent of the holders  of which is required  for any
supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required for
any  waiver of  compliance with  certain provisions  of  the Indenture  or of
certain defaults  thereunder and  their consequences as  provided for  in the
Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the provisions of the Indenture regarding the
voting of Notes held by  the Trust, the Depositor or  an affiliate of any  of
them; (v) decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount  of Notes
required  to amend the sections of the Indenture which specify the applicable
percentage of aggregate  principal amount of the Notes necessary to amend the
Indenture or certain other related agreements; or (vi) permit the creation of
any lien ranking prior to or on a  parity with the lien of the Indenture with
respect  to  any of  the collateral  for  the Notes  or, except  as otherwise
permitted  or  contemplated in  the  Indenture,  terminate  the lien  of  the
Indenture on  any such collateral  or deprive the  holder of any  Note of the
security afforded by the lien  of the Indenture.  The Trust and the Indenture
Trustee may  also enter into  supplemental indentures, without  obtaining the
consent  of the Noteholders,  for the purpose of,  among other things, adding
any  provisions  to or  changing  in any  manner  or eliminating  any  of the
provisions of  the Indenture or of modifying in any  manner the rights of the
Noteholders;  provided that  such action  will  not materially  and adversely
affect the interest of any Noteholder.

VOTING RIGHTS

     At all  times, the voting rights of Noteholders under the Indenture will
be allocated among the  Notes pro rata in  accordance with their  outstanding
principal balances.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND THE DEPOSITOR

     Neither the Depositor,  the Indenture Trustee nor  any director, officer
or employee  of the  Depositor or  the Indenture  Trustee will  be under  any
liability to the Trust or the related Noteholders for any action taken or for
refraining from  the  taking of  any action  in good  faith  pursuant to  the
Indenture or  for errors  in judgment; provided,  however, that  none of  the
Indenture  Trustee,  the  Depositor and  any  director,  officer or  employee
thereof  will be  protected against  any liability  which would  otherwise be
imposed by  reason of  willful malfeasance,  bad faith  or negligence  in the
performance of duties or by  reason of reckless disregard of obligations  and
duties under the  Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations set forth in the
Indenture, the Indenture Trustee and any director, officer, employee or agent
of the Indenture Trustee shall be indemnified  by the Trust and held harmless
against  any  loss,   liability  or  expense  incurred   in  connection  with
investigating, preparing to defend or  defending any legal action,  commenced
or threatened,  relating to the  Indenture other than any  loss, liability or
expense  incurred  by reason  of  willful  malfeasance,  bad faith  or  gross
negligence in the performance of its duties under such Indenture or by reason
of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Indenture.  Any
such indemnification by the Trust will reduce the amount distributable to the
Noteholders.   All persons into which the Indenture  Trustee may be merged or
with which it may be consolidated or any person resulting from such merger or
consolidation  shall be  the successor  of the  Indenture Trustee  under each
Indenture.


                             THE TRUST AGREEMENT

     The following  summary describes certain  terms of the  Trust Agreement.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to,  and qualified
in  its entirety  by reference  to, the  provisions of  the Trust  Agreement.
Whenever  particular sections  or defined  terms of  the Trust  Agreement are
referred to, such  sections or defined terms are  thereby incorporated herein
by reference.   See "DESCRIPTION OF THE  SECURITIES" herein for a  summary of
certain additional terms of the Trust Agreement.

REPORTS TO HOLDERS

     Concurrently  with each distribution to the Holders of the Certificates,
the Servicer will forward to the Owner  Trustee for mailing to such Holder  a
statement setting forth other items:

            (i)  the amount of interest included in such distribution and the
     related Certificate Rate;

           (ii)  the amount, if any, of overdue  accrued interest included in
     such distribution (and the amount of interest thereon);

          (iii)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  remaining  overdue  accrued
     interest after giving effect to such distribution;

           (iv)  the   amount,  if  any,   of  principal  included   in  such
     distribution;

            (v)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  reimbursement  of  previous
     Liquidation Loss Amounts included in such distribution;

           (vi)  the  amount,   if  any,   of   the  aggregate   unreimbursed
     Liquidation Loss Amounts after giving effect to such distribution;

          (vii)  the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;

         (viii)  the Pool Balance  as of the end of  the preceding Collection
     Period;

           (ix)  the  number and aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage
     Loans  as to which the  minimum monthly payment  is delinquent for 30-59
     days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, respectively, as of the end of the
     preceding Collection Period; and

            (x)  the  book value of any real  estate which is acquired by the
     Trust through foreclosure or grant of deed in lieu of foreclosure.

     In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv) and
(v)  above, the amounts  shall be expressed  as a dollar  amount per Security
with a $1,000 denomination.

     Within 60 days after the end of each calendar year, the Servicer will be
required  to  forward  to  the  Owner  Trustee  a  statement  containing  the
information set forth  in clauses (iii) and (viii) above  aggregated for such
calendar year.  

AMENDMENT

     The  Trust  Agreement may  be amended  by  the Depositor  and  the Owner
Trustee, without consent of the Holders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or
supplement any provision  or for the purpose  of adding any provisions  to or
changing in any  manner or eliminating  any of the  provisions thereof or  of
modifying in any manner  the rights of such Holders;  provided, however, that
such action  will not, as evidenced by an  opinion of counsel satisfactory to
the Owner Trustee, adversely affect in  any material respect the interests of
any  Holders.  The Trust  Agreement may also be  amended by the Depositor and
the Owner Trustee with the consent of the holders  of Certificates evidencing
at least a majority in principal amount of then outstanding Certificates  and
Holders owning Voting Interests (as herein defined) aggregating not less than
a majority of  the aggregate Voting Interests  for the purpose of  adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner  or eliminating any of the provisions
of the Trust Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders.

INSOLVENCY EVENT

     "Insolvency  Event"  means, with  respect  to  any  Person, any  of  the
following events or  actions; certain events  of insolvency, readjustment  of
debt,  marshalling of  assets  and liabilities  or  similar proceedings  with
respect to  such Person  and certain actions  by such  Person indicating  its
insolvency, reorganization pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability to
pay its obligations.   Upon termination of the Trust, the Owner Trustee shall
direct the Indenture Trustee promptly to sell the assets of the  Trust (other
than  the Collection  Account) in  a  commercially reasonable  manner and  on
commercially reasonable terms.  The  proceeds from any such sale, disposition
or liquidation of  the Mortgage Loans will  be treated as collections  on the
Mortgage Loans and  deposited in the Collection Account.  The Trust Agreement
will provide  that the Owner  Trustee does not have  the power to  commence a
voluntary  proceeding in  bankruptcy with  respect to  the Trust  without the
unanimous  prior approval  of all  Holders (including  the Depositor)  of the
Trust and  the delivery to  the Owner Trustee  by each Holder  (including the
Depositor)  of a certificate  certifying that the  Holder reasonably believes
that the Trust is insolvent.

LIABILITY OF THE DEPOSITOR

     Under  the  Trust Agreement,  the  Depositor  will  agree to  be  liable
directly  to an injured  party for the  entire amount of  any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Holder
in the capacity of an  investor with respect to the Trust) arising  out of or
based on the arrangement created by the Trust Agreement.

VOTING INTERESTS

     As  of any  date, the  aggregate principal  balance of  all Certificates
outstanding will  constitute the voting  interest of the Issuer  (the "Voting
Interests"),  except  that,  for purposes  of  determining  Voting Interests,
Certificates owned by the Issuer or its affiliates (other than the Depositor)
will be  disregarded and deemed  not to be  outstanding, and except  that, in
determining whether the  Owner Trustee is protected in relying  upon any such
request,  demand, authorization, direction,  notice, consent or  waiver, only
Certificates that  the  Owner  Trustee  knows  to be  so  owned  will  be  so
disregarded.  Certificates so owned that have been pledged in good  faith may
be regarded  as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of
the  Owner  Trustee  the pledgor's  right  so  to act  with  respect  to such
Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or its affiliates.


CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE OWNER TRUSTEE AND THE DEPOSITOR


     Neither the  Depositor, the Owner  Trustee nor any director,  officer or
employee of the Depositor or the Owner Trustee will be under any liability to
the Trust or the related Holders for any action taken  or for refraining from
the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to the Trust Agreement or for
errors in  judgment; provided, however,  that none of the  Owner Trustee, the
Depositor and  any director,  officer or employee  thereof will  be protected
against any liability which would  otherwise be imposed by reason  of willful
malfeasance,  bad faith  or negligence  in the  performance of  duties  or by
reason  of reckless  disregard  of  obligations and  duties  under the  Trust
Agreement.  Subject to certain limitations set forth  in the Trust Agreement,
the Owner Trustee and  any director, officer, employee or agent  of the Owner
Trustee shall be indemnified by the Trust and held harmless against any loss,
liability or expense incurred in connection with  investigating, preparing to
defend or  defending any legal  action, commenced or threatened,  relating to
the Trust Agreement  other than any  loss, liability  or expense incurred  by
reason  of  willful  malfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence  in  the
performance of its duties under such Trust Agreement or by reason of reckless
disregard of its  obligations and duties under the Trust Agreement.  Any such
indemnification  by the  Trust will  reduce the  amount distributable  to the
Holders.   All persons  into which the  Owner Trustee  may be merged  or with
which  it may  be consolidated or  any person  resulting from such  merger or
consolidation shall be  the successor of  the Owner Trustee under  each Trust
Agreement.


                           ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     The _________________, in its capacity as Administrator, will enter into
the Administration Agreement with the Trust and the Owner Trustee pursuant to
which  the  Administrator  will  agree,   to  the  extent  provided  in  such
Administration Agreement, to provide notices and perform other administrative
obligations required by the Indenture and the Trust Agreement.


                            THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     (   ) is the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.  The mailing address
of the Indenture Trustee is (   ), Attention: Corporate Trust Department.


                              THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     (   ) is  the  Owner Trustee  under the  Trust Agreement.   The  mailing
address  of  the  Owner   Trustee  is  (    ),  Attention:   Corporate  Trust
Administration.


                               USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be  applied by the
Depositor towards the purchase price of the Mortgage Loans. 


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     On  January  27,   1994,  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  issued  final
regulations ("final  OID regulations")  relating to  original issue  discount
("OID").   The discussion  under "Certain  Federal Income  Tax Consequences--
Taxation of Debt  Securities" in the Prospectus  applies with respect to  the
final OID regulations.

     Prospective   purchasers   should  see   "CERTAIN  FEDERAL   INCOME  TAX
CONSEQUENCES"  in the  Prospectus  for  a discussion  of  the application  of
certain  federal  income and  state  tax  laws  to  the Trust  Fund  and  the
Securities.



                            STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

     In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in "Certain
Federal  Income Tax Consequences" herein, potential investors should consider
the  state  income  tax  consequences  of  the  acquisition,  ownership,  and
disposition of the Securities  offered hereunder.   State income tax law  may
differ  substantially  from  the  corresponding federal  tax  law,  and  this
discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of  the income tax laws of
any  state.   Therefore, potential  investors  should consult  their own  tax
advisors with respect to the  various tax consequences of investments in  the
Securities offered hereunder.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

     The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA")  and  Section 4975  of  the  Code  impose certain  restrictions  on
employee benefit plans  subject to ERISA or plans or  arrangements subject to
Section 4975 of the Code ("Plans") and on persons who are parties in interest
or disqualified persons  ("parties in interest") with respect  to such Plans.
Certain employee benefit  plans, such as governmental plans  and church plans
(if  no election  has been made  under section  410(d) of the  Code), are not
subject to  the  restrictions of  ERISA,  and assets  of  such plans  may  be
invested  in  the  Securities  without  regard to  the  ERISA  considerations
described below, subject to other applicable federal and state law.  However,
any such governmental or church plan which is qualified under section  401(a)
of the  Code and exempt  from taxation  under section 501(a)  of the Code  is
subject to the prohibited transaction rules  set forth in section 503 of  the
Code.   Any Plan fiduciary which  proposes to cause a  Plan to acquire any of
the Securities should consult with its counsel with  respect to the potential
consequences  under  ERISA, and  the  Code,  of  the Plan's  acquisition  and
ownership of the  Securities.  See "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS"  in the Prospectus.
Investments  by  Plans  are   also  subject  to  ERISA's   general  fiduciary
requirements,  including   the   requirement  of   investment  prudence   and
diversification  and the  requirement that  a Plan's  investments be  made in
accordance with the documents governing the Plan. 

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

GENERAL

     Section 406 of  ERISA prohibits parties  in interest with  respect to  a
Plan from engaging in certain transactions (including loans) involving a Plan
and its assets  unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies to the
transaction.  Section 4975  of the Code imposes certain excise  taxes (or, in
some cases,  a civil penalty  may be assessed  pursuant to section  502(i) of
ERISA)  on  parties  in  interest  which  engage   in  non-exempt  prohibited
transactions.

PLAN ASSET REGULATION

     The  United  States  Department  of  Labor  ("Labor")  has issued  final
regulations concerning  the definition  of what constitutes  the assets  of a
Plan for purposes of  ERISA and the prohibited transaction  provisions of the
Code (the "Plan  Asset Regulation").  The Plan Asset Regulation describes the
circumstances  under which the  assets of an  entity in which  a Plan invests
will be considered  to be "plan  assets" such that  any person who  exercises
control over  such assets  would be subject  to ERISA's  fiduciary standards.
Under  the Plan Asset  Regulation, generally when  a Plan invests  in another
entity,  the  Plan's  assets  do  not  include,  solely  by  reason  of  such
investment, any of  the underlying assets of  the entity.  However,  the Plan
Asset Regulation provides that, if a Plan acquires an "equity interest" in an
entity that is neither a "publicly-offered security" (as defined therein) nor
a security  issued by an  investment company registered under  the Investment
Company Act  of 1940, the assets of  the entity will be treated  as assets of
the   Plan   investor    unless   certain   exceptions   apply.      If   the
(Notes/Certificates) were  deemed to  be equity  interests and  no statutory,
regulatory or administrative exemption applies, the Trust could be considered
to hold plan assets by reason of a Plan's investment in the Notes.  Such plan
assets would include an undivided interest  in any assets held by the  Trust.
In such  an event, the Trustee and other  persons, in providing services with
respect to the  Trust's assets, may  be parties in  interest with respect  to
such Plans, subject to the fiduciary  responsibility provisions of Title I of
ERISA,  including the  prohibited transaction  provisions  of Section  406 of
ERISA, and Section  4975 of the  Code with respect to  transactions involving
the Trust's  assets.   (Under the  Plan  Asset Regulation,  the term  "equity
interest" is defined  as any interest in  an entity other than  an instrument
that is treated as indebtedness under "applicable local law" and which has no
"substantial equity  features." Although the Plan Assets Regulation is silent
with respect to the question of which law constitutes  "applicable local law"
for this purpose,  Labor has stated that these  determinations should be made
under the state  law governing interpretation of the  instrument in question.
In the preamble  to the Plan Assets  Regulation, Labor declined to  provide a
precise definition of what features  are equity features or the circumstances
under which such features would  be considered "substantial," noting that the
question of  whether a plan's interest has  substantial equity features is an
inherently  factual one,  but  that in  making  a determination  it  would be
appropriate to take  into account whether the equity features are such that a
Plan's investment would be a practical  vehicle for the indirect provision of
investment management services.  Brown  & Wood ("ERISA Counsel") has rendered
its  opinion  that the  Notes  will  be  classified as  indebtedness  without
substantial equity features  for ERISA purposes.  ERISA  Counsel's opinion is
based upon  the terms of the Notes, the opinion of Tax Counsel that the Notes
will be classified as  debt instruments for federal  income tax purposes  and
the ratings which have  been assigned to the Notes.   However, if contrary to
ERISA Counsel's opinion  the Notes are deemed  to be equity interests  in the
Trust and no statutory,  regulatory or administrative exemption applies,  the
Trust  could  be considered  to  hold  plan  assets  by reason  of  a  Plan's
investment in the Notes.)

THE UNDERWRITER'S EXEMPTION

     Labor has granted to Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. (the "Underwriter")
an  administrative  exemption (Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption 90-59  (the
"Exemption"))   which  exempts  from   the  application  of   the  prohibited
transaction rules of  ERISA and the related excise tax  provisions of Section
4975  of the Code  transactions relating  to: (i)  the acquisition,  sale and
holding  by  Plans  of certificates  representing  an  undivided interest  in
certain   asset  backed  pass-through  trusts  with   respect  to  which  the
Underwriter or  any of its affiliates is the  sole underwriter or the manager
or  co-manager  of  the  underwriting  syndicate;  and  (ii)  the  servicing,
operation and management  of such asset backed  pass-through trusts, provided
that the  general conditions and  certain other conditions  set forth  in the
Exemption  are satisfied.    The  Exemption will  apply  to the  acquisition,
holding  and resale  of  the  (Notes/Certificates) by  a  Plan provided  that
certain conditions (some of which are described below) are met.

     Among the conditions that must  be satisfied for the Exemption to  apply
are the following:

          (1)  the acquisition  of the (Notes/Certificates)  by a Plan  is on
     terms  (including the price  for the  (Notes/Certificates)) that  are at
     least  as favorable  to the  Plan as  they would  be in an  arm's length
     transaction with an unrelated party;

          (2)  the rights and interest evidenced  by the (Notes/Certificates)
     acquired by the Plan  are not subordinated to  the rights and  interests
     evidenced by other (Notes/Certificates) of the trust;

          (3)  the  (Notes/Certificates) acquired by the Plan have received a
     rating at the time of  such acquisition that is one of the three highest
     generic rating  categories from  either Standard  & Poor's  Corporation,
     Moody's Investors  Service, Inc, Duff  & Phelps Inc. or  Fitch Investors
     Service, Inc.;

          (4)  the trustee must  not be an affiliate of  the Underwriter, the
     Trustee, any Servicer, any  obligor with respect to  assets held in  the
     Trust  Fund  constituting  more  than  five  percent  of  the  aggregate
     unamortized principal balance of the assets in the Trust;

          (5)  the  sum  of  all  payments   made  to  and  retained  by  the
     Underwriters   in   connection    with   the    distribution   of    the
     (Notes/Certificates) represents  not more  than reasonable  compensation
     for underwriting  the (Notes/Certificates); the sum of all payments made
     to and  retain by the Issuer pursuant to  the assignment of the Mortgage
     Loans to the Trust  Fund represents not more than the  fair market value
     of such Mortgage Loans; the sum of  all payments made to and retained by
     the servicer represents  not more than reasonable compensation  for such
     person's   services  under  a   pooling  and  servicing   agreement  and
     reimbursements  of  such  person's  reasonable  expenses  in  connection
     therewith; and

          (6)  the  Plan   investing  in  the   (Notes/Certificates)  is   an
     "accredited investor"  as defined in  Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation  D of
     the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

     The  Underwriter  believes   that  the  Exemption  will  apply   to  the
acquisition and  holding of  the (Notes/Certificates) by  Plans and  that all
conditions  of  the Exemption  other than  those  within the  control  of the
investors will be met.

REVIEW BY PLAN FIDUCIARIES

     Any    Plan   fiduciary    considering   whether    to    purchase   any
(Notes/Certificates)  on behalf  of a  Plan should  consult with  its counsel
regarding  the applicability of  the fiduciary responsibility  and prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code to such investment.  Among other
things, before  purchasing any  (Notes/Certificates), a  fiduciary of  a Plan
should make its own determination as to whether the Trust, as obligor on  the
(Notes/Certificates), is a party  in interest with respect  to the Plan,  the
availability of the  exemptive relief provided in the  Plan Asset Regulations
and   the  availability  of  any  other  prohibited  transaction  exemptions.
Purchasers  should analyze  whether  the  decision may  have  an impact  with
respect to purchases of the (Notes/Certificates).


                       LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     The appropriate characterization  of the Securities under  various legal
investment restrictions, and  thus the ability of investors  subject to these
restrictions   to  purchase  Securities,   may  be  subject   to  significant
interpretive  uncertainties.   All investors  whose  investment authority  is
subject  to legal  restrictions should  consult their  own legal  advisors to
determine whether, and  to what extent, the Securities  will constitute legal
investments for them.  The Depositor makes no representation as to the proper
characterization   of  the  Securities  for  legal  investment  or  financial
institution regulatory purposes, or as to the ability of particular investors
to purchase  Securities under applicable legal investment  restrictions.  The
uncertainties  described above  (and  any  unfavorable future  determinations
concerning   legal    investment   or   financial    institution   regulatory
characteristics of the Securities) may  adversely affect the liquidity of the
Securities.


                                 UNDERWRITING


     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  Underwriting
Agreement, the  Depositor has  agreed to sell  to Greenwich  Capital Markets,
Inc. (the "Underwriter"), and the Underwriter has agreed to purchase from the
Depositor, the Securities.  The Underwriter is  obligated to purchase all the
Securities  offered  hereby  if  any  are purchased.    Distribution  of  the
Securities will be  made by the Underwriter  from time to time  in negotiated
transactions or  otherwise at varying prices to be  determined at the time of
sale.  Proceeds to  the Depositor are expected  to be $________________  from
the sale  of the Notes  and $___________ from  the sale of  the Certificates,
before  deducting  expenses payable  by  the  Depositor  of $_________.    In
connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities, the  Underwriter may
be deemed  to have received  compensation from the  Depositor in the  form of
underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions.  

     The  Underwriting Agreement provides  that the Depositor  will indemnify
the  Underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities  Act  of 1933,  or  contribute  payments  the Underwriter  may  be
required to make  in respect thereof.   The Depositor is an  affiliate of the
Underwriter.  The Underwriter is an affiliate of the Depositor.


                                LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with respect to the Securities will be passed upon
for  the  Depositor by  Brown &  Wood LLP,  New York,  New  York and  for the
Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.


                                   RATINGS

     It is a condition to issuance that  each Class of the Notes be rated  be
rated not lower than "_________" by (         ) and _______ by (    ).  It is
a condition to issuance that the Certificates be rated at least "___" by (   
) and "___" by (    ).  A securities  rating addresses the likelihood of  the
receipt  by  Certificateholders  and  Noteholders  of  distributions  on  the
Mortgage Loans.   The rating  takes into consideration the  structural, legal
and tax  aspects associated with the Certificates and  Notes.  The ratings on
the  Securities  do   not,  however,  constitute  statements   regarding  the
possibility that Certificateholders or Noteholders might realize a lower than
anticipated yield.  A securities rating is not a recommendation to  buy, sell
or hold  securities and may be subject to  revision or withdrawal at any time
by  the assigning  rating organization.    Each securities  rating should  be
evaluated independently of similar ratings on different securities.

     The ratings  assigned by  Duff &  Phelps  Credit Rating  Co. ("D&P")  to
securities address  the likelihood  of the  receipt by  the  holders of  such
securities  of  all  distributions  to  which they  are  entitled  under  the
transaction structure.   D&P's ratings reflect its analysis  of the riskiness
of the mortgages and its analysis of  the structure of the transaction as set
forth in the operative documents.  D&P's ratings do not address the effect on
yield  on the  securities attributable  to prepayments  or recoveries  on the
underlying assets.

     The  ratings assigned  by  Fitch Investors  Service,  L.P. ("Fitch")  to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions  on the
assets  by the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to
which such  securities are issued.   Fitch's ratings take  into consideration
the  credit  quality  of  the  related pool,  including  any  credit  support
providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such securities,  and
the extent to which the  payment stream on the pool  is adequate to make  the
payments required by such  securities.  Fitch  ratings on such securities  do
not, however, constitute  a statement regarding  frequency of prepayments  of
the assets.

     The  ratings assigned by Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by holders of  securities of


all  distributions to which such holders of securities are entitled.  Moody's
ratings on securities  do not represent any  assessment of the  likelihood or
rate of  principal prepayments.  The  ratings do not address  the possibility
that holders  of securities might suffer a lower  than anticipated yield as a
result of prepayments.

     The ratings assigned  by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services, a Division
of  The  McGraw-Hill Companies,  Inc.  ("Standard &  Poor's"),  to securities
address the likelihood of the receipt  of all distributions on the assets  by
the related holders of securities under the agreements pursuant to which such
securities are issued.  Standard & Poor's ratings take into consideration the
credit quality of  the related pool, including any  credit support providers,
structural and legal aspects associated  with such securities, and the extent
to  which  the payment  stream  on such  pool  is adequate  to  make payments
required by such securities.  Standard &  Poor's ratings on such certificates
do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on
the related  assets.  The letter  "r" attached to a Standard  & Poor's rating
highlights  derivative, hybrid  and  certain other  types of  securities that
Standard & Poor's believes may experience high volatility or high variability
in expected returns due to non-credit risks.  The absence of an "r" symbol in
the rating of a class of securities should not be taken as an indication that
such securities will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.


=====================================  =======================================
NO DEALER,  SALESMAN  OR OTHER  PERSON
HAS  BEEN   AUTHORIZED  TO   GIVE  ANY
INFORMATION    OR    TO    MAKE    ANY
REPRESENTATION  NOT CONTAINED  IN THIS
PROSPECTUS    SUPPLEMENT     OR    THE
PROSPECTUS  AND,  IF  GIVEN  OR  MADE,
SUCH  INFORMATION  OR   REPRESENTATION             $__,___,___,___
MUST  NOT  BE  RELIED  UPON  AS HAVING
BEEN AUTHORIZED  BY  THE DEPOSITOR  OR
THE  UNDERWRITER.    THIS   PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND  THE PROSPECTUS  DO NOT
CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES
OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH  THEY RELATE
OR    AN   OFFER   TO   SELL,   OR   A
SOLICITATION OF  AN OFFER  TO BUY,  TO      HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 199___
ANY PERSON  IN ANY  JURISDICTION WHERE     $______ (FIXED) (FLOATING) RATE
SUCH AN  OFFER  OR SOLICITATION  WOULD            ASSET BACKED NOTES
BE UNLAWFUL.  NEITHER  THE DELIVERY OF     $______ (FIXED) (FLOATING) RATE
THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE        ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
PROSPECTUS    NOR   ANY    SALE   MADE
HEREUNDER     SHALL,     UNDER     ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION
THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED  HEREIN
IS CORRECT  AS OF ANY TIME  SUBSEQUENT
TO THEIR RESPECTIVE DATES.


           TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                  PAGE
                                           FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                                     (DEPOSITOR)
         PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . .   S-11
The Trust . . . . . . . . . . .   S-12       ---------------------------
The  (Letter  of Credit)(Surety  Bond)
Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-13            PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
The Home Equity Lending Program   S-13               (      , 199 )
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans   S-15
Description of the                           ---------------------------
Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . .   S-16
Description    of     the    Servicing
Agreement . . . . . . . . . . .   S-18
Description of the                            GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
Securities  . . . . . . . . . .   S-21
The Depositor . . . . . . . . .   S-22
The Indenture . . . . . . . . .   S-22
The Trust Agreement . . . . . .   S-25
Administration Agreement  . . .   S-27
The Indenture Trustee . . . . .   S-28
The Owner Trustee . . . . . . .   S-28
Use of Proceeds   . . . . . . .   S-28
Certain     Federal     Income     Tax
Consequences  . . . . . . . . .   S-28
State Tax Consequences  . . . .   S-28
ERISA Considerations  . . . . .   S-28
Legal Investment 
Considerations  . . . . . . . .   S-30
Underwriting  . . . . . . . . .   S-31
Legal Matters . . . . . . . . .   S-31
Ratings   . . . . . . . . . . .   S-31

              PROSPECTUS

Prospectus Supplement or Current
Report on Form8-K . . . . . . . . .  2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
Available Information . . . . . . .  2
Reports to Securityholders  . . . .  3
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . . .  4
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . .   12
The Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . .   17
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . .   22
The Depositor . . . . . . . . . .   22
Loan Program  . . . . . . . . . .   22
Description of the Securities . .   24
Credit Enhancement  . . . . . . .   33
Yield and Prepayment
Considerations  . . . . . . . . .   38
The Agreements  . . . . . . . . .   41
Certain Legal Aspects of 
the Loans . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations  . . . . . . . . .   66
State Tax Considerations  . . . .   85
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . .   85
Legal Investment  . . . . . . . .   88
Method of Distribution  . . . . .   90
Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . .   89
Financial Information . . . . . .   90
Rating  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90
=====================================  =======================================


   Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to  buy be  accepted  prior to  the time  the  registration statement
becomes effective.  This prospectus shall not  constitute an offer to sell or
the solicitation of  an offer to  buy nor  shall there by  any sale of  these
securities in any  State in which such  offer, solicitation or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or  qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.
    
                    SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 24, 1997 
    
   

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated ___________, 1997)

         HOME EQUITY LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199__-__

                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                  DEPOSITOR

                        ( __________________________ )
                           TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER

     The  Home Equity  Loan Asset  Backed Certificates, Series  199__-__ (the
"Certificates") will evidence in the aggregate the entire beneficial interest
in the Home Equity Loan Trust 199__-__ (the "Trust") to be formed pursuant to
a Pooling and Servicing Agreement  among Financial Asset Securities Corp., as
Depositor, (                             ), as Transferor and Servicer, and (
                     ), as Trustee.   The property of the  Trust will include
(i) certain  home equity revolving  credit line loans (the  "Mortgage Loans")
secured  by (first  or)(second) (deeds  of trust) (mortgages)  on residential
properties that are primarily one- to four-family properties, the collections
in respect  of such  Mortgage Loans, and  certain other property  relating to
such Mortgage Loans(,  including the benefit of a (Letter  of Credit) (Surety
Bond)   as  described  more  fully  herein)  and  (ii)  certain  pass-through
certificates (the  "Private Securities")  representing fractional,  undivided
interests in  the Mortgage  Loans.  The  Servicer will  service the  Mortgage
Loans, and the  Transferor will own the  undivided interest in the  Trust not
represented by the Certificates.

     All of the Mortgage Loans will be acquired by Financial Asset Securities
Corp. (the "Depositor") from (                    ).  The aggregate undivided
interest in the Trust represented by the Certificates will initially be equal
to  $__________,   which  as  of   ______,  199_  (the  "Cut-Off   Date")  is
approximately  ___% of  the outstanding  Principal Balances  of  the Mortgage
Loans.

     Distributions of principal and interest on the Certificates will be made
on the ____ day of each month or, if  such date is not a Business Day, on the
succeeding   Business  Day   (each,   a  "Distribution   Date"),   commencing
_____________.  On each Distribution Date holders of the Certificates will be
entitled to receive, from and to the limited extent of funds available in the
Distribution  Account  (as  defined herein),  distributions  with  respect to
interest  and principal calculated as set forth herein.  The Certificates are
not guaranteed by the Depositor, the Trustee, the Transferor, the Servicer or
any affiliate thereof.

     There is  currently no  market for the  Certificates offered  hereby and
there  can be  no assurance that  such a  market will  develop or if  it does
develop that it will continue.  See "RISK FACTORS" herein.

     FOR A DISCUSSION  OF CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN  INVESTMENT IN THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS"  ON PAGE S-10 AND IN THE
PROSPECTUS ON PAGE 11.


                                                 
                                     ----------------

THE  CERTIFICATES  DO NOT  REPRESENT  AN  INTEREST IN  OR  OBLIGATION  OF THE
DEPOSITOR,  THE  SERVICER,  THE  TRANSFEROR,  THE TRUSTEE  OR  ANY  OF  THEIR
RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, EXCEPT AS SET  FORTH HEREIN.  NEITHER THE CERTIFICATES
NOR THE MORTGAGE LOANS ARE  INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY  GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY
OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR   ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION,  NOR  HAS  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY   OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  OR  THE
PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


=============================================================================
                           Price to       Underwriting      Proceeds to
                           Public(1)      Discount(2)    the Depositor(3)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Certificate . . .
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total . . . . . . . .
=============================================================================

(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from _____________________.
(2) The  Depositor has  agreed to indemnify  the Underwriter  against certain
liabilities,  including liabilities  under  the Securities  Act  of 1933,  as
amended.
(3) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $___________.
                                                  
                                    ------------------

The  Certificates  are offered  subject  to  receipt  and acceptance  by  the
Underwriter, to prior sale and to the Underwriter's right to reject any order
in  whole or  in part and  to withdraw,  cancel or  modify the  offer without
notice.   It is expected  that delivery of  the Certificates will  be made in
book-entry form  through  the facilities  of The  Depository Trust  Company,(
Cedel  Bank,  soci t   anonyme,  and   the  Euroclear  System)  on  or  about
____________, 199__.   The Certificates will be  offered in (Europe) and  the
United States of America.
                                                  
                                    -----------------

                              GREENWICH CAPITAL
                                MARKETS, INC.

____________, 1996

                                                          
                            ------------------------------

THE  CERTIFICATES WILL  CONSTITUTE A  SEPARATE  SERIES OF  CERTIFICATES BEING
OFFERED BY THE DEPOSITOR PURSUANT TO ITS PROSPECTUS DATED (_________, 199__),
OF WHICH  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT IS  A PART  AND WHICH ACCOMPANIES  THIS
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.    THE  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  IMPORTANT   INFORMATION
REGARDING  THIS OFFERING  WHICH  IS  NOT  CONTAINED HEREIN,  AND  PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT IN
FULL.

                                   SUMMARY 

The  following summary  is  qualified in  its  entirety by  reference to  the
detailed  information appearing  elsewhere  herein  and  in  the  Prospectus.
Certain capitalized  terms used in the  Summary are defined  elsewhere in the
Prospectus Supplement or in  the Prospectus.  Reference is made  to the Index
of Defined Terms herein and the Index of Defined Terms  in the Prospectus for
the definitions of certain capitalized terms.

Trust                    Home Equity  Loan Trust 199__-__  (the "Trust") will
                         be  formed  pursuant  to  a  pooling  and  servicing
                         agreement  (the  "Agreement")  to  be  dated  as  of
                         _______, 199__ (the "Cut-Off Date") among  Financial
                         Asset   Securities   Corp.,    as   depositor   (the
                         "Depositor"),  (__________________),  as  transferor
                         and servicer  (together with  any successor  in such
                         capacity,   the    "Transferor"   and    "Servicer",
                         respectively), and (___________________), as trustee
                         (the "Trustee").   The  property of  the Trust  will
                         include:  a pool of (adjustable-) (fixed-) rate home
                         equity loan revolving  credit line loans made  or to
                         be  made in the future (the "Mortgage Loans"), under
                         certain  home  equity  revolving  credit  line  loan
                         agreements  (the   "Credit  Line   Agreements")  and
                         secured   by   (first)(second)  (deeds   of   trust)
                         (mortgages)  on  residential   properties  that  are
                         primarily  one-   to  four-family   properties  (the
                         "Mortgaged Properties"); the  collections in respect
                         of the  Mortgage  Loans received  after the  Cut-Off
                         Date; property  that secured  a Mortgage  Loan which
                         has been acquired by foreclosure  or deed in lieu of
                         foreclosure;  (a surety bond  or letter  of credit);
                         certain  pass-through  certificates   (the  "Private
                         Securities")   representing  fractional,   undivided
                         interests in  Mortgage Loans;  an assignment  of the
                         Depositor's  rights  under the  Purchase  Agreement;
                         rights  under  certain   hazard  insurance  policies
                         covering the Mortgaged Properties; and certain other
                         property, as described more fully herein.

                         The Trust will include the unpaid principal  balance
                         of each Mortgage  Loan as of  the Cut-Off Date  (the
                         "Cut-Off Date Principal Balance") plus any additions
                         thereto as a result of new advances made pursuant to
                         the   applicable   Credit    Line   Agreement   (the
                         "Additional Balances") during the life of the Trust.
                         With respect to any date, the "Pool Balance" will be
                         equal  to the aggregate of the Principal Balances of
                         all Mortgage Loans as of such date.   The "Principal
                         Balance" of a Loan (other than a Liquidated Loan) on
                         any  day  is  equal to  its  Cut-Off  Date Principal
                         Balance, plus (i) any Additional Balances in respect
                         of  such Mortgage Loan,  minus (ii)  all collections
                         credited  against  the  Principal  Balance  of  such
                         Mortgage Loan in accordance with the related  Credit
                         Line Agreement  prior to  such day.   The  Principal
                         Balance   of  a  Liquidated  Loan  after  the  final
                         recovery of  related Liquidation  Proceeds shall  be
                         zero.


Securities Offered       The  Home  Equity  Loan  Asset-Backed  Certificates,
                         Series 199__-__ offered  hereby (the "Certificates")
                         represent  the right to receive payments of interest
                         at   the  (variable)   rate  described   below  (the
                         "Certificate Rate"),  payable monthly,  and payments
                         of principal with respect to the Mortgage Loans, the
                         Private  Securities  or, in  certain  circumstances,
                         draws on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) to the
                         extent provided  below.    The  aggregate  undivided
                         interest  (the  "Investor  Interest") in  the  Trust
                         represented by the  Certificates as  of the  Cut-Off
                         Date  will  equal  $__________  of  principal   (the
                         "Original  Principal  Balance"),   which  represents
                         approximately  ___%  of the  aggregate  Cut-Off Date
                         Principal Balance,  which will decline  as principal
                         is  paid   to  the  Certificateholders   during  the
                         Amortization  Period, except  as otherwise  provided
                         herein.    The Transferor  will  hold  the remaining
                         undivided  interest (the  "Transferor Interest")  in
                         the  Trust not represented by the Certificates.  The
                         Transferor as of any date shall be the holder of the
                         Transferor  Interest  which  initially will  be  the
                         Depositor.   The  Depositor  intends  to convey  the
                         Transferor  Interest to  (        ) on or  about the
                         Closing  Date.    The  Certificates will  be  issued
                         pursuant  to the Agreement.  The principal amount of
                         the   outstanding   Certificates   (the   "Principal
                         Balance")  on  any  date is  equal  to  the Original
                         Principal  Balance  minus the  aggregate  of amounts
                         actually   distributed    as   principal    to   the
                         Certificateholders.     See   "DESCRIPTION  OF   THE
                         CERTIFICATES" herein.

The Mortgage Loans       The  Mortgage Loans  are secured  by (first)(second)
                         deeds of trust or mortgages on Mortgaged Properties.
                         The Mortgage Loans were originated by (  ) and on or
                         prior  to the Closing Date, the Transferor will sell
                         the  Mortgage Loans to  the Depositor pursuant  to a
                         purchase agreement (the "Purchase Agreement").   The
                         aggregate  Cut-Off  Date  Principal Balance  of  the
                         Mortgage Loans  is $___________  (the "Cut-Off  Date
                         Pool Balance").

                         The combined  loan-to-value ratio  of each  Mortgage
                         Loan, computed using the maximum amount the borrower
                         was  permitted to draw down under the related Credit
                         Line Agreement (the "Credit  Limit") and taking into
                         account the amounts  of any related  senior mortgage
                         loans (the  "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio")  did not
                         exceed  __% as  of the Cut-Off  Date.   The weighted
                         average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage
                         Loans was  ____% as of  the Cut-Off Date.   See "THE
                         HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM--Underwriting Procedures
                         Relating to the Mortgage Loans" herein.

                         Interest on each  Mortgage Loan  is payable  monthly
                         and  computed   on   the   related   average   daily
                         outstanding Principal Balance for each billing cycle
                         at a variable rate per annum (the "Loan Rate") equal
                         at any time  (subject to minimum and  maximum rates,
                         as described  herein under "THE HOME  EQUITY LENDING
                         PROGRAM--Mortgage Loan  Terms," and  further subject
                         to applicable usury  limitations) to the sum  of (i)
                         (the  prime rate  published  in  the  "Money  Rates"
                         section  of The Wall Street Journal generally on the
                         Monday of the  week in which such  Loan Rate adjusts
                         (or, if  no rate is  published on such day,  then on
                         the  next succeeding calendar  day on which  a prime
                         rate is  published), rounded to the nearest 1/8 of 1
                         percent) (    )  and (ii) a margin  generally within
                         the range of ___% to ___%.  The Loan Rate is subject
                         to  adjustment (         ).   With  respect to  each
                         Mortgage  Loan, a  "billing cycle"  is the  calendar
                         month preceding  a Due  Date.   Interest accrued  at
                         such rate will  be due on the Due  Date in the month
                         following  the close of  the billing cycle.   (As to
                         each Mortgage Loan, the Due  Date is the ____ day of
                         the  month.)   The Cut-Off  Date  Principal Balances
                         ranged from zero to $_______ and  averaged $_______.
                         Credit Limits  under the  Mortgage Loans  as of  the
                         Cut-Off ranged from approximately $_____ to  $______
                         and  averaged  $______.    Each  Mortgage  Loan  was
                         originated  in the period from _______ to _________,
                         and,  as of the  Cut-Off Date, the  weighted average
                         Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate (as  defined herein)
                         was  approximately ___%.  See "THE HOME EQUITY LEND-
                         ING PROGRAM" and "DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS"
                         herein.

                         During   the  term  of  the  Trust,  all  Additional
                         Balances  will  be  property  of  the  Trust.    The
                         aggregate  amount of the  loan balances at  any time
                         (the  "Pool Balance") will fluctuate from day to day
                         because the  amount of  draws by  borrowers and  the
                         amount of principal payments will usually differ  on
                         each   day.     Because   the  Transferor   Interest
                         represents the interest in the Trust not represented
                         by the Certificates,  the amount  of the  Transferor
                         Interest will fluctuate from day to day as draws are
                         made and principal is paid under the Mortgage Loans.
                         The  Loan Balance of  a Mortgage Loan  (other than a
                         Liquidated Mortgage Loan) on any day is equal to its
                         principal  balance on the Cut-Off Date, plus (i) any
                         Additional  Balances  in  respect of  such  Mortgage
                         Loan, minus  (ii) all  collections credited  against
                         the  principal  balance  of  such Mortgage  Loan  in
                         accordance with  the related Loan Agreement prior to
                         such day.

                         The  aggregate   undivided  interest  in   the  Loan
                         Balances in the Trust  evidenced by the Certificates
                         will  never exceed  the  Security Principal  Balance
                         regardless of the amount of the Pool  Balance at any
                         time.

                         The principal amount of the outstanding Certificates
                         (the "Security  Principal Balance") on  any date  is
                         equal to  the principal balance of  the Certificates
                         on the Closing  Date minus the aggregate  of amounts
                         actually   distributed    as   principal    to   the
                         Certificateholders.

Private Securities       The Private Securities are pass-through certificates
                         representing beneficial interests in Mortgage Loans.
                         (The  individual   Mortgage  Loans   underlying  the
                         Private  Securities are insured or guaranteed by the
                         United  States  or  an  agency  or   instrumentality
                         thereof.   The Private Securities themselves are not
                         so  insured or guaranteed.)  Payments on the Private
                         Securities  will  be  distributed  directly  to  the
                         Trustee  as the  registered  owner of  such  Private
                         Securities.

Collections              All  collections  on  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  the
                         Private Securities will be allocated by the Servicer
                         in  accordance  with  the  Loan  Agreements  between
                         amounts collected in  respect of interest ("Interest
                         Collections") and  amounts collected  in respect  of
                         principal ("Principal Collections"  and collectively
                         with Interest Collections,  the "Collections").  The
                         Servicer   will   generally    deposit   Collections
                         distributable   to  the   Holders   in  an   account
                         established  for such  purpose  under the  Agreement
                         (the "Collection Account").  See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                         CERTIFICATES--Payments on  Mortgage Loans;  Deposits
                         to  Collection  Account  and  Distribution  Account"
                         herein  and  "THE   AGREEMENTS--Payments  on  Loans;
                         Deposits  to  Security Accounts"  and  "--Collection
                         Procedures" in the Prospectus.

Denominations            The  Certificates will  be offered  for purchase  in
                         denominations  of  $(___)   and  integral  multiples
                         thereof.  The interest  in the Trust evidenced  by a
                         Certificate  (the  "Percentage  Interest")  will  be
                         equal  to  the percentage  derived  by  dividing the
                         denomination  of  such Certificate  by  the Original
                         Security Principal Balance.

Registration of 
Certificates             The  Certificates   will  initially  be   issued  in
                         book-entry  form.     Persons  acquiring  beneficial
                         ownership    interests    in     the    Certificates
                         ("Certificate  Owners")  will  hold  such  interests
                         through The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), in the
                         United  States,  or  Cedel  Bank,  soci t   anonyme,
                         ("CEDEL") or the Euroclear System ("Euroclear"),  in
                         Europe.   Transfers within  DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear,
                         as the case  may be, will be in  accordance with the
                         usual rules and operating procedures of the relevant
                         system.   So long as the Certificates are Book-Entry
                         Certificates (as defined  herein), such Certificates
                         will  be  evidenced  by  one  or  more  Certificates
                         registered in  the name of  Cede & Co.  ("Cede"), as
                         the   nominee  of  DTC   or  one  of   the  relevant
                         depositaries     (collectively,    the     "European
                         Depositaries").    Cross-market   transfers  between
                         persons holding directly or  indirectly through DTC,
                         on the one hand, and counterparties holding directly
                         or  indirectly  through CEDEL  or Euroclear,  on the
                         other,  will be  effected in  DTC  through Citibank,
                         N.A. ("Citibank")  or Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company
                         of New York ("Morgan"), the relevant depositaries of
                         CEDEL  or  Euroclear,   respectively,  and  each   a
                         participating  member of DTC.  The interests of such
                         Certificateholders    will    be    represented   by
                         book-entries on the records of DTC and participating
                         members  thereof.   No  Certificate  Owner  will  be
                         entitled   to  receive   a  definitive   certificate
                         representing such person's  interest, except in  the
                         event  that  Definitive   Certificates  (as  defined
                         herein) are  issued under the  limited circumstances
                         described herein.  All references in this Prospectus
                         Supplement to any Certificates reflect the rights of
                         Certificate  Owners  only  as  such  rights  may  be
                         exercised   through   DTC  and   its   participating
                         organizations for  so long as such  Certificates are
                         held   by  DTC.     See   "RISK  FACTORS--Book-Entry
                         Certificates",  "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE CERTIFICATES--
                         Book-Entry Certificates" and "ANNEX I" hereto.

Depositor                The  Depositor of  (the  Mortgage  Loans)  (and  the
                         Private   Securities)   will  be   Financial   Asset
                         Securities Corp. The  principal executive offices of
                         the  Depositor are  located  at 600  Steamboat Road,
                         Greenwich, Connecticut  06830 (telephone  (203) 625-
                         2700).  See "THE DEPOSITOR" in the Prospectus.

Servicer                 The Servicer of  the Mortgage Loans and  the Private
                         Securities will be (        ) (the "Servicer").  The
                         principal  executive  offices  of  the Servicer  are
                         located ____________ (telephone (___) _______).  See
                         "SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS" herein.

Certificate Rate         The   "Certificate    Rate"   applicable    to   any
                         Distribution Date  will generally  equal the sum  of
                         ((a) the London Interbank offered rate for one-month
                         Eurodollar  deposits  ("LIBOR")   appearing  on  the
                         Telerate  Screen Page 3750,  as of the  second LIBOR
                         Business  Day (as defined herein) prior to the first
                         day of  the related Interest  Period (or  as of  two
                         LIBOR  Business Days prior  to the Closing  Date, in
                         the  case  of  the first  Interest  Period)  and (b)
                         ____%).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in  no event
                         will  the   amount  of   interest  required   to  be
                         distributed in  respect of the  Certificates on  any
                         Distribution   Date   exceed   a   rate   equal   to
                         (____________________).        Interest    on    the
                         Certificates will accrue as described below.

Interest                 Interest will be  distributed monthly on the  __ day
                         of each month or, if such day is not a business day,
                         on  the  next  succeeding  business  day  (each,   a
                         "Distribution Date"), commencing  on _______, at the
                         Certificate Rate  for the  related Interest  Accrual
                         Period (as defined below).  The Certificate Rate for
                         a Distribution Date will  equal (the arithmetic mean
                         of London Interbank offered quotations for one-month
                         United  States  deposits   ("LIBOR")  determined  as
                         specified herein,  as of  the second LIBOR  Business
                         Day prior to the  immediately preceding Distribution
                         Date (or as of ___________, 199_, in the case of the
                         first Distribution  Date) plus (   )  of 1%, subject
                         to a  maximum rate  described under  "DESCRIPTION OF
                         THE CERTIFICATES--Distributions on the Certificates"
                         herein)  (___%  per   annum).     Interest  on   the
                         Certificates  in  respect of  any  Distribution Date
                         will accrue from the preceding Distribution Date (or
                         in the case of the first Distribution Date, from the
                         date  of the  initial  issuance of  the Certificates
                         (the "Closing Date") through  the day preceding such
                         Distribution  Date (each  such period,  an "Interest
                         Accrual  Period") on the basis of the (actual number
                         of days in the Interest  Period and a 360-day year).
                         Interest payments will be funded from the portion of
                         the  Interest   Collections  collected   during  the
                         immediately  preceding calendar  month  (or, in  the
                         case of  the initial  Distribution Date,  the period
                         from  _____,  199_  through  the  last  day  of  the
                         calendar    month    immediately    preceding   such
                         Distribution   Date)   (the   "Collection   Period")
                         allocable  to   the  Investor   Interest(  and,   if
                         necessary,  from draws  on  the  (Letter of  Credit)
                         (Surety   Bond)).      See   "DESCRIPTION   OF   THE
                         CERTIFICATES"  herein   and  "RISK   FACTORS--Credit
                         Enhancement"   and  "CREDIT   ENHANCEMENT"  in   the
                         Prospectus.

Revolving Period         In order to maintain the Security  Principal Balance
                         at $_______(except in certain limited circumstances)
                         for a period of approximately ______months from  the
                         first day of the month in which the Certificates are
                         issued or for such shorter period as may result from
                         the occurrence of  an Early  Amortization Event,  as
                         described herein (the "Revolving Period"), Principal
                         Collections allocable to  the Investor Interest will
                         be   paid  to   the  Transferor   rather  than   the
                         Certificateholders  so  that  the Certificateholders
                         maintain the  same Investor  Interest in  the Trust.
                         Unless  earlier terminated  by the occurrence  of an
                         Early Amortization Event, the Revolving Period  will
                         end   on   _______.     See   "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE
                         CERTIFICATES" herein.

Principal Payments;
  Amortization Period    Unless  an  Early  Amortization   Event  shall  have
                         earlier  occurred,   during  the   period  beginning
                         _____________ and ending when the Security Principal
                         Balance  has been reduced to  zero or when the Trust
                         otherwise  terminates  (the  "Amortization Period"),
                         Principal  Collections  allocated  to  the  Investor
                         Interest  will no longer  be paid to  the Transferor
                         but  instead  will  be distributed  monthly  to  the
                         Certificateholders  as   provided  herein   on  each
                         Distribution  Date beginning  with the  Distribution
                         Date  in the month following the  month in which the
                         Amortization Period commences.   See "DESCRIPTION OF
                         THE CERTIFICATES--Early Amortization  Events" herein
                         for a discussion  of the events which  might lead to
                         the early  commencement of the  Amortization Period.
                         During  the  Amortization  Period,   the  amount  of
                         Principal  Collections  allocable  to  the  Investor
                         Interest (the "Principal Allocation") will equal the
                         ratio  of the Security Principal Balance to the Pool
                         Balance, in each case as of the end of the last  day
                         of the  Revolving Period (the  "Investor Percentage"
                         for  such  period)   multiplied  by  the   Principal
                         Collections received  during the  related Collection
                         Period.

                         Allocations  based  upon   the  Investor  Percentage
                         during  the   Amortization  Period  may   result  in
                         distributions  of  principal  with  respect  to  any
                         Collection Period  to Certificateholders  in amounts
                         that are  greater relative to the  declining balance
                         of  the Security Principal Balance than would be the
                         case  if no fixed  Investor Percentage were  used to
                         determine  the percentage  of Principal  Collections
                         distributed  in  respect of  the  Investor Interest.
                         See  "DESCRIPTION OF  THE CERTIFICATES--Payments  on
                         Mortgage Loans;  Deposits to Collection  Account and
                         Distribution Account" herein.

((Letter of Credit)
  (Surety Bond)
  Issuer                 _________________ (the  "(Letter of  Credit) (Surety
                         Bond) Issuer").  See "THE (LETTER OF CREDIT) (SURETY
                         BOND) ISSUER" herein.)

((Letter of Credit)
  (Surety Bond)          On  the Closing Date, the (Letter of Credit) (Surety
                         Bond) Issuer will issue a (letter of credit) (surety
                         bond) (the "(Letter  of Credit)  (Surety Bond)")  in
                         favor of the Trustee on behalf of the Trust.  In the
                         event that,  on  any  Distribution  Date,  available
                         amounts on  deposit in  the Collection  Account with
                         respect  to  the  preceding  Collection  Period  are
                         insufficient  to  provide  for the  payment  of  the
                         amount   required   to   be   distributed   to   the
                         Certificateholders   and   the  Servicer   on   such
                         Distribution  Date,  the  Trustee will  draw  on the
                         (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond), to the  extent of
                         the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount for such
                         Distribution  Date,  in  an  amount  equal  to  such
                         deficiency.  See  "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--
                         The   (Letter  of  Credit)  (Surety  Bond)  and  "--
                         Distributions  on   the  Certificates"   herein  and
                         "CREDIT ENHANCEMENT" in the Prospectus.)

((Letter of Credit) 
  (Surety Bond) 
  Amount                 The amount  available under  the (Letter  of Credit)
                         (Surety Bond) (the "(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)
                         Amount") for the  initial Distribution Date will  be
                         $       .   For each  Distribution Date  thereafter,
                         the (Letter  of  Credit) (Surety  Bond) Amount  will
                         equal the lesser of (i)     % of the Pool Balance as
                         of  the first day of the preceding Collection Period
                         (after giving effect to any amounts distributed with
                         respect  to principal of  the Mortgage Loans  on the
                         Distribution  Date   occurring  in   such  preceding
                         Collection Period) and (ii)  the (Letter of  Credit)
                         (Surety  Bond) Amount  as of  the  first day  of the
                         preceding Collection Period, minus any amounts drawn
                                                      -----
                         under the  (Letter of  Credit) (Surety  Bond) during
                         such preceding Collection Period, plus  any  amounts
                                                           ----
                         paid  to the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer
                         on the Distribution Date occurring in such preceding
                         Collection Period up  to the amount of  any previous
                         draws on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).)

Record Date              The last day (of the month) preceding a Distribution
                         Date.

Servicing                The  Servicer  will  be responsible  for  servicing,
                         managing  and  making  collections  on the  Mortgage
                         Loans.  The Servicer will deposit all collections in
                         respect of  the Mortgage  Loans into  the Collection
                         Account as  described herein.   Not  later than  the
                         _______ Business Day prior to each Distribution Date
                         (the   "Determination  Date"),   the  Trustee   will
                         calculate  the  amounts  to  be paid,  as  described
                         herein,   to   the    Certificateholders   on   such
                         Distribution   Date.     See  "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE
                         CERTIFICATES--Distributions  on  the  Certificates."
                         With respect  to each Collection  Period, other than
                         the  first  Collection  Period,  the  Servicer  will
                         receive  from payments in respect of interest on the
                         Mortgage  Loans, on behalf  of itself, a  portion of
                         such  payments  as  a  monthly  servicing  fee  (the
                         "Servicing  Fee") in the  amount of ____%  per annum
                         (the "Servicing Fee Rate")  on the Principal Balance
                         of each  Mortgage Loan as  of the first day  of each
                         such  Collection Period as  to which such  a payment
                         was  made.   With respect  to  the first  Collection
                         Period,   the  Servicer   will  receive   from  such
                         collections ______ of the  amount calculated in  the
                         preceding  sentence.     See  "DESCRIPTION   OF  THE
                         CERTIFICATES--Servicing Compensation and  Payment of
                         Expenses" herein.  In certain limited circumstances,
                         the  Servicer may  resign or  be  removed, in  which
                         event either the  Trustee or a  third-party servicer
                         will  be appointed  as a  successor  Servicer.   See
                         "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CERTIFICATES--Certain Matters
                         Regarding the Servicer" herein.

Trustee                  (                                 ) (the "Trustee"),
                         will   act    as   Trustee   on   behalf    of   the
                         Certificateholders.

Final Payment of
  Principal;
  Termination            The Trust  will terminate  on the  Distribution Date
                         following  the earlier of  (i) the reduction  of the
                         Security Principal  Balance to zero and  after which
                         there is no unreimbursed Security Principal  Balance
                         Loss  Deduction Amount and (ii) the final payment or
                         other  liquidation  of  the last  Mortgage  Loan and
                         Private  Security  in  the  Trust.     The  Investor
                         Interest will  be subject to optional  retransfer to
                         the Transferor  on any Distribution  Date after  the
                         Security Principal  Balance is reduced to  an amount
                         less  than or equal to  $ __________________ ((___)%
                         of  the  initial Security  Principal Balance).   The
                         retransfer price  will be equal  to the  sum of  the
                         outstanding Security  Principal Balance  and accrued
                         and unpaid interest thereon  at the Certificate Rate
                         through  the day  preceding  the final  Distribution
                         Date.    See   "DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CERTIFICATES--
                         Termination; Retirement of  the Certificates" herein
                         and    "THE    AGREEMENTS--Terminations;    Optional
                         Termination" in the Prospectus.

Mandatory Retransfer
  of Certain Mortgage
  Loans and
  Private Securities     The Depositor will make certain representations  and
                         warranties  in the  Agreement  with respect  to  the
                         Mortgage  Loans  and   Private  Securities  in   its
                         capacity as Depositor.   If the  Transferor breaches
                         certain of  its representations and  warranties with
                         respect to any Mortgage Loan or Private Security and
                         such breach,  materially and  adversely affects  the
                         interests     of    the     Trust(,)    (or)     the
                         Certificateholders  (or   the  (Letter   of  Credit)
                         (Surety  Bond) Issuer) and  is not cured  within the
                         specified  period,  the  Mortgage  Loan  or  Private
                         Security  will be removed  from the Trust  after the
                         expiration  of a specified  period from the  date on
                         which  the  Transferor  becomes  aware  or  receives
                         notice of such breach and will be reassigned to  the
                         Transferor.  SEE "DESCRIPTION OF THE  CERTIFICATES--
                         Assignment of Mortgage Loans" herein.

Certain Federal Tax
  Considerations         (Special tax  counsel to  the Transferor  is of  the
                         opinion that, under  existing law, the  Certificates
                         are  properly  characterized  as  debt  for  Federal
                         income  tax  purposes.    Under  the  Agreement, the
                         Transferor and the Certificateholders  will agree to
                         treat the Certificates as indebtedness for  Federal,
                         state and local  income and franchise tax  purposes.
                         See "CERTAIN FEDERAL  INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS"  in
                         the Prospectus for additional information concerning
                         the application of Federal income tax laws.)

ERISA Considerations     The acquisition  of a  Certificate by  a pension  or
                         other  employee benefit  plan (a "Plan")  subject to
                         the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
                         as amended  ("ERISA"),  could,  in  some  instances,
                         result  in  a   "prohibited  transaction"  or  other
                         violation of the fiduciary responsibility provisions
                         of  ERISA and Code Section 4975.  Certain exemptions
                         from  the  prohibited  transaction  rules  could  be
                         applicable to the acquisition  of such Certificates.
                         Any Plan  fiduciary considering whether  to purchase
                         any Certificate on  behalf of a Plan  should consult
                         with its counsel regarding the applicability  of the
                         provisions  of ERISA  and  the  Code.    See  "ERISA
                         CONSIDERATIONS" herein and in the Prospectus.

Legal Investment
  Considerations         The  Certificates  will   not  constitute  "mortgage
                         related securities"  for purposes  of the  Secondary
                         Mortgage Market  Enhancement Act of  1984 ("SMMEA"),
                         because some of the  Mortgages securing the Mortgage
                         Loans are  not first mortgages.   Accordingly,  many
                         institutions  with  legal  authority  to  invest  in
                         comparably  rated securities  based solely  on first
                         mortgages may not be legally authorized to invest in
                         the   Certificates.       See    "LEGAL   INVESTMENT
                         CONSIDERATIONS" herein and "LEGAL INVESTMENT" in the
                         Prospectus.

Certificate Rating       It  is   a  condition   to  the   issuance  of   the
                         Certificates that  they be rated in  the ___________
                         by at  least two  nationally recognized  statistical
                         rating organizations  (each a "Rating Agency").   In
                         general,  ratings  address credit  risk  and do  not
                         address  the   likelihood  of   prepayments.     See
                         "RATINGS"  herein and  "RISK FACTORS--Rating  of the
                         Securities" in the Prospectus.


                                 RISK FACTORS

PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time
without penalty.   Home equity loans, such  as the Mortgage Loans,  have been
originated in significant  volume only during the past  few years and neither
the Depositor nor  the Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or
statistics on  the rate of prepayment of such  loans.  Generally, home equity
loans are not  viewed by borrowers as permanent financing.   Accordingly, the
Mortgage Loans  may experience a  higher rate of prepayment  than traditional
loans.   The Trust's prepayment experience may be  affected by a wide variety
of  factors, including  general  economic  conditions,  interest  rates,  the
availability of alternative financing  and homeowner mobility.  In  addition,
substantially all  of the Mortgage  Loans contain due-on-sale  provisions and
the Servicer intends  to enforce such provisions unless  (i) such enforcement
is  not  permitted  by applicable  law  or  (ii) the  Servicer,  in  a manner
consistent  with reasonable commercial practice, permits the purchaser of the
related Mortgaged  Property to  assume  the Mortgage  Loan.   To  the  extent
permitted by  applicable law, such  assumption will not release  the original
borrower from  its obligation  under any  such Mortgage  Loan.   See "CERTAIN
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS--`Due-on-Sale' Clauses" in the Prospectus.

(LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

     The  Mortgage   Loans  are  secured   by  first  and   second  mortgages
(representing approximately ____%  and ____% of  the Pool  Balance as of  the
Cut-Off Date, respectively).  With respect to Mortgage Loans  that are junior
in  priority to  liens having a  first priority  with respect to  the related
Mortgaged Property ("First Liens"), the  Servicer has the power under certain
circumstances to consent to  a new mortgage lien  on such Mortgaged  Property
having priority over such Mortgage Loan in connection with the refinancing of
such First Lien.  Mortgage Loans secured by second mortgages are  entitled to
proceeds that remain  from the sale  of the related Mortgaged  Property after
any  related  senior  mortgage  loan  and prior  statutory  liens  have  been
satisfied.  In the event that such proceeds are insufficient to  satisfy such
loans  and prior  liens in  the aggregate,  the Trust  and, accordingly,  the
Certificateholders,  bear (i)  the risk  of  delay in  distributions while  a
deficiency judgment  against the borrower  is obtained and  (ii) the  risk of
loss if the deficiency  judgment cannot be obtained or is  not realized upon.
See "CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS" in the Prospectus.

     The sale  of the  Mortgage Loans  from the  Transferor to  the Depositor
pursuant to the  Purchase Agreement will be treated by the Transferor and the
Depositor as  a  sale of  the  Mortgage Loans  for  all purposes  other  than
federal, state  or local income  or franchise tax  purposes.  The  Transferor
will warrant  that such transfer  is a sale of  its interest in  the Mortgage
Loans or a grant of a first priority perfected security interest therein.  In
the event of an insolvency of the  Transferor, the receiver of the Transferor
may attempt to recharacterize the sale  of the Mortgage Loans as a  borrowing
by the Transferor secured by a pledge of the Mortgage Loans.  If the receiver
decided to  challenge such transfer,  delays in payments of  the Certificates
and possible reductions  in the  amount thereof could  occur.  The  Depositor
will warrant in  the Agreement that the transfer of the Mortgage Loans to the
Trust is a valid transfer and assignment of such interest.)


(SERVICER'S ABILITY TO CHANGE THE TERMS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer may permit an increase in the Credit Limit under a Mortgage
Loan if the  new Credit Limit under  the Mortgage Loan, plus  the outstanding
principal balance of any  related senior loans, does not exceed  (i) __% (__%
for a condominium, townhouse, duplex, or vacation condo/house), if the market
value  of the  Mortgaged Property  is  $ _____  or less,  or __%  (__%  for a
condominium, townhouse, duplex, or  vacation condo/house), and if  the market
value of the  Mortgage Property exceeds $ _________, based  upon an appraisal
or the tax assessed value of the  Mortgaged Property at the time the increase
was  requested.   An increase in  the Credit  Limit under a  Mortgage Loan in
accordance with the  previous sentence may be made without the consent of the
Trustee.  Additional Balances arising under a Mortgage Loan as a result of an
increase in the Credit Limit will be  treated the same as Additional Balances
arising under a  Mortgage Loan for which  there has been  no increase in  the
Credit Limit.  In addition to such  changes, the Servicer may agree to  other
changes in the terms of  a Loan Agreement, provided that such changes  (i) do
not materially adversely affect the interest of the  Certificateholders, (ii)
are consistent with  prudent business practice, (iii) are  also being applied
to the comparable  segment of  home equity  credit lines being  held for  the
Servicer's own account, and (iv) do not change the terms of the Mortgage Loan
so as to change the terms for the amortization of principal.  There can be no
assurance that changes in  applicable law or the marketplace  for home equity
loans or prudent business practice will not result in changes in the terms of
the Credit Line.   The Servicer may also extend the period during which draws
under the Mortgage Loans may be made.)

(DELINQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Trust  will include  Mortgage Loans  which  are ___  days  or fewer
delinquent.   As of  the Cut-Off  Date, the  aggregate Loan  Balance of  such
delinquent Mortgage Loans  was $ ____.   (In addition, the Mortgage  Loans in
all likelihood  include obligations  of  borrowers who  are or  are about  to
become  bankrupt or  insolvent.)   If  there  are not  sufficient  funds from
Interest  Collections  allocated  to  the  Investor  Interest  to  cover  the
Liquidation Loss Amount for any Collection  Period and the (Letter of Credit)
(Surety Bond) Amount has been reduced to zero, the Security Principal Balance
will be reduced, which (unless otherwise later reimbursed) would  result in a
reduction   in  the   aggregate   amount  of   principal   returned  to   the
Certificateholders and in the amount of Interest Collections allocable to the
Investor  Interest and  available to provide  protection against  defaults in
subsequent Collection Periods.)


                 (THE (LETTER OF CREDIT)(SURETY BOND) ISSUER

     The following information with respect to _________ ("_______") has been
furnished by __________.

     (Description of Letter of Credit/Surety Issuer))


                       THE HOME EQUITY LENDING PROGRAM

     The  information   set  forth   below  concerning   (_______)  and   its
underwriting policies has been provided by (_______).  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

GENERAL

     All     of     the     Mortgage     Loans     were     originated     by
(_____________________________), (the  "Transferor" or the  "Servicer") under
its home  equity lending program.   The Transferor first  offered adjustable-
rate home equity revolving credit  line loans ("home equity loans") in  19__.
As  of  (_____________),  (____________)  owned  and  serviced  approximately
$__________  aggregate  principal  amount of  outstanding  home  equity loans
secured by  properties located in  __________ under home equity  credit lines
(the "Transferor Portfolio").

UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES RELATING TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     (Each home equity loan was  originated after a review by  the Transferor
in  accordance with  its  established  underwriting  procedures,  which  were
intended to  assess the  applicant's ability  to assume  and repay  such home
equity loans and the adequacy of the real property which serves as collateral
for such home equity loans.  The maximum Credit Limit for a home equity  loan
provided by the Transferor was $__________.

     Each  applicant for  a  home equity  loan was  required  to complete  an
application  which listed the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit
and employment  history and other  demographic and personal information.   If
information in the  loan application demonstrated  that there was  sufficient
income and equity to justify making a home equity loan and the Transferor (a)
received  a  satisfactory independent  credit  bureau  report  on the  credit
history  of the borrower  and (b) obtained,  in the  case of all  home equity
loans originated  prior to  __________, a drive-by  appraisal of  the related
Mortgaged Property, or for all home equity loans originated as of __________,
a satisfactory  appraisal completed on  forms approved by  FNMA, and if  such
information  met  the  Transferor's  underwriting  standards,  the Transferor
issued  a commitment  subject to  satisfaction of  certain other  conditions.
These conditions included:  (i) obtaining and reviewing pay stubs, income tax
returns or a  verification of employment from the  applicant's employer; (ii)
obtaining and  reviewing a verification  of deposit; and (iii)  obtaining and
reviewing a verification of the loan in the first lien position when the home
equity loan was to be in a second lien position.

     Appraisals  of the  Mortgaged Properties were  performed by  a qualified
appraiser  or an  independent third-party,  fee-based appraiser who  had been
previously approved for such assignment by the Transferor.

     It is the  Transferor's policy to require a title  policy insuring title
mortgage  in accordance  with  the  intended lien  position.   Regardless  of
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios, it is the Transferor's policy not  to accept a
position junior to any mortgage lien other than a first mortgage.

     Generally, a home  equity loan needed a Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of
__% for loans for which the  Transferor obtained full documentary support and
__% for loans for which limited documentary support was obtained.

     After  obtaining   all  applicable  employment,   credit  and   property
information, the Transferor determined whether sufficient unencumbered equity
in the property  existed and whether the prospective  borrower had sufficient
monthly income available to  support the payments of interest at  the current
prime rate  plus the applicable margin based on  the credit limit in addition
to  any senior  mortgage loan  payments (including  any escrows  for property
taxes  and hazard  insurance premiums)  and other monthly  credit obligations
based  on  the  prospective  borrower's  Debt-to-Gross  Income  Ratio.    The
"Debt-to-Gross Income  Ratio" is the ratio  of (a) certain of  the borrower's
debt obligations which include:  (i) the monthly  first mortgage payment plus
taxes; (ii) monthly  installment debt payments with  a term of more  than ten
months; (iii) five  percent of the total revolving  obligations; (iv) monthly
alimony and child support obligations; and (v) the payment on the home equity
loan calculated at  the Credit Limit and  current prime rate plus  margin for
such home equity loan to (b) the  borrower's gross verifiable monthly income.
The Debt-to-Gross Income Ratio generally did not exceed (________%).

     When the commitment conditions had  been satisfied, the home equity loan
was completed by  signing a Credit Line Agreement,  rescission statement, and
mortgage which  secured the  repayment of  principal of  and interest  on the
related home equity  loan.  The  original mortgage was  then recorded in  the
appropriate county government office.


MORTGAGE LOAN TERMS

     (A  borrower may access a home  equity loan by writing  a check.  On all
home equity  loans, there is  (a ten-year)  draw down period  as long  as the
borrower is not in default under the  loan agreement.  Home equity loans bear
interest at a  (fixed rate)(variable rate which may  change bi-weekly).  Home
equity loans  may  be subject  to  a maximum  per  annum interest  rate  (the
"Maximum Rate") of    % per annum and in all cases, are subject to applicable
usury limitations.  See "CERTAIN  LEGAL  ASPECTS  OF  LOANS--Applicability of
Usury   Laws"   in   the  Prospectus.   The daily  periodic rate on  the home  
equity  loans  (the "Loan Rate")  is  the  sum of the Index Rate  (as defined 
herein) plus a spread (the "Margin") which generally ranges between ____% and
____%, divided by 365 days or 366 days, as applicable.

     The "Index  Rate" is based  on (the "prime  rate" published in  The Wall
Street  Journal every second Monday rounded to  the nearest one-eighth of one
percent or if not published  on any such date, as next published  in the Wall
Street Journal) (          ).   The annual percentage rate  for any bi-weekly
period will be based on the Prime  Rate in effect  the Monday on   which  the
rate may change.   (If  a  prime rate  range is published in The Wall  Street 
Journal,  then the midpoint (average) of that range will be used.)  There are 
no limitations on increases or  decreases (except for those home equity loans
which have Maximum Rates). Only the home equity loans that have Maximum Rates
of ____% also have annual adjustment caps  of __%  as to  both increases  and
decreases  in their  Loan Rates.

     Billing statements are mailed monthly.  The statement details all debits
and credits and  specifies the minimum  payment due and the  available credit
line.   Notice of  changes in  the applicable Loan  Rate are provided  by the
Transferor to the Borrower with such statements.  All payments are due by the
(     ) day after the date the billing statement is issued.

     The Credit  Line Agreements further  provide that if publication  of the
Index Rate is discontinued, the Index Rate will be changed upon  notification
in accordance with such Credit Line Agreements.

     The right to obtain additional credit  may be suspended or terminated or
the borrower may be  required to pay  the entire balance  due plus all  other
accrued but unpaid  charges immediately, if  the borrower fails  to make  any
required  payment by the due date, if the total outstanding principal balance
including all charges  payable exceeds the Credit Limit, if the borrower made
any statement or signature on any document which is fraudulent or contained a
material misrepresentation, if  the borrower dies or  becomes incompetent, if
the borrower becomes  bankrupt or insolvent, if the  borrower becomes subject
to any judgment, lien,  attachment or execution  which is issued against  the
Mortgaged Property,  if the  borrower fails to  obtain and  maintain required
property  insurance or  if  the  borrower sells  or  transfers the  Mortgaged
Property or does not maintain the Mortgaged Property.  In addition, the right
to obtain additional credit may be suspended or a borrower's Credit Limit may
be reduced,  if the value of the Mortgaged  Property decreases for any reason
to  less than  80% of  the original  appraised value, if  the borrower  is in
default  under  the  home  equity  loan, if  government  action  impairs  the
Transferor's  lien  priority or  if  a  regulatory  agency has  notified  the
Transferor  that continued  advances would constitute  an unsafe  and unsound
practice.)

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE SERVICER'S PORTFOLIO

     The following tables  set forth the delinquency and  loss experience for
each of the periods shown  for the home equity loans indicated  on the table.
The Servicer believes that there have been no material trends or anomalies in
the  historical  delinquency  and  loss  experience  as  represented  in  the
following  tables.   The  data  presented  in the  following  tables are  for
illustrative purposes  only, and there  is no assurance that  the delinquency
and loss experience of the  Mortgage Loans will be similar to that  set forth
below.

                            DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  As of _________
					   ---------------------------
                                                       _____
					   ---------------------------
                                           Number of
                                             Loans              Amount
					   ---------          ---------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>
Amount Outstanding at
  Period End  . . . . . . . . . . . .

Delinquency
  30-59 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . .                       $            
                                                                         
  60-89 Days  . . . . . . . . . . . .
  90 or More Days . . . . . . . . . .
  Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . .                           _________

Total Delinquencies . . . . . . . . .                          $_________

30-59 Days Percentage . . . . . . . .                                   %
60-89 Days Percentage . . . . . . . .                                   %
90 or More Days Percentage  . . . . .                                   %
Foreclosures and Bankruptcies . . . .

</TABLE>




                               LOSS EXPERIENCE
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   For the Year
                                                  Ending ________
                                                 ------------------
<S>                                             <C>
Average Amount
  Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Gross Charge-Offs . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Recoveries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
Net Losses as a Percentage
  of Average Amount Outstanding . . . . . .                    %

</TABLE>



                       SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  information  set  forth  below  concerning  the  Servicer  and  its
servicing policies has been provided by the Servicer.  The Depositor does not
make  any  representation  as  to   the  accuracy  or  completeness  of  such
information.

SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer  will be  responsible for servicing  the Mortgage  Loans as
agent for the Trust in accordance with the Servicer's policies and procedures
for servicing  home equity  loans and  in accordance  with the  terms of  the
Agreement.

     With respect  to real  estate secured revolving  credit line  loans, the
general policy of the Servicer  is to initiate foreclosure on  the underlying
property (i) after such  loan is 90 days or more delinquent; (ii) if a notice
of  default on  a  senior  lien is  received  by the  Servicer;  or (iii)  if
circumstances  are discovered  by the  Servicer which  would indicate  that a
potential for loss exists.  Foreclosure proceedings may be terminated  if the
delinquency is cured.  However, under certain circumstances, the Servicer may
elect not to commence foreclosure or  stay the foreclosure proceeding if  the
borrower's default  is due to  special circumstances which are  temporary and
are not expected to last  beyond a specified period.  The  loans to borrowers
in bankruptcy  proceedings will  be restructured in  accordance with  law and
with a  view to maximizing recovery of such  home equity loans, including any
deficiencies.   Additionally,  any time  during  foreclosure, a  forbearance,
short sale, deed-in-lieu or a payment plan can be authorized.

     After foreclosure,  if  the home  equity  loan  is secured  by  a  first
mortgage lien,  title to  the  related Mortgaged  Property will  pass to  the
Servicer, or  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Servicer, who  will liquidate
the Mortgaged  Property and  charge-off the balance  of the home  equity loan
balance  which  was not  recovered  by  the  liquidation  proceeds.   If  the
Mortgaged Property was subject  to a senior lien position, the  Servicer will
either satisfy such  lien at the time  of the foreclosure sale or  take other
action  as  deemed  necessary  to  protect the  Servicer's  interest  in  the
Mortgaged  Property.    If in  the  judgment  of the  Servicer,  the  cost of
maintaining  or  purchasing the  senior  lien position  exceeds  the economic
benefit of  such action,  the Servicer will  generally charge-off  the entire
home equity  loan, seek  a money judgment  against the  borrower or  will not
pursue any recovery.

     Servicing  and charge-off policies  and collection practices  may change
over time in accordance with the Servicer's business judgment, changes in the
Servicer's real  estate secured  revolving credit  line loans  and applicable
laws and regulations, and other considerations.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to each Collection  Period, other than the first Collection
Period, the servicing compensation to be  paid to the Servicer in respect  of
its servicing activities  relating to the Mortgage  Loans will be paid  to it
from interest collections in respect of the  Mortgage Loans and will be equal
to  ____% per  annum (the  "Servicing Fee  Rate") on the  aggregate Principal
Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as of the  first day of each  such Collection
Period (the "Servicing Fee").   With respect to the first  Collection Period,
the Servicer will receive from such collections ___% of the amount calculated
in  the preceding sentence.   All assumption  fees, late payment  charges and
other  fees and  charges, to  the extent  collected  from borrowers,  will be
retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Agreement,  including,   without  limitation,   payment  of   the  fees   and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Registrar and any paying agent.   In addition, the Servicer will be  entitled
to  reimbursement for  certain expenses  incurred  by it  in connection  with
defaulted Mortgage Loans and in  connection with the restoration of Mortgaged
Properties related  thereto, such right  of reimbursement being prior  to the
rights of Certificateholders to receive any related Liquidation Proceeds.


                      DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Mortgage  Loans were  originated  pursuant to  loan  agreements and
disclosure  statements (the  "Credit  Line Agreements")  and  are secured  by
mortgages  or deeds of  trust, most of  which are second  mortgages or second
deeds of trust,  on Mortgaged Properties.  The  Mortgaged Properties securing
the Mortgage Loans consist primarily  of residential properties that are one-
to  four-family properties.   (___  of  the Mortgaged  Properties are  owner-
occupied.)  See"--Mortgage Loan Pool Statistics" below.

     The Cut-Off Date  Pool Balance is  $___________, which is  equal to  the
aggregate  Principal Balances of the  Mortgage Loans as  of ______, 199_ (the
"Cut-Off Date").  As of the _______, the Mortgage Loans were not more than 89
days delinquent and had a Loan Rate of at least ____% per annum.  The average
Cut-Off Date Principal  Balance was  $_______, the  minimum Mortgage  Cut-Off
Date Principal Balance  was zero, the maximum Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance
was $_________,  the minimum Loan Rate and the  maximum Loan Rate on the Cut-
Off  Date were  ____% and  ____% per  annum,  respectively, and  the weighted
average Loan Rate on the Cut-Off Date was ____% per annum.  As of the Cut-Off
Date,  the weighted  average Credit  Limit  Utilization Rate  was ____%,  the
minimum Credit Limit Utilization Rate  was zero and the maximum Credit  Limit
Utilization  Rate  was ______%.    The  "Credit  Limit Utilization  Rate"  is
determined  by dividing the Cut-Off Date Principal Balance of a Mortgage Loan
by the  Credit Limit  of the  related Credit  Line Agreement.   The  weighted
average Combined  Loan-to-Value Ratio of the  Mortgage Loans was ____%  as of
the Cut-Off Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN POOL STATISTICS

     The Depositor has  compiled the following  additional information as  of
the Cut-Off  Date with respect  to the Mortgage  Loans to be included  in the
Trust.


                            (TABULAR INFORMATION)


                     PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

     The rate of principal payments on the Certificates, the aggregate amount
of  distributions  on  the Certificates  and  the  yield to  maturity  of the
Certificates will be related to the rate  and timing of payments of principal
on the Mortgage Loans.   The rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans
will in turn  be affected by  the amortization schedules  (which will  change
periodically to  accommodate adjustments to  the Loan Rates) of  the Mortgage
Loans and by  the rate of principal  prepayments (including for  this purpose
prepayments  resulting from refinancing,  liquidations of the  Mortgage Loans
due to defaults, casualties, condemnations and repurchases by the  Transferor
or  Servicer).  The  Mortgage Loans may  be prepaid by the  Mortgagors at any
time without a prepayment penalty.  See "The Mortgage Pool" herein.

     Prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans (including
any optional purchase  by the Servicer of  a defaulted Mortgage Loan  and any
optional repurchase  of the remaining  Mortgage Loans in connection  with the
termination of the  Trust, in each case  as described herein) will  result in
distributions  on the Certificates of principal amounts which would otherwise
be distributed over  the remaining terms  of the Mortgage  Loans.  Since  the
rate  of payment  of principal of  the Mortgage  Loans will depend  on future
events and a variety of factors, no assurance can be given as to such rate or
the rate of principal prepayments.  The extent to which the yield to maturity
of a  Certificate may vary  from the anticipated  yield will depend  upon the
degree to  which such Certificate is purchased at  a discount or premium, and
the  degree  to  which  the  timing  of  payments  thereon  is  sensitive  to
prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans.

     The rate of prepayment on the Mortgage  Loans cannot be predicted.  Home
equity loans such as  the Mortgage Loans have been  originated in significant
volume only  during the  past few  years and  neither the  Depositor nor  the
Servicer is aware of any publicly available studies or statistics on the rate
of prepayment of such Mortgage Loans.   Generally, home equity loans are  not
viewed by borrowers as permanent  financing.  Accordingly, the Mortgage Loans
may experience  a higher rate  of prepayment than traditional  first mortgage
loans.  The prepayment experience of  the Trust with respect to the  Mortgage
Loans  may  be affected  by a  wide  variety of  factors,  including economic
conditions,  prevailing interest rate levels, the availability of alternative
financing and homeowner mobility and  changes affecting the deductibility for
Federal  income tax  purposes  of  interest payments  on  home equity  loans.
Substantially all  of the  Mortgage Loans  contain "due-on-sale"  provisions,
and,  with respect  to the Mortgage  Loans, the  Servicer is required  by the
Agreement  to  enforce  such  provisions,  unless  such  enforcement  is  not
permitted by  applicable law.   The enforcement of a  "due-on-sale" provision
will have the same effect as a prepayment  of the related Mortgage Loan.  See
"CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF LOANS--`Due-on-Sale' Clauses" in the Prospectus.

     No assurance  can be given as  to the level of prepayments  that will be
experienced by the Trust  and it can be expected that  a portion of borrowers
will  not  prepay  their  Mortgage Loans  to  any  significant  degree.   See
"DESCRIPTION  OF THE CERTIFICATES--Weighted Average Life of the Certificates"
in the Prospectus.


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

     The Certificates will  be issued pursuant to the Agreement.  The form of
the Agreement  has been filed as an exhibit  to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus is a part.  The following
summaries describe certain provisions of the Agreement.  The summaries do not
purport to  be  complete and  are  subject to,  and  are qualified  in  their
entirety by reference to,  all of the provisions of the  Agreement.  Wherever
particular sections or defined  terms of the Agreement are  referred to, such
sections or defined terms are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

GENERAL

     The  Certificates  will  be  issued  in  denominations  of  $(1,000) and
integral multiples  thereof (except that one  Certificate may be  issued in a
denomination that is  not an  integral multiple of  $1000) and will  evidence
specified undivided interests in the Trust.   (Section 6.01)  The property of
the  Trust will consist of, to the extent  provided in the Agreement:  a pool
of (adjustable)  (fixed) rate  home equity loan  revolving credit  line loans
made or to be made  in the future (the "Mortgage Loans"), under  certain home
equity revolving credit  line loan agreements (the  "Credit Line Agreements")
and secured (primarily) by second (deeds of trust) (mortgages) on residential
properties that are primarily one- to four-family properties (the  "Mortgaged
Properties"); the collections in respect of the Mortgage Loans received after
the Cut-Off  Date;  property that  secured  a Mortgage  Loan  which has  been
acquired by foreclosure  or deed in  lieu of foreclosure;  (a surety bond  or
letter   of  credit);   certain  pass-through   certificates   (the  "Private
Securities") representing  fractional,  undivided interests  in the  Mortgage
Loans, an assignment of the  Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement;
rights  under  certain  hazard  insurance  policies  covering  the  Mortgaged
Properties;  and certain other property, as described more fully herein.  The
Trust will include the  unpaid principal balance of each Mortgage  Loan as of
the Cut-Off  Date (the "Cut-Off  Date Principal Balance") plus  any additions
thereto as a  result of new advances  made pursuant to the  applicable Credit
Line  Agreement (the  "Additional Balances")  during the  life of  the Trust.
Definitive Certificates (as defined  below), if issued, will be  transferable
and  exchangeable at  the corporate trust  office of the  Trustee, which will
initially  act as  Certificate Registrar.    See "--Book-Entry  Certificates"
below.   No service charge  will be made for any  registration of exchange or
transfer of  Certificates,  but the  Trustee  may require  payment of  a  sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge.  (Section 6.02)

     The aggregate  undivided interest in  the Trust Fund represented  by the
Certificates as of the Closing Date  will equal $__________ of principal (the
"Original Principal  Balance"), which  represents approximately  ___% of  the
aggregate  Cut-Off Date  Principal  Balance.   The  principal  amount of  the
outstanding  Certificates  (the  "Certificate  Principal  Balance")  on   any
Distribution  Date is  equal  to  the Original  Principal  Balance minus  the
aggregate   of   amounts   actually   distributed   as   principal   to   the
Certificateholders.   See "--Distributions on  the Certificates" below.  Each
Certificate  represents the  right to  receive  payments of  interest at  the
Certificate Rate and payments of principal as described below.

     The  Transferor will  own the  interest (the "Transferor  Interest") not
represented by the  Certificates.  The Transferor Interest  will represent an
undivided  interest in  the Trust,  including  the right  to receive  certain
percentages  (the  "Transferor  Percentages")  of  Interest  Collections  and
Principal Collections.   The  initial amount of  the Transferor  Interest was
determined,  among other  factors, to  be able  to  absorb reductions  in the
aggregate  amount of  Loan Balances  in the  Trust without  causing  an Early
Amortization  Event, which  would result  in  the early  commencement of  the
Amortization Period.  There can be no assurance  that the Transferor Interest
will be  sufficient for  such  purpose.   While the  Transferor is  obligated
(subject   to  certain  conditions  and  limitations)  to  transfer  Eligible
Additional Mortgage Loans (to the extent  available) to the Trust, there  can
be no  assurance that sufficient  Eligible Additional Mortgage Loans  will be
available.

     During the Revolving Period, the  Security Principal Balance will remain
constant  except in certain  limited circumstances.   See "--Distributions on
the Certificates" below.   The Pool Balance,  however, will vary each  day as
principal is  paid on  the Mortgage Loans,  liquidation losses  are incurred,
Additional Balances  are drawn  down by borrowers  under the  Mortgage Loans,
Mortgage Loans are  retransferred to  the Transferor  or Eligible  Additional
Mortgage Loans are transferred to the Trust.  Consequently, the amount of the
Transferor Interest  will fluctuate  each day to  reflect the changes  in the
Pool Balance.  During the Amortization Period, the Security Principal Balance
will  decline  as  the  Investor   Percentage  of  Principal  Collections  is
distributed to the Certificateholders.   As a result, during the Amortization
Period,  the Transferor  Interest  may  increase each  month  to reflect  the
reductions  in the  Security Principal  Balance but  may  change each  day to
reflect the variations in the Pool Balance.

     The   holder   of  a   Certificate   is   referred   to  herein   as   a
"Certificateholder."

BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES

     The Senior Certificates will be book-entry Certificates (the "Book-Entry
Certificates").   Persons  acquiring beneficial  ownership  interests in  the
Senior Certificates  ("Certificate  Owners")  will  hold  their  Certificates
through the  Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States(, or CEDEL
or  Euroclear  (in Europe))  if they  are  participants of  such  systems, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.  The
Book-Entry  Certificates will  be issued  in one  or more  certificates which
equal the aggregate principal balance  of the Certificates and will initially
be registered  in the name  of Cede &  Co., the nominee  of DTC.   (CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through
customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's  and Euroclear's names on the books
of their respective  depositaries which in turn  will hold such positions  in
customers' securities  accounts in  the depositaries' names  on the  books of
DTC.   Citibank  N.A. will  act as  depositary for  CEDEL  and the  Brussels,
Belgium Branch  of Morgan  Guarantee Trust Company  of New  York will  act as
depositary  for Euroclear  (in such  capacities,  individually the  "Relevant
Depositary"  and collectively the  "European Depositaries").)   Investors may
hold  such beneficial  interests in  the  Book-Entry Certificates  in minimum
denominations  representing Certificate Principal  Balances of $1,000  and in
integral multiples in excess  thereof.  Except as described  below, no person
acquiring a  Book-Entry  Certificate (each,  a  "beneficial owner")  will  be
entitled to  receive a physical certificate representing  such Certificate (a
"Definitive  Certificate").   Unless and  until  Definitive Certificates  are
issued,  it  is   anticipated  that  the  only   "Certificateholder"  of  the
Certificates will  be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.  Certificate Owners will
not be Certificateholders as that term  is used in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.   Certificate Owners are  only permitted to exercise  their rights
indirectly through Participants and DTC.

ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     At the time of issuance of the Certificates, the Depositor will transfer
to the  Trust all of its  right, title and  interest in and to  each Mortgage
Loan  (including  Additional Balances  arising  in the  future),  the related
mortgage  note,  mortgages  and other  related  documents  (collectively, the
"Related Documents"), including  all payments received on or  with respect to
each such  Mortgage Loan on or after  the Cut-Off Date.  (Section  2.01)  The
Trustee, concurrently with  such transfer, will deliver  the Certificates and
the Transferor Interest to the Depositor.  (Section 2.07)  Each Mortgage Loan
transferred to the Trust will be identified on a schedule (the "Mortgage Loan
Schedule") delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the Agreement.  Such schedule
will include  information as to  the Cut-Off Date  Principal Balance of  each
Mortgage  Loan,  as  well  as  information with  respect  to  the  Loan Rate.
(Article I).

     The Agreement  will  require  that, within  the  time  period  specified
therein, the Depositor will deliver or  cause to be delivered to the  Trustee
(or a custodian, as the Trustee's agent for such purpose) the  Mortgage Loans
endorsed  to the Trustee and  the Related Documents.   In lieu of delivery of
original mortgages, the  Depositor may deliver or cause to  be delivered true
and  correct copies thereof  which have been certified  as to authenticity by
the appropriate county recording office where such mortgage is recorded.

     Under  the  terms  of  the  Agreement, the  Transferor,  acting  at  the
Depositor's request,  will have ____ days  after the Closing Date  to prepare
and record assignments  of the  mortgages related  to each  Mortgage Loan  in
favor  of the Trustee (unless opinions  of counsel satisfactory to the Rating
Agencies  and the Certificate  Insurer are delivered  to the Trustee  and the
Certificate Insurer to the effect that recordation of such assignments is not
required  in the  relevant  jurisdictions  to protect  the  interests of  the
Trustee in the Mortgage Loans).  If the recording information with respect to
any  assignment of Mortgage  is unavailable within  ____ days  of the Closing
Date, such assignment will be prepared and recorded promptly after receipt of
such information, but in no event later than one year after the Closing Date.

     Within  ____ days  of  the Closing  Date, the  Trustee  will review  the
Mortgage Loans and the Related Documents pursuant to the Agreement and if any
Mortgage Loan or  Related Document is found  to be defective in  any material
respect and such defect  is not cured  within 90 days following  notification
thereof to  the Transferor and the  Depositor by the  Trustee, the Transferor
will be obligated to either (i) substitute for such Mortgage Loan an Eligible
Substitute Mortgage Loan; or (ii) purchase such Mortgage Loan at a price (the
"Purchase Price") equal to the outstanding Principal Balance of such Mortgage
Loan as  of the date  of purchase, plus  the greater  of (i) all  accrued and
unpaid interest thereon and  (ii) 30 days' interest thereon,  computed at the
Loan Rate,  net of the Servicing Fee if  the Transferor is the Servicer, plus
the amount of  any unreimbursed Servicing Advances made by the Servicer.  The
Purchase Price will be deposited in the Collection Account on or prior to the
next  succeeding  Determination  Date  after  such  obligation  arises.   The
obligation  of the  Transferor to  repurchase or  substitute for  a Defective
Mortgage Loan is the sole remedy regarding any defects in the  Mortgage Loans
and Related Documents  available to  the Trustee  or the  Certificateholders.
(Section 2.02)

     In  connection with the substitution  of an Eligible Substitute Mortgage
Loan, the Transferor will be required to deposit in the Collection Account on
or  prior to  the next  succeeding Determination  Date after  such obligation
arises an amount  (the "Substitution Adjustment") equal to the  excess of the
Principal Balance of  the related Defective Mortgage Loan,  together with the
greater of  (x) all  accrued and  unpaid interest  thereon and  (y) 30  days'
interest thereon,  computed at the Loan Rate, net of the Servicing Fee if the
Transferor is  the Servicer,  plus the amount  of any  unreimbursed Servicing
Advances  made by the Servicer with respect  to such Defective Mortgage Loan,
over the Principal Balance of such Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan.

     An "Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan" is a mortgage loan substituted by
the Transferor for a Defective Mortgage Loan  which must, on the date of such
substitution, (i) have an outstanding Principal Balance (or, in the case of a
substitution of more than one Mortgage Loan for a Defective Mortgage Loan, an
aggregate Principal Balance),  not in excess  of, and not  more than 5%  less
than, the Principal  Balance of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (ii) have a Loan
Rate not less than the Loan Rate of the Defective Mortgage Loan  and not more
than 1%  in excess of  the Loan Rate  of such Defective Mortgage  Loan; (iii)
have a Loan Rate  based on the Prime Rate with adjustments  to such Loan Rate
made on the same Adjustment Date as that of the Defective Mortgage Loan; (iv)
have a Margin that is not less than the Margin of the Defective Mortgage Loan
and  not more than 100 basis points  higher than the Margin for the Defective
Mortgage Loan; (v) have a mortgage of the same or higher level of priority as
the mortgage relating to the Defective  Mortgage Loan; (vi) have a  remaining
term to  maturity not  more than six  months earlier and  not later  than the
remaining term to maturity of the Defective  Mortgage Loan; (vii) comply with
each representation and  warranty as to the  Mortgage Loans set forth  in the
Agreement  (deemed to  be made as  of the  date of substitution);  and (viii)
satisfy certain other conditions specified in the Agreement.

     The Transferor  will make certain  representations and warranties  as to
the accuracy in all material respects of certain information furnished to the
Trustee  with respect  to each  Mortgage Loan  (e.g., Cut-Off  Date Principal
Balance and the Loan Rate).   In addition, the Transferor will represent  and
warrant, on the Closing  Date, that, among other  things: (i) at the time  of
transfer to the Depositor, the Transferor  has transferred or assigned all of
its  right,  title  and  interest  in  each Mortgage  Loan  and  the  Related
Documents, free  of any lien  (subject to certain exceptions);  and (ii) each
Mortgage Loan complied, at the time of origination, in all material  respects
with applicable state  and federal laws.   Upon discovery of a breach  of any
such representation and  warranty which materially and  adversely affects the
interests of the Certificateholders in  the related Mortgage Loan and Related
Documents, the Transferor  will have a period of ____ days after discovery or
notice of the breach to effect a cure.   If the breach cannot be cured within
the ____-day period, the  Transferor will be obligated to  (i) substitute for
such Defective  Mortgage Loan  an Eligible Substitute  Mortgage Loan  or (ii)
purchase such Defective Mortgage Loan from the Trust.  The same procedure and
limitations that are  set forth  above for  the substitution  or purchase  of
Defective Mortgage  Loans as  a result  of  deficient documentation  relating
thereto will apply to  the substitution or  purchase of a Defective  Mortgage
Loan as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty in the Agreement
that    materially   and   adversely    affects   the   interests    of   the
Certificateholders.  (Section 2.04)

     Mortgage Loans required to be transferred to the Transferor as described
in the preceding paragraphs are referred to as "Defective Mortgage Loans."

     Pursuant to the Agreement, the  Servicer will service and administer the
Mortgage Loans as more fully set forth above.

(TRANSFERS OF ELIGIBLE ADDITIONAL MORTGAGE LOANS TO THE TRUST

     If, for each  of (    ) consecutive  business days during  the Revolving
Period, the Transferor Interest for each such date  is less than (  )% of the
Pool Balance, then  not later  than the  (   ) business day  of the  calendar
month beginning at  least (   ) business days after such (     ) business day
thereafter the Transferor will be obligated to transfer to the Trust Eligible
Additional  Mortgage  Loans  (but  only   to  the  extent  available  in  the
(Transferor's)  (Seller's)  portfolio),  which may  be  generated  under home
equity  credit lines in  any billing cycle,  so that, after  giving effect to
such transfer, the  Transferor Interest will equal at  least (      )% of the
Pool Balance on such date.  An  "Eligible Additional Mortgage Loan" is a home
equity loan that, as  of the date of notice by the Transferor to the Trustee,
the Servicer and the (Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond) Issuer of its transfer
to the Trust (the "Notice Date"), was an Eligible  Mortgage Loan and that, as
of  the  Notice  Date,  complies  with  the  representations  and  warranties
described under  "Assignment of Mortgage  Loans" above.  The  Transferor must
satisfy the following conditions, among others, in order to transfer Eligible
Additional Mortgage  Loans to the Trust:  (i)  the Pool Balance, after giving
effect to such transfer, will not exceed  $     ; (ii) the Mortgage Files for
such  Eligible Additional  Mortgage Loans  shall have  been delivered  to the
Trustee (or  a custodian on its behalf); and  (iii) the Transferor shall have
given notice of  the proposed transfer  to each Rating  Agency and no  Rating
Agency has notified the Transferor in writing prior to the transfer date that
such transfer  will result in a  reduction or withdrawal of  its then-current
rating for the Certificates.

     In  addition, the  Transferor may,  at its  election, transfer  Eligible
Additional Mortgage Loans subject to satisfaction of the conditions described
above.)


(OPTIONAL RETRANSFERS OF MORTGAGE LOANS TO THE TRANSFEROR

     Subject  to the  conditions specified in  the Agreement,  the Transferor
may, at its option, require the retransfer of one or more Mortgage Loans from
the Trust to it  on the last day of any Collection Period.   The Pool Balance
after giving effect to such retransfer must not be less than the Pool Balance
on  the  Closing  Date.   The  Transferor  will be  required  to  satisfy the
following  conditions, among  others:   (i)  the Transferor  shall reasonably
believe that  such retransfer will not  cause an Early Amortization  Event to
occur; (ii) as of  the (      ) business day prior to  the proposed transfer,
not more than  (   )% (based  on Loan Balances) of the  Mortgage Loans (after
giving effect to the proposed transfer) are  delinquent more than 30 days and
the  weighted average  delinquency of all  of the Mortgage  Loans (before and
after giving effect to the proposed transfer) is not more than 60 days; (iii)
the Depositor shall have represented that  no selection procedures reasonably
believed   by  the  Depositor   to  be  adverse  to   the  interests  of  the
Certificateholders or the  (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  Issuer were used
to select the  Mortgage Loans to be  removed; (iv) the Transferor  shall have
received evidence satisfactory  to it that the  reassignment will not,  as of
the date thereof,  prevent the transfer of the Mortgage  Loans (including any
Additional  Balances)  to the  Trust from  being recognized  as a  sale under
generally accepted  accounting principles and shall have received no evidence
that such reassignment will,  as of the  date thereof, prevent such  transfer
from being recognized as a sale for  regulatory purposes; and (v) each Rating
Agency shall have been notified of  the proposed retransfer and prior to  the
date of  retransfer no Rating  Agency has  notified the Depositor  in writing
that such retransfer would  result in a reduction or withdrawal  of its then-
current rating of the Certificates.)


PAYMENTS ON MORTGAGE  LOANS; DEPOSITS TO COLLECTION ACCOUNT  AND DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT

     The Trustee shall  establish and maintain on  behalf of the Servicer  an
account (the "Collection Account") for the benefit of the Certificateholders.
The  Collection Account  will be  an  Eligible Account  (as defined  herein).
Subject to  the investment provision  described in the  following paragraphs,
upon receipt by  the Servicer  of amounts  in respect of  the Mortgage  Loans
(excluding amounts  representing the  Servicing Fee,  administrative charges,
taxes,  assessments, credit  insurance  charges,  insurance  proceeds  to  be
applied to  the restoration  or  repair of  a Mortgaged  Property or  similar
items), the  Servicer will  deposit such amounts  in the  Collection Account.
Amounts so deposited may be invested in Eligible Investments (as described in
the Agreement) maturing  no later than one Business Day prior  to the date on
which the  amount  on deposit  therein is  required to  be  deposited in  the
Distribution  Account or on such Distribution  Date if approved by the Rating
Agencies and the Certificate Insurer.

     The  Trustee will  establish an  account  (the "Security  Account") into
which will  be deposited  amounts withdrawn from  the Collection  Account for
distribution  to Certificateholders  on a  Distribution Date.   The  Security
Account will  be an  Eligible Account.   Amounts  on deposit  therein may  be
invested in Eligible Investments maturing on or before the Business Day prior
to the related Distribution Date.

     An  "Eligible  Account" is  an  account that  is (i)  maintained  with a
depository  institution whose  debt obligations  at the  time of  any deposit
therein have the highest short-term debt rating by the Rating Agencies,  (ii)
one or more accounts with  a depository institution which accounts  are fully
insured by either the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") or the Bank
Insurance Fund  ("BIF") of the  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation  with a
minimum long-term unsecured  debt rating of (    ), (iii)  a segregated trust
account maintained  with the Trustee  or an affiliate  of the Trustee  in its
fiduciary  capacity or  (iv) otherwise  acceptable to  each Rating  Agency as
evidenced  by  a letter  from  each  Rating Agency  to  the Trustee,  without
reduction or withdrawal of their then current ratings of the Certificates.

     Eligible Investments are  specified in the Agreement and  are limited to
investments which meet  the criteria of the Rating Agencies from time to time
as being consistent with their then current ratings of the Certificates.

     Investor   Percentage  and  Transferor  Percentage.    Pursuant  to  the
Agreement, the Servicer  will allocate between the Investor  Interest and the
Transferor  Interest all  amounts (including  any  Net Liquidation  Proceeds)
collected  under  the  Mortgage  Loans  on  account  of  interest  ("Interest
Collections"),  all amounts  (including Net  Liquidation Proceeds)  collected
under the Mortgage  Loans on account  of principal ("Principal  Collections")
and the amount of the unrecovered Loan Balance of any Defaulted Mortgage Loan
at  the end of  the Collection Period  in which such  Defaulted Mortgage Loan
became  a  Defaulted  Mortgage  Loan  (the "Liquidation  Loss  Amount").    A
"Defaulted Mortgage  Loan" is a  Mortgage Loan that  has been written  off as
uncollectible by the Servicer.  The Collection Period for a Distribution Date
is the calendar month preceding such Distribution Date or, in the case of the
first  Distribution Date, the  period from the Cut-Off  Date through the last
day of the calendar month preceding the month in which such Distribution Date
occurs.  The Servicer will make each  allocation by reference to the Investor
Percentage and  the Transferor  Percentage applicable in  each case  during a
Collection Period.

     For  convenience,  this  Prospectus Supplement  refers  to  the Investor
Percentage  with respect to  Interest Collections, Principal  Collections and
Liquidation  Loss  Amounts  as  if  the Investor  Percentage  were  the  same
percentage  at all  times in each  case.   The Investor  Percentage may  be a
different percentage for each Collection Period, and will vary primarily as a
result of changes in the Pool Balance.

     The Investor Percentage will be calculated as follows:

     Interest  Collections and  Liquidation  Loss Amounts.    When used  with
respect to  Interest Collections  and Liquidation Loss  Amounts at  any time,
"Investor  Percentage"  means the  percentage  equivalent of  a  fraction the
numerator of which  is the Security Principal Balance  and the denominator of
which  is the Pool  Balance, in each  case as of  the end  of the immediately
preceding Collection Period (or,  in the case of the first Collection Period,
as of the Closing Date).

     Principal  Collections  during the  Revolving  Period.   When  used with
respect  to  Principal  Collections during  the  Revolving  Period, "Investor
Percentage" means  the percentage equivalent  of a fraction the  numerator of
which is the amount of the Security  Principal Balance and the denominator of
which is  the Pool Balance,  in each case  as of the  end of the  immediately
preceding Collection Period (or, in the case of the  first Collection Period,
as of the Closing Date).

     Principal  Collections during the  Amortization Period.   When used with
respect  to Principal Collections  during the Amortization  Period, "Investor
Percentage" means  the percentage equivalent  of a fraction the  numerator of
which is the amount of the Security Principal Balance and the  denominator of
which  is the  Pool Balance,  in each  case as  of the  end of  the Revolving
Period.

     The Transferor Percentage will, in all cases, be equal to 100% minus the
applicable Investor Percentage.


     As a result of the calculations described above, Interest Collections in
each Collection Period  will be allocated to the  Certificateholders based on
the relationship of the Security Principal Balance to the Pool Balance (which
may  fluctuate  from month  to  month).   As  described  above, the  Investor
Percentage applied when allocating Principal  Collections is expected to vary
from  month  to month  during  the  Revolving  Period, because  the  Security
Principal Balance  as a percentage  of the  Pool Balance will  fluctuate from
month  to  month.   During the  Amortization Period,  however, the  amount of
Principal  Collections allocated to the  Investor Interest will be determined
by reference  to  a fixed  percentage which  will be  equal  to the  Investor
Percentage  with respect  to Principal  Collections on  the  last day  of the
Revolving Period.

     Deposits  in the Collection  Account and Payments to  the Depositor.  On
the Closing  Date, the Servicer will deposit  in the Collection Account funds
in the  amount of  the Investor  Percentage  of Interest  Collections on  the
Mortgage Loans received during the period from the Cut-Off Date to the second
business day preceding  the Closing  Date, but  not in excess  of the  amount
needed  to distribute  the  required  interest on  the  Certificates and  the
Servicing  Fee to be  distributed on the  initial Distribution Date.   On and
after  the  Closing  Date,  the  Servicer  will,  subject  to  the  following
paragraph,  deposit on  a  daily  basis within  two  business days  following
receipt thereof  (i) during each  Collection Period in the  Revolving Period,
the  Investor  Percentage  of  Interest  Collections  and  (ii)  during  each
Collection Period in the Amortization  Period, the Investor Percentage of all
Interest Collections and Principal Collections.  The Servicer will pay to the
Transferor  within two business days  of its receipt  thereof (i) during each
Collection Period in  the Revolving Period, the Transferor  Percentage of all
Interest Collections and, if the  Transferor Interest (after giving effect to
any transfers of Additional Balances or Eligible Additional Mortgage Loans to
the  Trust on such  day) is  equal to  or greater  than zero,  the Transferor
Percentage of  all Principal Collections  and the Investor Percentage  of all
Principal  Collections  and  (ii)  during  each   Collection  Period  in  the
Amortization Period, the  Transferor Percentage of Interest  Collections and,
if  the  Transferor  Interest  (after  giving  effect  to  any  transfers  of
Additional Balances  or Eligible  Additional Mortgage Loans  to the  Trust on
such  day) is greater than  zero, the Transferor  Percentage of all Principal
Collections.

     The Trustee will  deposit in the Security  Account any amounts drawn  on
the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) as described below.

     Any  Principal Collections  not paid  to the  Transferor because  of the
limitations  described above ("Unallocated  Principal Collections"),  will be
deposited  and  retained  in  the  Collection  Account  for  payment  to  the
Transferor, during the Revolving Period,  if and when the Transferor Interest
is  greater   than  zero  and,   during  the  Amortization  Period,   to  the
Certificateholders.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CERTIFICATES

     On the  (___) day  preceding each Distribution  Date, the  Trustee shall
transfer funds  from the Collection  Account to the Distribution  Account for
the  distributions described  below.   Beginning  with the  Distribution Date
occurring on  _____________,  distributions on the Certificates will  be made
by  the  Trustee  out of  amounts on deposit in the Security  Account on each 
Distribution  Date  to  the  persons  in   whose  names such Certificates are 
registered  at  the close of business on the  (day prior to each Distribution 
Date)  (the  "Record  Date"),  except  as   provided   in   "Registration  of 
Certificates"  below.   The  term "Distribution Date" means the ____ day   of
each  month (or if such _______ day is not a business day the next succeeding
business day).  Distributions will be made by  check  mailed  (or  upon   the
request  of  a  Certificateholder  owning Certificates  having  denominations 
aggregating  at  least   $___________, by  wire transfer or otherwise) to the 
address  of  the  person  entitled thereto ((which, in the case of Book-Entry
Certificates, will be DTC or its nominee)) as it appears on  the  Certificate
Register in amounts calculated as described herein on the ______ business day
(but no  later than the _______ calendar day)  of  the  month  in  which  the 
related Distribution  Date occurs (the  "Determination Date").   However, the
final distribution  in respect of the Certificates will  be  made  only  upon
presentation and surrender thereof at the office or the agency of the Trustee
specified in the notice to Certificateholders of such final distribution.


     Distributions  of Interest  Collections and Required  Amounts.   On each
Distribution  Date, the  Trustee,  on  behalf of  the  Trust, shall  pay  the
following amounts in the following order of priority to the following persons
from the Investor  Interest of all Interest Collections  collected during the
related Collection Period,  together with the Required Amount,  if any, drawn
on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) for such Distribution Date.

     ((i)   to the Certificateholders,  interest at the Certificate  Rate for
the Interest Accrual Period preceding  such Distribution Date on the Security
Principal Balance outstanding immediately prior to such Distribution Date;

     (ii)    to the  Certificateholders,  any  interest on  the  Certificates
accrued  in  accordance  with  clause   (i)  that  has  not  been  previously
distributed  to Certificateholders plus,  to the extent  legally permissible,
interest thereon  at the Certificate  Rate applicable  from time to  time (an
"Unpaid Interest Shortfall");

     (iii)  to the  Servicer,  the  Investor Servicing  Fee  for the  related
Interest Accrual  Period and all  accrued and unpaid Investor  Servicing Fees
for previous Interest Periods;

     (iv)   if such  Distribution Date  is in  the Revolving  Period, to  the
Transferor, the Investor Percentage of  the aggregate of all Liquidation Loss
amounts  incurred  in the  preceding  Collection  Period; provided  that  the
Transferor  Interest  (after giving  effect  to any  transfers  of Additional
Balances  and Eligible  Additional Mortgage  Loans on  such date  and to  the
distribution  of such Liquidation  Loss Amount) is  equal to  or greater than
zero;

     (v)   if such  Distribution Date is  in the Amortization  Period, to the
Certificateholders,  the  Investor   Percentage  of  the  aggregate   of  all
Liquidation Loss Amounts incurred in the preceding Collection Period;

     (vi)  to the Certificateholders,  the aggregate of the amounts allocable
pursuant to  clause (v) that were not previously distributed pursuant to such
clause  (each  such  undistributed  amount  being referred  to  herein  as  a
"Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amount"); and

     (vii)  to the Certificateholders,  accrued and  unpaid interest  on each
unreimbursed  Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amount (such interest
being calculated  at the  Certificate Rate for  each Interest  Accrual Period
during which such unreimbursed amount was outstanding.)

     A Security Principal Balance Loss  Deduction Amount represents a loss of
principal in  respect of Defaulted  Mortgage Loans allocable to  the Investor
Interest and will arise when  the Investor Percentage of Interest Collections
and the Required  Amount are not sufficient to cover such loss, in accordance
with  the priority  of distributions  described  above.   As described  under
"General" above, any Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amounts  which
have  not been  reimbursed,  as  provided herein,  will  reduce the  Security
Principal Balance.

     The Required Amount for each Distribution Date will be the lesser of (i)
the  (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount and  (ii) the amount, if any, by
which (a) the full amount distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to
clauses (i) through (vii)  above exceeds (b)  the Investor Percentage of  the
Interest Collections for the related  Collection Period.  The Required Amount
will be drawn on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).

     Distributions of Principal.   On each Distribution Date  after the first
Collection Period in the Amortization  Period, the Trustee will distribute to
the  Certificateholders  the  Investor  Percentage  of  Principal Collections
received in the preceding Collection Period.   In addition, the Trustee  will
distribute   to  Certificateholders  on  any  Distribution  Date  during  the
Amortization Period any Retransfer Deposit Amount (or drawn on the (Letter of
Credit)  (Surety  Bond)  in  respect  thereof)  received   in  the  preceding
Collection Period  and any Unallocated Principal Collections  then on deposit
in the Distribution Account.  The aggregate distributions of principal to the
Certificateholders will not exceed the Initial Security Principal Balance.

CERTIFICATE RATE

     (The "Certificate Rate" for a Distribution Date will generally equal the
sum of (a) LIBOR and (b) ____%  per annum.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
no event will the amount of interest required to be distributed in respect of
the Certificates on any Distribution Date exceed  a rate equal to the average
of the Loan Rates (net  of the Servicing Fee Rate) as of the first day of the
month preceding the month of such Distribution Date, weighted on the basis of
the Principal Balance of  each Mortgage Loan as of such  date (adjusted to an
effective  rate reflecting  accrued interest  calculated  on the  basis of  a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months).)

     Interest on  the Certificates in  respect of any Distribution  Date will
accrue on the Principal Balance from  the preceding Distribution Date (or  in
the case of the first Distribution  Date, from the Closing Date) through  the
day preceding such Distribution Date  (each such period, an "Interest Accrual
Period") on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

     (Calculation of  LIBOR.  "LIBOR"  with respect to any  Distribution Date
will be  determined by the Trustee and will be equal to the offered rates for
deposits in United  States dollars having a maturity of one month (the "Index
Maturity") commencing  on the  second LIBOR Business  Day (as  defined below)
prior to  the previous Distribution Date, which  appear on the Reuters Screen
LIBO Page  as  of approximately  11:00 A.M.,  London time,  on  such date  of
calculation.  If at least two such offered rates appear on the Reuters Screen
LIBO Page, LIBOR will be the  arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary,
to the  nearest one-sixteenth of a percent) of  such offered rates.  If fewer
than two such quotations appear, LIBOR with respect to such Distribution Date
will  be  determined  at  approximately  11:00 A.M.,  London  time,  on  such
determination date  on the  basis of  the rate  at which  deposits in  United
States dollars having  the Index Maturity are  offered to prime banks  in the
London interbank  market by four major  banks in the London  interbank market
selected by  the Trustee and in a principal amount  equal to an amount of not
less than U.S. $1,000,000 and that is representative for a single transaction
in such market at  such time.  The Trustee will  request the principal London
office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate.  If at least
two such quotations are provided, LIBOR  will be the arithmetic mean (rounded
upwards as aforesaid) of  such quotations.  If fewer than  two quotations are
provided, LIBOR with respect to such Distribution Date will be the arithmetic
mean  (rounded upwards  as aforesaid)  of the  rates quoted  at approximately
11:00 A.M., New  York City time,  on such determination  date by three  major
banks  in New  York, New  York selected  by the Trustee  for loans  in United
States dollars  to leading European banks having the  Index Maturity and in a
principal amount equal to an amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 and that
is representative  for a  single  transaction in  such market  at such  time;
provided, however, that  if the banks selected  as aforesaid by the  Bank are
not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, LIBOR in effect for the applicable
period will be LIBOR in effect for the previous period.)

     (For  purposes of calculating LIBOR, a  "LIBOR Business Day" will be any
Business  Day on  which dealings  in  deposits in  United States  dollars are
transacted in the London interbank market and "Reuters Screen LIBO Page" will
be the display designated  as page "LIBO" on the Reuters  Monitor Money Rates
Service (or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on  that service for
the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks).)

THE (LETTER OF CREDIT) (SURETY BOND)

     On the  Closing Date, the (Letter  of Credit) (Surety Bond)  Issuer will
issue  the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) in favor of the Trustee on behalf
of the Trust to support payments on the Certificates.  On  each Determination
Date, the Servicer  will determine the  amounts required to  be drawn on  the
(Letter of Credit)  (Surety Bond), up to the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)
Amount,  on   the  related   Distribution  Date.     See   "Distributions  on
Certificates" above.

     The amount  available under  the (Letter of  Credit) (Surety  Bond) (the
"(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  Amount") for the initial Distribution Date
will be $__________.  For each  Distribution Date thereafter, the (Letter  of
Credit) (Surety Bond)  Amount will equal the lesser  of (i) ___% of  the Pool
Balance as of the first day of  the preceding Collection Period (after giving
effect  to any amounts distributed with  respect to principal of the Mortgage
Loans on the Distribution Date occurring in such preceding Collection Period)
and (ii) the (Letter of  Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount as of the  first day of
the preceding Collection Period, minus any amounts drawn under the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety  Bond)  during such  preceding  Collection Period,  plus  any
amounts  paid  to  the  (Letter  of  Credit)  (Surety  Bond)  Issuer  on  the
Distribution Date  occurring in  such preceding Collection  Period up  to the
amount of any previous draws on the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond).

EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

     As described above,  the Revolving Period will continue  until the close
of business on the last day of __________ unless an Early  Amortization Event
occurs prior thereto.   The term "Early Amortization Event" refers  to any of
the following events:

          ((a)   failure on the part of the  Servicer or the Depositor (i) to
     make any  payment or deposit  on the date  required under the  Agreement
     within five business days after such  payment or deposit is required  to
     be made,  (ii) to  observe or  perform in  any material  respect certain
     covenants  of  the Servicer  or  the Depositor  or (iii)  to  observe or
     perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the
     Servicer or the Depositor set forth in the Agreement, which failure,  in
     each  case,  materially  and  adversely  affects  the  interests of  the
     Certificateholders and  which, in  the case of  clause (iii),  continues
     unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice and continues to
     materially  and adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders
     for such period;

          (b)   any representation  or warranty made  by the Servicer  or the
     Depositor in the Agreement proves to have been incorrect in any material
     respect  when  made,  as  a  result  of   which  the  interests  of  the
     Certificateholders  are   materially  and   adversely  affected,   which
     continues  to be incorrect  in any material  respect for a  period of 60
     days  after  written  notice  and  which  continues  to  materially  and
     adversely  affect the  interests  of  the  Certificateholders  for  such
     period; provided, however, that an Early Amortization Event shall not be
     deemed to occur  thereunder if the Depositor has  accepted retransfer of
     the related  Mortgage Loan  or all such  Mortgage Loans,  if applicable,
     during such period (or  such longer period (not to  exceed an additional
     60 days) as the Trustee may  specify) in accordance with the  provisions
     of the Agreement;

          (c)   the Trust  becomes subject to  registration as  an investment
     company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

          (d)   if  the Depositor  fails to  transfer to  the  Trust Eligible
     Additional Mortgage Loans by the time it is required to do so;

          (e)  an Event  of Default under the Agreement (as  described in the
     Prospectus under "THE AGREEMENTS--Events of Default") occurs;

          (f)  the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount is less than     %
     of the Security Principal Balance; or

          (g)    if  the  average  of the  Investor  Percentage  of  Interest
     Collections for  any three consecutive  Collection Periods is  less than
     the  amounts to  be distributed  to Certificateholders  as set  forth in
     subsections (i) through (vii) under "Distributions on the Certificates--
     Distributions  of Interest Collections  and Required Amounts"  above for
     the three Distribution Dates relating to such Collection Periods.)

     (In the  case of  any event described  in clauses (a)  or (b),  an Early
Amortization  Event will  be  deemed  to have  occurred  only  if, after  the
expiration of the applicable grace period, if any, described in such clauses,
either the Trustee or holders of Certificates evidencing Percentage Interests
aggregating more than 51% or the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer (but
only if the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) is outstanding or the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer  has not been fully  reimbursed for all  amounts
paid to the Trust by the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer), by written
notice to the Depositor and the Servicer  (and to the Trustee if given by the
Certificateholders or  the (Letter of  Credit) (Surety Bond)  Issuer) declare
that an Early Amortization Event has occurred as of the date of such  notice.
In the case of any event described in clauses (c), (d), (e)  or (f), an Early
Amortization Event  will be  deemed to  have occurred  without any  notice or
other action  on the  part of the  Trustee or  the Certificateholders  or the
(Letter of  Credit) (Surety Bond)  Issuer immediately upon the  occurrence of
such event.  On  the date on which  an Early Amortization Event is  deemed to
have  occurred,  the Amortization  Period  will  commence.   In  such  event,
distributions of principal to the  Certificateholders will begin on the first
Distribution Date following  the month in which the  Early Amortization Event
occurs.  If,  because of the occurrence  of an Early Amortization  Event, the
Amortization Period  begins earlier  than __________, the  date on  which the
Amortization Period is  scheduled to commence, Certificateholders  will begin
receiving distributions of principal earlier  than they would otherwise  have
under  the   Agreement,  which  may   shorten  the  final  maturity   of  the
Certificates.)

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

     Concurrently with  each  distribution  to  the  Certificateholders,  the
Trustee  will forward  to each  Certificateholder a  statement  setting forth
among other items:

            (i)  the amount of interest included in such distribution and the
     related Certificate Rate;

           (ii)  the amount, if any, of overdue  accrued interest included in
     such distribution (and the amount of interest thereon);

          (iii)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  remaining  overdue  accrued
     interest after giving effect to such distribution;

           (iv)  the   amount,  if  any,   of  principal  included   in  such
     distribution;

            (v)  the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  reimbursement  of  previous
     Liquidation Loss Amounts included in such distribution;

           (vi)  the   amount,  if   any,   of  the   aggregate  unreimbursed
     Liquidation Loss Amounts after giving effect to such distribution;

          (vii)  the Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date;

         (viii)  the Pool Balance  as of the end of  the preceding Collection
     Period;

           (ix)  the  number and aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage
     Loans as  to which the minimum  monthly payment is delinquent  for 30-59
     days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, respectively, as of the end of the
     preceding Collection Period; and

            (x)  the book value of any  real estate which is acquired  by the
     Trust through foreclosure or grant of deed in lieu of foreclosure.

     In the case of information furnished pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv) and
(v)  above, the amounts  shall be expressed  as a dollar  amount per Security
with a  $1,000 denomination.  Within  60 days after the end  of each calendar
year, the  Trustee will forward  to each Person,  if requested in  writing by
such Person, who was a Certificateholder during the prior calendar year

COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES ON MORTGAGE LOANS

     The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called
for under the Mortgage  Loans and will, consistent with the Agreement, follow
such collection procedures  as it follows from  time to time with  respect to
the home equity loans in  its servicing portfolio comparable to the  Mortgage
Loans.  Consistent with the above,  the Servicer may in its discretion  waive
any late  payment charge or any assumption or other fee or charge that may be
collected in the ordinary course of  servicing the Mortgage Loans.   (Section
3.02)

     With respect  to the Mortgage  Loans, the  Servicer may  arrange with  a
borrower a schedule for the payment of interest due and unpaid for  a period,
provided that any such arrangement is consistent with the Servicer's policies
with  respect to the  home equity mortgage  loans it owns or  services.  With
respect to Mortgage  Loans that are junior  in priority to a First  Lien on a
Mortgaged Property, the Servicer has the power under certain circumstances to
consent to a  new mortgage lien  on such Mortgaged  Property having  priority
over  such Mortgage  Loan in  connection with the  refinancing of  such First
Lien.

HAZARD INSURANCE

     The Servicer will cause to be maintained fire and hazard insurance  with
extended  coverage customary  in the  area  where the  Mortgaged Property  is
located, in  an amount  which is  at least  equal to  the lesser  of (i)  the
outstanding Principal  Balance on  the Mortgage Loan  and any  related senior
lien(s), (ii) the full insurable value of the  premises securing the Mortgage
Loan and  (iii) the minimum amount required to  compensate for damage or loss
on a  replacement cost basis  in each  case in an  amount not less  than such
amount as is  necessary to avoid the  application of any  co-insurance clause
contained  in  the  related  hazard  insurance policy.    Generally,  if  the
Mortgaged Property is  in an area identified  in the Federal Register  by the
Flood Emergency Management Agency as FLOOD ZONE "A", such flood insurance has
been  made available  and  the  Servicer determines  that  such insurance  is
necessary in accordance  with accepted second mortgage servicing practices of
prudent lending institutions, the Servicer will cause to be purchased a flood
insurance policy with a generally  acceptable insurance carrier, in an amount
representing  coverage  not  less  than  the least  of  (a)  the  outstanding
Principal Balance  of the  Mortgage Loan  and the  first lien,  (b) the  full
insurable value  of the  Mortgaged Property,  or  (c) the  maximum amount  of
insurance  available under  the  National  Flood Insurance  Act  of 1968,  as
amended.  The Servicer will also maintain on REO Property, to the extent such
insurance is available,  fire and hazard insurance in  the applicable amounts
described  above,  liability  insurance  and,  to  the  extent  required  and
available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, and the
Servicer determines  that  such insurance  is  necessary in  accordance  with
accepted second mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions,
flood insurance  in an  amount equal  to that  required above.   Any  amounts
collected by  the Servicer under any such policies  (other than amounts to be
applied to the  restoration or  repair of  the Mortgaged Property,  or to  be
released to  the  Mortgagor  in  accordance with  customary  second  mortgage
servicing procedures) will be deposited in the Collection Account, subject to
retention by  the Servicer  to the extent  such amounts  constitute servicing
compensation or to withdrawal pursuant to the Agreement.

     In the event that the Servicer obtains and maintains a blanket policy as
provided  in the  Agreement insuring  against  fire and  hazards of  extended
coverage on all of the Mortgage Loans, then,  to the extent such policy names
the Servicer as loss  payee and provides coverage in  an amount equal to  the
aggregate unpaid principal balance of the Mortgage Loans without coinsurance;
and otherwise  complies with the requirements of  the first paragraph of this
subsection, the  Servicer will be  deemed conclusively to have  satisfied its
obligations with respect to fire and hazard insurance coverage.

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     The  Servicer will  foreclose upon  or otherwise  comparably convert  to
ownership Mortgaged  Properties securing such  of the Mortgage Loans  as come
into  default when, in accordance with  applicable servicing procedures under
the Agreement, no satisfactory arrangements can be made for the collection of
delinquent   payments.    In  connection   with  such  foreclosure  or  other
conversion, the Servicer will follow such practices as it deems  necessary or
advisable  and  as are  in  keeping  with  its general  subordinate  mortgage
servicing activities,  provided the Servicer  will not be required  to expend
its own funds in connection  with foreclosure or other conversion, correction
of default  on a related senior mortgage loan  or restoration of any property
unless,  in its  sole judgment, such  foreclosure, correction  or restoration
will increase Net Liquidation Proceeds.  (Section 3.06) The Servicer will  be
reimbursed  out of  Liquidation Proceeds  for advances  of  its own  funds as
liquidation expenses before any  Net Liquidation Proceeds are  distributed to
Certificateholders.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     With respect to  each Due Period, other  than the first Due  Period, the
Servicer will receive from interest payments in respect of the Mortgage Loans
a portion of such interest  payments as a monthly Servicing Fee in the amount
equal to  ____% per annum ("Servicing Fee Rate")  on the Principal Balance of
each Mortgage  Loan as of the first  day of each such Due  Period as to which
such payment was made.  All  assumption fees, late payment charges and  other
fees and charges, to the extent collected from borrowers, will be retained by
the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

     The Servicer will pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the Trust
and  incurred  by  it  in  connection with  its  responsibilities  under  the
Agreement,  including,   without  limitation,   payment  of   the  fees   and
disbursements of  the Trustee,  any custodian appointed  by the  Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar and any paying agent.

     The  Servicer's   right  to  reimbursement  for  unreimbursed  Servicing
Advances  is  limited to  late  collections  on  the related  Mortgage  Loan,
including  Liquidation   Proceeds,  released  mortgaged   property  proceeds,
Insurance Proceeds and such other amounts as may be collected by the Servicer
from  the related Mortgagor  or otherwise  relating to  the Mortgage  Loan in
respect of which such unreimbursed amounts are owed.  The Servicer's right to
reimbursement  for unreimbursed  Monthly Advances  shall be  limited to  late
collections of interest  on any Mortgage Loan and to Liquidation Proceeds and
Insurance Proceeds  on the related  Mortgage Loan.   The Servicer's  right to
such reimbursements is prior to the rights of Certificateholders.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

     The Agreement provides  for delivery on  or before the  last day of  the
fifth month  following the end  of the  Servicer's fiscal year,  beginning in
199_, to  the Trustee, the Certificate Insurer and  the Rating Agencies of an
annual statement signed by an officer of  the Servicer to the effect that the
Servicer  has  fulfilled   its  material  obligations  under   the  Agreement
throughout the preceding fiscal year,  except as specified in such statement.
(Section 3.10)

     On or before  the last day of the  fifth month following the  end of the
Servicer's fiscal year, beginning in 199_, the Servicer will furnish a report
prepared by  a firm of  nationally recognized independent  public accountants
(who may also render other services to the  Servicer or the Depositor) to the
Trustee, the Certificate  Insurer and the Rating Agencies to  the effect that
such  firm  has  examined  certain  documents and  the  records  relating  to
servicing of the  Mortgage Loans under  the Uniform Single Audit  Program for
Mortgage Bankers and  such firm's conclusion with respect  thereto.  (Section
3.11)

     The Servicer's fiscal year is the calendar year.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

     The  Agreement  provides that  the  Servicer  may  not resign  from  its
obligations  and duties  thereunder, except  in  connection with  a permitted
transfer of servicing, unless (i)  such duties and obligations are no  longer
permissible under applicable  law or are  in material conflict  by reason  of
applicable law  with any  other activities  of  a type  and nature  presently
carried  on by  it or  its affiliate  or (ii)  upon the  satisfaction  of the
following conditions:  (a) the Servicer  has proposed a successor servicer to
the Trustee  in writing  and such proposed  successor servicer  is reasonably
acceptable to  the Trustee; (b)  the Rating  Agencies have  confirmed to  the
Trustee  that the  appointment of  such  proposed successor  servicer as  the
Servicer will  not result in the reduction or  withdrawal of the then current
rating  of the  Certificates; and  (c)  such proposed  successor servicer  is
reasonably acceptable to  the Certificate Insurer.  No  such resignation will
become  effective until the  Trustee or a successor  servicer has assumed the
Servicer's obligations and duties under the Agreement.  (Section 7.04)

     The Servicer  may perform  any of its  duties and obligations  under the
Agreement  through  one or  more  subservicers  or  delegates, which  may  be
affiliates  of  the  Servicer.   Notwithstanding  any  such  arrangement, the
Servicer  will   remain  liable  and   obligated  to  the  Trustee   and  the
Certificateholders  for the  Servicer's  duties  and  obligations  under  the
Agreement, without  any diminution of such  duties and obligations  and as if
the Servicer  itself were performing  such duties and obligations.   (Section
7.05)

     The Agreement provides  that the Servicer will indemnify  the Trust Fund
and  the Trustee  from and  against any loss,  liability, expense,  damage or
injury  suffered  or sustained  as  a  result of  the  Servicer's actions  or
omissions in connection with the servicing and administration of the Mortgage
Loans which are not in accordance with the  provisions of the Agreement.  The
Agreement  provides that  neither the  Depositor nor  the Servicer  nor their
directors, officers, employees or agents will be under any other liability to
the Trust,  the Trustee, the Certificateholders  or any other  person for any
action  taken  or  for refraining  from  taking  any action  pursuant  to the
Agreement.  However, neither the Depositor nor the Servicer will be protected
against any liability which would  otherwise be imposed by reason of  willful
misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of the Depositor or the Servicer in
the performance of  its duties under the  Agreement or by reason  of reckless
disregard of its obligations thereunder.  In addition, the Agreement provides
that the Servicer will not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or
defend  any   legal  action  which   is  not  incidental  to   its  servicing
responsibilities  under  the  Agreement.    The Servicer  may,  in  its  sole
discretion, undertake any such  legal action which  it may deem necessary  or
desirable with  respect to  the Agreement and  the rights  and duties  of the
parties  thereto and  the  interest  of  the  Certificateholders  thereunder.
(Sections 7.03, 7.05, 7.06 and 8.02)

     Any corporation into  which the Servicer may be  merged or consolidated,
or any corporation resulting from  any merger, conversion or consolidation to
which  the Servicer shall  be a party,  or any corporation  succeeding to the
business of  the Servicer shall be  the successor of the  Servicer hereunder,
without the execution or filing  of any paper or any further act  on the part
of any  of the  parties hereto,  anything in  the Agreement  to the  contrary
notwithstanding.  (Section 7.02)

EVENTS OF SERVICING TERMINATION

     "Events of Servicing  Termination" will consist of: (i)  (A) any failure
by the Servicer to make any required Monthly Advance or (B) any other failure
of the Servicer to deposit in the  Collection Account any deposit required to
be  made under  the Agreement,  which  failure continues  unremedied for  one
Business  Day after  the giving  of  written notice  of such  failure  to the
Servicer  by  the  Trustee,  or  to  the  Servicer and  the  Trustee  by  the
Certificateholders evidencing an  aggregate, undivided interest in  the Trust
Fund of  at least 25% of the Certificate  Principal Balance; (ii) any failure
by the Servicer duly to observe or  perform in any material respect any other
of its  covenants  or  agreements  in  the Agreement  which,  in  each  case,
materially  and adversely affects the interests of the Certificateholders and
continues unremedied for 60  days after the giving of written  notice of such
failure to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee by
the Certificateholders  evidencing an  aggregate, undivided  interest in  the
Trust of at least 25% of the Certificate Principal Balance; (iii) any failure
by  the  Servicer to  make  any  required  Servicing Advance,  which  failure
continues unremedied  for a  period of 30  days after  the giving  of written
notice of such failure to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and
the  Trustee by  the Certificateholders  evidencing  an aggregate,  undivided
interest in  the Trust of at least 25%  of the Certificate Principal Balance;
or (iv)  certain events of  insolvency, readjustment of debt,  marshalling of
assets and  liabilities or similar  proceedings relating to the  Servicer and
certain  actions by  the Servicer  indicating  insolvency, reorganization  or
inability to pay its obligations (an "Insolvency Event").

     Upon the occurrence and continuation beyond the  applicable grace period
of the event described in clause (i) (A) above, if any Monthly Advance is not
made by  12:00 Noon New  York Time on  the second Business  Day prior to  the
applicable  Distribution  Date, the  Trustee  or  a successor  Servicer  will
immediately assume the duties of the Servicer.

     Upon removal or  resignation of  the Servicer, the  Trustee will be  the
Successor Servicer  (the "Successor  Servicer").   The Trustee, as  Successor
Servicer, will be  obligated to make Monthly Advances  and Servicing Advances
and certain other advances unless it determines reasonably and in  good faith
that such advances  would not be  recoverable.  If,  however, the Trustee  is
unwilling or  unable to  act as  Successor Servicer,  or if  the majority  of
Certificateholders so requests, the Trustee  may appoint, or petition a court
of competent jurisdiction to appoint any  established mortgage loan servicing
institution having a  net worth of not less than $15,000,000 as the Successor
Servicer in the assumption of all or any part of the responsibilities, duties
or liabilities of the Servicer.

     Notwithstanding the  foregoing,  a delay  in or  failure of  performance
referred to  under clause  (i) above for  a period  of ten  Business Days  or
referred  to under clause (ii) above for  a period of 30 Business Days, shall
not constitute  an Event of  Servicing Termination if  such delay or  failure
could  not  be prevented  by  the  exercise of  reasonable  diligence by  the
Servicer  and such delay  or failure  was caused  by an act  of God  or other
similar occurrence.  Upon the occurrence of any such event the Servicer shall
not be relieved from using its  best efforts to perform its obligations in  a
timely manner in  accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Servicer
shall provide the Trustee, the  Depositor, and the Certificateholders  prompt
notice of such  failure or delay by  it, together with  a description of  its
efforts to so perform its obligations.

RIGHTS UPON AN EVENT OF SERVICING TERMINATION

     So long as an Event  of Servicing Termination remains unremedied, either
the   Trustee,  or  Certificateholders  evidencing  an  aggregate,  undivided
interest in the Trust  of at least 51 % of the  Certificate Principal Balance
may  terminate all of  the rights and  obligations of the  Servicer under the
Agreement and  in  and to  the  Mortgage Loans,  whereupon  the Trustee  will
succeed to all  the responsibilities, duties and liabilities  of the Servicer
under  the   Agreement  and   will  be   entitled  to   similar  compensation
arrangements.  In  the event that the  Trustee would be obligated  to succeed
the  Servicer but  is  unwilling or  unable  so to  act, it  may  appoint, or
petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of,  a housing
and home  finance institution  or other  mortgage  loan or  home equity  loan
servicer with  all licenses and  permits required to perform  its obligations
under the Agreement and having a net  worth of at least $25,000,000 to act as
successor to the Servicer under the Agreement.  Pending such appointment, the
Trustee will be obligated to act  in such capacity unless prohibited by  law.
Such  successor will be  entitled to receive  the same compensation  that the
Servicer would  otherwise have received  (or such lesser compensation  as the
Trustee and such successor may agree).   (Sections 8.01 and 8.02) A  receiver
or conservator for  the Servicer may be empowered to  prevent the termination
and  replacement of the  Servicer if the only  Event of Servicing Termination
that has occurred is an Insolvency Event.


AMENDMENT

     The Agreement may  be amended from time  to time by the  Transferor, the
Servicer,  the  Depositor and  the Trustee,  but without  the consent  of the
Certificateholders,  to  cure any  ambiguity,  to correct  or  supplement any
provisions therein which may be inconsistent with any other provisions of the
Agreement, to add to  the duties of the  Depositor or the Servicer to  comply
with any requirements imposed  by the Internal Revenue Code or any regulation
thereunder, or to add or amend any provisions of the Agreement as required by
the Rating  Agencies  in order  to  maintain or  improve  any rating  of  the
Certificates (it being understood that, after obtaining the ratings in effect
on the Closing Date, neither the  Depositor, the Trustee nor the Servicer  is
obligated to  obtain, maintain,  or improve any  such rating)  or to  add any
other  provisions with  respect to  matters  or questions  arising under  the
Agreement  which  shall  not  be  inconsistent with  the  provisions  of  the
Agreement, provided that such action will not, as evidenced by an  opinion of
counsel,   materially   and   adversely   affect   the   interests   of   any
Certificateholder; provided,  that any such  amendment will not be  deemed to
materially  and adversely affect  the Certificateholders and  no such opinion
will be  required to  be delivered  if the  person requesting  such amendment
obtains  a letter from  each Rating Agency stating  that such amendment would
not result  in a downgrading of the then  current rating of the Certificates.
The Agreement may  also be amended from  time to time by  the Transferor, the
Servicer,   the   Depositor,   and  the   Trustee,   with   the   consent  of
Certificateholders evidencing an  aggregate, undivided interest in  the Trust
of at  least 51%  of the  Certificate Principal  Balance for  the purpose  of
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of  the
provisions of  the Agreement or of modifying in  any manner the rights of the
Certificateholders, provided  that no such  amendment will (i) reduce  in any
manner the  amount of, or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the
Certificates or distributions or payments under the Policy which are required
to be made on any Certificate without the consent of the Certificateholder or
(ii)  reduce  the  aforesaid  percentage  required to  consent  to  any  such
amendment,  without the  consent  of  the holders  of  all Certificates  then
outstanding.  (Section 11.01)

TERMINATION; RETIREMENT OF THE CERTIFICATES

     The Trust will terminate on the Distribution Date following the later of
(A) payment in  full of all amounts owing to the  Certificate Insurer and (B)
the earliest of  (i) the  Distribution Date on  which the Security  Principal
Balance has been reduced to zero, (ii) the final payment or other liquidation
of the  last Mortgage Loan in  the Trust, (iii) the optional  transfer to the
Servicer of the Mortgage Loans, as described below and (iv)  the Distribution
Date in (____________), on which date the Policy will be available to pay the
outstanding Class A Principal Balance.

     The Servicer  will have the  right to repurchase all  remaining Mortgage
Loans and REO Properties in the Trust and thereby effect early  retirement of
the Certificates, subject to the Pool Balance  of such Mortgage Loans and REO
Properties at the time of repurchase being  less than or equal to (5%) of the
Pool Balance as  of the Cut-Off  Date.  In the  event the Servicer  exercises
such option, the purchase price  distributed with respect to each Certificate
will be 100% of its then outstanding principal  balance (subject to reduction
as provided in the  Agreement if the purchase  price is based in part  on the
appraised value of any  REO Properties and such appraised value  is less than
the Principal Balance of the related  Mortgage Loans plus (y) the greater  of
(i) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Mortgage Loans
through the related Due Period and (ii)  30 days' accrued interest thereon at
the  Loan  Rate,  in  each  case  net  of  the Servicing  Fee  plus  (z)  any
unreimbursed amounts due to the Certificate Insurer under the Agreement and I
and I Payments.

     The termination  of the Trust  will be  effected in a  manner consistent
with applicable federal income tax regulations and the status of the Trust as
a REMIC.


OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS

     Any affiliate  of the  Transferor has  the option  to purchase  from the
Trust Fund any Mortgage Loan  90 days or more delinquent at a  purchase price
equal to the  outstanding principal balance of  such Mortgage Loan as  of the
date of purchase, plus the greater of (i) all accrued and unpaid  interest on
such principal  balance and (ii) 30 days' interest on such principal balance,
computed at the Loan Rate.

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing, any such affiliate of the Transferor may
only exercise its option with respect to  the Mortgage Loan or Mortgage Loans
that  have  been  delinquent for  the  longest  period at  the  time  of such
repurchase.

THE TRUSTEE

     (                                             ) with its principal place
of business in  (                  ), has been named Trustee  pursuant to the
Agreement.

     The commercial bank or trust company serving as  Trustee may have normal
banking relationships with the Depositor and the Servicer.

     The Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will be
obligated to  appoint a  successor Trustee,  (as approved  by the  (Letter of
Credit) (Surety Bond) Provider).   The Depositor may also remove  the Trustee
if the Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the  Agreement
or  if  the  Trustee  becomes  insolvent.    Upon  becoming  aware  of   such
circumstances,  the  Depositor will  be  obligated  to  appoint  a  successor
Trustee(, as approved by the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Provider).  Any
resignation or removal of the Trustee  and appointment of a successor Trustee
will  not  become  effective  until  acceptance of  the  appointment  by  the
successor Trustee.  (Section 9.07)

     No holder of  a Certificate will have  any right under the  Agreement to
institute any  proceeding with  respect to the  Agreement unless  such holder
previously has given  to the  Trustee written  notice of  default and  unless
Certificateholders evidencing an  aggregate, undivided interest in  the Trust
of at  least  51% of  the  Certificate Principal  Balance  have made  written
requests  upon the Trustee  to institute such  proceeding in its  own name as
Trustee thereunder and  have offered to the Trustee  reasonable indemnity and
the Trustee  for  60 days  has neglected  or refused  to  institute any  such
proceeding.   (Section 11.03)   The Trustee  will be  under no  obligation to
exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by the Agreement or to make
any investigation of  matters arising thereunder or to  institute, conduct or
defend any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, order
or direction of any of the Certificateholders, unless such Certificateholders
have  offered to  the Trustee  reasonable security  or indemnity  against the
cost,  expenses and  liabilities which  may be  incurred therein  or thereby.
(Sections 9.01 and 9.02)

CERTAIN ACTIVITIES

     The Trust Fund will not: (i) borrow money; (ii) make loans; (iii) invest
in  securities  for  the  purpose  of  exercising  control;  (iv)  underwrite
securities; (v) except as  provided in the Agreement, engage  in the purchase
and sale (or  turnover) of investments; (vi) offer securities in exchange for
property (except Certificates for the Mortgage Loans); or (vii) repurchase or
otherwise reacquire its securities.   See "--Evidence as to Compliance" above
for  information regarding reports as to  the compliance by the Servicer with
the terms of the Agreement.


                    DESCRIPTION OF THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     The Mortgage Loans to be transferred to the Trust by the  Depositor will
be purchased  by the  Depositor from  __________________________________ (the
"Transferor") pursuant to  the Purchase Agreement to be  entered into between
the Depositor, as  purchaser of the  Mortgage Loans,  and the Transferor,  as
seller  of the Mortgage Loans.   Under the Purchase Agreement, the Transferor
will agree to transfer the Mortgage Loans to the Depositor.  Pursuant  to the
Agreement,  the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be  immediately  transferred  by  the
Depositor to the Trust, and the  Depositor will assign its rights in,  to and
under the Purchase Agreement, to the  Trust.  The following summary describes
certain terms of the  form of the Purchase Agreement and  is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the form of Purchase Agreement.

TRANSFER OF MORTGAGE LOANS

     Pursuant  to the  Purchase Agreement,  the Transferor will  transfer and
assign to the  Depositor all of its  right, title and interest in  and to the
Mortgage Loans and the Related Documents.  The purchase price of the Mortgage
Loans is a specified percentage of the face amount thereof as of the time  of
transfer and is payable by the Depositor, as applicable, in cash.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Transferor will  represent and warrant to the  Depositor that, among
other things,  as of  the  Closing Date,  it is  duly organized  and in  good
standing  and  that it  has  the  authority  to consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

     The Transferor will  also represent and warrant to  the Depositor, that,
among  other things,  (a)  the  information with  respect  to the  applicable
Mortgage Loan set forth in the schedule attached to the Purchase Agreement is
true and correct  in all material respects  and (b) immediately prior  to the
sale of the  Mortgage Loans  to the  Depositor, the Transferor  was the  sole
owner and holder of  the Mortgage Loans free and  clear of any and all  liens
and security interests.  The Transferor will make similar representations and
warranties in the  Agreement.  The Transferor will also represent and warrant
to the  Depositor, that,  among other  things, as  of the  Closing Date,  the
Purchase Agreement constitutes  a legal, valid and binding  obligation of the
Transferor.    In the  event  of a  breach  of any  such  representations and
warranties which  has  a material  adverse  effect on  the  interests of  the
Certificateholders or the Certificate Insurer, the Transferor will repurchase
or substitute for  the Mortgage Loans as described  herein under "DESCRIPTION
OF THE CERTIFICATES--Assignment of Mortgage Loans."

     The Transferor has also agreed to indemnify the Depositor and  the Trust
from   and  against  certain  losses,  liabilities  and  expenses  (including
reasonable  attorneys' fees) suffered  or sustained pursuant  to the Purchase
Agreement.

ASSIGNMENT TO THE TRUST

     The  Transferor expressly acknowledges  and consents to  the Depositor's
transfer of  its rights  relating to  the Mortgage  Loans under the  Purchase
Agreement  to  the  Trust.    The  Transferor  also  agrees  to  perform  its
obligations under the Purchase Agreement for the benefit of the Trust.

TERMINATION

     The Purchase Agreement will terminate upon the termination of the Trust.


                               USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to be received  from the sale of the Certificates  will
be applied  by the  Depositor towards  the purchase  of the  (Mortgage Loans)
(Private Securities).   The (Mortgage Loans)  (Private Securities) will  have
been acquired by the Depositor from the Transferor.



                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

     The following discussion,  which summarizes certain U.S.  federal income
tax aspects of  the purchase, ownership and disposition  of the Certificates,
is based on the provisions of  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended
(the "Code"), the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and published  rulings and
court decisions in effect as of the date hereof, all  of which are subject to
change,  possibly  retroactively.   This  discussion does  not  address every
aspect of  the  U.S.  federal  income  tax laws  which  may  be  relevant  to
Certificate Owners in light of  their personal investment circumstances or to
certain types  of Certificate Owners  subject to special treatment  under the
U.S.  federal  income  tax  laws  (for  example,  banks  and  life  insurance
companies).    Accordingly,  investors  should  consult  their  tax  advisors
regarding U.S. federal, state, local,  foreign and any other tax consequences
to them of investing in the Certificates.

CHARACTERIZATION OF THE CERTIFICATES AS INDEBTEDNESS

     Based  on the application of  existing law to the facts  as set forth in
the Agreement and  other relevant documents and assuming  compliance with the
terms of  the  Agreement  as  in  effect  on the  date  of  issuance  of  the
Certificates, Brown  & Wood LLP, special  tax counsel to the  Depositor ("Tax
Counsel"), is of  the opinion that the  Certificates will be treated  as debt
instruments for  Federal income tax  purposes as of such  date.  Accordingly,
upon  issuance, the  Certificates will  be  treated as  "Debt Securities"  as
described in the Prospectus.  See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS"
in the Prospectus.

     The Transferor and the Certificateholders express in the Agreement their
intent  that,  for  applicable   tax  purposes,  the  Certificates  will   be
indebtedness secured  by the Mortgage  Loans.  The Transferor,  the Depositor
and  the  Certificateholders,   by  accepting  the  Certificates,   and  each
Certificate  Owner  by  its  acquisition   of  a  beneficial  interest  in  a
Certificate, have agreed  to treat the Certificates as  indebtedness for U.S.
federal income tax purposes.  However, because different criteria are used to
determine the  non-tax accounting  characterization of  the transaction,  the
Transferor intends to treat this transaction as a sale of an interest in  the
Asset Balances  of the  Mortgage Loans for  financial accounting  and certain
regulatory purposes.

     In general, whether  for U.S. federal income tax  purposes a transaction
constitutes a  sale of property or a loan, the  repayment of which is secured
by property, is a question of fact, the resolution of which is based upon the
economic substance of the  transaction rather than its form or  the manner in
which  it is labeled.  While the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and the
courts have set forth several factors to be taken into account in determining
whether the substance  of a transaction  is a sale  of property or a  secured
loan,  the  primary  factor  in  making this  determination  is  whether  the
transferee has assumed the risk of loss or other economic burdens relating to
the property and has obtained the benefits of ownership thereof.  Tax Counsel
has analyzed and relied on several  factors in reaching its opinion that  the
weight  of the benefits  and burdens of  ownership of the  Mortgage Loans has
been retained  by  the  Transferor  and  has  not  been  transferred  to  the
Certificate Owners.

     In some instances,  courts have  held that  a taxpayer is  bound by  the
particular form it has chosen for a transaction, even if the substance of the
transaction  does not accord with its form.  Tax Counsel has advised that the
rationale of those cases will not apply to this transaction, because the form
of the transaction as  reflected in the operative provisions of the documents
either  accords with  the characterization  of  the Certificates  as debt  or
otherwise makes the rationale of those cases inapplicable to this situation.

TAXATION OF INTEREST INCOME OF CERTIFICATE OWNERS

     Assuming that the Certificate Owners are holders of debt obligations for
U.S. federal income tax purposes,  the Certificates generally will be taxable
as  Debt Securities.  See "CERTAIN  FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS" in the
Prospectus.

     While it is  not anticipated that the  Certificates will be issued  at a
greater than  de  minimis  discount,  under Treasury  regulations  (the  "OID
Regulations")  it is  possible that  the  Certificates could  nevertheless be
deemed  to  have been  issued  with original  issue  discount ("OID")  if the
interest  were  not  treated  as  "unconditionally  payable"  under  the  OID
Regulations.  If such regulations were to apply, all of the taxable income to
be recognized with respect to the  Certificates would be includible in income
of  Certificate Owners  as OID, but  would not  be includible again  when the
interest   is  actually   received.     See  "CERTAIN   FEDERAL  INCOME   TAX
CONSIDERATIONS--Taxation  of  Debt   Securities;  Interest  and   Acquisition
Discount" in the  Prospectus for a discussion  of the application of  the OID
rules  if the Certificates  are in fact  issued at a  greater than de minimis
discount  or  are  treated as  having  been  issued with  OID  under  the OID
Regulations.    For  purposes  of calculating  OID,  it  is  likely  that the
Certificates will be treated as Pay-Through Securities.

POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION OF THE  CERTIFICATES AS A PARTNERSHIP OR  ASSOCIATION
TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION

     The opinion  of Tax Counsel is not binding on the courts or the IRS.  It
is possible that  the IRS could assert  that, for purposes  of the Code,  the
transaction contemplated by  this Prospectus with respect to the Certificates
constitutes  a sale  of the Mortgage  Loans (or  an interest therein)  to the
Certificate  Owners  and  that  the   proper  classification  of  the   legal
relationship between the Transferor and the Certificate Owners resulting from
this  transaction is  that  of  a partnership  (including  a publicly  traded
partnership), a publicly  traded partnership treated as a  corporation, or an
association taxable as a corporation.  Since Tax Counsel has advised that the
Certificates  will   be  treated  as   indebtedness  in  the  hands   of  the
Certificateholders  for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Transferor will
not attempt  to comply  with U.S. federal  income tax  reporting requirements
applicable to partnerships  or corporations as such  requirements would apply
if the Certificates were treated as indebtedness.

     If it were determined that this transaction created an entity classified
as  a corporation  (including  a  publicly traded  partnership  taxable as  a
corporation),  the  Trust would  be  subject to  U.S.  federal income  tax at
corporate income tax  rates on the income it derives from the Mortgage Loans,
which would reduce the amounts  available for distribution to the Certificate
Owners.   Cash  distributions to  the Certificate  Owners generally  would be
treated as dividends  for tax purposes  to the  extent of such  corporation's
earnings and profits.

     If the  transaction were treated  as creating a partnership  between the
Certificate Owners  and the Transferor,  the partnership itself would  not be
subject to U.S.  federal income tax (unless it were to  be characterized as a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation); rather, the Transferor
and each  Certificate Owner would  be taxed individually on  their respective
distributive  shares of the partnership's  income, gain, loss, deductions and
credits.   The amount  and timing of  items of income  and deductions  of the
Certificate Owner  could differ if  the Certificates were held  to constitute
partnership interests rather than indebtedness.

POSSIBLE CLASSIFICATION AS A TAXABLE MORTGAGE POOL

     In  relevant part, Section 7701(i) of the  Code provides that any entity
(or  a  portion of  an  entity) that  is a  "taxable  mortgage pool"  will be
classified as  a taxable  corporation and  will not  be permitted  to file  a
consolidated  U.S.  federal  income  tax  return  with  another  corporation.
Subject  to a grandfather provision  for existing entities,  any entity (or a
portion of any entity)  will be a taxable mortgage pool  if (i) substantially
all of  its assets consist  of debt instruments,  more than 50% of  which are
real estate mortgages, (ii) the entity is  the obligor under debt obligations
with two or more  maturities, and (iii) under the terms  of the entity's debt
obligations (or an underlying arrangement), payments on such debt obligations
bear a relationship to the debt instruments held by the entity.

     Assuming that all  of the provisions of  the Agreement, as in  effect on
the date of issuance,  are complied with, Tax Counsel is  of the opinion that
the arrangement created by the Agreement will  not be a taxable mortgage pool
under  Section 7701(i)  of the  Code because only  one class  of indebtedness
secured by the Mortgage Loan is being issued.

     The opinion  of Tax Counsel is not binding on the IRS or the courts.  If
the IRS were to contend successfully (or future regulations  were to provide)
that  the arrangement created  by the Agreement  is a taxable  mortgage pool,
such arrangement would be subject  to U.S. federal corporate income  tax rate
on its  taxable income generated by ownership of the  Mortgage Loans.  Such a
tax  might reduce amounts available  for distributions to Certificate Owners.
The amount of such tax would depend upon whether distributions to Certificate
Owners  would be  deductible as  interest  expense in  computing the  taxable
income of such an arrangement as a taxable mortgage pool.

FOREIGN INVESTORS

     In general, subject to certain exceptions, interest (including OID) paid
on a  Certificate to a  nonresident alien individual, foreign  corporation or
other  non-United States  person is not  subject to U.S.  federal income tax,
provided that  such interest  is not  effectively connected  with a trade  or
business of  the recipient  in the  United States  and the  Certificate Owner
provides the required foreign person information certification.  See "CERTAIN
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors" in the
Prospectus.

     If the interests of the Certificate Owners were deemed to be partnership
interests, the partnership  would be required, on  a quarterly basis, to  pay
withholding  tax equal  to  the product,  for each  foreign partner,  of such
foreign partner's distributive share of "effectively connected" income of the
partnership multiplied  by the highest rate of tax applicable to that foreign
partner.    In addition,  such foreign  partner  would be  subject  to branch
profits tax.   Each non-foreign partner would  be required to certify  to the
partnership that  it is not  a foreign  person.  The  tax withheld  from each
foreign partner would be credited  against such foreign partner's U.S. income
tax liability.

     If the  Trust were  taxable as a  corporation, distributions  to foreign
persons, to the  extent treated as dividends,  would generally be subject  to
withholding  at  the rate  of  30%,  unless  such  rate were  reduced  by  an
applicable tax treaty.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

     Certain Certificate Owners  may be subject to backup  withholding at the
rate  of  31%  with respect  to  interest  paid on  the  Certificates  if the
Certificate Owners, upon issuance,  fail to supply the Trustee  or his broker
with  his taxpayer  identification  number,  furnish  an  incorrect  taxpayer
identification  number,  fail   to  report  interest,  dividends,   or  other
"reportable payments"  (as defined in  the Code) properly, or,  under certain
circumstances, fail  to provide the  Trustee or his  broker with  a certified
statement,  under  penalty  of perjury,  that  he is  not  subject  to backup
withholding.

     The Trustee will  be required to report annually to the IRS, and to each
Certificateholder of record, the amount of interest paid (and OID accrued, if
any)  on  the Certificates  (and  the amount  of  interest withheld  for U.S.
federal  income taxes, if  any) for each  calendar year, except  as to exempt
holders  (generally,  holders  that   are  corporations,  certain  tax-exempt
organizations or  nonresident aliens  who provide  certification as  to their
status as nonresidents).   As long as the only "Certificateholder"  of record
is Cede, as nominee for DTC, Certificate  Owners and the IRS will receive tax
and  other  information  including  the   amount  of  interest  paid  on  the
Certificates  owned from Participants  and Indirect Participants  rather than
from  the  Trustee.   (The Trustee,  however,  will respond  to  requests for
necessary  information  to  enable Participants,  Indirect  Participants  and
certain  other  persons   to  complete  their  reports.)     Each  non-exempt
Certificate Owner will  be required to  provide, under penalty of  perjury, a
certificate  on IRS  Form W-9  containing his or  her name,  address, correct
Federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that he or she  is not
subject to backup withholding.  Should a non-exempt Certificate Owner fail to
provide the required certification, the Participants or Indirect Participants
will be  required to withhold  31% of the interest  (and principal) otherwise
payable to the holder, and remit the  withheld amount to the IRS as a  credit
against the holder's Federal income tax liability.


                                 STATE TAXES

     The Depositor makes no representations regarding the tax consequences of
purchase, ownership or  disposition of the Certificates under the tax laws of
any state.   Investors considering  an investment in the  Certificates should
consult their own tax advisors regarding such tax consequences.

     ALL  INVESTORS  SHOULD CONSULT  THEIR  OWN  TAX  ADVISORS REGARDING  THE
FEDERAL, STATE,  LOCAL OR  FOREIGN INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES OF  THE PURCHASE,
OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE CERTIFICATES.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Any  Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to acquire any of the
Certificates should  consult with its  counsel with respect to  the potential
consequences under  the Employee Retirement  Income Security Act of  1974, as
amended ("ERISA"),  and the Code,  of the Plans acquisition  and ownership of
such Certificates.  See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

     The U.S. Department  of Labor has granted to  Greenwich Capital Markets,
Inc. ("GCM") Prohibited  Transaction Exemption 90-59 (the  "Exemption") which
exempts from the application of the prohibited transaction rules transactions
relating  to  (1) the  acquisition,  sale and  holding  by  Plans of  certain
certificates  representing  an  undivided  interest  in  certain asset-backed
pass-through trusts, with  respect to which GCM  or any of its  affiliates is
the  sole  underwriter or  the  manager  or  co-manager of  the  underwriting
syndicate;  and  (2)   the  servicing,  operation  and   management  of  such
asset-backed  pass-through trusts, provided  that the general  conditions and
certain  other conditions  set forth  in  the Exemption  are satisfied.   The
Exemption  will  apply  to  the   acquisition,  holding  and  resale  of  the
Certificates by a Plan provided that certain conditions (certain of which are
described below) are met.

     Among the conditions which must be satisfied for the Exemption  to apply
are the following:

          (1)   The acquisition  of the Certificates  by a  Plan is  on terms
     (including  the  price for  such  Certificates)  that  are at  least  as
     favorable to  the investing Plan  as they  would be  in an  arm's-length
     transaction with an unrelated party;

          (2)    The  rights  and  interests  evidenced  by the  Certificates
     acquired by  the Plan are not  subordinated to the rights  and interests
     evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;

          (3)  The Certificates  acquired by the Plan have  received a rating
     at the  time of such  acquisition that is  in one  of the three  highest
     generic   rating  categories  from  either  Standard  &  Poor's  Ratings
     Services, Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,  Duff & Phelps Credit  Rating
     Co. or Fitch Investors Service, L.P.;

          (4)    The  sum  of  all  payments  made  to  and  retained  by the
     Underwriter  in connection  with the  distribution  of the  Certificates
     represents not more  than reasonable compensation for  underwriting such
     Certificates; the  sum  of all  payments  made to  and retained  by  the
     Transferors  pursuant to  the sale of  the Mortgage  Loans to  the Trust
     represents not more than  the fair market value of  such Mortgage Loans;
     the sum  of all payments made to and  retained by the Servicer represent
     not more than reasonable compensation for the Servicers' services  under
     the Agreement and reimbursement of the Servicer's reasonable expenses in
     connection therewith;

          (5)   The Trustee  is  not an  affiliate  of the  Underwriter,  the
     Transferor, the Servicer, the (Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) provider,
     any  borrower  whose  obligations  under  one  or  more  Mortgage  Loans
     constitute more than  5% of the aggregate  unamortized principal balance
     of the  assets in the Trust, or any  of their respective affiliates (the
     "Restricted Group"); and

          (6)   The  Plan investing  in  the Certificates  is an  "accredited
     investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     The   Underwriter  believes  that  the   Exemption  will  apply  to  the
acquisition and holding of  the Certificates by Plans and that all conditions
of the Exemption other than those within the control of the investors will be
met.

     Any Plan fiduciary  considering whether to purchase  any Certificates on
behalf of a  Plan should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability
of  the fiduciary  responsibility and  prohibited  transaction provisions  of
ERISA and the Code to such investment.  Among other things, before purchasing
any  Certificates,   a  fiduciary  of   a  Plan  subject  to   the  fiduciary
responsibility provisions of ERISA or an employee benefit plan subject to the
prohibited   transaction  provisions  of   the  Code  should   make  its  own
determination as to the  availability of the exemptive relief provided in the
Exemption,  and also  consider  the  availability  of  any  other  prohibited
transaction exemptions.

     Prospective institutional purchasers of the Certificates should  consult
with  their counsel  regarding ERISA  considerations  associated with  such a
purchase.  Purchasers should analyze whether  the decision may have an impact
with respect to purchases of the Certificates.


                       LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     (Although, as  a condition to  their issuance, the Certificates  will be
rated in the highest rating category of each Rating Agency,) the Certificates
will not  constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"  for  purposes  of  the
Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act  of 1984 ("SMMEA"), because not all
of  the   Mortgages  securing  the   Mortgage  Loans  are   first  mortgages.
Accordingly, many institutions with legal  authority to invest in  comparably
rated securities based on first mortgage loans  may not be legally authorized
to invest  in the Certificates,  which because they  evidence interests  in a
pool  that  includes   junior  mortgage  loans  are   not  "mortgage  related
securities" under SMMEA.  See "LEGAL INVESTMENT" in the Prospectus.


                                 UNDERWRITING



     Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions set  forth  in the  underwriting
agreement,  dated _________, 199_  (the "Underwriting Agreement"),  among the
Depositor  and Greenwich  Capital  Markets,  Inc.  (the  "Underwriter"),  the
Depositor  has  agreed to  sell to  the Underwriter  and the  Underwriter has
agreed to purchase from the Depositor all of the Certificates.

     The Depositor  has been advised by  the Underwriter that  it proposes to
initially offer  the Certificates  to the  public at  the offering price  set
forth  herein and to  certain dealers  at such price  less a  discount not in
excess of _____% of the Certificate denominations.  The Underwriter may allow
and such  dealers may  reallow  a discount  not in  excess of  _____% of  the
Certificate denominations to certain other dealers.  After the initial public
offering, the public offering price,  such concessions and such discounts may
be changed.

     The Depositor is an affiliate of the Underwriter.

     The  Underwriting Agreement provides  that the Depositor  will indemnify
the  Underwriter  against certain  civil  liabilities, including  liabilities
under the Act.


                                LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal  matters with respect  to the Certificates will  be passed
upon for  the Depositor by Brown &  Wood LLP, New York, New  York and for the
Underwriters by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.


                                   RATINGS

     It is a  condition to issuance that  the Certificates be rated  at least
(          )  by  at  least  two  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
organizations.

     A  securities  rating  addresses  the  likelihood  of  the   receipt  by
Certificateholders of distributions on the  Mortgage Loans.  The rating takes
into  consideration  the  characteristics  of  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  the
structural,  legal and  tax aspects  associated with  the Certificates.   The
ratings on the Certificates do not, however,  constitute statements regarding
the  likelihood or  frequency of  prepayments on  the Mortgage  Loans  or the
possibility  that Certificateholders might  realize a lower  than anticipated
yield.

     (The ratings assigned to the Certificates will depend primarily upon the
creditworthiness  of the  (Letter of  Credit)  (Surety Bond)  provider.   Any
reduction in a rating assigned to the claims-paying ability of the (Letter of
Credit) (Surety  Bond) provider below  the ratings initially assigned  to the
Certificates may result in a reduction of one or more of the ratings assigned
to the Certificates.)

     The  ratings assigned  by Duff  & Phelps  Credit Rating  Co.  ("D&P") to
securities address the likelihood of the receipt by the certificateholders of
all distributions to which they are entitled under the transaction structure.
D&P's  ratings reflect its  analysis of the  riskiness of the  assets and its
analysis of the  structure of the transaction  as set forth in  the operative
documents.   D&P's  ratings  do  not  address the  effect  on  yield  on  the
certificates  attributable to  prepayments or  recoveries  on the  underlying
assets.

     The  ratings assigned  by  Fitch Investors  Service,  L.P. ("Fitch")  to
certificates address  the likelihood of  the receipt of all  distributions on
the mortgage  loans by the  related certificateholders  under the  agreements
pursuant to  which such certificates are  issued.  Fitch's ratings  take into
consideration the  credit quality of  the related pool, including  any credit
support   providers,  structural  and  legal  aspects  associated  with  such
certificates, and  the extent  to which  the payment  stream on  the pool  is
adequate to make the payments required  by such certificates.  Fitch  ratings
on  such  certificates do  not,  however,  constitute a  statement  regarding
frequency of prepayments of the assets.

     The ratings assigned by  Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's")  to
certificates address the  likelihood of the receipt  by certificateholders of
all distributions to  which such  certificateholders are  entitled.   Moody's
ratings on certificates do not represent  any assessment of the likelihood or
rate  of principal prepayments.   The ratings do  not address the possibility
that  certificateholders might  suffer a  lower than  anticipated yield  as a
result of prepayments.

     The ratings assigned  by Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services, a Division
of The McGraw-Hill Companies  ("Standard & Poor's"), to certificates  address
the likelihood  of the  receipt of  all distributions  on the  assets by  the
related  certificateholders under  the  agreements  pursuant  to  which  such
certificates are issued.   Standard & Poor's ratings  take into consideration
the  credit  quality  of  the  related pool,  including  any  credit  support
providers,  structural and legal  aspects associated with  such certificates,
and the extent to which the payment stream on  such mortgage pool is adequate
to make payments required by such certificates.  Standard & Poor's ratings on
such certificates do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency
of prepayments on the related assets.  The letter "r" attached  to a Standard
&  Poor's rating  highlights derivative,  hybrid and  certain other  types of
certificates that Standard &  Poor's believes may experience  high volatility
or high variability in expected returns due to non-credit risks.  The absence
of an "r" symbol in the rating of a class of certificates should not be taken
as  an  indication that  such  certificates  will  exhibit no  volatility  or
variability in total return.

     A securities  rating  is not  a  recommendation  to buy,  sell  or  hold
securities and may be  subject to revision or  withdrawal at any time by  the
assigning rating  organization.  Each  securities rating should  be evaluated
independently of similar ratings on different securities.


                            INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
                            ---------------------

Terms                                                                    Page
- -----                                                                    ----

Accredited investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-41
accredited investor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-41
Additional Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-19
Adjustment Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3
Amortization Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
Assignment of Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Beneficial owner  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
BIF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-24
Billing cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5
Book-Entry Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13, S-21, S-20
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
CEDEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Certificate Owners  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13, S-21, S-6, S-20
Certificate Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-19
Certificate Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-7, S-27
Certificateholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3, S-25
Citibank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-37
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-14, S-6, S-23
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Credit Limit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Credit Limit Utilization Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-18
Credit Line Agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-17, S-19
Cut-Off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1, S-3, S-4, S-18
Cut-Off Date Pool Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Cut-Off Date Principal Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-19
D&P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
Debt-to-Gross Income Ratio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14
Defaulted Mortgage Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-24
Defective Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Definitive Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3
Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-25
Distribution Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-7, S-25
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13, S-21, S-6, S-20
Early Amortization Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-28
Eligible Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-23
Eligible Additional Mortgage Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Eligible Substitute Mortgage Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11, S-40
Euroclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
European Depositaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-14, S-21, S-6, S-20
Events of Servicing Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-33
Exemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-40
First Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-12
Fitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
GCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-40
Home equity loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13
Index Maturity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Index Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Insolvency Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-33
Interest Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6, S-24
Interest Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7, S-27
Investor Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Investor Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8, S-24
IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-38
LIBOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7, S-27
LIBOR Business Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Liquidation Loss Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-24
Loan Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4, S-15
Margin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Maximum Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14
Moody's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
Morgan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Mortgage Loan Schedule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3, S-19
Mortgage related securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-11
Mortgaged Properties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-19
Notice Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
OID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-38
OID Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-38
Original Principal Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4, S-19
Percentage Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11
Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-5
Prime rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Principal Allocation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
Principal Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-4
Principal Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6, S-24
Private Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3, S-19
Purchase Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4
Purchase Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-11
Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Registration of Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Relevant Depositary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-21, S-20
Restricted Group  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-41
Reuters Screen LIBO Page  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-27
Revolving Period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8
SAIF  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-14, S-24
Security Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-23
Security Principal Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5
Security Principal Balance Loss Deduction Amount  . . . . . . . . . . .  S-26
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3, S-7, S-13
Servicing Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-10, S-17
Servicing Fee Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-10, S-17, S-31
SMMEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-11, S-42
Standard & Poor's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-43
Substitution Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Successor Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-33
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-37
Transferor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-13, S-36
Transferor Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4, S-20
Transferor Percentages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-20
Transferor Portfolio  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1, S-3
Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3, S-10
Unallocated Principal Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-42
Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-42
Unpaid Interest Shortfall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-26
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9, S-28
(Letter of Credit) (Surety Bond) Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9


                                   ANNEX I

=====================================  ======================================
NO  DEALER, SALESMAN OR  OTHER PERSON
HAS  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO   GIVE  ANY
INFORMATION   OR    TO    MAKE    ANY
REPRESENTATIONS   OTHER   THAN  THOSE
CONTAINED    IN    THIS    PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT  OR   THE  PROSPECTUS   IN
CONNECTION  WITH THE  OFFER  MADE  BY
THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE              $(_____________)
PROSPECTUS  AND, IF  GIVEN  OR  MADE,                (APPROXIMATE)
SUCH  INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATIONS
MUST NOT  BE RELIED  UPON  AS  HAVING              HOME EQUITY LOAN
BEEN AUTHORIZED  BY THE  UNDERWRITER.                ASSET BACKED
NEITHER   THE   DELIVERY    OF   THIS        CERTIFICATES, SERIES 199__-__
PROSPECTUS   NOR   ANY    SALE   MADE
HEREUNDER     SHALL     UNDER     ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE  ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS  BEEN NO  CHANGE SINCE
THE  DATE HEREOF.    THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS  DO NOT
CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER OR  SOLICITATION
BY  ANYONE  IN  ANY  JURISDICTION  IN
WHICH  SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IS
NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IS      FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
NOT QUALIFIED  TO DO SO OR  TO ANYONE                  DEPOSITOR
TO WHOM IT  IS UNLAWFUL TO  MAKE SUCH
SOLICITATION.
           _______________                     (______________________)
                                                TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER
          TABLE OF CONTENTS

        PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
PAGE

Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . .   S-12
The Home Equity Lending
Program . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-13
Servicing of the Mortgage
Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-16                                      
Description of the                          _________________________________
Mortgage Loans  . . . . . . . .   S-18           
Prepayment and Yield                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Considerations  . . . . . . . .   S-18                                      
Description of the Certificates   S-19              (_________, 199_)
Description of the 
Purchase Agreement  . . . . . .   S-36      _________________________________
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . .   S-37
ERISA Considerations  . . . . .   S-37
Legal Investment                             GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
Considerations  . . . . . . . .   S-42
Underwriting  . . . . . . . . .   S-42
Legal Matters . . . . . . . . .   S-42
Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-42

              PROSPECTUS

Prospectus Supplement or Current
Report on Form8-K . . . . . . . . .  2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
Available Information . . . . . . .  2
Reports to Securityholders  . . . .  3
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . . .  4
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . .   12
The Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . .   17
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . .   22
The Depositor . . . . . . . . . .   22
Loan Program  . . . . . . . . . .   22
Description of the Securities . .   24
Credit Enhancement  . . . . . . .   33
Yield and Prepayment
Considerations  . . . . . . . . .   38
The Agreements  . . . . . . . . .   41
Certain Legal Aspects of 
the Loans . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations  . . . . . . . . .   66
State Tax Considerations  . . . .   85
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . .   85
Legal Investment  . . . . . . . .   88
Method of Distribution  . . . . .   90
Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . .   89
Financial Information . . . . . .   90
Rating  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90
=====================================  ======================================

PROSPECTUS
                           Asset Backed Securities
                             (Issuable in Series)
                       FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.
                                  Depositor
                              __________________

    This  Prospectus  relates to  the issuance  of Asset  Backed Certificates
(the "Certificates")  and the Asset  Backed Notes (the "Notes"  and, together
with the Certificates, the "Securities"), which may be sold from time to time
in one or more series (each, a  "Series") by Financial Asset Securities Corp.
(the "Depositor") on  terms determined at the  time of sale and  described in
this Prospectus and the related Prospectus  Supplement.  The Securities of  a
Series will evidence  beneficial ownership of a trust fund  (a "Trust Fund").
As  specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the  Trust Fund  for a
Series of  Securities will include  certain assets (the "Trust  Fund Assets")
which will primarily  consist of (i) closed-end and/or  revolving home equity
loans (the"Home Equity Loans") secured primarily by subordinate liens on one-
 to four-family  residential properties,  (ii)  home improvement  installment
sales  contracts and  installment  loan  agreements  (the  "Home  Improvement
Contracts") that  are either  unsecured or  secured primarily  by subordinate
liens on  one- to  four-family residential properties,  or by  purchase money
security  interests  in the  home  improvements financed  thereby  (the "Home
Improvements")  and/or  (iii)  Private Asset  Backed  Securities  (as defined
herein).   The  Home  Equity Loans  and the  Home  Improvement Contracts  are
collectively referred to herein  as the "Loans".  The Trust  Fund Assets will
be acquired by the Depositor, either directly or indirectly, from one or more
institutions (each,  a "Seller"), which  may be affiliates of  the Depositor,
and conveyed by the Depositor to  the related Trust Fund.  A Trust  Fund also
may  include  insurance  policies,  reserve  accounts,  reinvestment  income,
guaranties, obligations, agreements, letters of credit or other assets to the
extent described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Each  Series of Securities will  be issued in one  or more classes.  Each
class of  Securities of  a Series  will evidence  beneficial  ownership of  a
specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments
and a  specified percentage (which may be 0%)  or portion of future principal
payments on  the Trust Fund  Assets in the related  Trust Fund.   A Series of
Securities may  include  one or  more classes  that are  senior  in right  of
payment to one or  more other classes of Securities  of such Series.  One  or
more  classes  of  Securities   of  a  Series  may  be  entitled  to  receive
distributions of principal, interest or  any combination thereof prior to one
or more other classes of Securities of such Series or after the occurrence of
specified  events,  in each  case  as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  

    Distributions to Securityholders will  be made monthly, quarterly,  semi-
annually or at such other intervals and on the dates specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Distributions on the  Securities of a Series will be
made  from the  assets of the  related Trust  Fund or  Funds or  other assets
pledged for  the benefit of the  Securityholders as specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

    The  related   Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe  any  insurance  or
guarantee   provided  with  respect  to  the  related  Series  of  Securities
including, without  limitation, any  insurance or  guarantee provided by  the
Department of Housing and Urban  Development, the United States Department of
Veterans' Affairs or any private insurer  or guarantor.  The only obligations
of the  Depositor with respect to  a Series of  Securities will be  to obtain
certain representations and warranties from each Seller and to  assign to the
Trustee  for the  related Series  of Securities  the Depositor's  rights with
respect to such representations and warranties.  The principal obligations of
the Master Servicer  named in the related Prospectus  Supplement with respect
to the related  Series of Securities will be limited  to obligations pursuant
to certain representations  and warranties and  to its contractual  servicing
obligations, including  any  obligation it  may  have to  advance  delinquent
payments on the Trust Fund Assets in the related Trust Fund.

    The yield  on each class of Securities  of a Series will  be affected by,
among other things, the rate of payments of principal (including prepayments)
on the Trust Fund Assets in the related  Trust Fund and the timing of receipt
of  such  payments  as  described   herein  and  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.   A Trust  Fund may  be subject  to early  termination under  the
circumstances described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    If  specified in a  Prospectus Supplement,  one or more  elections may be
made to treat the related Trust Fund or specified portions thereof as a "real
estate   mortgage  investment  conduit"  ("REMIC")  for  federal  income  tax
purposes.  See "Certain Material Federal Income Tax Consequences."
                               ________________

    FOR A DISCUSSION OF  CERTAIN RISKS ASSOCIATED  WITH AN INVESTMENT IN  THE
SECURITIES, SEE THE INFORMATION UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 12.

  THE CERTIFICATES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, AND
   THE NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, THE RELATED TRUST
      FUND ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE
         DEPOSITOR, ANY SELLER OR ANY AFFILIATES THEREOF, EXCEPT TO 
          THE EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
             NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR THE LOANS ARE INSURED OR 
              GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY, EXCEPT TO 
                     THE EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE RELATED 
                            PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE  SECURITIES  AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
      ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
              SUPPLEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS 
                             A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                          __________________________

    Prior to issuance there  will have been no  market for the Securities  of
any Series and  there can  be no assurance  that a secondary  market for  any
Securities will develop, or if it does develop, that it will continue.   This
Prospectus may not  be used to consummate  sales of Securities of  any Series
unless accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement.   Offers of the Securities may
be made  through one or  more different methods, including  offerings through
underwriters, as more fully  described under "Method of  Distribution" herein
and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  All Securities will be distributed
by, or sold by underwriters managed by:


________ __, 199_

    Until 90  days after the date of  each Prospectus Supplement, all dealers
effecting  transactions  in   the  securities  covered  by   such  Prospectus
Supplement, whether or not participating  in the distribution thereof, may be
required to deliver such Prospectus Supplement  and this Prospectus.  This is
in  addition  to  the obligation  of  dealers  to  deliver  a Prospectus  and
Prospectus Supplement when  acting as underwriters and with  respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.

             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K

    The Prospectus Supplement or Current  Report on Form 8-K relating to  the
Securities of  each Series to be offered  hereunder will, among other things,
set  forth with respect to such Securities, as appropriate: (i) a description
of the class or classes  of Securities and the Pass-Through Rate or method of
determining the rate or the amount of interest, if any,  to be passed through
to  each such  class; (ii)  the aggregate  principal amount  and Distribution
Dates  relating to  such  Series and,  if applicable,  the initial  and final
scheduled  Distribution Dates  for each  class; (iii)  information as  to the
assets comprising  the Trust Fund,  including the general  characteristics of
the  Trust Fund  Assets included  therein and,  if applicable,  the insurance
policies, surety bonds, guaranties, letters of credit or other instruments or
agreements included in the Trust Fund or otherwise, and the amount and source
of any reserve account; (iv) the circumstances, if any, under which the Trust
Fund may be  subject to early termination;  (v) the method used  to calculate
the amount  of principal  to be  distributed with  respect to  each class  of
Securities; (vi)  the order of  application of  distributions to each  of the
classes within such Series, whether sequential, pro rata, or otherwise; (vii)
the  Distribution  Dates  with  respect to  such  Series;  (viii)  additional
information with  respect to the  method of distribution of  such Securities;
(ix) whether one or more REMIC elections  will be made and designation of the
regular   interests  and  residual  interests;  (x)  the  aggregate  original
percentage ownership interest in the Trust Fund to be evidenced by each class
of  Securities; (xi) information  as to the Trustee;  (xii) information as to
the  nature  and  extent  of  subordination  with  respect  to  any class  of
Securities that is  subordinate in right of  payment to any other  class; and
(xiii) information as to the Master Servicer.

              INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

    There  are incorporated  herein by  reference  all documents  and reports
filed  or caused to  be filed by the  Depositor with respect  to a Trust Fund
pursuant to  Section 13(a), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of
1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act") prior  to  the  termination of  the
offering of  Securities evidencing  interests therein.   Upon request  by any
person to  whom this Prospectus is delivered  in connection with the offering
of one or more classes of Securities, the Depositor  will provide or cause to
be  provided without  charge a  copy  of any  such  documents and/or  reports
incorporated herein by  reference, in each case to the  extent such documents
or reports  relate to such classes of Securities,  other than the exhibits to
such  documents  (unless  such  exhibits  are  specifically  incorporated  by
reference in such  documents).  Requests to the  Depositor should be directed
in  writing  to:  Paul  D. Stevelman,  Assistant  Secretary,  Financial Asset
Securities Corp., 600 Steamboat Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830, telephone
number  (203) 625-2756.   The  Depositor has  determined  that its  financial
statements are not material to the offering of any Securities.

                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The Depositor has filed with the  Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration  Statement under the Securities Act  of 1933, as
amended, with respect to the Securities.  This Prospectus, which forms a part
of the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus Supplement relating to each
Series of Securities contain summaries of the material terms of the documents
referred to herein and therein, but do not contain all of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement pursuant  to the Rules and Regulations of
the  Commission.    For  further  information,  reference  is  made  to  such
Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto.  Such Registration Statement
and exhibits can  be inspected and copied  at prescribed rates at  the public
reference facilities  maintained by  the Commission  at its  Public Reference
Section, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20549, and at its Regional
Offices located as follows: Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400,  Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511;  and Northeast Regional  Office, 7
World Trade Center, Suite  1300, New York, New York 10048.   In addition, the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") maintains a Web site at
http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy  and information statements  and
other information regarding  registrants, including the Depositor,  that file
electronically with the Commission.

    No person  has been authorized  to give  any information  or to make  any
representation  other  than  those  contained  in  this  Prospectus  and  any
Prospectus  Supplement  with respect  hereto  and,  if  given or  made,  such
information or representations must not be relied  upon.  This Prospectus and
any  Prospectus Supplement with respect hereto  do not constitute an offer to
sell or  a solicitation  of an offer  to buy  any securities  other than  the
Securities offered  hereby and thereby nor an offer  of the Securities to any
person  in  any state  or other  jurisdiction  in which  such offer  would be
unlawful.   The delivery of  this Prospectus at any time  does not imply that
information herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.

                          REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

    Periodic  and annual  reports concerning  the  related Trust  Fund for  a
Series  of  Securities are  required under  an Agreement  to be  forwarded to
Securityholders.  However, such reports will neither be examined nor reported
on by an independent public accountant.  See "Description of the Securities--
Reports to Securityholders".

                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

    This summary is  qualified in its  entirety by reference to  the detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus  and  in  the related
Prospectus Supplement with respect to the  Series offered thereby and to  the
related Agreement  (as such term is defined below)  which will be prepared in
connection  with  each Series  of  Securities.   Unless  otherwise specified,
capitalized  terms used  and not defined  in this  Summary of Terms  have the
meanings  given to  them in  this  Prospectus and  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.

Title of Securities          Asset  Backed Certificates  (the "Certificates")
                             and  Asset  Backed   Notes  (the  "Notes"   and,
                             together    with    the    Certificates,     the
                             "Securities"), which are issuable in Series.

Depositor                    Financial  Asset  Securities Corp.,  a  Delaware
                             corporation,   an   indirect   limited   purpose
                             finance subsidiary of  National Westminster Bank
                             Plc   and  an  affiliate  of  Greenwich  Capital
                             Markets, Inc.  See "The Depositor" herein.

Trustee                      The trustee (the "Trustee")  for each Series  of
                             Securities  will  be specified  in  the  related
                             Prospectus  Supplement.   See  "The  Agreements"
                             herein   for  a  description  of  the  Trustee's
                             rights and obligations.

Master Servicer              The entity or entities named as  Master Servicer
                             (the  "Master Servicer")  will  be specified  in
                             the  related  Prospectus Supplement.    See "The
                             Agreements--Certain   Matters    Regarding   the
                             Master Servicer and the Depositor".

Trust Fund Assets            Assets  of  the  Trust  Fund  for  a  Series  of
                             Securities  will  include  certain  assets  (the
                             "Trust  Fund   Assets")  which  will   primarily
                             consist  of  (a)  Loans  or  (b)  Private  Asset
                             Backed  Securities,  together with  payments  in
                             respect of such  Trust Fund  Assets and  certain
                             other  accounts, obligations  or agreements,  in
                             each   case   as  specified   in   the   related
                             Prospectus  Supplement.    The  Loans   will  be
                             collected in  a pool (each, a  "Pool") as of the
                             first  day of the  month of the  issuance of the
                             related Series of Securities or  such other date
                             specified  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement  (the


                             "Cut-off Date").    Trust Fund  assets also  may
                             include   insurance  policies,   cash  accounts,
                             reinvestment  income,  guaranties,  letters   of
                             credit or  other assets to the  extent described
                             in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.    See
                             "Credit  Enhancement".    In  addition,  if  the
                             related Prospectus  Supplement so provides,  the
                             related  Trust  Funds' assets  will  include the
                             funds on  deposit in an account  (a "Pre-Funding
                             Account")  which   will  be  used   to  purchase
                             additional Loans during the period  specified in
                             the  related Prospectus  Supplement.   See  "The
                             Agreements--Pre-Funding Accounts".

A.  Loans                    The  Loans will consist  of (i) closed-end loans
                             (the "Closed-End  Loans") and/or revolving  home
                             equity  loans or  certain balances  therein (the
                             "Revolving  Credit  Line Loans",  together  with
                             the Closed-End Loans, the  "Home Equity Loans"),
                             and  (ii)  home  improvement  installment  sales
                             contracts and  installment loan agreements  (the
                             "Home Improvement Contracts").   The Home Equity
                             Loans  and  the Home  Improvement  Contracts are
                             collectively  referred to herein as the "Loans".
                             All  Loans  will  have  been  purchased  by  the
                             Depositor,   either  directly   or  through   an
                             affiliate, from one or more Sellers.

                             As   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                             Supplement, the Home Equity Loans  will, and the
                             Home Improvement  Contracts may,  be secured  by
                             mortgages  or deeds  of trust  or other  similar
                             security   instruments  creating  a  lien  on  a
                             mortgaged  property (the  "Mortgaged Property"),
                             which may  be subordinated to one or more senior
                             liens  on the  Mortgaged Property,  as described
                             in  the  related  Prospectus   Supplement.    As
                             specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement,
                             Home Improvement  Contracts may be  unsecured or
                             secured by purchase money  security interests in
                             the  Home  Improvements financed  thereby.   The
                             Mortgaged Properties  and the Home  Improvements
                             are  collectively  referred  to  herein  as  the
                             "Properties".

B. Private Asset-
  Backed Securities          Private Asset Backed Securities may  include (a)
                             pass-through      certificates      representing
                             beneficial  interests  in certain  loans  and/or
                             (b) collateralized  obligations secured by  such
                             loans.    Private  Asset  Backed  Securities may
                             include  stripped  securities  representing   an
                             undivided interest  in all or  a part  of either
                             the   principal  distributions   (but  not   the
                             interest   distributions)   or   the    interest
                             distributions    (but    not    the    principal
                             distributions) or  in some specified  portion of
                             the  principal and  interest distributions  (but
                             not  all  of  such  distributions)   on  certain
                             loans.   Although individual loans  underlying a
                             Private Asset  Backed Security may be insured or
                             guaranteed by  the United States or an agency or
                             instrumentality thereof,  they need not  be, and
                             the Private  Asset Backed Securities  themselves
                             will not  be so insured or guaranteed.  Payments
                             on the  Private Asset Backed  Securities will be


                             distributed   directly   to   the   Trustee   as
                             registered  owner of  such Private  Asset Backed
                             Securities.   See "The Trust Fund--Private Asset
                             Backed Securities".

Description of
  the Securities             Each  Security   will  represent  a   beneficial
                             ownership interest  in,  or will  be secured  by
                             the  assets  of, a  Trust  Fund  created by  the
                             Depositor  pursuant to  an  Agreement among  the
                             Depositor, the Master  Servicer and the  Trustee
                             for the related Series.   The Securities of  any
                             Series  may be issued in  one or more classes as
                             specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement.
                             A Series of Securities  may include one or  more
                             classes of senior  Securities (collectively, the
                             "Senior  Securities") and one or more classes of
                             subordinate   Securities    (collectively,   the
                             "Subordinated Securities").   Certain Series  or
                             classes   of  Securities   may  be   covered  by
                             insurance  policies  or  other  forms  of credit
                             enhancement, in  each case  as described  herein
                             and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                             One  or  more  classes  of  Securities  of  each
                             Series   (i)   may   be  entitled   to   receive
                             distributions allocable only  to principal, only
                             to interest or  to any combination thereof; (ii)
                             may  be entitled  to receive  distributions only
                             of  prepayments  of   principal  throughout  the
                             lives  of  the Securities  or  during  specified
                             periods; (iii) may be subordinated  in the right
                             to receive  distributions of scheduled  payments
                             of   principal,   prepayments   of    principal,
                             interest or  any combination thereof  to one  or
                             more other classes of Securities of such  Series
                             throughout  the  lives  of   the  Securities  or
                             during specified periods;  (iv) may be  entitled
                             to  receive such  distributions  only after  the
                             occurrence of  events specified  in the  related
                             Prospectus  Supplement; (v)  may be  entitled to
                             receive  distributions  in   accordance  with  a
                             schedule  or   formula  or   on  the   basis  of
                             collections  from  designated  portions  of  the
                             assets  in the  related Trust  Fund; (vi)  as to
                             Securities  entitled to  distributions allocable
                             to   interest,  may   be  entitled   to  receive
                             interest  at a  fixed  rate or  a  rate that  is
                             subject to change from  time to time; and  (vii)
                             as  to  Securities   entitled  to  distributions
                             allocable   to  interest,  may  be  entitled  to
                             distributions allocable  to interest only  after
                             the  occurrence  of  events  specified   in  the
                             related  Prospectus  Supplement and  may  accrue
                             interest until such  events occur, in each  case
                             as   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                             Supplement.    The  timing and  amounts  of such
                             distributions  may  vary   among  classes,  over
                             time, or  otherwise as specified  in the related
                             Prospectus Supplement.

Distributions on
  the Securities             Distributions   on   the   Securities   entitled
                             thereto will  be made monthly  or at  such other
                             intervals  and on  the  dates specified  in  the
                             related    Prospectus   Supplement    (each,   a
                             "Distribution   Date")  out   of  the   payments
                             received  in  respect  of  the   assets  of  the
                             related Trust  Fund  or  Funds or  other  assets
                             pledged  for the  benefit of  the Securities  as
                             specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement.
                             The  amount allocable  to payments  of principal
                             and interest  on any Distribution  Date will  be
                             determined   as   specified   in   the   related
                             Prospectus    Supplement.       Allocations   of
                             distributions among Securityholders  of a single
                             class  shall   be  set  forth  in   the  related
                             Prospectus Supplement.

                             Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the   related
                             Prospectus  Supplement,  the aggregate  original
                             principal  balance of  the  Securities will  not
                             exceed the aggregate  distributions allocable to
                             principal  that such Securities will be entitled
                             to  receive.     If  specified  in  the  related
                             Prospectus Supplement, the  Securities will have
                             an  aggregate original  principal balance  equal
                             to  the aggregate  unpaid  principal balance  of
                             the  Trust Fund Assets  as of  the first  day of
                             the month  of  creation of  the  Trust Fund  and
                             will bear  interest in the  aggregate at  a rate
                             equal  to  the   interest  rate  borne   by  the
                             underlying  Loans  (the    "Loan  Rate")  and/or
                             Private  Asset  Backed Securities,  net  of  the
                             aggregate servicing fees  and any other  amounts
                             specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement
                             (the  "Pass-Through Rate").  If specified in the
                             related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  aggregate
                             original  principal  balance of  the  Securities
                             and interest rates on the classes  of Securities
                             will  be determined  based on  the cash  flow on
                             the Trust Fund Assets.

                             The  rate  at  which  interest  will  be  passed
                             through to  holders of each class  of Securities
                             entitled  thereto may be a  fixed rate or a rate
                             that is  subject  to change  from  time to  time
                             from the time  and for the periods, in each case
                             as   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                             Supplement.   Any such rate may be calculated on
                             a   loan-by-loan,  weighted   average,  notional
                             amount  or   other  basis,   in  each  case   as
                             described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Compensating
  Interest                   If  so  specified  in  the   related  Prospectus
                             Supplement,   the   Master  Servicer   will   be
                             required to  remit to the  Trustee, with respect
                             to  each Loan  in the  related Trust  Fund as to
                             which  a  principal  prepayment  in  full  or  a
                             principal  payment  which is  in  excess of  the
                             scheduled  monthly payment  and is  not intended
                             to cure  a delinquency  was received  during any
                             Due Period,  an amount, from  and to  the extent
                             of  amounts  otherwise  payable  to  the  Master
                             Servicer  as  servicing compensation,  equal  to
                             (i)  the   excess,  if  any,  of  (a)  30  days'
                             interest  on  the   principal  balance  of   the
                             related Loan at  the Loan  Rate net  of the  per
                             annum  rate  at  which   the  Master  Servicer's
                             servicing fee  accrues, over  (b) the amount  of
                             interest actually  received on such  Loan during
                             such Due  Period, net  of the  Master Servicer's
                             servicing  fee  or  (ii) such  other  amount  as
                             described in the  related Prospectus Supplement.
                             See    "Description    of    the    Securities--
                             Compensating Interest".

Credit Enhancement           The assets in a Trust Fund  or the Securities of
                             one or  more classes in  the related  Series may
                             have the benefit of one or more types of  credit
                             enhancement   as   described  in   the   related
                             Prospectus Supplement.   The protection  against
                             losses afforded by  any such credit  support may
                             be  limited.    The  type,  characteristics  and
                             amount of credit enhancement will  be determined
                             based   on  the  characteristics  of  the  Loans
                             and/or    Private   Asset    Backed   Securities
                             underlying or comprising  the Trust Fund  Assets
                             and  other factors  and will  be established  on
                             the basis  of requirements of each Rating Agency
                             rating  the  Securities  of  such Series.    See
                             "Credit Enhancement."

A. Subordination             The rights  of the  holders of the  Subordinated
                             Securities  of a Series to receive distributions
                             with respect  to the assets in the related Trust
                             Fund will  be subordinated to such rights of the
                             holders  of  the Senior  Securities of  the same
                             Series to  the extent described  in the  related
                             Prospectus  Supplement.   This subordination  is
                             intended  to enhance  the likelihood  of regular
                             receipt by  holders of Senior  Securities of the
                             full  amount  of monthly  payments  of principal
                             and interest  due them.  The protection afforded
                             to the  holders of Senior Securities of a Series
                             by means  of the subordination  feature will  be
                             accomplished  by (i)  the preferential  right of
                             such   holders   to  receive,   prior   to   any
                             distribution  being  made  in  respect   of  the
                             related Subordinated Securities,  the amounts of
                             interest  and/or  principal  due  them  on  each
                             Distribution  Date  out of  the  funds available
                             for  distribution on  such date  in  the related
                             Security Account  and, to  the extent  described
                             in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  by the
                             right   of  such   holders  to   receive  future
                             distributions  on  the  assets  in  the  related
                             Trust  Fund  that  would  otherwise   have  been
                             payable   to   the   holders   of   Subordinated
                             Securities;   (ii)   reducing   the    ownership
                             interest    of    the    related    Subordinated
                             Securities; (iii)  a combination of  clauses (i)
                             and (ii)  above; or (iv)  as otherwise described
                             in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.   If  so
                             specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement,
                             subordination  may  apply only  in the  event of
                             certain  types of  losses not  covered  by other
                             forms  of credit support,  such as hazard losses
                             not   covered  by   standard  hazard   insurance
                             policies,  losses due to the bankruptcy or fraud
                             of  the   borrower.    The   related  Prospectus
                             Supplement    will    set   forth    information
                             concerning,  among other  things, the  amount of
                             subordination   of  a   class   or  classes   of
                             Subordinated   Securities  in   a  Series,   the
                             circumstances in  which such subordination  will
                             be applicable,  and the manner, if any, in which
                             the amount  of subordination will  decrease over
                             time.

B. Reserve Account           One or  more reserve accounts (each,  a "Reserve
                             Account") may be established and  maintained for
                             each  Series.  The related Prospectus Supplement
                             will  specify   whether  or  not   such  Reserve
                             Accounts will be included  in the corpus of  the
                             Trust  Fund  for  such  Series   and  will  also
                             specify  the  manner  of   funding  the  related
                             Reserve Accounts and the conditions  under which
                             the  amounts in any  such Reserve  Accounts will
                             be  used  to make  distributions  to holders  of
                             Securities  of  a particular  class  or released
                             from the related Reserve Account.


C. Special Hazard Insurance
    Policy                   Certain  classes  of  Securities  may  have  the
                             benefit  of a  Special Hazard  Insurance Policy.
                             Certain  physical risks  that are  not otherwise
                             insured  against  by standard  hazard  insurance
                             policies  may be  covered  by a  Special  Hazard
                             Insurance  Policy  or  Policies.    Each Special
                             Hazard  Insurance  Policy  will  be  limited  in
                             scope  and will  cover  losses  pursuant to  the
                             provisions   of   each   such   Special   Hazard
                             Insurance  Policy as  described  in the  related
                             Prospectus Supplement.

D. Bankruptcy Bond           One   or   more   bankruptcy   bonds   (each   a
                             "Bankruptcy  Bond")  may  be  obtained  covering
                             certain losses  resulting from action  which may
                             be  taken  by a  bankruptcy court  in connection
                             with  a  Loan.   The level  of coverage  and the
                             limitations  in scope  of  each Bankruptcy  Bond
                             will  be  specified in  the  related  Prospectus
                             Supplement.

E. Loan Pool
   Insurance Policy          A  mortgage  pool insurance  policy  or policies
                             may  be   obtained  and  maintained   for  Loans
                             relating  to any Series,  which shall be limited
                             in  scope,  covering  defaults  on  the  related
                             Loans in  an initial amount equal to a specified
                             percentage  of the  aggregate principal  balance
                             of  all Loans  included in  the Pool  as  of the
                             Cut-off Date. 

F. FHA Insurance             If   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                             Supplement, (i)  all or a  portion of  the Loans
                             in a Pool may be insured  by the Federal Housing
                             Administration (the "FHA") and/or (ii)  all or a
                             portion   of   the   Loans   may   be  partially
                             guaranteed  by   the  Department  of   Veterans'
                             Affairs   (the  "VA").     See   "Certain  Legal
                             Considerations--Title I Program".

G. Cross-Support             If   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                             Supplement,   the   beneficial   ownership    of
                             separate  groups of assets  included in  a Trust
                             Fund  may  be evidenced  by separate  classes of
                             the  related Series  of  Securities.    In  such
                             case,  credit  support  may  be  provided  by  a
                             cross-support   feature   which  requires   that
                             distributions   be   made    with   respect   to
                             Securities  evidencing  beneficial ownership  of
                             one or more asset groups  prior to distributions
                             to   Subordinated   Securities   evidencing    a
                             beneficial  ownership  interest in,  or  secured
                             by, other  asset groups  within  the same  Trust
                             Fund.

                             If   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus
                             Supplement,  the  coverage  provided  by  one or
                             more   forms  of   credit   support  may   apply
                             concurrently  to  two  or  more  separate  Trust
                             Funds.   If  applicable, the  related Prospectus
                             Supplement  will  identify the  Trust  Funds  to
                             which  such  credit  support  relates   and  the
                             manner   of  determining   the  amount   of  the
                             coverage   provided    thereby   and   of    the
                             application of such  coverage to the  identified
                             Trust Funds.

H.  Other Arrangements       Other arrangements as  described in the  related
                             Prospectus   Supplement   including,   but   not
                             limited  to,  one  or  more  letters of  credit,
                             surety  bonds,  other insurance  or  third-party
                             guarantees may  be used to  provide coverage for
                             certain risks  of defaults  or various types  of
                             losses.

Advances                     The  Master Servicer  and,  if applicable,  each
                             mortgage servicing  institution that services  a
                             Loan in a Pool on behalf  of the Master Servicer
                             (a "Sub-Servicer")  may be obligated  to advance
                             amounts  (each, an  "Advance") corresponding  to
                             delinquent  interest  and/or principal  payments
                             on  such Loan  until the  date, as  specified in
                             the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  following
                             the date on which  the related Property is  sold
                             at  a foreclosure  sale or  the related  Loan is
                             otherwise  liquidated.   Any obligation  to make
                             Advances   may  be  subject  to  limitations  as
                             specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement.
                             If  so  specified  in  the   related  Prospectus
                             Supplement, Advances  may be drawn  from a  cash
                             account available for such  purpose as described
                             in such Prospectus Supplement.

                             Any such  obligation of the Master Servicer or a
                             Sub-Servicer to make  Advances may be  supported
                             by the  delivery  to the  Trustee  of a  support
                             letter from an  affiliate of the Master Servicer
                             or  such Sub-Servicer  or an  unaffiliated third
                             party  (a "Support  Servicer") guaranteeing  the
                             payment  of such Advances by the Master Servicer
                             or  Sub-Servicer,   as  the  case  may   be,  as
                             specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                             In  the  event  the  Master   Servicer,  Support
                             Servicer  or   Sub-Servicer  fails  to   make  a
                             required Advance,  the Trustee may  be obligated
                             to  advance such  amounts otherwise  required to
                             be  advanced  by  the  Master  Servicer, Support
                             Servicer or  Sub-Servicer.  See  "Description of
                             the Securities--Advances."

Optional Termination         The Master  Servicer or  the party  specified in
                             the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  including
                             the holder  of the residual interest in a REMIC,
                             may  have the option  to effect early retirement
                             of a  Series of Securities through  the purchase
                             of  the Trust  Fund Assets  and other  assets in
                             the related  Trust Fund under  the circumstances
                             and in  the manner described in "The Agreements-
                             -Termination;  Optional Termination"  herein and
                             in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Legal Investment             The  Prospectus Supplement  for  each series  of
                             Securities will specify  which, if  any, of  the
                             classes    of    Securities   offered    thereby
                             constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"  for
                             purposes  of   the  Secondary  Mortgage   Market
                             Enhancement Act of 1984  ("SMMEA").  Classes  of
                             Securities  that  qualify as  "mortgage  related
                             securities"  will   be  legal  investments   for
                             certain types of institutional investors  to the
                             extent provided in SMMEA, subject,  in any case,
                             to  any  other  regulations   which  may  govern
                             investments  by  such  institutional  investors.
                             Institutions  whose  investment  activities  are
                             subject   to   review  by   federal   or   state
                             authorities  should consult  with their  counsel
                             or  the  applicable   authorities  to  determine
                             whether an  investment in a particular  class of
                             Securities   (whether   or    not   such   class
                             constitutes   a  "mortgage   related  security")
                             complies  with  applicable  guidelines,   policy
                             statements   or   restrictions.     See   "Legal
                             Investment."

Certain Material 
  Federal Income Tax
  Consequences               The material federal income  tax consequences to
                             Securityholders will  vary depending on  whether
                             one or  more  elections are  made  to treat  the
                             Trust Fund  or specified  portions thereof as  a
                             real   estate   mortgage   investment    conduit
                             ("REMIC") under  the provisions of  the Internal
                             Revenue Code of  1986, as amended  (the "Code").
                             The  Prospectus  Supplement for  each  Series of
                             Securities   will   specify  whether   such   an
                             election will  be made.   See  "Certain Material
                             Federal Income Tax Consequences".

ERISA Considerations         A  fiduciary of  any  employee benefit  plan  or
                             other retirement plan or arrangement  subject to
                             the Employee  Retirement Income Security  Act of
                             1974, as amended ("ERISA"),  or the Code  should
                             carefully   review  with   its  legal   advisors
                             whether  the purchase  or holding  of Securities
                             could give  rise to a  transaction prohibited or
                             not  otherwise  permissible under  ERISA  or the
                             Code.    See  "ERISA  Considerations".   Certain
                             classes  of Securities  may  not be  transferred
                             unless  the  Trustee   and  the  Depositor   are
                             furnished with a letter of representation or  an
                             opinion  of  counsel  to the  effect  that  such
                             transfer will not result  in a violation of  the
                             prohibited transaction  provisions of ERISA  and
                             the Code and will  not subject the Trustee,  the
                             Depositor or the  Master Servicer to  additional
                             obligations.      See    "Description   of   the
                             Securities-General" and "ERISA Considerations".



                                 RISK FACTORS

    Investors should consider,  among other things, the following  factors in
connection with the purchase of the Securities.

LIMITED LIQUIDITY

    There  will be no  market for the Securities  of any Series  prior to the
issuance thereof, and  there can be no assurance that a secondary market will
develop  or, if it  does develop, that  it will  provide Securityholders with
liquidity of investment  or will continue for  the life of the  Securities of
such Series.

LIMITED ASSETS

    The  Depositor does not have, nor is it expected to have, any significant
assets.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Securities of a  Series will be payable  solely from the Trust  Fund for such
Securities and will  not have any claim  against or security interest  in the
Trust Fund for any other Series.  There  will be no recourse to the Depositor
or  any  other  person  for  any  failure  to receive  distributions  on  the
Securities.    Further, at  the  times set  forth  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement, certain  Trust Fund  Assets and/or any  balance remaining  in the
Security Account immediately after making  all payments due on the Securities
of  such Series,  after  making  adequate provision  for  future payments  on
certain classes of  Securities and after making any  other payments specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, may be promptly released or remitted to
the Depositor,  the Servicer,  any credit enhancement  provider or  any other
person entitled thereto and will  no longer be available for  making payments
to Securityholders.  Consequently, holders  of Securities of each Series must
rely solely upon payments with respect to the Trust Fund Assets and the other
assets constituting the Trust Fund for a Series  of Securities, including, if
applicable, any amounts available pursuant to any credit enhancement for such
Series,  for the payment  of principal of  and interest on  the Securities of
such Series.

    The  Securities will  not represent an  interest in or  obligation of the
Depositor, the  Master Servicer or  any of their respective  affiliates.  The
only obligations,  if any, of  the Depositor with  respect to the  Trust Fund
Assets  or  the  Securities  of  any  Series  will  be  pursuant  to  certain
representations and  warranties.   The Depositor  does not  have, and is  not
expected in the future to have, any significant assets with which to meet any
obligation  to repurchase Trust  Fund Assets with respect  to which there has
been  a  breach of  any representation  or  warranty.   If, for  example, the
Depositor were required  to repurchase a Loan,  its only sources of  funds to
make such repurchase would be from funds obtained (i) from the enforcement of
a corresponding obligation, if  any, on the part of the  Seller or originator
of such Loan,  or (ii) from a  Reserve Account or similar  credit enhancement
established to  provide funds  for such repurchases.   The  Master Servicer's
servicing  obligations under  the related Agreement  may include  its limited
obligation to  make certain  advances in  the event of  delinquencies on  the
Loans, but only to the extent deemed recoverable.  To the extent described in
the related Prospectus  Supplement, the Depositor or Master  Servicer will be
obligated  under  certain limited  circumstances  to  purchase  or act  as  a
remarketing agent with  respect to a  convertible Loan upon  conversion to  a
fixed rate.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

    Although credit enhancement is intended to  reduce the risk of delinquent
payments or losses to holders of Securities entitled to the benefit  thereof,
the amount of  such credit enhancement will  be limited, as set  forth in the
related Prospectus  Supplement, and may  decline and could be  depleted under
certain circumstances  prior to the payment in full  of the related Series of
Securities, and  as a  result Securityholders may  suffer losses.   Moreover,
such credit  enhancement may not  cover all potential  losses or risks.   For
example,  credit enhancement may  or may not  cover fraud or  negligence by a
loan originator or other parties.  See "Credit Enhancement".


PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

    The timing of principal  payments of the Securities  of a Series will  be
affected by a number  of factors, including the following: (i)  the extent of
prepayments of the Loans and, in the case of Private Asset Backed Securities,
the  underlying  loans related  thereto,  comprising  the  Trust Fund,  which
prepayments may be  influenced by a  variety of factors,  (ii) the manner  of
allocating principal  and/or payments  among the classes  of Securities  of a
Series as specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, (iii) the exercise
by the party entitled  thereto of any right of optional  termination and (iv)
the rate and timing of payment  defaults and losses incurred with respect  to
the  Trust Fund  Assets.   Prepayments  of  principal  may also  result  from
repurchases of Trust Fund Assets due to material breaches of the  Depositor's
or the Master Servicer's representations  and warranties, as applicable.  The
yield to maturity  experienced by a holder  of Securities may be  affected by
the rate of prepayment  of the Loans comprising or underlying  the Trust Fund
Assets.  See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations".

    Interest payable on  the Securities of  a Series  on a Distribution  Date
will include all  interest accrued during the period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.   In the event  interest accrues over a  period ending
two  or  more days  prior  to a  Distribution  Date, the  effective  yield to
Securityholders  will be  reduced  from  the yield  that  would otherwise  be
obtainable if interest payable on the Security were to accrue through the day
immediately preceding  each Distribution  Date, and  the effective yield  (at
par) to  Securityholders will be  less than the  indicated coupon rate.   See
"Description of the Securities - Distributions of Interest".

BALLOON PAYMENTS

    Certain of the Loans as  of the Cut-off Date may not  be fully amortizing
over their  terms to maturity  and, thus, will require  substantial principal
payments  (i.e., balloon  payments) at  their  stated maturity.   Loans  with
balloon payments involve  a greater degree of  risk because the ability  of a
borrower  to make a  balloon payment typically  will depend upon  its ability
either to  timely refinance the loan or to  timely sell the related Property.
The  ability  of a  borrower  to accomplish  either  of these  goals  will be
affected by  a number of factors,  including the level of  available mortgage
rates  at the  time of  sale  or refinancing,  the borrower's  equity  in the
related Property, the financial condition of the borrower and tax laws.

NATURE OF MORTGAGES

    There  are several  factors  that could  adversely  affect the  value  of
Properties such that  the outstanding balance of the  related Loans, together
with any senior financing  on the Properties,  if applicable, would equal  or
exceed the value of the Properties.   Among the factors that could  adversely
affect the value of the Properties are an overall decline in  the residential
real estate market  in the  areas in which  the Properties  are located or  a
decline in the general condition  of the Properties as a result of failure of
borrowers to maintain adequately the  Properties or of natural disasters that
are not necessarily covered by insurance, such as earthquakes and floods.  In
the case of Home Equity Loans, such decline could extinguish the value of the
interest of a  junior mortgagee in the  Property before having any  effect on
the interest of the  related senior mortgagee.  If such a decline occurs, the
actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on all  Loans could be
higher than those  currently experienced in the mortgage  lending industry in
general.

    Even assuming  that  the Properties  provide  adequate security  for  the
Loans,  substantial  delays could  be  encountered  in  connection  with  the
liquidation of  defaulted Loans  and corresponding delays  in the  receipt of
related proceeds by Securityholders could occur.  An action to foreclose on a
Property securing a  Loan is  regulated by  state statutes and  rules and  is
subject to many of the delays and  expenses of other lawsuits if defenses  or
counterclaims  are interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete.
Furthermore, in some states an action to  obtain a deficiency judgment is not
permitted following  a nonjudicial  sale of a  Property.   In the event  of a
default by a borrower, these restrictions, among other things, may impede the
ability  of the Master  Servicer to foreclose  on or sell the  Property or to
obtain  liquidation proceeds  sufficient  to  repay all  amounts  due on  the
related Loan.   In addition, the Master  Servicer will be entitled  to deduct
from  related  liquidation  proceeds  all  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in
attempting  to recover  amounts due  on defaulted Loans  and not  yet repaid,
including  payments to  senior lienholders,  legal  fees and  costs of  legal
action, real estate taxes and maintenance and preservation expenses.

    Liquidation  expenses  with  respect  to  defaulted  loans  do  not  vary
directly with the  outstanding principal balance of  the loan at the  time of
default.    Therefore,  assuming  that a  servicer  took  the  same steps  in
realizing upon a defaulted loan having a small remaining principal balance as
it  would in the case of a  defaulted loan having a large remaining principal
balance, the amount  realized after expenses of liquidation  would be smaller
as a  percentage of the outstanding principal balance  of the small loan than
would be the case with the defaulted  loan having a large remaining principal
balance.   Since the mortgages  and deeds of  trust securing the  Home Equity
Loans  will be  primarily  junior  liens subordinate  to  the  rights of  the
mortgagee  under the  related senior  mortgage(s)  or deed(s)  of trust,  the
proceeds from  any liquidation, insurance  or condemnation  proceeds will  be
available to satisfy the outstanding balance of such junior lien only  to the
extent that the claims of such senior mortgagees have been satisfied in full,
including any related foreclosure costs.  In addition, a junior mortgagee may
not foreclose on the property securing a junior mortgage unless it forecloses
subject to  any senior mortgage, in which case it  must either pay the entire
amount due on any senior mortgage to the related senior mortgagee at or prior
to the  foreclosure sale or undertake the obligation  to make payments on any
such senior  mortgage in  the event the  mortgagor is in  default thereunder.
The  Trust Fund  will not  have any  source of  funds to  satisfy any  senior
mortgages or make payments due to any senior mortgagees.

    Applicable  state  laws  generally  regulate  interest  rates  and  other
charges,  require certain  disclosures,  and  require  licensing  of  certain
originators and  servicers of  Loans.   In addition,  most states have  other
laws,  public  policy  and  general  principles of  equity  relating  to  the
protection of consumers,  unfair and deceptive practices  and practices which
may  apply  to  the  origination,  servicing and  collection  of  the  Loans.
Depending on the  provisions of the applicable law and the specific facts and
circumstances involved, violations of these laws, policies and principles may
limit the  ability  of the  Master Servicer  to collect  all or  part of  the
principal of or interest  on the Loans, may entitle the borrower  to a refund
of  amounts  previously paid  and,  in  addition,  could subject  the  Master
Servicer to damages and administrative sanctions.  See "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Loans".

ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

    Federal,  state and local  laws and  regulations impose  a wide  range of
requirements on  activities  that  may affect  the  environment,  health  and
safety.    In  certain  circumstances,  these  laws  and  regulations  impose
obligations on  owners or operators  of residential properties such  as those
subject  to the Loans.  The failure  to comply with such laws and regulations
may result in fines and penalties.

    Under various federal,  state and local laws and regulations, an owner or
operator of real estate may be  liable for the costs of addressing  hazardous
substances on, in or beneath such property and related costs.  Such liability
could exceed the value of the property and  the aggregate assets of the owner
or  operator.   In addition, persons  who transport  or dispose  of hazardous
substances, or  arrange  for the  transportation,  disposal or  treatment  of
hazardous substances, at  off-site locations may also be held liable if there
are releases or threatened releases  of hazardous substances at such off-site
locations.

    Under  the  laws of  some  states  and under  the  federal  Comprehensive
Environmental   Response,   Compensation   and  Liability   Act   ("CERCLA"),
contamination of property may give rise  to a lien on the property  to assure
the payment  of the costs of  clean-up.  In  several states, such a  lien has
priority over the lien of an existing mortgage against such property.
  
    Under the  laws of some  states, and under  CERCLA and the  federal Solid
Waste Disposal Act, there is  a possibility that a lender may  be held liable
as an  "owner" or "operator" for  costs of addressing releases  or threatened
releases of hazardous substances at a property, or releases of petroleum from
an underground storage tank, under certain circumstances.  See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans--Environmental Risks."


CERTAIN OTHER LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS REGARDING THE LOANS

    The Loans may also be subject to federal laws, including:

        (i)  the Federal  Truth in  Lending Act and  Regulation Z  promulgated
    thereunder, which  require certain disclosures to the borrowers regarding
    the terms of the Loans;

        (ii)     the   Equal  Credit   Opportunity  Act   and  Regulation   B
    promulgated  thereunder, which  prohibit discrimination  on the  basis of
    age,  race,  color,  sex,  religion,  marital  status,  national  origin,
    receipt of  public  assistance or  the exercise  of any  right under  the
    Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the extension of credit;

        (iii)    the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, which regulates  the use and
    reporting  of information  related to  the borrower's  credit experience;
    and

        (iv)     for Loans  that were originated or  closed after November 7,
    1989,  the  Home Equity  Loan  Consumer  Protection Act  of  1988,  which
    requires additional application disclosures,  limits changes that may  be
    made to the  loan documents without the borrower's consent  and restricts
    a lender's  ability  to declare  a  default or  to  suspend or  reduce  a
    borrower's credit limit to certain enumerated events.

    The  Riegle  Act.   Certain  mortgage loans  are  subject  to the  Riegle
Community Development  and Regulatory  Improvement Act  of 1994 (the  "Riegle
Act")  which incorporates  the Home  Ownership and  Equity Protection  Act of
1994.  These provisions impose  additional disclosure and other  requirements
on  creditors with  respect to  non-purchase money  mortgage loans  with high
interest  rates or  high up-front fees  and charges.   The provisions  of the
Riegle Act apply on a mandatory basis to  all mortgage loans originated on or
after  October 1,  1995.    These provisions  can  impose specific  statutory
liabilities upon creditors who fail  to comply with their provisions and  may
affect the enforceability of the related loans.  In addition, any assignee of
the creditor would generally  be subject to all claims and  defenses that the
consumer  could assert against  the creditor, including,  without limitation,
the right to rescind the mortgage loan.

    The Home  Improvement Contracts are also  subject to the  Preservation of
Consumers' Claims  and Defenses regulations  of the Federal  Trade Commission
and other similar federal  and state statutes and  regulations (collectively,
the "Holder in Due Course Rules"), which protect the homeowner from defective
craftsmanship or  incomplete work  by a  contractor.   These laws  permit the
obligor  to  withhold payment  if  the work  does  not meet  the  quality and
durability  standards agreed  to by the  homeowner and  the contractor.   The
Holder in Due Course Rules have the effect of subjecting any assignee of  the
seller in a consumer credit transaction to  all claims and defenses which the
obligor in the credit sale transaction could assert against the seller of the
goods.

    Violations of  certain provisions  of these  federal laws  may limit  the
ability of the Master Servicer to collect all or part of the  principal of or
interest on the Loans and in addition could subject the Trust Fund to damages
and administrative enforcement.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans".

RATING OF THE SECURITIES

    It  will be  a condition to  the issuance  of a class  of Securities that
they be rated  in one  of the four  highest rating  categories by the  Rating
Agency  identified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.   Any  such rating
would be based on among other things,  the adequacy of the value of the Trust
Fund Assets and  any credit enhancement with  respect to such class  and will
respect such Rating Agency's assessment solely of the likelihood that holders
of a class of  Securities will receive payments to which such Securityholders
are entitled under the related Agreement.  Such rating will not constitute an
assessment of the likelihood that  principal prepayments on the related Loans
will be made, the  degree to which the rate of such  prepayments might differ
from  that  originally  anticipated  or  the  likelihood  of  early  optional
termination  of the Series of Securities.  Such  rating shall not be deemed a
recommendation to purchase, hold or sell  Securities, inasmuch as it does not
address market price or  suitability for a particular investor.   Such rating
will not  address the possibility  that prepayment at  higher or  lower rates
than anticipated by an investor may cause such investor to experience a lower
than  anticipated yield  or  that  an investor  purchasing  a Security  at  a
significant premium might fail to recoup its initial investment under certain
prepayment scenarios.

    There is  also no assurance  that any such  rating will remain  in effect
for any given  period of  time or  that it may  not be  lowered or  withdrawn
entirely by the Rating Agency in the  future if in its judgment circumstances
in the future so warrant.   In addition to being lowered or withdrawn  due to
any erosion  in the adequacy  of the  value of the  Trust Fund Assets  or any
credit  enhancement with  respect  to a  Series,  such rating  might also  be
lowered or withdrawn, among  other reasons, because  of an adverse change  in
the financial or other condition of a credit enhancement provider or a change
in the rating of such credit enhancement provider's long term debt.

    The amount,  type and nature of  credit enhancement, if  any, established
with respect  to a  class of Securities  will be determined  on the  basis of
criteria established  by each  Rating Agency rating  classes of  such Series.
Such criteria are  sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior
of similar loans in  a larger group.  Such  analysis is often the basis  upon
which each Rating Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required
with  respect to  each  such class.    There  can be  no  assurance that  the
historical  data supporting  any  such  actuarial  analysis  will  accurately
reflect future  experience nor  any assurance  that the data  derived from  a
large pool of similar loans  accurately predicts the delinquency, foreclosure
or loss experience  of any  particular pool of  Loans.   No assurance can  be
given that the values of any Properties have remained or will remain at their
levels on the respective dates of origination  of the related Loans.  If  the
residential  real  estate markets  should  experience an  overall  decline in
property values such  that the outstanding principal balances of the Loans in
a particular Trust Fund and any secondary financing on the related Properties
become equal  to or greater than  the value of  the Properties, the  rates of
delinquencies,  foreclosures and  losses  could  be  higher  than  those  now
generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.  In addition, adverse
economic conditions  (which may or may  not affect real  property values) may
affect the  timely payment by  mortgagors of scheduled payments  of principal
and  interest on  the Loans  and,  accordingly, the  rates of  delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses with respect  to any Trust Fund.  To  the extent that
such losses are not covered by credit enhancement, such losses will be borne,
at least in part, by the holders of  one or more classes of the Securities of
the related Series.  See "Rating".

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

    If issued in book-entry form, such  registration may reduce the liquidity
of the  Securities in  the secondary  trading market since  investors may  be
unwilling  to  purchase  Securities for  which  they  cannot obtain  physical
certificates.  Since transactions in  Securities can be effected only through
the   Depository   Trust   Company   ("DTC"),   participating   organizations
("Participants"),  Financial Intermediaries and certain banks, the ability of
a  Securityholder to  pledge a Security  to persons  or entities that  do not
participate  in the DTC  system, or otherwise  to take actions  in respect of
such  Securities, may  be  limited  due to  lack  of  a physical  certificate
representing the Securities.

    In addition, Securityholders may  experience some delay in their  receipt
of   distributions  of  interest  and  principal   on  the  Securities  since
distributions are required to be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC and DTC will
then be required to credit such distributions to the accounts of Participants
which  thereafter  will  be  required  to  credit  them to  the  accounts  of
Securityholders   either    directly   or   indirectly    through   Financial
Intermediaries.  See "Description  of the Securities--Book-Entry Registration
of Securities".

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS

    If  so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the Closing Date
the Depositor will  deposit an amount (the "Pre-Funded  Amount") specified in
such  Prospectus Supplement into the Pre-Funding Account.   In no event shall
the Pre-Funded Amount exceed 25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of
the Certificates and/or Notes of the related  Series of Securities.  The Pre-
Funded Amount will be used to purchase Loans ("Subsequent Loans") in a period
from the Closing Date to a date not  more than three months after the Closing
Date (such period,  the "Funding Period") from the Depositor (which, in turn,
will acquire  such Subsequent Loans from  the Seller or Sellers  specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement).  To the extent that the entire Pre-Funded
Amount has not been applied to the purchase of Subsequent Loans by the end of
the related Funding Period, any  amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account
will be distributed as a prepayment of principal to Certificateholders and/or
Noteholders on  the Distribution  Date immediately following  the end  of the
Funding Period, in  the amounts and pursuant  to the priorities set  forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement.


    
    LOWER CREDIT QUALITY TRUST FUND ASSETS. 
    
     

    Certain of the Trust Fund Assets underlying or securing,  as the case may
be,  a Series  of  Securities may  have  been made  to  lower credit  quality
borrowers  who have  marginal  credit and  fall into  one of  two categories:
customers   with   moderate   income,  limited   assets   and   other  income
characteristics which  cause difficulty  in borrowing  from  banks and  other
traditional sources of lenders, and customers with a derogatory credit report
including a  history of  irregular employment,  previous bankruptcy  filings,
repossession of  property, charged-off loans  and garnishment of wages.   The
average interest  rate charged on such Trust Fund  Assets made to these types
of  borrowers is generally higher than that charged by lenders that typically
impose more stringent  credit requirements.  The payment  experience on loans
made  to these types  of borrowers is  likely to be  different (i.e., greater
likelihood  of later  payments or defaults,  less likelihood  of prepayments)
from that  on loans  made to  borrowers with  higher credit  quality, and  is
likely to be more  sensitive to changes in the economic climate  in the areas
in which  such borrowers  reside.   See "The  Mortgage Pool"  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.


    
    DELINQUENT TRUST FUND ASSETS 
    
   

    No more than 5%  (by principal balance) of the Trust  Fund Assets for any
particular Series of Securities will be between 30 and 59 days past due as of
the Cut-off Date.

OTHER CONSIDERATIONS

    There  is no assurance that the market value  of the Trust Fund Assets or
any other assets of a Series will at any time be equal to or greater than the
principal  amount of  the Securities  of such  Series then  outstanding, plus
accrued interest  thereon.   Moreover,  upon an  event of  default under  the
Agreement  for a Series and a sale of the  assets in the Trust Fund or upon a
sale  of the assets of a Trust Fund  for a Series of Securities, the Trustee,
the Master  Servicer, the  credit enhancer,  if any,  and  any other  service
provider  specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement generally  will be
entitled to receive  the proceeds of any  such sale to  the extent of  unpaid
fees and  other amounts owing  to such  persons under  the related  Agreement
prior to distributions to Securityholders.  Upon any such sale, the  proceeds
thereof may be insufficient  to pay in full the principal  of and interest on
the Securities of such Series.


- --------------------

    /F1/     Whenever the  terms "Pool", "Certificates"  and "Notes"  are used
in this Prospectus,  such terms will be  deemed to apply, unless  the context
indicates otherwise, to one  specific Pool and the  Certificates representing
certain undivided interests in, or Notes  secured by the assets of, a  single
trust fund (the "Trust Fund") consisting primarily of the Loans in such Pool.
Similarly, the term  "Pass-Through Rate" will refer to  the Pass-Through Rate
borne by the Certificates or Notes of one specific Series and the term "Trust
Fund" will refer to one specific Trust Fund.


                                THE TRUST FUND

    The Certificates  of each Series will  represent interests in  the assets
of the related  Trust Fund, and the Notes  of each Series will  be secured by
the pledge  of the assets of the related Trust Fund.  The Trust Fund for each
Series  will  be  held  by  the  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of  the  related
Securityholders.  Each Trust Fund will consist of certain  assets (the "Trust
Fund Assets")  consisting of a  pool (each, a  "Pool") comprised of  Loans or
Private  Asset Backed  Securities, in each  case as specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement, together  with payments in respect of  such Trust Fund
Assets and certain other accounts, obligations or agreements, in each case as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement./F1/  The Pool will be created
on  the first  day of  the month  of the  issuance of  the related  Series of
Securities or  such other  date specified in  the Prospectus  Supplement (the
"Cut-off Date").  The Securities will be entitled to payment from  the assets
of the related Trust Fund or Funds or other assets pledged for the benefit of
the Securityholders  as specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement and
will not be entitled to payments in respect of the assets of  any other trust
fund established by the Depositor.

    The Trust Fund Assets will  be acquired by the Depositor, either directly
or through affiliates, from originators or sellers which may be affiliates of
the Depositor (the "Sellers"), and  conveyed by the Depositor to the  related
Trust  Fund.  Loans  acquired by the  Depositor will have  been originated in
accordance  with  the  underwriting  criteria  specified  below  under  "Loan
Program-Underwriting  Standards" or  as  otherwise  described  in  a  related
Prospectus Supplement.  See "Loan Program--Underwriting Standards".

    The  Depositor will cause  the Trust  Fund Assets to  be assigned  to the
Trustee  named in the  related Prospectus Supplement  for the benefit  of the
holders of the Securities  of the related Series.  The  Master Servicer named
in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  will service  the Trust  Fund Assets,
either  directly or through  other servicing  institutions ("Sub-Servicers"),
pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement among the Depositor, the Master
Servicer and  the Trustee  with respect  to a  Series of  Certificates, or  a
servicing agreement (each,  a "Servicing Agreement") between the  Trustee and
the Servicer with  respect to a Series  of Notes, and will receive  a fee for
such services.  See "Loan Program" and "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement".
With respect to Loans serviced by the Master Servicer through a Sub-Servicer,
the Master  Servicer will remain  liable for its servicing  obligations under
the  related Agreement as  if the Master  Servicer alone were  servicing such
Loans.

    As  used  herein,  "Agreement"  means,  with   respect  to  a  Series  of
Certificates, the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement or  Trust Agreement,  and
with respect to a Series of Notes, the Indenture and the Servicing Agreement,
as the context requires.

    If  so specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement, a  Trust  Fund
relating to  a Series of Securities may be  a business trust formed under the
laws of the state specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement pursuant to
a trust agreement  (each, a "Trust Agreement") between  the Depositor and the
trustee of such Trust Fund.

    With respect to  each Trust Fund,  prior to the  initial offering of  the
related  Series  of  Securities,  the  Trust  Fund  will have  no  assets  or
liabilities.   No Trust  Fund is expected  to engage in  any activities other
than acquiring,  managing and holding  of the related  Trust Fund Assets  and
other assets contemplated herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement and
the   proceeds  thereof,   issuing  Securities   and   making  payments   and
distributions  thereon and  certain related  activities.   No  Trust Fund  is
expected to have any source of capital other than its assets and any  related
credit enhancement.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
only obligations of the Depositor with respect to a Series of Securities will
be to obtain certain representations  and warranties from the Sellers and  to
assign to the  Trustee for such  Series of Securities the  Depositor's rights
with respect to  such representations and warranties.   See "The Agreements--
Assignment of  Trust Fund  Assets".  The  obligations of the  Master Servicer
with  respect  to the  Loans  will  consist  principally of  its  contractual
servicing obligations under  the related Agreement (including  its obligation
to enforce the obligations of the Sub-Servicers  or Sellers, or both, as more
fully  described  herein  under "Loan  Program--Representations  by  Sellers;
Repurchases" and "The  Agreements--Sub-Servicing of Loans",  "--Assignment of
Trust Fund Assets") and its obligation, if any, to make certain cash advances
in the event of delinquencies in payments on or with respect to  the Loans in
the amounts described herein under "Description of the Securities--Advances".
The obligations of  the Master Servicer  to make advances  may be subject  to
limitations,  to the  extent provided  herein and  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.

    The  following  is a  brief  description  of the  assets  expected to  be
included in  the Trust Funds.   If specific information  respecting the Trust
Fund  Assets  is not  known  at the  time  the related  Series  of Securities
initially is offered, more general  information of the nature described below
will  be  provided  in  the   related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and  specific
information will  be set forth in a  report on Form 8-K to  be filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  within fifteen  days after  the initial
issuance  of such  Securities (the "Detailed  Description").   A copy  of the
Agreement with respect to  each Series of Securities will be  attached to the
Form 8-K and will be available  for inspection at the corporate trust  office
of the Trustee specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  A schedule of
the  Trust  Fund Assets  relating  to such  Series  will be  attached  to the
Agreement delivered to the Trustee upon delivery of the Securities.

THE LOANS

    General.  For purposes  hereof, "Home Equity Loans"  includes "Closed-End
Loans"  and "Revolving Credit  Line Loans".  The  real property which secures
repayment  of the  Loans is referred  to as  "Properties".   Unless otherwise
specified  in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Loans will be secured by
mortgages or deeds  of trust or other similar security instruments creating a
lien on a Property, which may be subordinated to one  or more senior liens on
the  related  Properties,  each  as  described  in   the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.   As more fully  described in the related  Prospectus Supplement,
the Loans may be "conventional" loans or loans that are insured or guaranteed
by a governmental agency such as the FHA or VA.

    The Properties  relating to Loans will  consist primarily of  detached or
semi-detached  one- to  four-family  dwelling units,  townhouses,  rowhouses,
individual  condominium units, individual units in planned unit developments,
and certain other dwelling units ("Single Family Properties") or Small Mixed-
Used Properties (as defined herein) which  consist of structures of not  more
than  three stories  which include one-  to four-family  residential dwelling
units and space used for retail, professional or other commercial uses.  Such
Properties may include  vacation and second homes,  investment properties and
leasehold interests.  The Properties  may be located in any one of  the fifty
states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico or any other territory of
the United States.

    The  payment terms of  the Loans to  be included in a  Trust Fund will be
described in the related
Prospectus  Supplement and  may include  any  of the  following features  (or
combination thereof) or other features,
all as described above or in the related Prospectus Supplement:

        (a)  Interest may be  payable at a fixed  rate, a rate adjustable from
    time to time  in relation  to an index  (which will be  specified in  the
    related Prospectus  Supplement), a  rate that is  fixed for  a period  of
    time or  under certain  circumstances and  is followed  by an  adjustable
    rate,  a rate that otherwise varies from  time to time, or a rate that is
    convertible  from an  adjustable rate  to a  fixed rate.   Changes  to an
    adjustable rate  may be subject  to periodic limitations,  maximum rates,
    minimum rates  or a  combination of such  limitations.  Accrued  interest
    may be deferred  and added to  the principal of  a loan for such  periods
    and  under  such  circumstances  as  may  be  specified  in  the  related
    Prospectus Supplement.  Loans may provide for the  payment of interest at
    a rate lower  than the  specified interest  rate borne  by such  Mortgage
    (the "Loan Rate") for a period of  time or for the life of the  Loan, and
    the amount  of any difference may  be contributed from  funds supplied by
    the Seller of the Property or another source.

        (b)  Principal may  be payable on a  level debt service basis to fully
    amortize the  loan over its term,  may be calculated  on the basis  of an
    assumed  amortization  schedule that  is  significantly  longer than  the
    original term to  maturity or on an interest rate  that is different from
    the interest rate  on the Loan or  may not be  amortized during all  or a
    portion of the original  term.  Payment of  all or a substantial  portion
    of  the principal may be due  on maturity ("balloon payment").  Principal
    may include interest that  has been deferred  and added to the  principal
    balance of the Loan.

        (c)  Monthly payments of principal  and interest may be fixed for  the
    life of the loan,  may increase over  a specified period  of time or  may
    change from  period to  period.   Loans  may include  limits on  periodic
    increases or  decreases in the amount of monthly payments and may include
    maximum or minimum amounts of monthly payments.

        (d)  Prepayments of  principal may  be  subject to  a prepayment  fee,
    which may be  fixed for the  life of the  loan or may decline  over time,
    and may be  prohibited for the  life of the  loan or for certain  periods
    ("lockout  periods").     Certain  loans  may  permit  prepayments  after
    expiration of the  applicable lockout period and may require  the payment
    of a  prepayment fee in connection  with any such  subsequent prepayment.
    Other  loans may permit  prepayments without payment of  a fee unless the
    prepayment occurs during  specified time periods.  The loans  may include
    "due on sale"  clauses which permit  the mortgagee  to demand payment  of
    the entire loan in connection  with the sale or certain transfers  of the
    related Property.   Other loans may  be assumable by persons  meeting the
    then applicable underwriting standards of the Seller.

    As more  fully described in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, interest
on each Revolving Credit Line Loan, excluding introduction rates offered from
time  to time during promotional periods, is  computed and payable monthly on
the  average daily  outstanding principal  balance of  such Loan.   Principal
amounts  on a Revolving Credit Line  Loan may be drawn  down (up to a maximum
amount as set  forth in the  related Prospectus Supplement)  or repaid  under
each Revolving Credit Line  Loan from time to time,  but may be subject to  a
minimum periodic  payment.   Except to  the extent  provided  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, the  Trust Fund will not include  any amounts borrowed
under a  Revolving Credit Line Loan after the  Cut-off Date.  The full amount
of a Closed-End Loan is advanced at  the inception of the loan and  generally
is repayable in  equal (or substantially equal) installments  of an amount to
fully amortize  such  loan at  its stated  maturity.   Except  to the  extent
provided in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the original  terms to stated
maturity  of Closed-End  Loan  will not  exceed 360  months.   Under  certain
circumstances,  under either  a Revolving  Credit Line  Loan or  a Closed-End
Loan, a borrower may choose an interest only payment option and  is obligated
to pay  only the  amount of  interest which  accrues on  the loan  during the
billing cycle.    An interest  only payment  option may  be  available for  a
specified period before  the borrower must begin paying at  least the minimum
monthly payment of a specified  percentage of the average outstanding balance
of the loan.

    The aggregate principal  balance of Loans secured by Properties  that are
owner-occupied  will be  disclosed  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
Unless  otherwise specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the sole
basis for a representation that a given percentage of the Loans is secured by
Single Family  Property that is owner-occupied will  be either (i) the making
of a representation  by the borrower at  origination of the Loan  either that
the underlying Property will be used by the borrower for a period of at least
six months every year or that  the borrower intends to use the Property  as a
primary  residence  or (ii)  a  finding that  the address  of  the underlying
Property is the borrower's mailing address.

    The Loans may include fixed-rate, closed-end mortgage loans  having terms
to maturity of up to 30 years  and secured by first-lien mortgages originated
on Properties containing one to four residential units and no more than three
income  producing non-residential units  ("Small Mixed-Use Properties").   At
least 50% of the  units contained in a Small Mixed-Use  Property will consist
of residential units.  Income from such non-residential units will not exceed
40% of the adjusted  gross income of the related borrower.  The maximum Loan-
to-Value Ratio  on Small  Mixed-Use Properties  will not  exceed 65%.   Small
Mixed-Use Properties  may be  owner occupied or  investor properties  and the
loan purpose may be a refinancing or a purchase. 

    Home  Improvement Contracts.   The  Trust Fund  Assets  for a  Series may
consist, in  whole or part,  of home improvement installment  sales contracts
and installment loan agreements (the "Home Improvement Contracts") originated
by a home improvement contractor, a thrift or a commercial mortgage banker in
the  ordinary course  of business.   As specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement, the  Home  Improvement  Contracts will  either  be  unsecured  or
secured  by the  Mortgages primarily  on Single  Family Properties  which are
generally subordinate to other mortgages on  the same Property, or secured by
purchase money  security interest in the Home  Improvements financed thereby.
Except as otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement, the Home
Improvement Contracts  will be fully  amortizing and may have  fixed interest
rates  or  adjustable  interest  rates  and may  provide  for  other  payment
characteristics as described below and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Except  as otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, the
home improvements  (the "Home  Improvements") securing  the Home  Improvement
Contracts will  include, but are  not limited to, replacement  windows, house
siding, new  roofs, swimming  pools, satellite  dishes, kitchen and  bathroom
remodeling goods and solar heating panels.

    The  initial  Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of  a  Home  Improvement Contract  is
computed in the manner described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Additional   Information.    Each   Prospectus  Supplement  will  contain
information, as of the date of  such Prospectus Supplement and to the  extent
then specifically known to the Depositor, with respect to the Loans contained
in the  related  Pool,  including (i)  the  aggregate  outstanding  principal
balance and the  average outstanding principal balance of the Loans as of the
applicable Cut-off Date, (ii) the type  of property securing the Loan  (e.g.,
one-  to  four-family  houses,  individual  units  in  condominium  apartment
buildings,  vacation and  second homes  or  other real  property), (iii)  the
original  terms to maturity of the  Loans, (iv) the largest principal balance
and the smallest  principal balance  of any  of the Loans,  (v) the  earliest
origination date  and latest  maturity date  of any  of the  Loans, (vi)  the
Loan-to-Value  Ratios or Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios, as applicable, of the
Loans, (vii) the  Loan Rates or annual  percentage rates ("APR") or  range of
Loan Rates or  APR's borne by the Loans, and (viii) the geographical location
of the  Loans on a state-by-state basis.   If specific information respecting
the Loans is  not known to the  Depositor at the time  the related Securities
are initially offered, more general information of the nature described above
will  be  provided  in  the   related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and  specific
information will be set forth in the Detailed Description.

    Except as otherwise specified  in the related Prospectus  Supplement, the
"Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio"  of a  Loan at  any given time  is the  ratio,
expressed as  a percentage,  of (i)  the sum  of (a)  the original  principal
balance of  the Loan (or,  in the case of  a Revolving Credit  Line Loan, the
maximum amount  thereof available) and (b) the  outstanding principal balance
at the date of  origination of the Loan of any senior mortgage loan(s) or, in
the case of any  open-ended senior mortgage loan, the  maximum available line
of credit with respect to such mortgage loan, regardless of any lesser amount
actually  outstanding at  the date of  origination of  the Loan, to  (ii) the
Collateral  Value of the related Property.  Except as otherwise  specified in
the related Prospectus  Supplement, the "Collateral  Value" of the  Property,
other than with respect to  certain Loans the proceeds of which  were used to
refinance an existing mortgage loan (each, a "Refinance Loan"), is the lesser
of  (a)  the  appraised value  determined  in  an appraisal  obtained  by the
originator at  origination of  such Loan  and (b)  the sales  price for  such
Property.   In the  case of Refinance  Loans, the  "Collateral Value"  of the
related Property  is the appraised  value thereof determined in  an appraisal
obtained at the time of refinancing.

PRIVATE ASSET BACKED SECURITIES

    General.   Private  Asset  Backed Securities  may  consist of  (a)  pass-
through  certificates or participation  certificates evidencing  an undivided
interest in  a  pool  of  home  equity or  home  improvement  loans,  or  (b)
collateralized   mortgage  obligations  secured   by  home  equity   or  home
improvement  loans.   Private  Asset Backed  Securities may  include stripped
asset backed securities representing an  undivided interest in all or a  part
of either the principal distributions (but not the interest distributions) or
the interest distributions  (but not the principal distributions)  or in some
specified portion of the principal and interest distributions (but not all of
such  distributions)  on  certain  home  equity  or home  improvement  loans.
Private Asset Backed Securities  will have been issued pursuant to  a pooling
and  servicing   agreement,  an  indenture  or  similar  agreement  (a  "PABS
Agreement").  The  seller/servicer of the underlying Loans  will have entered
into the PABS Agreement with the trustee under such PABS Agreement (the "PABS
Trustee").   The PABS Trustee or its agent,  or a custodian, will possess the
loans  underlying such  Private Asset  Backed Security.   Loans  underlying a
Private Asset  Backed  Security will  be serviced  by a  servicer (the  "PABS
Servicer") directly or by one or more subservicers who may be subject to  the
supervision of  the PABS  Servicer.   Except  as otherwise  specified in  the
related  Prospectus Supplement,  the PABS  Servicer will  be a FNMA  or FHLMC
approved  servicer  and, if  FHA  Loans  underlie  the Private  Asset  Backed
Securities, approved by HUD as an FHA mortgagee.

    The issuer  of the  Private Asset Backed  Securities (the "PABS  Issuer")
will be  a financial  institution or  other entity engaged  generally in  the
business of mortgage lending,  a public agency or instrumentality of a state,
local or federal  government, or a limited purpose  corporation organized for
the purpose  of, among  other things, establishing  trusts and  acquiring and
selling housing loans to such trusts and selling beneficial interests in such
trusts.  The  PABS Issuer shall  not be an affiliate  of the Depositor.   The
obligations  of  the  PABS  Issuer  will  generally  be  limited  to  certain
representations and warranties  with respect to the assets conveyed  by it to
the related trust.   Except as otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus
Supplement,  the PABS  Issuer  will not  have  guaranteed any  of the  assets
conveyed to the related  trust or any of the Private  Asset Backed Securities
issued under the PABS Agreement.  Additionally, although the loans underlying
the  Private  Asset  Backed Securities  may  be  guaranteed by  an  agency or
instrumentality of  the United  States, the  Private Asset Backed  Securities
themselves will not be so guaranteed.

    Distributions  of principal  and interest  will  be made  on the  Private
Asset  Backed Securities  on the  dates specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.  The  Private Asset Backed Securities may be  entitled to receive
nominal   or   no  principal   distributions  or   nominal  or   no  interest
distributions.   Principal  and interest  distributions will  be made  on the
Private  Asset Backed Securities  by the PABS  Trustee or the  PABS Servicer.
The PABS Issuer or the PABS Servicer may have the  right to repurchase assets
underlying the Private Asset  Backed Securities after a certain date or under
other circumstances as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Underlying Loans.   The home equity or home improvement  loans underlying
the Private Asset Backed Securities may consist of fixed rate, level payment,
fully amortizing loans or graduated payment  loans, buydown loans, adjustable
rate loans, or  loans having balloon or other special payment features.  Such
loans may  be  secured  by  single  family  property,  multifamily  property,
manufactured homes or by an assignment of the proprietary  lease or occupancy
agreement  relating to  a  specific  dwelling within  a  cooperative and  the
related shares  issued by such cooperative.  Except as otherwise specified in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  underlying  loans  will  have the
following characterizations: (i) no loan  will have had a Loan-to-Value Ratio
at origination  in excess of 95%,  (ii) each single family loan  secured by a
mortgaged  property  that had  a  Loan-to-Value ratio  in  excess  of 80%  at
origination will  be covered  by a primary  mortgage insurance  policy, (iii)
each loan will have had an original term to stated maturity of not less  than
5  years and not more than 40 years, (iv)  no loan that was more than 89 days
delinquent as to the payment of principal or interest will have been eligible
for inclusion  in the assets under the related  PABS Agreement, (v) each loan
(other than a cooperative loan) will be required to be covered  by a standard
hazard insurance policy (which may be  a blanket policy), and (vi) each  loan
(other than a cooperative loan or a contract secured by a  manufactured home)
will be covered by a title insurance policy.

    Credit Support  Relating  to Private  Asset  Backed Securities.    Credit
support  in  the  form  of  reserve funds,  subordination  of  other  private
certificates  issued under  the  PABS Agreement,  letters  of credit,  surety
bonds, insurance  policies or other types  of credit support may  be provided
with  respect to  the loans  underlying the  Private Asset  Backed Securities
themselves.

    Rating of Private  Asset Backed Securities.  The PABS upon their issuance
will have been assigned a rating in one of the four highest rating categories
by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating agency.


    Additional Information.    The Prospectus  Supplement  for a  Series  for
which the  Trust Fund includes  Private Asset Backed Securities  will specify
(i) the aggregate approximate principal amount  and type of the Private Asset
Backed  Securities   to  be  included   in  the  Trust  Fund,   (ii)  certain
characteristics of  the loans  which comprise the  underlying assets  for the
Private Asset  Backed Securities including  (A) the payment features  of such
loans,  (B)  the  approximate  aggregate  principal  balance,  if  known,  of
underlying  loans insured  or guaranteed  by a  governmental entity,  (C) the
servicing fee or range  of servicing fees with respect to the  loans, and (D)
the  minimum  and  maximum  stated  maturities of  the  underlying  loans  at
origination,  (iii) the  maximum  original  term-to-stated  maturity  of  the
Private Asset  Backed Securities,  (iv) the  weighted average  term-to-stated
maturity  of the  Private Asset  Backed Securities,  (v) the  pass-through or
certificate rate  of the Private  Asset Backed Securities, (vi)  the weighted
average  pass-through  or  certificate  rate  of  the  Private  Asset  Backed
Securities, (vii) the PABS Issuer, the PABS Servicer (if other than  the PABS
Issuer) and the PABS Trustee for such Private Asset Backed Securities, (viii)
certain characteristics  of credit  support, if any,  such as  reserve funds,
insurance policies, surety bonds, letters of credit or guaranties relating to
the loans underlying  the Private Asset Backed Securities or  to such Private
Asset Backed  Securities themselves,  (ix) the term  on which  the underlying
loans for such  Private Asset Backed Securities  may, or are required  to, be
purchased  prior to  their  stated maturity  or  the stated  maturity  of the
Private  Asset  Backed  Securities,  (x)  the terms  on  which  loans  may be
substituted   for  those  originally  underlying  the  Private  Asset  Backed
Securities  and  (xi) to  the extent  provided  in a  periodic report  to the
Trustee in its capacity as holder of the PABS,  certain information regarding
the status of the credit support, if any, relating to the PABS.

                               USE OF PROCEEDS

    The net proceeds  to be received from the sale  of the Securities will be
applied by the Depositor to the purchase of Trust Fund Assets or will be used
by  the Depositor for general  corporate purposes.   The Depositor expects to
sell Securities in  Series from time  to time, but  the timing and  amount of
offerings of  Securities will depend  on a  number of factors,  including the
volume of  Trust Fund Assets  acquired by the Depositor,  prevailing interest
rates, availability of funds and general market conditions.

                                THE DEPOSITOR

    Financial  Asset   Securities  Corp.,  the   Depositor,  is   a  Delaware
corporation organized on August 2, 1995 for the limited purpose of acquiring,
owning and  transferring Trust Fund  Assets and selling interests  therein or
bonds  secured thereby.  It is an indirect limited purpose finance subsidiary
of  National Westminster  Bank  Plc  and an  affiliate  of Greenwich  Capital
Markets,   Inc.,  a  registered  securities  broker-dealer.    The  Depositor
maintains its principal office at  600 Steamboat Road, Greenwich, Connecticut
06830.  Its telephone number is (203) 625-2700.

    Neither the Depositor  nor any of the Depositor's affiliates  will insure
or guarantee distributions on the Securities of any Series.

                                 LOAN PROGRAM

    The Loans will have  been purchased by the Depositor,  either directly or
through affiliates, from Sellers.   Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Loans so acquired  by the Depositor will have been
originated in accordance with the underwriting criteria specified below under
"Underwriting Standards".

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

    Each Seller will  represent and warrant that all Loans  originated and/or
sold  by  it  to the  Depositor  or  one of  its  affiliates  will have  been
underwritten in accordance  with standards consistent with  those utilized by
mortgage lenders generally during the period of origination for similar types
of  loans.  As to any Loan insured  by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the
VA, the Seller will represent that it has complied with underwriting policies
of the FHA or the VA, as the case may be.

    Underwriting  standards  are applied  by  or  on behalf  of  a  lender to
evaluate the borrower's credit standing  and repayment ability, and the value
and  adequacy  of the  Property as  collateral.   In  general,  a prospective
borrower applying for a Loan is  required to fill out a detailed  application
designed to provide to the underwriting officer pertinent credit information,
including  the principal  balance and  payment  history with  respect to  any
senior mortgage,  if any,  which, unless otherwise  specified in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, the borrower's income  will be verified by the Seller.
As  part  of the  description  of  the  borrower's financial  condition,  the
borrower  generally  is required  to  provide a  current list  of  assets and
liabilities  and  a  statement  of  income  and  expenses,  as   well  as  an
authorization to  apply for a  credit report which summarizes  the borrower's
credit history with local merchants and lenders and any record of bankruptcy.
In most  cases, an  employment verification is  obtained from  an independent
source (typically  the borrower's  employer) which  verification reports  the
length of employment with that  organization, the current salary, and whether
it is expected that the borrower will continue such employment in the future.
If a prospective borrower  is self-employed, the borrower may  be required to
submit copies  of signed tax returns.   The borrower may also  be required to
authorize  verification of  deposits  at  financial  institutions  where  the
borrower has demand or savings accounts.

    In  determining the adequacy of the property to be used as collateral, an
appraisal will generally  be made of each property  considered for financing.
The  appraiser is generally required to inspect  the property, issue a report
on its  condition and, if applicable,  verify that construction, if  new, has
been completed.   The appraisal is  based on the  market value of  comparable
homes,  the   estimated  rental  income  (if  considered  applicable  by  the
appraiser)  and the cost  of replacing the  home.  The value  of the property
being financed, as indicated by the appraisal, must be such that it currently
supports, and is  anticipated to support in the future,  the outstanding loan
balance.

    Once all  applicable  employment,  credit  and  property  information  is
received, a  determination generally  is made as  to whether  the prospective
borrower has sufficient  monthly income available (i) to  meet the borrower's
monthly obligations  on the proposed  mortgage loan (generally  determined on
the basis of the monthly  payments due in the year of origination)  and other
expenses  related  to  the  property  (such  as  property  taxes  and  hazard
insurance)  and (ii)  to meet  monthly housing  expenses and  other financial
obligations  and monthly living expenses.  The underwriting standards applied
by Sellers, particularly with respect to  the level of loan documentation and
the mortgagor's income and credit history, may be varied in appropriate cases
where factors  such as low  Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios or  other favorable
credit exist.  

QUALIFICATIONS OF SELLERS

    Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, each
Seller will be required to satisfy the qualifications set forth herein.  Each
Seller must be an institution  experienced in originating and servicing loans
of  the  type contained  in  the  related Pool  in  accordance with  accepted
practices and prudent  guidelines, and must maintain  satisfactory facilities
to originate and  service those  loans.   Unless otherwise  specified in  the
related Prospectus Supplement, each Seller will be a seller/servicer approved
by either FNMA or FHLMC.  

REPRESENTATIONS BY SELLERS; REPURCHASES OR SUBSTITUTIONS

    Each Seller will  have made representations and warranties in  respect of
the Loans sold by such Seller and evidenced by all, or a part, of a Series of
Securities.    Except  as  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  such representations and warranties include, among other things:
(i) that title insurance (or in the case of Properties located in areas where
such policies  are  generally not  available,  an attorney's  certificate  of
title)  and any required hazard insurance  policy (or certificate of title as
applicable) remained  in effect on the date of purchase  of the Loan from the
Seller by or on behalf of the Depositor; (ii) that the Seller  had good title
to  each  such  Loan and  such  Loan  was subject  to  no  offsets, defenses,
counterclaims or rights  of rescission except to the extent  that any buydown
agreement  described herein may  forgive certain indebtedness  of a borrower;
(iii) that each Loan  constituted a valid lien on the  Property (subject only
to permissible liens disclosed, if applicable, title insurance exceptions, if
applicable, and certain other exceptions described in the Agreement) and that
the Property was free from damage and  was in acceptable condition; (iv) that
there  were no  delinquent  tax  or assessment  liens  against the  Property;
(v) that no required payment on a Loan was more than thirty days' delinquent;
and (vi)  that each  Loan was  made in  compliance with,  and is  enforceable
under, all  applicable local, state and  federal laws and  regulations in all
material respects.

    If   so   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,   the
representations  and warranties of a Seller in respect of a Loan will be made
not  as of the Cut-off Date but as of  the date on which such Seller sold the
Loan to the Depositor or one of its affiliates.  Under  such circumstances, a
substantial period of time may have elapsed between such date and the date of
initial issuance of the  Series of Securities evidencing an interest  in such
Loan.  Since  the representations and warranties  of a Seller do  not address
events  that may  occur following  the sale  of a  Loan by  such  Seller, its
repurchase obligation  described below will  not arise if the  relevant event
that would  otherwise have given rise to such an obligation with respect to a
Loan  occurs after  the  date of  sale of  such Loan  by  such Seller  to the
Depositor  or its affiliates.   However, the  Depositor will  not include any
Loan  in the Trust Fund for any Series  of Securities if anything has come to
the  Depositor's  attention   that  would  cause  it  to   believe  that  the
representationes and warranties of a Seller will not be accurate and complete
in all  material respects in respect of  such Loan as of the  date of initial
issuance of the related Series of Securities.  If the Master Servicer is also
a  Seller of Loans with respect  to a particular Series, such representations
will be in  addition to the representations and warranties made by the Master
Servicer in its capacity as a Master Servicer.

    The  Master Servicer  or  the  Trustee, if  the  Master Servicer  is  the
Seller, will  promptly  notify the  relevant  Seller  of any  breach  of  any
representation or warranty made  by it in respect of a  Loan which materially
and  adversely affects  the interests  of the  Securityholders in  such Loan.
Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  if such
Seller  cannot cure  such breach  within 90  days following  notice from  the
Master Servicer or the Trustee, as the case  may be, then such Seller will be
obligated either (i) to  repurchase such Loan from the Trust  Fund at a price
(the "Purchase Price") equal to 100% of the unpaid principal balance  thereof
as of the date of the  repurchase plus accrued interest thereon to the  first
day of the month following the month of repurchase at the Loan Rate (less any
Advances or amount payable as related servicing compensation if the Seller is
the Master Servicer) or (ii) to  substitute for such Loan a replacement  loan
that satisfies  certain requirements set forth in the  Agreement.  If a REMIC
election  is  to be  made  with respect  to  a Trust  Fund,  unless otherwise
specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the  Master Servicer  or a
holder of the related residual certificate generally will be obligated to pay
any prohibited transaction  tax which may arise  in connection with any  such
repurchase or substitution and the  Trustee must have received a satisfactory
opinion of counsel that  such repurchase or  substitution will not cause  the
Trust Fund to lose its status as a  REMIC or otherwise subject the Trust Fund
to  a prohibited  transaction tax.   The Master  Servicer may be  entitled to
reimbursement for any such payment from the assets of the related  Trust Fund
or from any holder of the related  residual certificate.  See "Description of
the Securities--General".  Except in those cases in which the Master Servicer
is  the Seller,  the Master  Servicer will be  required under  the applicable
Agreement to enforce this  obligation for the benefit of the  Trustee and the
holders of  the Securities, following  the practices  it would employ  in its
good faith business judgment were it the owner of such Loan.  This repurchase
or  substitution  obligation will  constitute  the sole  remedy  available to
holders  of Securities  or the Trustee  for a  breach of representation  by a
Seller.

    Neither  the  Depositor  nor  the  Master  Servicer  (unless  the  Master
Servicer is the Seller) will be obligated to purchase or substitute a Loan if
a Seller defaults on  its obligation to do so, and no  assurance can be given
that  Sellers will  carry  out their  respective  repurchase or  substitution
obligations with respect to Loans.  However, to the extent that a breach of a
representation and warranty  of a Seller  may also constitute  a breach of  a
representation made by  the Master Servicer, the  Master Servicer may have  a
repurchase  or  substitution   obligation  as  described  below   under  "The
Agreements--Assignment of Trust Fund Assets".

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

    Each  Series  of  Certificates  will  be   issued  pursuant  to  separate
agreements (each, a "Pooling and Servicing Agreement" or a "Trust Agreement")
among the Depositor,  the Servicer, if the  Series relates to Loans,  and the
Trustee.  A form of Pooling  and Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement  has
been  filed  as an  exhibit  to  the  Registration  Statement of  which  this
Prospectus forms a part.   Each Series of Notes will be issued pursuant to an
indenture (the  "Indenture") between  the related Trust  Fund and  the entity
named in  the related Prospectus  Supplement as trustee (the  "Trustee") with
respect to such Series.  A form of Indenture has been filed  as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement of which this  Prospectus forms a part.  A  Series
may consist of both Notes and Certificates.   Each Agreement, dated as of the
related  Cut-off Date, will  be among the Depositor,  the Master Servicer and
the Trustee for the  benefit of the holders of the Securities of such Series.
The provisions  of each Agreement will vary depending  upon the nature of the
Securities to be issued thereunder and the  nature of the related Trust Fund.
The following summaries describe certain  provisions which may appear in each
Agreement.    The Prospectus  Supplement  for  a  Series of  Securities  will
describe  any provision of the Agreement  relating to such Series that mainly
differs  from the  description thereof  contained  in this  Prospectus.   The
summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified
in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the Agreement for
each  Series of  Securities and  the applicable  Prospectus Supplement.   The
Depositor will provide a copy of the Agreement (without exhibits) relating to
any Series  without charge upon  written request of a  holder of record  of a
Security of  such Series addressed  to Financial Asset Securities  Corp., 600
Steamboat Road, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830, Attention: Asset Backed Finance
Group.

GENERAL

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Certificates of each Series  will be issued in book-entry or fully registered
form, in the  authorized denominations  specified in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement, will  evidence specified  beneficial ownership  interests in  the
related  Trust  Fund created  pursuant  to each  Agreement  and  will not  be
entitled to payments  in respect of  the assets included  in any other  Trust
Fund established by the Depositor.  Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Notes of each  Series will be issued in book-entry
or fully  registered form, in  the authorized denominations specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, will be secured by the pledge of the assets of
the related Trust Fund and will not be entitled to payments in respect of the
assets included in  any other Trust Fund  established by the Depositor.   The
Securities will not  represent obligations of the Depositor  or any affiliate
of the Depositor.  Certain of  the Loans may be guaranteed or insured  as set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Each Trust Fund will consist of,
to the extent  provided in the Agreement, (i) the Trust  Fund Assets, as from
time to  time are subject to the related  Agreement (exclusive of any amounts
specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  ("Retained  Interest")),
including all payments of interest and principal received with respect to the
Loans after  the Cut-off  Date (to the  extent not  applied in  computing the
Cut-off Date Principal  Balance); (ii) such assets  as from time to  time are
required to be deposited in the related Security Account, as described  below
under  "The Agreements--Payments  on Loans;  Deposits  to Security  Account";
(iii) property which secured a  Loan and which is  acquired on behalf of  the
Securityholders by  foreclosure or deed in  lieu of foreclosure and  (iv) any
insurance  policies or  other  forms  of credit  enhancement  required to  be
maintained pursuant to the related Agreement.  If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  a Trust  Fund may  also include  one or  more of  the
following:   reinvestment  income  on  payments received  on  the Trust  Fund
Assets, a Reserve Account, a mortgage pool insurance policy, a Special Hazard
Insurance Policy, a  Bankruptcy Bond, one or more letters of credit, a surety
bond, guaranties or similar instruments or other agreements.

    Each Series of  Securities will be issued  in one or more classes.   Each
class  of Securities  of a  Series will  evidence beneficial  ownership  of a
specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments
and a specified percentage (which may  be 0%) or portion of future  principal
payments  on the Trust  Fund Assets in the  related Trust Fund.   A Series of
Securities  may  include one  or more  classes  that are  senior in  right to
payment  to one or more other  classes of Securities of  such Series.  One or
more  classes  of  Securities  of  a   Series  may  be  entitled  to  receive
distributions  of   principal,   interest   or   any   combination   thereof.
Distributions on one or  more classes of a Series  of Securities may be  made
prior to one or more other classes, after the occurrence of specified events,
in accordance with  a schedule or formula,  on the basis of  collections from
designated portions  of the Trust Fund Assets in the related Trust Fund or on
a  different basis,  in  each case  as specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement.   The timing  and amounts  of such  distributions may  vary among
classes or over time as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless  otherwise  specified  in   the  related  Prospectus   Supplement,
distributions  of principal and interest (or,  where applicable, of principal
only or interest only) on the related Securities will be made  by the Trustee
on each Distribution  Date (i.e., monthly or  at such other intervals  and on
the dates as are specified in the Prospectus Supplement) in proportion to the
percentages  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement.   Distributions
will be  made to the persons in whose  names the Securities are registered at
the  close of  business  on the  dates specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement (each, a "Record Date").  Distributions will be made in the manner
specified in the Prospectus Supplement to the persons entitled thereto at the
address appearing in  the register maintained for holders  of Securities (the
"Security  Register");  provided,  however, that  the  final  distribution in
retirement  of  the  Securities  will  be made  only  upon  presentation  and
surrender of the Securities  at the office or agency of the  Trustee or other
person specified in the notice to Securityholders of such final distribution.

    The  Securities  will  be freely  transferable  and  exchangeable  at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as set forth in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.  No service charge will be  made for any registration of exchange
or transfer of Securities of any  Series but the Trustee may require  payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any related tax or other governmental charge.

    Under current  law the  purchase and  holding of  a  class of  Securities
entitled only  to a specified  percentage of  payments of either  interest or
principal or a notional amount of other  interest or principal on the related
Loans or a class of Securities  entitled to receive payments of interest  and
principal on  the Loans  only after payments  to other  classes or  after the
occurrence of  certain specified  events  by or  on  behalf of  any  employee
benefit plan or other retirement arrangement (including individual retirement
accounts and annuities, Keogh plans  and collective investment funds in which
such plans, accounts  or arrangements are invested) subject  to provisions of
ERISA or the Code may result in prohibited transactions within the meaning of
ERISA  and the Code.  See "ERISA Considerations".  Unless otherwise specified
in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the transfer  of Securities of  such a
class will not  be registered unless the transferee (i) represents that it is
not,  and  is  not  purchasing  on  behalf  of,  any  such  plan,  account or
arrangement  or (ii)  provides  an  opinion of  counsel  satisfactory to  the
Trustee and the Depositor that the purchase of Securities of such a  class by
or on  behalf of  such  plan, account  or  arrangement is  permissible  under
applicable law and will  not subject the Trustee, the Master  Servicer or the
Depositor to any  obligation or liability in addition to  those undertaken in
the Agreements.

    As to  each Series, an  election may be  made to treat  the related Trust
Fund or  designated portions  thereof as a  "real estate  mortgage investment
conduit"  or  "REMIC"  as  defined  in the  Code.    The  related  Prospectus
Supplement  will   specify  whether   a  REMIC  election   is  to   be  made.
Alternatively,  the Agreement for a Series  may provide that a REMIC election
may be made at the discretion of the Depositor or the Master Servicer and may
only be made if certain conditions are satisfied.  As to any such Series, the
terms and provisions applicable to the making of a REMIC election, as well as
any material federal income tax consequences to Securityholders not otherwise
described herein, will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.  If
such an election is made with respect to a Series, one of the classes will be
designated  as evidencing  the  sole  class of  "residual  interests" in  the
related REMIC,  as defined in the Code.   All other classes  of Securities in
such a  Series will constitute "regular  interests" in the related  REMIC, as
defined in  the Code.    As to  each Series  with respect  to  which a  REMIC
election is  to be  made, the  Master  Servicer or  a holder  of the  related
residual certificate will be obligated to take all actions required in  order
to comply with applicable  laws and regulations and will be  obligated to pay
any prohibited transaction  taxes.   The Master Servicer,  to the extent  set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, will be entitled to reimbursement
for any such payment from the assets of the Trust Fund or  from any holder of
the related residual certificate.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON SECURITIES

    General.    In   general,  the  method  of  determining  the   amount  of
distributions on a particular Series of Securities will depend on the type of
credit  support,  if any,  that is  used with  respect to  such Series.   See
"Credit Enhancement".   Set forth  below are descriptions of  various methods
that may be used  to determine the amount of distributions  on the Securities
of  a particular  Series.    The Prospectus  Supplement  for  each Series  of
Securities will  describe the method to be used  in determining the amount of
distributions on the Securities of such Series.

    Distributions allocable  to principal and interest on the Securities will
be  made by  the Trustee out  of, and  only to  the extent  of, funds  in the
related Security  Account, including any  funds transferred from  any Reserve
Account (a  "Reserve Account").   As between Securities of  different classes
and  as between  distributions  of  principal  (and, if  applicable,  between
distributions  of  Principal  Prepayments, as  defined  below,  and scheduled
payments of principal)  and interest, distributions made  on any Distribution
Date  will be  applied as  specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement.
Unless   otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
distributions to  any  class of  Securities  will be  made  pro rata  to  all
Securityholders of that class.

    Available Funds.   All distributions on the Securities of  each Series on
each Distribution Date will be made from the Available Funds described below,
in accordance with  the terms described in the  related Prospectus Supplement
and  specified in the  Agreement.  Unless  otherwise provided in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement, "Available  Funds" for  each  Distribution Date  will
equal the sum of the following amounts:

        (i)  the  aggregate  of  all  previously  undistributed  payments   on
    account of  principal  (including  Principal  Prepayments,  if  any,  and
    prepayment  penalties,   if  so  provided   in  the   related  Prospectus
    Supplement)  and  interest  on  the  Loans  in  the  related  Trust  Fund
    (including Liquidation  Proceeds and Insurance Proceeds and amounts drawn
    under  letters  of  credit  or other  credit  enhancement  instruments as
    permitted  thereunder and as specified in the related Agreement) received
    by the Master Servicer after the Cut-off Date and on  or prior to the day
    of the  month of the related  Distribution Date specified  in the related
    Prospectus Supplement (the "Determination Date") except

             (a) all payments which were due on or before the Cut-off Date;

             (b) all Liquidation  Proceeds  and all  Insurance Proceeds,  all
        Principal Prepayments  and all  other proceeds of any  Loan purchased
        by the  Depositor, Master  Servicer, any  Sub-Servicer or  any Seller
        pursuant  to the Agreement  that were  received after  the prepayment
        period  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  and  all
        related  payments of  interest representing  interest for  any period
        after the interest accrual period;

             (c) all scheduled payments  of principal  and interest due on  a
        date  or  dates  subsequent  to  the  Due  Period  relating  to  such
        Distribution Date;

             (d) amounts received  on particular  Loans as  late payments  of
        principal  or  interest or  other  amounts  required to  be  paid  by
        borrowers, but  only to  the extent  of any  unreimbursed advance  in
        respect thereof made  by the  Master Servicer (including the  related
        Sub-Servicers, Support Servicers or the Trustee);

             (e) amounts representing reimbursement, to the extent  permitted
        by  the  Agreement  and  as  described under  "Advances"  below,  for
        advances  made  by   the  Master  Servicer,  Sub-Servicers,   Support
        Servicers  or  the Trustee  that  were  deposited  into the  Security
        Account,  and  amounts representing  reimbursement for  certain other
        losses and expenses incurred by the Master Servicer  or the Depositor
        and described below;

             (f) that portion  of each collection of interest on a particular
        Loan  in  such Trust  Fund  which  represents servicing  compensation
        payable to the  Master Servicer or Retained  Interest which is  to be
        retained from  such collection or  is permitted  to be retained  from
        related Insurance  Proceeds,  Liquidation  Proceeds  or  proceeds  of
        Loans purchased pursuant to the Agreement;

        (ii)     the amount of  any advance made by  the Master Servicer, Sub
    Servicer,  Support  Servicer or  Trustee  as  described under  "Advances"
    below and deposited by it in the Security Account;

        (iii)    if applicable, amounts withdrawn from a Reserve Account;

        (iv)     if  applicable, amounts  provided under a letter  of credit,
    insurance policy, surety bond or other third-party guaranties; and

        (v)  if applicable, the amount of prepayment interest shortfall.

    Distributions of  Interest.   Unless otherwise specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  interest  will  accrue  on  the  aggregate  Security
Principal  Balance (or,  in  the  case of  Securities  (i)  entitled only  to
distributions allocable to interest, the aggregate notional principal balance
or (ii) which, under certain circumstances, allow for the accrual of interest
otherwise  scheduled for  payment to  remain unpaid  until the  occurrence of
certain events specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement) of each class
of Securities entitled to  interest from the date,  at the Pass-Through  Rate
(which may be a fixed rate or rate adjustable as specified in such Prospectus
Supplement) and for the periods specified in such  Prospectus Supplement.  To
the extent  funds are available  therefor, interest accrued during  each such
specified period on each class of Securities entitled to interest (other than
a class of  Securities that provides  for interest that  accrues, but is  not
currently payable,  referred to  hereafter as  "Accrual Securities")  will be
distributable on the Distribution Dates  specified in the related  Prospectus
Supplement until  the aggregate Security Principal Balance  of the Securities
of such  class has  been distributed in  full or,  in the case  of Securities
entitled only  to distributions  allocable to  interest, until  the aggregate
notional principal balance of  such Securities is reduced to zero  or for the
period of time designated in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The original
Security  Principal  Balance  of  each  Security  will  equal  the  aggregate
distributions  allocable to  principal to  which such  Security  is entitled.
Unless  otherwise   specified   in   the   related   Prospectus   Supplement,
distributions allocable to  interest on each Security that is not entitled to
distributions allocable to principal will be calculated based on the notional
principal balance of  such Security.   The  notional principal  balance of  a
Security will  not evidence  an interest in  or entitlement  to distributions
allocable to principal but will be used solely for convenience in  expressing
the calculation of interest and for certain other purposes.

    Interest payable  on the Securities  of a Series  on a Distribution  Date
will include all interest accrued during the period  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.   In the event  interest accrues over a  period ending
two  or  more days  prior  to a  Distribution  Date, the  effective  yield to
Securityholders  will be  reduced  from  the yield  that  would otherwise  be
obtainable if interest payable on the Security were to accrue through the day
immediately preceding each  Distribution Date,  and the  effective yield  (at
par) to Securityholders will be less than the indicated coupon rate.

    With respect  to any  class of Accrual  Securities, if  specified in  the
related Prospectus Supplement, any  interest that has accrued but is not paid
on  a  given Distribution  Date  will  be  added  to the  aggregate  Security
Principal  Balance of  such class  of Securities  on that  Distribution Date.
Distributions of  interest on any  class of Accrual Securities  will commence
only after the occurrence  of the events specified in  the related Prospectus
Supplement.  Prior  to such time, the  beneficial ownership interest  of such
class of Accrual  Securities in the Trust Fund, as reflected in the aggregate
Security Principal Balance of such class of Accrual Securities, will increase
on each Distribution  Date by  the amount  of interest that  accrued on  such
class of Accrual Securities during  the preceding interest accrual period but
that was not  required to be distributed  to such class on  such Distribution
Date.   Any such class of Accrual  Securities will thereafter accrue interest
on its outstanding Security Principal Balance as so adjusted.

    Distributions  of  Principal.   The  related  Prospectus Supplement  will
specify the method by which the amount of principal to be distributed  on the
Securities on  each Distribution  Date will be  calculated and the  manner in
which such amount will be allocated  among the classes of Securities entitled
to distributions of  principal.  The aggregate Security  Principal Balance of
any class of Securities entitled to distributions of principal generally will
be  the  aggregate original  Security  Principal  Balance  of such  class  of
Securities   specified  in  such   Prospectus  Supplement,  reduced   by  all
distributions  reported to  the holders  of such  Securities as  allocable to
principal  and, (i)  in  the case  of Accrual  Securities,  increased by  all
interest accrued  but not then  distributable on such Accrual  Securities and
(ii) in  the case  of adjustable rate  Securities, subject  to the  effect of
negative amortization, if applicable.  

    If so provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement, one or more classes
of  Securities  will  be  entitled  to  receive  all  or  a  disproportionate
percentage of the payments of principal which are received  from borrowers in
advance  of their  scheduled due  dates  and are  not accompanied  by amounts
representing  scheduled  interest  due  after  the  month  of  such  payments
("Principal  Prepayments") in the percentages and  under the circumstances or
for the periods specified in such Prospectus Supplement.  Any such allocation
of Principal  Prepayments to  such class or  classes of  Securityholders will
have the  effect of  accelerating the amortization  of such  Securities while
increasing the  interests evidenced  by other Securities  in the  Trust Fund.
Increasing the interests  of the other Securities relative to that of certain
Securities allocated by the principal prepayments is intended to preserve the
availability of  the subordination  provided by such  other Securities.   See
"Credit Enhancement-Subordination".

    Unscheduled Distributions.  The Securities will  be subject to receipt of
distributions  before  the   next  scheduled  Distribution  Date   under  the
circumstances  and in  the  manner  described below  and  in such  Prospectus
Supplement.   If  applicable, the  Trustee  will  be required  to  make  such
unscheduled distributions  on the  day  and in  the amount  specified in  the
related Prospectus  Supplement if, due  to substantial payments  of principal
(including Principal  Prepayments) on the  Trust Fund Assets, the  Trustee or
the Master Servicer determines that the  funds available or anticipated to be
available from the Security Account  and, if applicable, any Reserve Account,
may be insufficient to make required distributions on the  Securities on such
Distribution  Date.   Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement, the amount of any such unscheduled distribution that is allocable
to  principal  will not  exceed the  amount  that would  otherwise  have been
required  to be  distributed  as  principal on  the  Securities  on the  next
Distribution  Date.   Unless otherwise  specified in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the unscheduled  distributions  will  include  interest  at  the
applicable  Pass-Through Rate  (if  any)  on the  amount  of the  unscheduled
distribution allocable to  principal for the period and to the date specified
in such Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
distributions  allocable to principal in any unscheduled distribution will be
made in the  same priority and  manner as distributions  of principal on  the
Securities  would have  been made  on the  next Distribution  Date,  and with
respect  to  Securities  of  the  same  class, unscheduled  distributions  of
principal will be  made on the  same basis as  such distributions would  have
been made on the next Distribution  Date on a pro rata basis.   Notice of any
unscheduled distribution will  be given by the  Trustee prior to the  date of
such distribution.

ADVANCES

    To the extent  provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the Master
Servicer will  be required  to advance  on or before  each Distribution  Date
(from its own funds,  funds advanced by Sub-Servicers or Support Servicers or
funds held in the Security Account for future distributions to the holders of
such  Securities), an amount  equal to the aggregate  of payments of interest
and/or principal that  were delinquent on the related  Determination Date and
were  not advanced  by any  Sub-Servicer,  subject to  the Master  Servicer's
determination that such  advances will be recoverable out of late payments by
borrowers,  Liquidation  Proceeds,  Insurance  Proceeds  or  otherwise.    In
addition, to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a cash
account may be established to provide for Advances to be made in the event of
certain Trust Fund Assets payment defaults or collection shortfalls.

    In  making Advances,  the Master  Servicer  will endeavor  to maintain  a
regular flow of  scheduled interest and principal payments to  holders of the
Securities, rather than to guarantee  or insure against losses.  If  Advances
are made by the Master Servicer from cash being held for  future distribution
to  Securityholders, the Master Servicer will replace such funds on or before
any future  Distribution Date  to the  extent that  funds  in the  applicable
Security Account  on such  Distribution Date  would be  less than  the amount
required to be  available for distributions to Securityholders  on such date.
Any  Master  Servicer funds  advanced  will  be  reimbursable to  the  Master
Servicer out  of recoveries on the specific Loans  with respect to which such
Advances  were made  (e.g., late payments  made by the  related borrower, any
related  Insurance Proceeds,  Liquidation  Proceeds or  proceeds of  any Loan
purchased by  a Sub-Servicer  or a Seller  under the  circumstances described
hereinabove).   Advances  by the  Master  Servicer  (and any  advances  by  a
Sub-Servicer or  a Support Servicer) also will  be reimbursable to the Master
Servicer  (or  Sub-Servicer  or  a  Support  Servicer)  from  cash  otherwise
distributable to Securityholders (including the holders of Senior Securities)
to the  extent that  the Master  Servicer determines  that any  such Advances
previously made are  not ultimately recoverable as  described above.  To  the
extent  provided in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, the  Master Servicer
also will  be obligated to  make Advances, to  the extent recoverable  out of
Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds or  otherwise, in respect of certain
taxes and insurance premiums not paid by borrowers on  a timely basis.  Funds
so advanced are  reimbursable to the Master Servicer to  the extent permitted
by the Agreement.   The obligations of  the Master Servicer to  make advances
may  be supported  by a cash  advance reserve  fund, a  surety bond  or other
arrangement, in each case as described in such Prospectus Supplement.

    The  Master Servicer  or  Sub-Servicer may  enter  into an  agreement  (a
"Support Agreement")  with a Support  Servicer pursuant to which  the Support
Servicer  agrees to provide  funds on behalf  of the Master  Servicer or Sub-
Servicer  in connection with  the obligation of  the Master Servicer  or Sub-
Servicer, as the case  may be, to make Advances.   The Support Agreement will
be delivered to  the Trustee and the Trustee  will be authorized to  accept a
substitute  Support Agreement in exchange  for an original Support Agreement,
provided that such  substitution of the Support Agreement  will not adversely
affect the rating or ratings then in effect on the Securities.

    Unless otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, in  the
event the Master Servicer, a Sub-Servicer or a Support Servicer fails to make
a required Advance, the Trustee will be obligated to make such Advance in its
capacity as  successor servicer.   If the Trustee  makes such an  Advance, it
will be entitled  to be reimbursed for  such Advance to  the same extent  and
degree as  the Master  Servicer,  a Sub-Servicer  or  a Support  Servicer  is
entitled to be reimbursed for Advances.  See "Description of the Securities--
Distributions on Securities" herein.

COMPENSATING INTEREST

    If  so  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Master
Servicer will be required to remit to  the Trustee, with respect to each Loan
in the  related Trust Fund as  to which a  principal prepayment in full  or a
principal payment which is in excess of  the scheduled monthly payment and is
not intended  to cure a  delinquency was received  during any Due  Period, an
amount,  from and to  the extent of  amounts otherwise payable  to the Master
Servicer as servicing  compensation, equal to the  excess, if any, of  (a) 30
days' interest on the principal balance of the related Loan  at the Loan Rate
net  of the  per annum  rate  at which  the Master  Servicer's  servicing fee
accrues, over  (b) the  amount  of interest  actually received  on such  Loan
during such Due Period, net of the Master Servicer's servicing fee.

REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

    Prior to or  concurrently with each distribution on a  Distribution Date,
the  Master Servicer or  the Trustee will  furnish to each  Securityholder of
record  of the  related  Series  a statement  setting  forth, to  the  extent
applicable to such Series of Securities, among other things:

        (i)  the  amount   of  such   distribution  allocable   to  principal,
    separately identifying  the aggregate amount of any Principal Prepayments
    and any applicable prepayment penalties included therein;

        (ii)     the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;

        (iii)    the amount of any Advance;

        (iv)     the  aggregate  amount   (a)  otherwise  allocable   to  the
    Subordinated  Securityholders   on  such  Distribution   Date,  and   (b)
    withdrawn  from the Reserve Fund, if any, that is included in the amounts
    distributed to the Senior Securityholders;

        (v)  the outstanding  principal balance or  notional principal balance
    of such  class after giving  effect to the  distribution of  principal on
    such Distribution Date;

        (vi)     the percentage of principal payments on the Loans (excluding
    prepayments), if  any, which such  class will  be entitled to  receive on
    the following Distribution Date;

        (vii)    the percentage  of Principal  Prepayments on  the Loans,  if
    any, which  such  class will  be entitled  to  receive on  the  following
    Distribution Date;

        (viii)   the related amount of the servicing compensation retained or
    withdrawn  from the  Security Account  by  the Master  Servicer, and  the
    amount of  additional  servicing  compensation  received  by  the  Master
    Servicer  attributable to  penalties, fees,  excess Liquidation  Proceeds
    and other similar charges and items;

        (ix)     the number  and aggregate  principal balances  of Loans  (A)
    delinquent (exclusive of Loans in foreclosure) (1) 31 to  60 days, (2) 61
    to 90 days and (3) 91 or more days and (B) in foreclosure and  delinquent
    (1) 31 to 60 days, (2) 61 to  90 days and (3) 91 or more days,  as of the
    close of business on  the last day of  the calendar month preceding  such
    Distribution Date;

        (x)  the  book value  of any real estate  acquired through foreclosure
    or grant of a deed in lieu of foreclosure;

        (xi)     if  a class  is  entitled  only to  a  specified  portion of
    payments  of interest on the Loans in  the related Pool, the Pass-Through
    Rate,  if adjusted  from the  date of  the last  statement, of  the Loans
    expected to be applicable to the next distribution to such class;

        (xii)    if applicable, the  amount remaining in any  Reserve Account
    at the close of business on the Distribution Date;

        (xiii)   the Pass-Through Rate as of the day prior to the immediately
    preceding Distribution Date;
    and

        (xiv)    any amounts remaining under letters of credit, pool policies
    or other forms of credit enhancement.

    Where  applicable,  any amount  set  forth above  may be  expressed  as a
dollar amount per single Security of the relevant class having the Percentage
Interest  specified in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement.   The report  to
Securityholders for any Series of  Securities may include additional or other
information of a similar nature to that specified above.

    In addition, within  a reasonable period  of time after  the end of  each
calendar  year, the  Master  Servicer  or  the  Trustee  will  mail  to  each
Securityholder of  record at any time during such  calendar year a report (a)
as to the aggregate  of amounts reported pursuant to  (i) and (ii) above  for
such calendar  year or,  in the  event such  person was  a Securityholder  of
record during a portion of such calendar year, for the applicable  portion of
such year and (b) such other customary information as may be deemed necessary
or desirable for Securityholders to prepare their tax returns.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

    As  described  in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  if not  issued  in  fully
registered form,  each class of  Securities will be registered  as book-entry
certificates  (the "Book-Entry  Securities").   Persons  acquiring beneficial
ownership interests  in the  Securities ("Security Owners")  will hold  their
Securities through the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in the United States,
or  Cedel   Bank,  societe   anonyme  ("CEDEL")   or  the   Euroclear  System
("Euroclear") (in Europe)  if they are participants ("Participants")  of such
systems,  or indirectly through organizations  which are Participants in such
systems.    The  Book-Entry  Securities  will   be  issued  in  one  or  more
certificates  which equal the  aggregate principal balance  of the Securities
and will initially be  registered in the name of  Cede & Co., the nominee  of
DTC.   CEDEL  and Euroclear will  hold omnibus  positions on behalf  of their
Participants   through  customers'   securities  accounts   in   CEDEL's  and
Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositaries which in turn
will  hold   such  positions  in   customers'  securities  accounts   in  the
depositaries'  names  on  the books  of  DTC.   Citibank,  N.A.  will  act as
depositary for  CEDEL and  the Brussels, Belgium  branch of  Morgan Guarantee
Trust Company of New York ("Morgan") will act as depositary for Euroclear (in
such  capacities, individually the "Relevant Depositary" and collectively the
"European Depositaries").  Except as  described below, no Security Owner will
be entitled to  receive a physical certificate representing  such Security (a
"Definitive Security").   Unless and until Definitive  Securities are issued,
it is anticipated  that the only "Securityholders" of  the Securities will be
Cede  & Co.,  as nominee  of  DTC.   Security  Owners are  only permitted  to
exercise their rights indirectly through Participants and DTC.

    The Security Owner's ownership of a  Book-Entry Security will be recorded
on the  records of  the  brokerage firm,  bank, thrift  institution or  other
financial  intermediary (each, a "Financial Intermediary") that maintains the
Security  Owner's  account  for  such   purpose.    In  turn,  the  Financial
Intermediary's ownership of such Book-Entry  Security will be recorded on the
records  of  DTC (or  of a  participating  firm that  acts  as agent  for the
Financial  Intermediary, whose  interest  will  in turn  be  recorded on  the
records  of DTC,  if the  Security  Owner's Financial  Intermediary is  not a
Participant and on the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).

    Security Owners  will  receive all  distributions  of principal  of,  and
interest on,  the Securities from  the Trustee through DTC  and Participants.
While   the  Securities  are  outstanding  (except  under  the  circumstances
described below),  under the rules,  regulations and procedures  creating and
affecting DTC  and its  operations (the  "Rules"), DTC  is  required to  make
book-entry transfers among Participants on  whose behalf it acts with respect
to the Securities  and is required to  receive and transmit distributions  of
principal of,  and interest  on, the Securities.   Participants  and indirect
participants  with  whom  Security  Owners  have  accounts  with  respect  to
Securities  are similarly required  to make book-entry  transfers and receive
and  transmit such  distributions  on  behalf  of their  respective  Security
Owners.  Accordingly, although Security Owners will not possess certificates,
the  Rules  provide  a  mechanism  by  which  Security  Owners  will  receive
distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.

    Security Owners will  not receive or be entitled to  receive certificates
representing  their respective interests in  the Securities, except under the
limited  circumstances  described   below.    Unless  and   until  Definitive
Securities are issued, Security Owners  who are not Participants may transfer
ownership of Securities  only through Participants and  indirect participants
by  instructing such  Participants  and  indirect  participants  to  transfer
Securities,  by book-entry  transfer,  through  DTC for  the  account of  the
purchasers  of  such  Securities,  which  account is  maintained  with  their
respective Participants.  Under the Rules and in accordance with DTC's normal
procedures, transfers of ownership of Securities will be executed through DTC
and the accounts  of the respective Participants  at DTC will be  debited and
credited.   Similarly, the Participants  and indirect participants  will make
debits or  credits, as the  case may  be, on their  records on behalf  of the
selling and purchasing Security Owners.

    Because  of time  zone  differences, credits  of  securities received  in
CEDEL or Euroclear  as a result of  a transaction with a  Participant will be
made  during  subsequent  securities  settlement  processing  and  dated  the
business  day  following the  DTC  settlement  date.    Such credits  or  any
transactions in  such  securities  settled during  such  processing  will  be
reported to  the relevant  Euroclear or CEDEL  Participants on  such business
day.   Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities
by  or  through  a  CEDEL   Participant  (as  defined  herein)  or  Euroclear
Participant (as  defined herein) to a  DTC Participant will be  received with
value on  the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant CEDEL
or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in
DTC.  

    Transfers between Participants will  occur in accordance with DTC  rules.
Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

    Cross-market transfers  between persons  holding  directly or  indirectly
through  DTC, on  the one  hand,  and directly  or  indirectly through  CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC
in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing  system  by the  Relevant  Depositary;  however, such  cross  market
transactions will require delivery  of instructions to the  relevant European
international  clearing  system  by  the  counterparty  in  such   system  in
accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines
(European  time).  The relevant  European international clearing system will,
if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to
the  Relevant Depositary  to take action  to effect  final settlement  on its
behalf  by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving
payment in  accordance with normal  procedures for same day  funds settlement
applicable to  DTC.   CEDEL Participants and  Euroclear Participants  may not
deliver instructions directly to the European Depositaries.

    CEDEL is  incorporated under  the laws  of Luxembourg  as a  professional
depository.    CEDEL  holds securities  for  its  participating organizations
("CEDEL  Participants") and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of
securities  transactions   between  CEDEL  Participants   through  electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the
need for  physical movement of certificates.   Transactions may be settled in
CEDEL  in any  of  28 currencies,  including  United States  dollars.   CEDEL
provides  to  its  CEDEL  Participants,  among  other  things,  services  for
safekeeping, administration,  clearance  and  settlement  of  internationally
traded securities  and securities  lending and borrowing.   CEDEL  interfaces
with domestic  markets in several  countries.  As a  professional depository,
CEDEL is subject  to regulation by the Luxembourg  Monetary Institute.  CEDEL
participants  are  recognized   financial  institutions  around   the  world,
including  underwriters,  securities   brokers  and  dealers,  banks,   trust
companies, clearing corporations  and certain other organizations.   Indirect
access to CEDEL is also available to others, such as banks,  brokers, dealers
and trust companies  that clear through or maintain  a custodial relationship
with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

    Euroclear was  created in  1968 to hold  securities for its  participants
("Euroclear  Participants")  and  to clear  and  settle  transactions between
Euroclear  Participants through  simultaneous electronic  book-entry delivery
against  payment, thereby  eliminating  the  need  for physical  movement  of
certificates and any  risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities
and  cash.  Transactions  may be settled  in any of  32 currencies, including
United States dollars.  Euroclear includes  various other services, including
securities  lending and  borrowing  and interfaces  with domestic  markets in
several  countries generally  similar to  the  arrangements for  cross-market
transfers with DTC described  above.  Euroclear is operated  by the Brussels,
Belgium office  of Morgan,  under contract  with Euroclear  Clearance Systems
S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative").   All operations
are conducted by Morgan, and  all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and
Euroclear cash  accounts are  accounts with the  Euroclear Operator,  not the
Cooperative.  The  Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear  on behalf of
Euroclear  Participants.   Euroclear  Participants  include  banks (including
central  banks),  securities  brokers  and  dealers  and  other  professional
financial intermediaries.  Indirect access  to Euroclear is also available to
other  firms that clear  through or maintain a  custodial relationship with a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

    Morgan is the  Belgian branch of a New York  banking corporation which is
a member bank  of the Federal Reserve  System.  As such, it  is regulated and
examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System and the New
York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission.

    Securities clearance accounts  and cash accounts with Morgan are governed
by the  Terms and  Conditions  Governing Use  of  Euroclear and  the  related
Operating  Procedures  of the  Euroclear  System and  applicable  Belgian law
(collectively, the "Terms and Conditions").   The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers  of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities
and cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect  to securities
in Euroclear.   All  securities in  Euroclear are  held on  a fungible  basis
without attribution of specific certificates to specific securities clearance
accounts.  The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on
behalf of Euroclear Participants,  and has no record of or  relationship with
persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

    Under  a   book-entry  format,  beneficial   owners  of   the  Book-Entry
Securities may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such
payments  will be  forwarded  by the  Trustee to  Cede.   Distributions  with
respect to Securities held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be credited to the
cash accounts of CEDEL Participants  or Euroclear Participants in  accordance
with  the relevant system's rules  and procedures, to  the extent received by
the Relevant Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance  with relevant  United States  tax laws  and regulations.   See
"Certain Material Federal  Income Tax Consequences--Tax Treatment  of Foreign
Investors" and "--Tax  Consequences to Holders of  Notes--Backup Withholding"
herein.  Because DTC can only act on behalf of Financial  Intermediaries, the
ability of a beneficial owner  to pledge Book-Entry Securities to  persons or
entities that do not  participate in the Depository system, or otherwise take
actions in  respect of such Book-Entry Securities, may  be limited due to the
lack of physical  certificates for such Book-Entry Securities.   In addition,
issuance  of the  Book-Entry Securities  in  book-entry form  may reduce  the
liquidity of such Securities in  the secondary market since certain potential
investors  may be  unwilling to  purchase  Securities for  which they  cannot
obtain physical certificates.

    Monthly  and annual  reports on  the Trust will  be provided  to CEDE, as
nominee of DTC, and may  be made available by CEDE to  beneficial owners upon
request,  in accordance with  the rules, regulations  and procedures creating
and affecting  the Depository, and  to the Financial Intermediaries  to whose
DTC  accounts  the  Book-Entry  Securities  of  such  beneficial  owners  are
credited.

    DTC has advised the Trustee that,  unless and until Definitive Securities
are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders  of
the  Book-Entry  Securities  under  the  applicable  Agreement  only  at  the
direction of one or  more Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC  accounts the
Book-Entry Securities are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken
on behalf of Financial Intermediaries whose holdings include such  Book-Entry
Securities.  CEDEL or the Euroclear  Operator, as the case may be, will  take
any other  action  permitted  to  be  taken by  a  Securityholder  under  the
Agreement on behalf  of a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in
accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and  subject to the ability
of the Relevant Depositary to effect such actions on its behalf  through DTC.
DTC  may take  actions, at  the direction of  the related  Participants, with
respect to some  Securities which conflict with actions taken with respect to
other Securities.

    Upon the occurrence  of any  of the events  described in the  immediately
preceding paragraph,  the Trustee will  be required to notify  all beneficial
owners of the  occurrence of such event  and the availability through  DTC of
Definitive Securities.  Upon  surrender by DTC of  the global certificate  or
certificates representing  the  Book-Entry Securities  and  instructions  for
re-registration, the Trustee will issue Definitive Securities, and thereafter
the  Trustee will  recognize the  holders  of such  Definitive Securities  as
Securityholders under the applicable Agreement.

    Although   DTC,  CEDEL  and  Euroclear   have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Securities among  participants
of DTC,  CEDEL and  Euroclear, they  are under  no obligation  to perform  or
continue to perform  such procedures and such procedures  may be discontinued
at any time.

    None  of  the  Servicer,  the Depositor  or  the  Trustee  will have  any
responsibility for any aspect  of the records relating,  to  or payments made
on account  of beneficial  ownership interests  of the  Book-Entry Securities
held by Cede &  Co., as nominee for  DTC, or for maintaining,  supervising or
reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

                              CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

GENERAL

    Credit enhancement  may be provided with  respect to one or  more classes
of a Series of  Securities or with  respect to the Trust  Fund Assets in  the
related Trust  Fund.   Credit enhancement  may be in  the form  of a  limited
financial guaranty policy issued by an entity named in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the  subordination of  one or more  classes of the  Securities of
such Series, the  establishment of one or more Reserve Accounts, the use of a
cross-support  feature,  use  of  a  mortgage   pool  insurance  policy,  FHA
Insurance,  VA Guarantee, bankruptcy  bond, special hazard  insurance policy,
surety  bond, letter  of credit,  guaranteed  investment contract  or another
method of credit  enhancement described in the related Prospectus Supplement,
or  any combination  of the  foregoing.   Unless otherwise  specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, credit enhancement will not provide protection
against all risks  of loss  and will  not guarantee repayment  of the  entire
principal balance of  the Securities and  interest thereon.  If  losses occur
which  exceed the  amount  covered be  credit  enhancement or  which  are not
covered by the credit enhancement, Securityholders  will bear their allocable
share of deficiencies.

SUBORDINATION

    Protection  afforded to holders of one or more classes of Securities of a
Series  by means  of the  subordination feature  may be  accomplished  by the
preferential right  of holders of  one or more  other classes of  such Series
(the "Senior Securities") to distributions in respect of scheduled principal,
Principal Prepayments,  interest or  any combination  thereof that  otherwise
would  have been  payable to  holders  of Subordinated  Securities under  the
circumstances   and  to  the  extent  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.   Protection  may  also  be afforded  to  the  holders of  Senior
Securities of a Series by: (i) reducing the ownership interest of the related
Subordinated  Securities; (ii)  a combination  of  the immediately  preceding
sentence and clause (i) above; or (iii) as otherwise described in the related
Prospectus Supplement.   Delays in receipt of scheduled payments on the Loans
and losses on defaulted  Loans may be borne  first by the various  classes of
Subordinated  Securities  and thereafter  by  the various  classes  of Senior
Securities,  in  each  case  under  the  circumstances  and  subject  to  the
limitations specified in  such related Prospectus Supplement.   The aggregate
distributions in respect of  delinquent payments on the Loans  over the lives
of  the  Securities  or at  any  time,  the aggregate  losses  in  respect of
defaulted Loans which must be borne  by the Subordinated Securities by virtue
of subordination and the amount of the distributions otherwise  distributable
to the  Subordinated Securityholders  that will  be  distributable to  Senior
Securityholders on any  Distribution Date may be limited  as specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.   If aggregate  distributions in  respect of
delinquent payments on the Loans or aggregate losses in respect of such Loans
were  to exceed  an amount  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
holders of Senior Securities would experience losses on the Securities.

    In addition  to or  in lieu  of  the foregoing,  if so  specified in  the
related Prospectus Supplement,  all or any portion of distributions otherwise
payable to  holders of Subordinated  Securities on any Distribution  Date may
instead be deposited into  one or more Reserve Accounts established  with the
Trustee or distributed to holders of Senior Securities.  Such deposits may be
made on each Distribution Date, for specified periods or until the balance in
the Reserve  Account has reached  a specified amount and,  following payments
from  the Reserve  Account  to  holders of  Senior  Securities or  otherwise,
thereafter to  the extent  necessary to  restore the  balance in  the Reserve
Account  to  required  levels,  in each  case  as  specified  in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement.   Amounts on deposit  in the  Reserve Account  may be
released to  the holders of  certain classes of  Securities at the  times and
under the circumstances specified in such Prospectus Supplement.

    Various classes  of  Senior Securities  and  Subordinated Securities  may
themselves be subordinate in their  right to receive certain distributions to
other classes of Senior and Subordinated  Securities, respectively, through a
cross support mechanism or otherwise.

    As  between  classes of  Senior  Securities  and as  between  classes  of
Subordinated  Securities, distributions may  be allocated among  such classes
(i)  in  the order  of  their scheduled  final  distribution  dates, (ii)  in
accordance with a schedule or formula, (iii) in relation to the occurrence of
events,  or  (iv) otherwise,  in  each  case  as  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.   As  between  classes  of  Subordinated  Securities,
payments  to holders  of Senior  Securities  on account  of delinquencies  or
losses and payments  to any Reserve Account will be allocated as specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

SPECIAL HAZARD INSURANCE POLICIES

    A separate Special Hazard Insurance  Policy may be obtained for the  Pool
and issued by the insurer (the "Special Hazard Insurer") named in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  Each Special Hazard Insurance Policy will, subject to
limitations described below, protect  holders of the related  Securities from
(i)  loss  by reason  of  damage  to  Properties  caused by  certain  hazards
(including  earthquakes and,  to a  limited extent,  tidal waves  and related
water damage or as otherwise  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement)
not insured against under  the standard form  of hazard insurance policy  for
the respective states  in which the Properties  are located or under  a flood
insurance  policy if the Property is located  in a federally designated flood
area, and (ii)  loss caused by reason  of the application of  the coinsurance
clause contained  in hazard insurance  policies.  See  "The Agreements-Hazard
Insurance".   Each  Special Hazard  Insurance  Policy will  not cover  losses
occasioned by  fraud or conversion  by the Trustee  or Master Servicer,  war,
insurrection,  civil  war,  certain governmental  action,  errors  in design,
faulty workmanship or materials (except under certain circumstances), nuclear
or  chemical  reactions, flood  (if the  Property is  located in  a federally
designated flood area), nuclear or  chemical contamination and certain  other
risks.  The amount of coverage under any Special Hazard Insurance Policy will
be  specified in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement.   Each Special  Hazard
Insurance Policy will provide that no claim may be paid unless hazard and, if
applicable, flood insurance on the Property  securing the Loan have been kept
in force and other protection and preservation expenses have been paid.

    Subject  to the foregoing limitations, and  unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, each  Special Hazard Insurance Policy will
provide that  where there has been  damage to Property securing  a foreclosed
Loan (title to which has been acquired by the insured) and to the extent such
damage  is not  covered  by the  hazard insurance  policy or  flood insurance
policy, if  any,  maintained by  the  borrower or  the  Master Servicer,  the
Special Hazard  Insurer will  pay the  lesser of  (i) the  cost of  repair or
replacement of  such property or  (ii) upon transfer  of the Property  to the
Special Hazard Insurer, the unpaid principal balance of such Loan at the time
of  acquisition  of  such  Property  by  foreclosure  or   deed  in  lieu  of
foreclosure,  plus accrued  interest  to  the date  of  claim settlement  and
certain  expenses  incurred by  the  Master  Servicer  with respect  to  such
Property.  If  the unpaid principal balance  of a Loan plus  accrued interest
and certain  expenses is paid  by the Special  Hazard Insurer, the  amount of
further coverage  under the related  Special Hazard Insurance Policy  will be
reduced by such amount  less any net proceeds from the  sale of the Property.
Any  amount paid as  the cost of  repair of the  Property will further reduce
coverage by such amount.

    The Master Servicer may deposit cash, an  irrevocable letter of credit or
any other instrument  acceptable to each Rating Agency  rating the Securities
of the related  Series in a  special trust account  to provide protection  in
lieu of or in addition to that provided by a Special Hazard Insurance Policy.
The amount of any  Special Hazard Insurance Policy  or of the deposit  to the
special trust  account relating  to such  Securities in  lieu thereof  may be
reduced so long as any such reduction will not result in a downgrading of the
rating of such Securities by any such Rating Agency.

BANKRUPTCY BONDS

    A  bankruptcy bond ("Bankruptcy Bond") for  proceedings under the federal
Bankruptcy  Code  may  be  issued by  an  insurer  named  in  such Prospectus
Supplement.  Each Bankruptcy Bond will cover certain losses resulting  from a
reduction  by a  bankruptcy  court  of scheduled  payments  of principal  and
interest on  a Loan or a reduction by such court of the principal amount of a
Loan and will cover certain unpaid interest on the amount of such a principal
reduction from the date of the filing of a bankruptcy petition.  The required
amount of  coverage  under each  Bankruptcy Bond  will be  set  forth in  the
related  Prospectus Supplement.   The  Master Servicer  may deposit  cash, an
irrevocable  letter of  credit or  any  other instrument  acceptable to  each
Rating Agency rating  the Securities of the related Series in a special trust
account to provide protection in lieu of or in addition to that provided by a
Bankruptcy Bond.    Coverage under  a  Bankruptcy Bond  may be  cancelled  or
reduced by the  Master Servicer if  such cancellation or reduction  would not
adversely  affect  the  then  current   rating  or  ratings  of  the  related
Securities.     See  "Certain  Legal  Aspects  of  the  Loans-Anti-Deficiency
Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders".

RESERVE ACCOUNTS

    Credit  support with respect to a Series of Securities may be provided by
the  establishment  and maintenance  with  the  Trustee  for such  Series  of
Securities, in trust, of one or more  Reserve Accounts for such Series.   The
related Prospectus  Supplement will specify  whether or not any  such Reserve
Accounts will be included in the Trust Fund for such Series.

    The  Reserve Account  for a  Series  will be  funded (i)  by the  deposit
therein  of cash, United  States Treasury securities,  instruments evidencing
ownership  of principal  or  interest payments  thereon,  letters of  credit,
demand  notes,  certificates of  deposit  or  a  combination thereof  in  the
aggregate amount specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, (ii) by the
deposit therein  from time to  time of certain  amounts, as specified  in the
related  Prospectus Supplement to  which the Subordinate  Securityholders, if
any, would otherwise  be entitled  or (iii) in  such other  manner as may  be
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Any amounts on  deposit in the  Reserve Account and  the proceeds of  any
other instrument upon  maturity will be held  in cash or will  be invested in
Permitted Investments which may include  obligations of the United States and
certain  agencies thereof, certificates of deposit, certain commercial paper,
time deposits and  bankers acceptances sold by eligible  commercial banks and
certain repurchase  agreements of  United States  government securities  with
eligible commercial  banks.   If a  letter of  credit is  deposited with  the
Trustee, such letter of credit will be irrevocable.  Any instrument deposited
therein will name  the Trustee, in its capacity as trustee for the holders of
the Securities, as beneficiary and will be  issued by an entity acceptable to
each Rating  Agency that rates  the Securities.  Additional  information with
respect to  such instruments deposited  in the Reserve  Accounts will be  set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Any amounts  so deposited and payments  on instruments so  deposited will
be available for withdrawal from the Reserve Account for  distribution to the
holders of  Securities  for the  purposes, in  the manner  and  at the  times
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

POOL INSURANCE POLICIES

    A  separate pool  insurance  policy  ("Pool  Insurance  Policy")  may  be
obtained for the Pool and issued by the insurer (the "Pool Insurer") named in
the related Prospectus Supplement.   Each Pool Insurance Policy will, subject
to  the limitations  described  below, cover  loss by  reason  of default  in
payment on  Loans in the Pool in an amount equal to a percentage specified in
such Prospectus Supplement  of the aggregate principal balance  of such Loans
on the Cut-off  Date which  are not  covered as to  their entire  outstanding
principal balances  by Primary  Mortgage Insurance Policies.   As  more fully
described below,  the Master Servicer  will present claims thereunder  to the
Pool  Insurer  on  behalf of  itself,  the  Trustee and  the  holders  of the
Securities.  The  Pool Insurance Policies, however, are  not blanket policies
against loss, since claims thereunder  may only be made respecting particular
defaulted Loans and  only upon satisfaction  of certain conditions  precedent
described  below.    Unless otherwise  specified  in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement,  the Pool  Insurance  Policies will  not cover  losses  due to  a
failure  to  pay or  denial of  a  claim under  a Primary  Mortgage Insurance
Policy.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Pool Insurance Policy will  provide that no claims  may be validly  presented
unless (i)  any required Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy is in  effect for
the  defaulted Loan and  a claim thereunder  has been  submitted and settled;
(ii) hazard insurance on the related Property has been kept in force and real
estate taxes and  other protection and preservation expenses  have been paid;
(iii) if there has been physical loss or damage to the Property,  it has been
restored to its physical condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) at the
time of  issuance of the policy; and  (iv) the insured has  acquired good and
merchantable title  to the Property  free and clear  of liens  except certain
permitted  encumbrances.   Upon satisfaction  of these  conditions, the  Pool
Insurer will have the option either (a) to purchase the property securing the
defaulted Loan at a price equal to the principal balance thereof plus accrued
and unpaid  interest at the  Loan Rate  to the date  of purchase and  certain
expenses incurred  by  the Master  Servicer  on  behalf of  the  Trustee  and
Securityholders, or (b) to  pay the amount by which the  sum of the principal
balance of the  defaulted Loan plus accrued  and unpaid interest at  the Loan
Rate to  the date  of payment of  the claim  and the  aforementioned expenses
exceeds  the proceeds  received from  an approved  sale of  the Property,  in
either  case net of certain  amounts paid or assumed to  have been paid under
the related  Primary Mortgage Insurance  Policy.  If any  Property securing a
defaulted  Loan is  damaged and  proceeds,  if any,  from the  related hazard
insurance  policy  or  the applicable  Special  Hazard  Insurance  Policy are
insufficient to  restore the  damaged Property to  a condition  sufficient to
permit recovery under the Pool Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer will not
be required to expend its own funds to restore the damaged Property unless it
determines  that  (i)   such  restoration  will  increase  the   proceeds  to
securityholders on liquidation of the  Loan after reimbursement of the Master
Servicer for its  expenses and (ii) such  expenses will be recoverable  by it
through proceeds of the sale of the Property or proceeds of the  related Pool
Insurance Policy or any related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Pool Insurance  Policy will not  insure (and many Primary  Mortgage Insurance
Policies do not insure) against loss sustained by reason of a default arising
from,  among other  things, (i)  fraud or  negligence in  the origination  or
servicing  of  a Loan,  including  misrepresentation  by  the  borrower,  the
originator or persons involved in the origination thereof, or (ii) failure to
construct  a Property in accordance with plans and specifications.  A failure
of coverage attributable  to one of  the foregoing events  might result in  a
breach of the related Seller's  representations described above, and, in such
events  might give  rise  to an  obligation on  the  part of  such Seller  to
purchase the defaulted Loan if the breach cannot be cured by such Seller.  No
Pool  Insurance Policy  will  cover  (and  many  Primary  Mortgage  Insurance
Policies do not cover)  a claim in respect of a defaulted Loan occurring when
the  servicer of such  Loan, at  the time of  default or thereafter,  was not
approved by the applicable insurer.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
original  amount of coverage under each Pool Insurance Policy will be reduced
over  the life of  the related Securities  by the aggregate  dollar amount of
claims  paid  less the  aggregate of  the  net amounts  realized by  the Pool
Insurer upon disposition of all foreclosed properties.   The amount of claims
paid may include certain expenses incurred by the Master Servicer as  well as
accrued interest on  delinquent Loans to  the date of  payment of the  claim.
Accordingly, if  aggregate net  claims paid under  any Pool  Insurance Policy
reach the  original policy limit,  coverage under that Pool  Insurance Policy
will  be   exhausted  and   any  further   losses  will   be  borne   by  the
Securityholders.

FHA INSURANCE; VA GUARANTEES

    Loans designated in  the related Prospectus Supplement as insured  by the
FHA will be insured by the FHA as  authorized under the United States Housing
Act of 1934, as amended.  In addition to the Title I Program  of the FHA, see
"Certain  Legal Considerations  -- Title  I Program",  certain Loans  will be
insured under various FHA programs  including the standard FHA 203(b) program
to finance the acquisition of one-  to four-family housing units and the  FHA
245 graduated payment  mortgage program.  These programs  generally limit the
principal amount and interest rates of the mortgage loans insured.  

    The  insurance premiums  for Loans insured  by the  FHA are  collected by
lenders approved by  the Department of Housing and  Urban Development ("HUD")
or by the Master Servicer or  any Sub-Servicer and are paid to the  FHA.  The
regulations governing  FHA single-family mortgage insurance  programs provide
that  insurance  benefits are  payable  either  upon  foreclosure  (or  other
acquisition of  possession) and conveyance  of the mortgaged premises  to the
United States  of America  or upon assignment  of the  defaulted Loan  to the
United States of America.  With respect  to a defaulted FHA-insured Loan, the
Master Servicer  or any Sub-Servicer  is limited  in its ability  to initiate
foreclosure  proceedings.   When  it  is  determined,  either by  the  Master
Servicer or any Sub-Servicer or HUD, that default was caused by circumstances
beyond the  mortgagor's control, the  Master Servicer or any  Sub-Servicer is
expected to  make an  effort to avoid  foreclosure by entering,  if feasible,
into  one  of a  number  of available  forms  of forbearance  plans  with the
mortgagor.  Such  plans may involve  the reduction  or suspension of  regular
mortgage payments for a specified period, with such payments to be  made upon
or before the maturity date of the mortgage, or the recasting of payments due
under the mortgage  up to or, other  than Loans originated under the  Title I
Program of the FHA,  beyond the maturity date.   In addition, when  a default
caused by  such circumstances is  accompanied by certain other  criteria, HUD
may  provide relief  by making payments  to the  Master Servicer or  any Sub-
Servicer in partial or full satisfaction of amounts due under the Loan (which
payments are to be repaid by the mortgagor to HUD) or by accepting assignment
of the  loan from  the Master  Servicer or  any Sub-Servicer.   With  certain
exceptions, at least  three full monthly installments must be  due and unpaid
under the Loan, and  HUD must have rejected  any request for relief from  the
mortgagor  before the  Master  Servicer  or  any  Sub-Servicer  may  initiate
foreclosure proceedings.

    HUD has the option, in most cases, to pay insurance claims in cash or  in
debentures issued  by HUD.   Currently, claims  are being  paid in  cash, and
claims have not been paid in debentures since 1965.  HUD debentures issued in
satisfaction  of FHA  insurance claims  bear interest  at the  applicable HUD
debentures  interest rate.  The  Master Servicer or  any Sub-Servicer of each
FHA-insured  Single  Family Loan  will  be  obligated  to purchase  any  such
debenture issued  in satisfaction  of such  Loan upon  default for  an amount
equal to the principal amount of any such debenture.

    Other than in relation to  the Title I Program of the FHA, the  amount of
insurance benefits generally  paid by the FHA  is equal to the  entire unpaid
principal  amount of  the defaulted  Loan  adjusted to  reimburse the  Master
Servicer or Sub-Servicer for certain costs and expenses and to deduct certain
amounts received  or retained  by the Master  Servicer or  Sub-Servicer after
default.  When entitlement to insurance benefits results from foreclosure (or
other acquisition of  possession) and conveyance to HUD,  the Master Servicer
or Sub-Servicer is compensated for no more than two-thirds of its foreclosure
costs, and is compensated for interest accrued  and unpaid prior to such date
but  in general only to  the extent it was  allowed pursuant to a forbearance
plan approved  by HUD.   When entitlement to insurance  benefits results from
assignment  of  the  Loan  to   HUD,  the  insurance  payment  includes  full
compensation  for interest  accrued and unpaid  to the assignment  date.  The
insurance  payment itself,  upon foreclosure  of  an FHA-insured  Loan, bears
interest from a  date 30 days after the borrower's  first uncorrected failure
to perform  any obligation to  make any payment  due under the  mortgage and,
upon  assignment, from the date  of assignment to the date  of payment of the
claim, in each case at the same interest rate as the applicable HUD debenture
interest rate as described above.

    Loans designated in  the related Prospectus  Supplement as guaranteed  by
the VA  will  be  partially  guaranteed by  the  VA  under  the  Serviceman's
Readjustment  Act  of  1944,  as  amended  (a  "VA  Guaranty  Policy").   The
Serviceman's Readjustment Act of 1944,  as amended, permits a veteran  (or in
certain instances  the  spouse  of  a  veteran) to  obtain  a  mortgage  loan
guarantee by the VA covering mortgage financing  of the purchase of a one- to
four-family dwelling unit at interest rates permitted by the VA.  The program
has no mortgage  loan limits, requires no down payment from the purchaser and
permits  the  guarantee  of mortgage  loans  of  up  to 30  years'  duration.
However, no Loan guaranteed by the VA  will have an original principal amount
greater than five times the partial VA guarantee for such Loan.

    The maximum guarantee that  may be issued by the VA under a VA guaranteed
mortgage  loan depends  upon the  original principal  amount of  the mortgage
loan,  as further  described in  38 United  States  Code Section  1803(a), as
amended.  As of January 1, 1990, the  maximum guarantee that may be issued by
the VA  under a VA  guaranteed mortgage  loan of  more than  $144,000 is  the
lesser of  25% of  the original  principal amount  of the  mortgage loan  and
$46,000.  The  liability on the  guarantee is reduced  or increased pro  rata
with any reduction or increase in the amount of indebtedness, but in no event
will the amount  payable on the guarantee  exceed the amount of  the original
guarantee.  The VA may,  at its option and  without regard to the  guarantee,
make  full  payment to  a mortgage  holder of  unsatisfied indebtedness  on a
mortgage upon its assignment to the VA.

    With respect  to a defaulted VA  guaranteed Loan, the  Master Servicer or
Sub-Servicer is, absent exceptional circumstances, authorized to announce its
intention to foreclose only when the  default has continued for three months.
Generally,  a claim for  the guarantee is submitted  after liquidation of the
Property.

    The amount payable under the  guarantee will be the percentage of the VA-
insured Loan originally guaranteed applied to indebtedness  outstanding as of
the applicable date of computation specified in the VA regulations.  Payments
under the guarantee will be equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Loan,
interest accrued on the unpaid balance of the Loan to the appropriate date of
computation and limited expenses  of the mortgagee, but in each  case only to
the  extent that such amounts have not  been recovered through liquidation of
the Property.   The amount payable under the guarantee may in no event exceed
the amount of the original guarantee.

CROSS-SUPPORT

    The  beneficial ownership  of separate  groups  of assets  included in  a
Trust Fund  may be  evidenced by separate  classes of  the related  Series of
Securities.  In such case, credit support  may be provided by a cross-support
feature which requires that distributions  be made with respect to Securities
evidencing a  beneficial ownership  interest in, or  secured by,  other asset
groups within the same  Trust Fund.  The related Prospectus  Supplement for a
Series which  includes a cross-support  feature will describe the  manner and
conditions for applying such cross-support feature.

    The coverage provided by  one or more forms  of credit support may  apply
concurrently to two or more related Trust Funds.  If applicable,  the related
Prospectus  Supplement will  identify the  Trust Funds  to which  such credit
support relates and  the manner  of determining  the amount  of the  coverage
provided thereby  and of the  application of such coverage  to the identified
Trust Funds.

OTHER  INSURANCE, SURETY  BONDS, GUARANTIES,  LETTERS  OF CREDIT  AND SIMILAR
INSTRUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS

    A  Trust  Fund  may  also include  insurance,  guaranties,  surety bonds,
letters of credit or similar arrangements for the purpose of (i)  maintaining
timely payments  or providing  additional protection  against  losses on  the
assets included  in such Trust  Fund, (ii) paying administrative  expenses or
(iii)  establishing a  minimum  reinvestment  rate on  the  payments made  in
respect of  such  assets or  principal payment  rate on  such  assets.   Such
arrangements  may include agreements under which Securityholders are entitled
to receive amounts deposited in various accounts held by the Trustee upon the
terms specified in such Prospectus Supplement.

                     YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

    The yields  to maturity and weighted average lives of the Securities will
be affected primarily by the amount and timing of principal payments received
on or in respect of the Trust Fund Assets included in the related Trust Fund.
With respect to a Trust Fund which  includes Private Asset Backed Securities,
the possible effects of the amount and timing of  principal payments received
with respect  to  the underlying  mortgage  loans will  be  described in  the
related Prospectus Supplement.  The  original terms to maturity of  the Loans
in a given Pool will  vary depending upon the type of Loans included therein.
Each Prospectus Supplement will contain  information with respect to the type
and maturities of the Loans in the related Pool.  Unless  otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, Loans may be prepaid without penalty in
full or in part  at any time.   The prepayment experience  on the Loans in  a
Pool will affect the life of the related Series of Securities.

    The rate  of prepayment on  the Loans cannot  be predicted.   Home equity
loans and  home  improvement contracts  have been  originated in  significant
volume only during the past few  years and the Depositor is not aware  of any
publicly available  studies or statistics on  the rate of  prepayment of such
loans.   Generally, home equity loans and  home improvement contracts are not
viewed  by borrowers  as permanent  financing.   Accordingly,  the Loans  may
experience a higher rate of prepayment than traditional first mortgage loans.
On  the other hand,  because home equity  loans such as  the Revolving Credit
Line  Loans generally  are not  fully  amortizing, the  absence of  voluntary
borrower prepayments could  cause rates of principal payments  lower than, or
similar to,  those  of traditional  fully-amortizing  first mortgages.    The
prepayment experience of  the related Trust  Fund may be  affected by a  wide
variety  of  factors,  including   general  economic  conditions,  prevailing
interest rate levels, the availability of alternative financing and homeowner
mobility and the  frequency and amount of  any future draws on  any Revolving
Credit Line  Loans.   Other  factors that  might be  expected  to affect  the
prepayment rate  of a pool of home equity  mortgage loans or home improvement
contracts  include the  amounts of,  and  interest rates  on, the  underlying
senior mortgage  loans, and  the  use of  first mortgage  loans as  long-term
financing  for home purchase  and subordinate mortgage  loans as shorter-term
financing for a  variety of purposes,  including home improvement,  education
expenses   and  purchases   of  consumer   durables   such  as   automobiles.
Accordingly,  the Loans  may  experience  a higher  rate  of prepayment  than
traditional fixed-rate  mortgage loans.  In addition,  any future limitations
on the right  of borrowers to deduct  interest payments on home  equity loans
for federal  income tax purposes may further increase the rate of prepayments
of the Loans.   The  enforcement of a  "due-on-sale" provision (as  described
below) will have  the same effect as  a prepayment of the related  Loan.  See
"Certain Legal Aspects of the  Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses".  The yield to  an
investor who purchases  Securities in the  secondary market at a  price other
than par will  vary from the anticipated  yield if the rate of  prepayment on
the Loans is actually different than the rate anticipated by such investor at
the time such Securities were purchased.

    Collections on Revolving Credit Line Loans  may vary because, among other
things,  borrowers  may (i)  make payments  during  any month  as low  as the
minimum monthly  payment for such  month or, during the  interest-only period
for certain Revolving  Credit Line Loans and, in  more limited circumstances,
Closed-End Loans, with  respect to which an interest-only  payment option has
been selected, the interest and the  fees and charges for such month  or (ii)
make  payments as  high  as  the entire  outstanding  principal balance  plus
accrued interest  and the  fees and  charges thereon.   It  is possible  that
borrowers  may fail  to make  the required  periodic payments.   In addition,
collections on the Loans may vary due to seasonal purchasing and  the payment
habits of borrowers.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Loans  will  contain  due-on-sale  provisions  permitting  the  mortgagee  to
accelerate the  maturity of the  loan upon sale  or certain transfers  by the
borrower.   Loans  insured  by the  FHA, and  Single  Family Loans  partially
guaranteed by the VA,  are assumable with the consent of the  FHA and the VA,
respectively.  Thus, the  rate of prepayments on such Loans may be lower than
that  of  conventional  Loans  bearing comparable  interest  rates.    Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer
generally  will enforce any due-on-sale or  due-on-encumbrance clause, to the
extent  it  has knowledge  of the  conveyance or  further encumbrance  or the
proposed  conveyance  or proposed  further  encumbrance of  the  Property and
reasonably believes  that  it is  entitled  to do  so  under applicable  law;
provided, however,  that the  Master Servicer will  not take  any enforcement
action that would impair or threaten to impair any recovery under any related
insurance  policy.  See  "The Agreements-Collection Procedures"  and "Certain
Legal Aspects  of the Loans" for a description  of certain provisions of each
Agreement  and  certain legal  developments  that may  affect  the prepayment
experience on the Loans.

    The rate of  prepayments with respect to conventional mortgage  loans has
fluctuated  significantly  in  recent  years.     If  prevailing  rates  fall
significantly below  the Loan  Rates borne by  the Loans,  such Loans  may be
subject to higher  prepayment rates than if prevailing  interest rates remain
at or above such Loan Rates.   Conversely, if prevailing interest rates  rise
appreciably  above  the  Loan Rates  borne  by  the  Loans,  such  Loans  may
experience a  lower prepayment  rate than  if prevailing  rates remain  at or
below such Loan Rates.   However, there can be no assurance that such will be
the case.

    When  a full  prepayment  is made  on  a Loan,  the  borrower is  charged
interest on  the principal amount of the Loan so  prepaid only for the number
of  days in  the month  actually elapsed  up to  the date of  the prepayment,
rather  than for  a full month.   Unless  the Master Servicer  remits amounts
otherwise payable  to it as  servicing compensation, see "Description  of the
Securities-Compensating Interest", the effect of prepayments  in full will be
to reduce  the amount of  interest passed through  in the following  month to
holders of Securities because interest on the principal amount of any Loan so
prepaid will be paid only to the date  of prepayment.  Partial prepayments in
a given  month may be  applied to the  outstanding principal balances  of the
Loans so  prepaid on  the first  day of  the month  of receipt  or the  month
following receipt.  In the latter  case, partial prepayments will not  reduce
the  amount of  interest  passed through  in such  month.   Unless  otherwise
specified in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement, neither  full nor  partial
prepayments will be passed through until the month following receipt.

    Even  assuming that  the  Properties provide  adequate  security for  the
Loans,  substantial  delays  could  be  encountered in  connection  with  the
liquidation of  defaulted Loans  and corresponding delays  in the  receipt of
related proceeds by Securityholders could occur.  An action to foreclose on a
Property securing a  Loan is  regulated by  state statutes and  rules and  is
subject to many of the delays  and expenses of other lawsuits if defenses  or
counterclaims  are interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete.
Furthermore, in some states an action to  obtain a deficiency judgment is not
permitted following  a nonjudicial sale  of a property.   In  the event of  a
default by a borrower, these restrictions among other things,  may impede the
ability of the Master  Servicer to foreclose  on or sell  the Property or  to
obtain  liquidation proceeds  sufficient  to  repay all  amounts  due on  the
related Loan.   In addition, the Master  Servicer will be entitled  to deduct
from  related  liquidation  proceeds  all  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in
attempting  to recover amounts  due on  defaulted Loans  and not  yet repaid,
including  payments to  senior lienholders,  legal  fees and  costs of  legal
action, real estate taxes and maintenance and preservation expenses.

    Liquidation  expenses with  respect to  defaulted mortgage  loans do  not
vary directly with the outstanding principal balance  of the loan at the time
of default.   Therefore,  assuming that  a servicer  took the  same steps  in
realizing upon a  defaulted mortgage loan having a  small remaining principal
balance as it would in the  case of a defaulted mortgage loan having  a large
remaining   principal  balance,  the   amount  realized  after   expenses  of
liquidation  would be  smaller as  a  percentage of  the remaining  principal
balance of  the small  mortgage loan than  would be  the case with  the other
defaulted mortgage loan having a large remaining principal balance.

    Applicable  state  laws  generally  regulate  interest  rates  and  other
charges,  require certain  disclosures,  and  require  licensing  of  certain
originators  and  servicers of  Loans.   In addition,  most have  other laws,
public policy and general principles of equity relating to  the protection of
consumers, unfair  and deceptive practices  and practices which may  apply to
the  origination, servicing  and collection of  the Loans.   Depending on the
provisions of  the applicable  law and the  specific facts  and circumstances
involved, violations  of these  laws, policies and  principles may  limit the
ability of  the Master Servicer to collect all or part of the principal of or
interest  on  the Loans,  may entitle  the  borrower to  a refund  of amounts
previously  paid and,  in  addition,  could subject  the  Master Servicer  to
damages and administrative sanctions.

    If  the rate  at  which interest  is  passed through  to  the holders  of
Securities   of   a   Series   is  calculated   on   a   Loan-by-Loan  basis,
disproportionate  principal prepayments among Loans with different Loan Rates
will affect the yield on such Securities.  In most cases, the effective yield
to Securityholders will  be lower  than the yield  otherwise produced by  the
applicable Pass-Through Rate and purchase price,  because while interest will
accrue  on each  Loan  from the  first  day of  the  month (unless  otherwise
specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement), the  distribution of  such
interest will  not be  made earlier  than the  month following  the month  of
accrual.

    Under certain  circumstances, the  Master  Servicer, the  holders of  the
residual interests  in  a  REMIC  or any  person  specified  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement  may have the option to purchase  the assets of a Trust
Fund  thereby  effecting  earlier   retirement  of  the  related   Series  of
Securities.  See "The Agreements--Termination; Optional Termination".

    Factors other than those identified herein  and in the related Prospectus
Supplement could significantly  affect principal prepayments at  any time and
over the  lives of the Securities.  The  relative contribution of the various
factors affecting  prepayment may also vary from time  to time.  There can be
no assurance as to the rate of payment of principal  of the Trust Fund Assets
at any time or over the lives of the Securities.

    The Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to  a  Series  of  Securities  will
discuss in  greater detail  the effect of  the rate  and timing  of principal
payments  (including prepayments),  delinquencies and  losses  on the  yield,
weighted average lives and maturities of such Securities.

                                THE AGREEMENTS

    Set  forth below  is a  summary of certain  provisions of  each Agreement
which are not described  elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The  summary does not
purport  to be complete and  is subject to, and  qualified in its entirety by
reference to, the provisions of  each Agreement.  Where particular provisions
or terms used in the Agreements are referred to, such provisions or terms are
as specified in the Agreements.  Except as otherwise specified, the Agreement
described  herein  contemplates  a  Trust  Fund  comprised  of  Loans.    The
provisions of an Agreement  with respect to a Trust Fund which consists of or
includes Private  Asset Backed Securities  may contain provisions  similar to
those  described  herein but  will  be more  fully  described in  the related
Prospectus Supplement.

ASSIGNMENT OF THE TRUST FUND ASSETS

    Assignment of the Loans.  At the time of issuance  of the Securities of a
Series, the Depositor will cause the Loans comprising the related Trust  Fund
to  be assigned  to the  Trustee, together  with  all principal  and interest
received by or  on behalf of the  Depositor on or with respect  to such Loans
after the Cut-off  Date, other than principal  and interest due on  or before
the Cut-off  Date  and other  than  any Retained  Interest specified  in  the
related Prospectus  Supplement.   The Trustee  will,  concurrently with  such
assignment,  deliver the  Securities to  the  Depositor in  exchange for  the
Loans.  Each Loan will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to
the related  Agreement.   Such schedule  will include  information as  to the
outstanding principal balance of each  Loan after application of payments due
on or before the Cut-off Date, as well as information regarding the Loan Rate
or APR, the current scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest,  the
maturity of  the Loan, the  Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios at  origination and
certain other information.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Depositor will as to  each Home Improvement Contract, deliver or  cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the original Home Improvement Contract and copies of
documents  and instruments  related to  each  Home Improvement  Contract and,
other than in the case of  unsecured Home Improvement Contracts, the security
interest in the Property  securing such Home Improvement Contract.   In order
to  give notice of  the right, title  and interest of  Securityholders to the
Home  Improvement Contracts,  the  Depositor  will  cause a  UCC-1  financing
statement  to be  executed by  the Depositor  or  the Seller  identifying the
Trustee as the  secured party and identifying all  Home Improvement Contracts
as  collateral.    Unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, the Home  Improvement Contracts will not be  stamped or otherwise
marked to reflect  their assignment to  the Trustee.  Therefore,  if, through
negligence,  fraud or  otherwise, a  subsequent purchaser  were able  to take
physical possession of the Home  Improvement Contracts without notice of such
assignment, the interest of Securityholders in the Home Improvement Contracts
could  be  defeated.   See  "Certain  Legal Aspects  of  the  Loans--The Home
Improvement Contracts."

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Agreement will  require that, within  the time period specified  therein, the
Depositor will also  deliver or cause to  be delivered to the Trustee  (or to
the  custodian hereinafter referred  to) as to  each Home  Equity Loan, among
other things, (i) the mortgage note or contract endorsed without  recourse in
blank  or to the  order of the Trustee,  (ii) the mortgage,  deed of trust or
similar  instrument (a  "Mortgage")  with  evidence  of  recording  indicated
thereon  (except for  any Mortgage  not  returned from  the public  recording
office, in which case the  Depositor will deliver or cause to be  delivered a
copy of such Mortgage  together with a certificate that the  original of such
Mortgage was delivered to such recording office), (iii) an assignment of  the
Mortgage to  the Trustee, which assignment will be  in recordable form in the
case  of a  Mortgage  assignment,  and (iv)  such  other security  documents,
including those relating to any senior  interests in the Property, as may  be
specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement.  Unless  otherwise specified
in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the Depositor will  promptly cause the
assignments of  the related Loans  to be recorded  in the appropriate  public
office for  real property records, except in states  in which, in the opinion
of  counsel acceptable  to the  Trustee, such  recording is  not required  to
protect  the  Trustee's interest  in  such  Loans against  the  claim  of any
subsequent transferee or any successor to or creditor of the Depositor or the
originator of such Loans.

    The Trustee (or  the custodian hereinafter referred to) will  review such
Loan documents  within the  time period specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement after receipt thereof, and the Trustee will hold such documents in
trust for the benefit of the Securityholders.  Unless otherwise  specified in
the related  Prospectus Supplement,   if  any such  document is  found to  be
missing or defective in any material respect, the Trustee (or such custodian)
will notify  the Master Servicer and  the Depositor, and the  Master Servicer
will notify the related  Seller.  If the  Seller cannot cure the  omission or
defect within a specified  number of  days after  receipt of such notice  (or
such other period as may be specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement),
the Seller will be obligated either (i) to purchase the related Loan from the
Trust at the Purchase  Price or (ii) to remove such Loan  from the Trust Fund
and  substitute in  its  place one  or more  other Loans.    There can  be no
assurance  that   a  Seller  will  fulfill  this   purchase  or  substitution
obligation.  Although  the Master Servicer  may be obligated to  enforce such
obligation  to the extent described above under "Loan Program-Representations
by Sellers; Repurchases", neither the  Master Servicer nor the Depositor will
be obligated to purchase  or replace such Loan if the  Seller defaults on its
obligation,   unless  such   breach  also   constitutes   a  breach   of  the
representations or warranties of the Master Servicer or the Depositor, as the
case  may  be.    Unless   otherwise  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, this purchase obligation constitutes the sole remedy available to
the Securityholders or the Trustee for omission  of, or a material defect in,
a constituent document.

    The Trustee  will be  authorized  to appoint  a custodian  pursuant to  a
custodial agreement to  maintain possession of and, if  applicable, to review
the documents relating to the Loans as agent of the Trustee.

    The Master  Servicer  will make  certain  representations and  warranties
regarding  its authority  to  enter into,  and  its  ability to  perform  its
obligations under, the  Agreement.  Upon a breach  of any such representation
of the Master  Servicer which materially and adversely  affects the interests
of  the Securityholders  in a  Loan, the  Master Servicer  will  be obligated
either to cure the breach in all material respects or to purchase or  replace
the Loan at  the Purchase Price.   Unless otherwise specified in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement, this  obligation  to  cure,  purchase  or  substitute
constitutes the sole  remedy available to the Securityholders  or the Trustee
for such a breach of representation by the Master Servicer.

    Assignment of Private Asset Backed Securities.   The Depositor will cause
Private Asset Backed  Securities to be registered in the name of the Trustee.
The  Trustee (or  the custodian)  will  have possession  of any  certificated
Private Asset Backed  Securities.  Unless otherwise specified  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Trustee will  not  be  in possession  of  or be
assignee  of record  of  any underlying  assets for  a  Private Asset  Backed
Security.  See "The Trust Fund-Private Asset Backed Securities" herein.  Each
Private Asset  Backed Security will be identified  in a schedule appearing as
an exhibit to the related Agreement which will specify the original principal
amount, outstanding  principal balance as  of the Cut-off Date,  annual pass-
through rate or  interest rate and maturity date and  certain other pertinent
information for each Private Asset Backed Security conveyed to the Trustee.

    Notwithstanding the  foregoing provisions, with  respect to a  Trust Fund
for which a  REMIC election is to be  made, no purchase or  substitution of a
Loan  will  be  made if  such  purchase  or substitution  would  result  in a
prohibited transaction tax under the Code.

PAYMENTS ON LOANS; DEPOSITS TO SECURITY ACCOUNT

    Each Sub-Servicer servicing a Loan pursuant to a  Sub-Servicing Agreement
(as  defined  below  under  "-Sub-Servicing  of  Loans")  will  establish and
maintain an account (the  "Sub-Servicing Account") which meets the  following
requirements and  is otherwise acceptable  to the  Master Servicer.   A  Sub-
Servicing Account must be established with a Federal Home Loan Bank or with a
depository institution (including the Sub-Servicer itself) whose accounts are
insured by  either the  Bank Insurance Fund  (the "BIF")  of the FDIC  or the
Savings Association Insurance  Fund (as successor to the  Federal Savings and
Loan Insurance Corporation ("SAIF")) of the FDIC.  If a Sub-Servicing Account
is maintained  at an institution that is a Federal Home Loan Bank or an FDIC-
insured institution and,  in either case, the  amount on deposit in  the Sub-
Servicing  Account exceeds  the  FDIC insurance  coverage  amount, then  such
excess amount must be remitted to the Master Servicer within one business day
of receipt.  In  addition, the Sub-Servicer must maintain a  separate account
for escrow  and impound funds  relating to the  Loans.  Each  Sub-Servicer is
required  to deposit  into its  Sub-Servicing  Account on  a daily  basis all
amounts described below under "-Sub-Servicing  of Loans" that are received by
it in respect of the Loans, less  its servicing or other compensation.  On or
before  the date specified  in the Sub-Servicing  Agreement, the Sub-Servicer
will remit or cause to be remitted to the Master Servicer or the Trustee  all
funds  held  in the  Sub-Servicing  Account with  respect  to Loans  that are
required to be so remitted.  The Sub-Servicer may also be required to advance
on the scheduled  date of remittance an  amount corresponding to  any monthly
installment  of  interest  and/or  principal,  less  its  servicing or  other
compensation,  on  any Loan  for  which  payment was  not  received  from the
mortgagor.  Unless  otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
any such obligation  of the Sub-Servicer to  advance will continue up  to and
including the  first of  the month following  the date  on which  the related
Property  is sold  at a  foreclosure sale  or is  acquired on  behalf  of the
Securityholders by deed  in lieu of foreclosure, or until the related Loan is
liquidated.

    The  Master  Servicer  will  establish  and   maintain  or  cause  to  be
established and maintained  with respect to the related Trust Fund a separate
account or accounts for the collection of  payments on the related Trust Fund
Assets  in  the  Trust Fund  (the  "Security  Account")  must  be either  (i)
maintained with a depository institution the debt obligations of which (or in
the case of  a depository institution that  is the principal subsidiary  of a
holding company,  the  obligations of  which) are  rated in  one  of the  two
highest rating categories by  the Rating Agency or Rating Agencies that rated
one or more  classes of the related Series of Securities,  (ii) an account or
accounts the  deposits in which are fully insured  by either the BIF or SAIF,
(iii) an account or accounts the deposits in  which are insured by the BIF or
SAIF (to the limits  established by the FDIC), and the  uninsured deposits in
which are otherwise secured such that, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel,
the Securityholders have  a claim with respect  to the funds in  the Security
Account  or  a  perfected  first  priority  security  interest  against   any
collateral securing such  funds that is superior  to the claims of  any other
depositors or general creditors of  the depository institution with which the
Security  Account is  maintained, or  (iv) an  account or  accounts otherwise
acceptable to each Rating  Agency.  The collateral eligible to secure amounts
in the Security Account is limited to United States government securities and
other high-quality investments ("Permitted Investments").  A Security Account
may be maintained  as an interest bearing  account or the funds  held therein
may  be  invested pending  each  succeeding  Distribution  Date in  Permitted
Investments.     Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the   related  Prospectus
Supplement, the Master  Servicer or its designee will be  entitled to receive
any such  interest or other income earned on funds in the Security Account as
additional  compensation and  will be  obligated to  deposit in  the Security
Account the amount of any loss immediately as realized.  The Security Account
may be maintained with the  Master Servicer or with a  depository institution
that is an affiliate of the Master  Servicer, provided it meets the standards
set forth above.

    The Master  Servicer  will  deposit  or  cause to  be  deposited  in  the
Security  Account  for  each Trust  Fund  on  a daily  basis,  to  the extent
applicable  and  provided  in  the  Agreement,  the  following  payments  and
collections received or advances made by or on behalf of it subsequent to the
Cut-off Date  (other than  payments due  on or  before the  Cut-off Date  and
exclusive of any amounts representing Retained Interest):

        (i)    all  payments  on account  of  principal,  including Principal
    Prepayments and any applicable prepayment penalties, on the Loans;

        (ii)   all payments  on account  of  interest on  the  Loans, net  of
    applicable servicing compensation;

        (iii)  all proceeds (net of unreimbursed payments  of property taxes,
    insurance premiums and similar  items ("Insured Expenses") incurred,  and
    unreimbursed advances made,  by the related Sub-Servicer, if any)  of the
    hazard insurance  policies and any  Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policies,
    to  the extent such  proceeds are not  applied to the  restoration of the
    property  or released  to the  Mortgagor  in accordance  with the  Master
    Servicer's   normal   servicing  procedures   (collectively,   "Insurance
    Proceeds") and  all  other cash  amounts  (net of  unreimbursed  expenses
    incurred  in connection  with  liquidation or  foreclosure  ("Liquidation
    Expenses") and unreimbursed advances  made, by the related  Sub-Servicer,
    if  any) received  and retained  in  connection with  the liquidation  of
    defaulted Loans,  by foreclosure or  otherwise ("Liquidation  Proceeds"),
    together with any  net proceeds received on a monthly  basis with respect
    to  any  properties  acquired   on  behalf  of  the   Securityholders  by
    foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure;

        (iv)   all  proceeds  of any  Loan  or  property in  respect  thereof
    purchased by the Master Servicer, the  Depositor, any Sub-Servicer or any
    Seller  as described  under  "Loan  Program-Representations  by  Sellers;
    Repurchases"  or  "-Assignment  of  Trust  Fund  Assets"  above  and  all
    proceeds of  any  Loan  repurchased  as  described  under  "-Termination;
    Optional Termination" below;

        (v)  all  payments required to be  deposited in the Security  Account
    with respect  to any  deductible clause in  any blanket insurance  policy
    described under "-Hazard Insurance" below;

        (vi)   any amount required to be deposited  by the Master Servicer in
    connection with  losses realized  on investments for  the benefit of  the
    Master Servicer of funds held in the Security Account; and

        (vii)   all other  amounts required  to be deposited  in the Security
    Account pursuant to the Agreement.

PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT

    If so provided in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the Master Servicer
will establish and maintain a Pre-Funding Account, in the name of the related
Trustee on  behalf of the  related Securityholders, into which  the Depositor
will deposit  the Pre-Funded Amount  on the related  Closing Date.   The Pre-
Funded Amount will  not exceed 25% of the initial  aggregate principal amount
of the Certificates and  Notes of the related Series.   The Pre-Funded Amount
will be  used by the  related Trustee to  purchase Subsequent Loans  from the
Depositor from  time to time during the Funding  Period.  The Funding Period,
if any, for a Trust Fund will begin on the related Closing  Date and will end
on the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, which in no event
will be later than the date that is three months after the Closing Date.  Any
amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding Period
will be distributed to the related Securityholders in the manner and priority
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement, as a prepayment of principal
of the related Securities.

SUB-SERVICING OF LOANS

    Each  Seller of a Loan or any other servicing  entity may act as the Sub-
Servicer  for such  Loan pursuant  to  an agreement  (each, a  "Sub-Servicing
Agreement"), which will  not contain any terms inconsistent  with the related
Agreement.   While  each Sub-Servicing  Agreement will  be a  contract solely
between the Master  Servicer and the Sub-Servicer, the  Agreement pursuant to
which a Series of Securities  is issued will provide that, if for  any reason
the Master  Servicer for such  Series of Securities  is no longer  the Master
Servicer  of the related Loans, the Trustee  or any successor Master Servicer
must  recognize the  Sub-Servicer's rights  and obligations  under  such Sub-
Servicing Agreement.

    With the  approval of  the Master Servicer,  a Sub-Servicer may  delegate
its servicing  obligations to  third-party servicers,  but such  Sub-Servicer
will remain obligated  under the related Sub-Servicing Agreement.   Each Sub-
Servicer will be required to perform the customary functions of a servicer of
mortgage loans.   Such functions  generally include collecting  payments from
mortgagors or obligors and remitting such collections to the Master Servicer;
maintaining hazard insurance policies as  described herein and in any related
Prospectus Supplement, and filing and  settling claims thereunder, subject in
certain cases to the  right of the Master Servicer to  approve in advance any
such settlement; maintaining escrow or impoundment accounts of mortgagors  or
obligors for payment  of taxes, insurance and other items required to be paid
by  the  mortgagor  or  obligor  pursuant to  the  related  Loan;  processing
assumptions  or substitutions,  although, the  Master  Servicer is  generally
required  to exercise  due-on-sale clauses  to  the extent  such exercise  is
permitted   by  law  and  would  not  adversely  affect  insurance  coverage;
attempting to  cure delinquencies; supervising  foreclosures; inspecting  and
managing  Properties  under  certain  circumstances;  maintaining  accounting
records relating to  the Loans; and, to  the extent specified in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, maintaining  additional insurance  policies or  credit
support  instruments and  filing  and  settling claims  thereunder.   A  Sub-
Servicer  will also be  obligated to make  advances in  respect of delinquent
installments of interest  and/or principal on Loans, as  described more fully
above  under "-Payments  on  Loans;  Deposits to  Security  Account", and  in
respect of certain taxes and insurance premiums not paid on a timely basis by
mortgagors or obligors.

    As compensation  for  its servicing  duties,  each Sub-Servicer  will  be
entitled to a monthly  servicing fee (to the extent the  scheduled payment on
the related Loan has been collected)  in the amount set forth in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.   Each  Sub-Servicer is also  entitled to  collect and
retain, as part of its servicing compensation, any prepayment or late charges
provided in the Mortgage Note or related instruments.  Each Sub-Servicer will
be reimbursed by the Master Servicer for certain expenditures which it makes,
generally  to the same extent  the Master Servicer  would be reimbursed under
the Agreement.   The Master Servicer may  purchase the servicing of  Loans if
the Sub-Servicer elects to release the servicing of such Loans to  the Master
Servicer.  See "-Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses".

    Each  Sub-Servicer may  be  required to  agree  to indemnify  the  Master
Servicer for  any liability or obligation sustained by the Master Servicer in
connection  with  any  act or  failure  to  act by  the  Sub-Servicer  in its
servicing  capacity.   Each  Sub-Servicer  will  be  required to  maintain  a
fidelity  bond  and  an  errors and  omissions  policy  with  respect  to its
officers, employees and  other persons acting on  its behalf or on  behalf of
the Master Servicer.

    Each Sub-Servicer will be  required to service each Loan pursuant  to the
terms of the Sub-Servicing Agreement for the entire term of such Loan, unless
the Sub-Servicing Agreement  is earlier terminated by the  Master Servicer or
unless servicing is released to the Master Servicer.  The Master Servicer may
terminate a Sub-Servicing Agreement without cause, upon written notice to the
Sub-Servicer in the manner specified in such Sub-Servicing Agreement.

    The  Master Servicer  may  agree  with a  Sub-Servicer  to  amend a  Sub-
Servicing Agreement or, upon termination  of the Sub-Servicing Agreement, the
Master Servicer may act  as servicer of the  related Loans or enter  into new
Sub-Servicing Agreements with  other Sub-Servicers.   If the Master  Servicer
acts as servicer,  it will not assume  liability for the representations  and
warranties of the Sub-Servicer which it replaces.  Each  Sub-Servicer must be
a Seller or meet the  standards for becoming a Seller or have  such servicing
experience  as to  be otherwise satisfactory  to the Master  Servicer and the
Depositor.  The Master Servicer will make reasonable efforts to have  the new
Sub-Servicer  assume liability for the  representations and warranties of the
terminated  Sub-Servicer,  but  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  such  an
assumption  will occur.   In  the  event of  such an  assumption,  the Master
Servicer  may in the exercise of its business judgment release the terminated
Sub-Servicer   from  liability  in   respect  of  such   representations  and
warranties.  Any amendments to a Sub-Servicing Agreement or new Sub-Servicing
Agreements may contain provisions different from those which are in effect in
the  original Sub-Servicing Agreement.  However, each Agreement  will provide
that any  such amendment  or new agreement  may not  be inconsistent  with or
violate such Agreement.

COLLECTION PROCEDURES

    The Master Servicer, directly or through  one or more Sub-Servicers, will
make  reasonable efforts to collect  all payments called  for under the Loans
and  will, consistent  with each  Agreement  and any  Pool Insurance  Policy,
Primary  Mortgage Insurance  Policy,  FHA Insurance,  VA Guaranty  Policy and
Bankruptcy  Bond   or  alternative   arrangements,  follow   such  collection
procedures as are customary with respect to  loans that are comparable to the
Loans.    Consistent  with  the  above,  the  Master  Servicer  may,  in  its
discretion,  (i) waive  any assumption fee,  late payment or  other charge in
connection with  a Loan  and (ii)  to the  extent not  inconsistent with  the
coverage of such Loan by a  Pool Insurance Policy, Primary Mortgage Insurance
Policy,  FHA  Insurance,  VA  Guaranty  or  Bankruptcy  Bond  or  alternative
arrangements,  if applicable,  arrange with  a  borrower a  schedule for  the
liquidation  of delinquencies  running for  no more than  125 days  after the
applicable due  date for each payment.  Both  the Sub-Servicer and the Master
Servicer may  be obligated  to make  Advances during  any period  of such  an
arrangement.

    Except as otherwise  specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement,  in
any case  in which  property securing  a Loan has  been, or  is about  to be,
conveyed by the mortgagor or obligor, the Master Servicer will, to the extent
it has knowledge of such conveyance or proposed conveyance, exercise or cause
to be exercised its rights  to accelerate the maturity of such Loan under any
due-on-sale  clause applicable  thereto, but  only  if the  exercise of  such
rights is permitted by applicable law.  If these conditions are not met or if
the Master Servicer  reasonably believes it is unable under applicable law to
enforce such  due-on-sale clause, or the  Master Servicer will enter  into or
cause to be  entered into an assumption  and modification agreement with  the
person to whom such property has been or is about to be conveyed, pursuant to
which such person becomes liable for repayment of the Loan and, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, the  mortgagor remains liable thereon.   Any fee
collected  by or  on  behalf of  the  Master Servicer  for  entering into  an
assumption agreement will be retained by or on behalf of the  Master Servicer
as  additional servicing  compensation.   See "Certain  Legal Aspects  of the
Loans-Due-on-Sale  Clauses".   In connection  with  any such  assumption, the
terms of the related Loan may not be changed.

HAZARD INSURANCE

    Except as otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
Master  Servicer will  require  the  mortgagor or  obligor  on each  Loan  to
maintain a hazard insurance policy providing for no less than the coverage of
the standard form  of fire insurance policy with  extended coverage customary
for the type of Property in the state in which such Property is located.  All
amounts collected by the Master Servicer under any hazard policy  (except for
amounts  to be  applied  to the  restoration  or repair  of  the Property  or
released to the mortgagor or obligor in accordance with the Master Servicer's
normal  servicing procedures)  will  be  deposited  in the  related  Security
Account. In the  event that the  Master Servicer  maintains a blanket  policy
insuring against hazard  losses on all the  Loans comprising part of  a Trust
Fund,  it  will conclusively  be  deemed  to  have satisfied  its  obligation
relating  to the  maintenance of hazard  insurance.  Such  blanket policy may
contain  a  deductible clause,  in which  case  the Master  Servicer  will be
required to deposit from its own funds  into the related Security Account the
amounts which would have been deposited therein but for such clause.

    In  general, the  standard  form of  fire  and extended  coverage  policy
covers physical damage  to or destruction of the improvements securing a Loan
by fire,  lightning, explosion, smoke,  windstorm and hail, riot,  strike and
civil commotion, subject to  the conditions and exclusions  particularized in
each policy.   Although  the policies  relating to  the Loans  may have  been
underwritten by different  insurers under different state laws  in accordance
with different applicable forms and therefore may not contain identical terms
and  conditions, the  basic terms  thereof are  dictated by  respective state
laws,  and most  such policies  typically do  not cover  any physical  damage
resulting from the following:  war, revolution, governmental actions,  floods
and  other  water-related  causes,  earth  movement  (including  earthquakes,
landslides  and  mud flows),  nuclear  reactions,  wet  or dry  rot,  vermin,
rodents, insects or domestic animals, theft and, in certain cases, vandalism.
The foregoing list  is merely indicative of certain kinds  of uninsured risks
and is not intended to be all inclusive.   If the Property securing a Loan is
located  in  a  federally  designated  special  flood  area  at the  time  of
origination, the  Master Servicer  will require the  mortgagor or  obligor to
obtain and maintain flood insurance.

    The hazard  insurance  policies covering  properties  securing the  Loans
typically contain  a clause which in effect requires  the insured at all time
to carry insurance of a specified percentage of the full replacement value of
the insured property in order to recover the full amount of any partial loss.
If the  insured's coverage  falls below this  specified percentage,  then the
insurer's liability in the  event of partial loss will not  exceed the larger
of (i) the  actual cash value (generally  defined as replacement cost  at the
time  and place  of loss,  less  physical depreciation)  of the  improvements
damaged or destroyed  or (ii) such  proportion of the  loss as the amount  of
insurance carried bears  to the specified percentage of  the full replacement
cost of  such improvements.  Since the amount  of hazard insurance the Master
Servicer may  cause to be maintained  on the improvements securing  the Loans
declines as the principal balances owing thereon decrease, and since improved
real  estate generally has  appreciated in value  over time in  the past, the
effect of  this requirement in the  event of partial loss may  be that hazard
insurance  proceeds  will  be  insufficient  to  restore  fully  the  damaged
property.   If  specified in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement, a  special
hazard insurance policy  will be obtained  to insure  against certain of  the
uninsured  risks described  above.   See  "Credit Enhancement-Special  Hazard
Insurance Policies".

    If the Property  securing a defaulted  Loan is damaged  and proceeds,  if
any, from the related hazard insurance policy are insufficient to restore the
damaged Property, the Master Servicer is not required to expend its own funds
to  restore  the  damaged  Property   unless  it  determines  (i)  that  such
restoration will increase  the proceeds to Securityholders on  liquidation of
the Loan after reimbursement of the Master Servicer for its expenses and (ii)
that such expenses will be recoverable  by it from related Insurance Proceeds
or Liquidation Proceeds.

    If recovery  on a defaulted  Loan under  any related Insurance  Policy is
not available for the reasons set forth in the preceding paragraph, or if the
defaulted Loan is  not covered  by an Insurance  Policy, the Master  Servicer
will be obligated to follow or cause to be followed such normal practices and
procedures as it deems necessary  or advisable to realize upon the  defaulted
Loan.    If the  proceeds of  any  liquidation of  the Property  securing the
defaulted Loan are less than the principal balance of such Loan plus interest
accrued  thereon that  is payable  to  Securityholders, the  Trust Fund  will
realize  a  loss in  the  amount of  such  difference plus  the  aggregate of
expenses incurred by the Master  Servicer in connection with such proceedings
and which  are reimbursable under the Agreement.   In the unlikely event that
any such proceedings result in a total recovery which is, after reimbursement
to the Master Servicer of its expenses, in excess of the principal balance of
such Loan plus  interest accrued thereon that is  payable to Securityholders,
the Master Servicer will be entitled to  withdraw or retain from the Security
Account amounts representing  its normal servicing compensation  with respect
to  such Loan  and,  unless  otherwise specified  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement, amounts representing the balance of such excess, exclusive of any
amount required by law to be forwarded to the related borrower, as additional
servicing compensation.

    Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, if the
Master Servicer or its designee recovers Insurance Proceeds which, when added
to any related  Liquidation Proceeds and after deduction  of certain expenses
reimbursable to  the Master  Servicer, exceed the  principal balance  of such
Loan plus  interest accrued thereon  that is payable to  Securityholders, the
Master  Servicer will be  entitled to  withdraw or  retain from  the Security
Account amounts representing  its normal servicing compensation  with respect
to such Loan.   In the event  that the Master  Servicer has expended its  own
funds to restore the damaged Property and such funds have not been reimbursed
under the  related hazard insurance policy,  it will be entitled  to withdraw
from the  Security Account out  of related Liquidation Proceeds  or Insurance
Proceeds in an amount equal to  such expenses incurred by it, in which  event
the  Trust Fund  may realize  a loss  up  to the  amount so  charged.   Since
Insurance  Proceeds  cannot  exceed deficiency  claims  and  certain expenses
incurred by the Master Servicer, no such payment or recovery will result in a
recovery  to the  Trust  Fund  which exceeds  the  principal  balance of  the
defaulted  Loan  together  with  accrued   interest  thereon.    See  "Credit
Enhancement".

REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED LOANS

    Primary Mortgage Insurance  Policies.  The Master Servicer  will maintain
or cause each Sub-Servicer to maintain, as the case may be, in full force and
effect,  to the  extent specified  in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  a
Primary  Mortgage Insurance  Policy with regard  to each Loan  for which such
coverage is required.  The Master Servicer will not cancel or refuse to renew
any such  Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy  in effect  at the  time of  the
initial issuance of  a Series of Securities  that is required  to be kept  in
force  under the applicable Agreement unless the replacement Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy for  such cancelled or nonrenewed policy  is maintained with
an insurer whose claims-paying ability  is sufficient to maintain the current
rating of the classes of Securities of such Series that have been rated.

    Although  the terms  and conditions of  primary mortgage  insurance vary,
the amount of a claim for benefits under a Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policy
covering  a  Loan  will  consist of  the  insured  percentage  of the  unpaid
principal amount of the  covered Loan and accrued and unpaid interest thereon
and reimbursement of  certain expenses, less (i) all rents  or other payments
collected or  received  by the  insured (other  than the  proceeds of  hazard
insurance) that are derived from or in any way related to the Property,  (ii)
hazard insurance  proceeds in excess  of the amount  required to restore  the
Property  and which have not  been applied to the  payment of the Loan, (iii)
amounts  expended but  not  approved by  the issuer  of  the related  Primary
Mortgage  Insurance Policy  (the  "Primary  Insurer"),  (iv)  claim  payments
previously made by the Primary Insurer and (v) unpaid premiums.

    Primary Mortgage  Insurance Policies reimburse  certain losses  sustained
by  reason of defaults in payments by  borrowers.  Primary Mortgage Insurance
Policies will not insure against, and exclude from coverage, a loss sustained
by reason of a default  arising from or involving certain matters,  including
(i) fraud  or negligence in origination or  servicing of the Loans, including
misrepresentation by  the originator, borrower  or other persons  involved in
the origination of  the Loans; (ii) failure to construct the Property subject
to the Loan in accordance with specified  plans; (iii) physical damage to the
Property;  and (iv)  the related  Master Servicer  or Sub-servicer  not being
approved as a servicer by the Primary Insurer.

    Recoveries  Under a  Primary  Mortgage Insurance  Policy.   As conditions
precedent  to the filing  of or payment  of a claim  under a Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy covering a Loan, the insured will be required to (i) advance
or  discharge (a) all  hazard insurance policy premiums  and (b) as necessary
and  approved in  advance by the  Primary Insurer,  (1) real  estate property
taxes, (2) all expenses required to maintain the related Property in at least
as good a condition as existed at the effective date of such Primary Mortgage
Insurance  Policy,  ordinary  wear  and tear  excepted,  (3)  Property  sales
expenses,  (4) any  outstanding liens  (as defined  in such  Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy) on the Property  and (5) foreclosure costs, including court
costs and reasonable attorneys' fees; (ii) in the event of any  physical loss
or damage to the Property, to have  the Property restored and repaired to  at
least as  good a condition as  existed at the effective date  of such Primary
Mortgage Insurance Policy, ordinary wear  and tear excepted; and (iii) tender
to the Primary Insurer  good and merchantable title to and  possession of the
Property.

    In  those cases in which a  Loan is serviced by  a Sub-Servicer, the Sub-
Servicer, on behalf of itself,  the Trustee and Securityholders, will present
claims  to  the  Primary  Insurer,  and all  collection  thereunder  will  be
deposited  in the  Sub-Servicing  Account.   In all  other cases,  the Master
Servicer,  on behalf  of itself,  the Trustee  and the  Securityholders, will
present claims to  the insurer under each Primary  Mortgage Insurance Policy,
and will take such reasonable steps as are necessary to receive payment or to
permit recovery  thereunder with respect  to defaulted  Loans.  As  set forth
above, all  collections by  or on  behalf of  the Master  Servicer under  any
Primary  Mortgage  Insurance Policy  and,  when  the  Property has  not  been
restored,  the hazard insurance policy,  are to be  deposited in the Security
Account, subject to withdrawal as heretofore described.

    If  the Property  securing a defaulted  Loan is damaged  and proceeds, if
any, from the related hazard insurance policy are insufficient to restore the
damaged  Property to  a condition  sufficient  to permit  recovery under  the
related Primary Mortgage Insurance Policy, if any, the Master Servicer is not
required to expend  its own funds to  restore the damaged Property  unless it
determines  (i)  that  such   restoration  will  increase  the   proceeds  to
Securityholders on liquidation of the  Loan after reimbursement of the Master
Servicer for its expenses and (ii) that such expenses will be  recoverable by
it from related Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds.

    If  recovery on  a  defaulted Loan  under  any related  Primary  Mortgage
Insurance Policy is not available for the  reasons set forth in the preceding
paragraph,  or if  the defaulted Loan  is not  covered by a  Primary Mortgage
Insurance Policy, the Master Servicer will be obligated to follow or cause to
be  followed such  normal practices and  procedures as it  deems necessary or
advisable  to realize  upon  the defaulted  Loan.   If  the  proceeds of  any
liquidation of  the Property securing  the defaulted  Loan are less  than the
principal balance of such Loan plus interest accrued  thereon that is payable
to Securityholders, the Trust Fund will realize a loss in the amount of  such
difference  plus the aggregate of expenses incurred by the Master Servicer in
connection  with  such proceedings  and  which  are  reimbursable  under  the
Agreement.  In the unlikely event that any such proceedings result in a total
recovery  which  is,  after  reimbursement  to the  Master  Servicer  of  its
expenses,  in excess  of  the principal  balance of  such Loan  plus interest
accrued thereon that is payable  to Securityholders, the Master Servicer will
be  entitled  to  withdraw  or  retain  from  the  Security  Account  amounts
representing its normal servicing compensation with respect to such Loan and,
except  as  otherwise   specified  in  the  Prospectus   Supplement,  amounts
representing the balance of such excess, exclusive of  any amount required by
law  to  be  forwarded  to  the related  borrower,  as  additional  servicing
compensation.

SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Master Servicer's primary servicing compensation  with respect to a Series of
Securities will  come from the  monthly payment to  it, out of  each interest
payment on  a Loan, of an amount equal to  the percentage per annum specified
in the  related Prospectus  Supplement of  the outstanding principal  balance
thereof.  Since the Master Servicer's primary compensation is a percentage of
the outstanding principal balance of each Loan, such amounts will decrease as
the Loans amortize.  In addition to primary compensation, the Master Servicer
or the Sub-Servicers may be entitled  to retain all assumption fees and  late
payment charges, to the extent collected  from borrowers, and, if so provided
in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  any  prepayment  penalties and  any
interest or other income  which may be earned on  funds held in the  Security
Account  or any  Sub-Servicing Account.   Unless  otherwise specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, any Sub-Servicer will receive a portion of the
Master Servicer's primary compensation as its sub-servicing compensation.

    In addition to  amounts payable to any Sub-Servicer, the  Master Servicer
will, unless  otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, pay
from its servicing compensation certain  expenses incurred in connection with
its servicing  of the  Loans, including, without  limitation, payment  of any
premium for  any insurance policy, guaranty,  surety or other form  of credit
enhancement as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, payment of the
fees and disbursements of the Trustee and independent accountants, payment of
expenses  incurred   in  connection   with  distributions   and  reports   to
Securityholders, and payment  of any other expenses described  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

    Each Agreement will provide  that on or before  a specified date in  each
year, a firm  of independent public accountants  will furnish a  statement to
the Trustee to the  effect that, on the basis of the examination by such firm
conducted substantially in  compliance with the Uniform  Single Audit Program
for  Mortgage Bankers or the Audit  Program for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC,
the servicing by  or on behalf  of the Master  Servicer of mortgage loans  or
private asset  backed securities, or  under pooling and  servicing agreements
substantially similar  to each  other (including  the related  Agreement) was
conducted  in  compliance with  such  agreements except  for  any significant
exceptions or  errors in records that, in the  opinion of the firm, the Audit
Program for Mortgages serviced for FHLMC, or the Uniform Single Audit Program
for Mortgage Bankers, it  is required to report.  In  rendering its statement
such firm may rely,  as to matters relating to the  direct servicing of Loans
or   Private  Asset  Backed  Securities  by  Sub-Servicers,  upon  comparable
statements  for examinations conducted  substantially in compliance  with the
Uniform Single  Audit Program for  Mortgage Bankers or the  Audit Program for
Mortgages serviced for FHLMC (rendered within one year of such statement)  of
firms  of independent  public accountants  with respect  to the  related Sub-
Servicer.

    Each Agreement  will  also provide  for delivery  to the  Trustee, on  or
before a specified date  in each year, of an  annual statement signed by  two
officers of the  Master Servicer to the  effect that the Master  Servicer has
fulfilled its obligations under the Agreement throughout the preceding year.

    Copies  of  the  annual  accountants'  statement  and  the  statement  of
officers of  the Master Servicer  may be obtained  by Securityholders  of the
related Series without charge upon written request to the Master Servicer  at
the address set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE MASTER SERVICER AND THE DEPOSITOR

    The  Master Servicer under  each Agreement  will be named  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  The entity serving as Master Servicer may have normal
business relationships with the Depositor or the Depositor's affiliates.

    Each Agreement will provide that the Master Servicer  may not resign from
its obligations  and duties under  the Agreement except upon  a determination
that its  duties thereunder are  no longer permissible under  applicable law.
The Master  Servicer may, however, be removed from its obligations and duties
as set  forth in  the Agreement.  No such  resignation will become  effective
until the Trustee  or a successor servicer has assumed  the Master Servicer's
obligations and duties under the Agreement.

    Each  Agreement will further  provide that  neither the  Master Servicer,
the Depositor  nor any  director, officer, employee,  or agent of  the Master
Servicer or the  Depositor will be under  any liability to the  related Trust
Fund  or  Securityholders for  any action  taken or  for refraining  from the
taking of any  action in good faith pursuant to the  Agreement, or for errors
in judgment;  provided,  however,  that  neither  the  Master  Servicer,  the
Depositor nor any such person  will be protected against any  liability which
would  otherwise  be  imposed  by  reason  of  wilful  misfeasance  or  gross
negligence in the performance of duties  thereunder or by reasons of reckless
disregard  of obligations and  duties thereunder.  To  the extent provided in
the related Agreement,  the Master Servicer, the Depositor  and any director,
officer,  employee or agent  of the Master  Servicer or the  Depositor may be
entitled  to  indemnification by  the  related  Trust Fund  and  may be  held
harmless against any  loss, liability or expense incurred  in connection with
any legal action relating to the Agreement or the Securities, other  than any
loss, liability or expense related to any  specific Loan or Loans (except any
such  loss,  liability or  expense  otherwise  reimbursable pursuant  to  the
Agreement) and any loss, liability  or expense incurred by reason  of willful
misfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of duties thereunder or by
reason  of reckless  disregard  of  obligations and  duties  thereunder.   In
addition, each  Agreement will provide  that neither the Master  Servicer nor
the Depositor will be under any obligation  to appear in, prosecute or defend
any legal action  which is not incidental to  its respective responsibilities
under the Agreement and which in its opinion may involve it in any expense or
liability.   The  Master  Servicer  or the  Depositor  may,  however, in  its
discretion undertake any such action which it may deem necessary or desirable
with  respect to  the Agreement  and  the rights  and duties  of  the parties
thereto and the interests of the Securityholders thereunder.  In such  event,
the  legal expenses  and costs  of such  action  and any  liability resulting
therefrom will  be expenses, costs and liabilities of  the Trust Fund and the
Master Servicer or the Depositor, as the case may be, will be entitled to  be
reimbursed therefor out of funds otherwise distributable to Securityholders.

    Except  as otherwise specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, any
person into which the Master Servicer  may be merged or consolidated, or  any
person  resulting  from any  merger  or  consolidation  to which  the  Master
Servicer  is a party, or any person  succeeding to the business of the Master
Servicer, will be the successor of the Master Servicer under each Agreement.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

    Pooling  and   Servicing  Agreement;  Servicing  Agreement.    Except  as
otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, Events of Default
under each Agreement will consist of  (i) any failure by the Master  Servicer
to distribute or cause to be distributed to Securityholders of any  class any
required payment (other than an  Advance) which continues unremedied for five
business days  after the  giving of  written notice  of such  failure to  the
Master Servicer  by the Trustee or the Depositor,  or to the Master Servicer,
the Depositor and  the Trustee  by the  holders of Securities  of such  class
evidencing not less than 25%  of the aggregate Percentage Interests evidenced
by such class; (ii) any failure by the Master Servicer to make  an Advance as
required under  the Agreement, unless  cured as specified therein;  (iii) any
failure by  the Master Servicer  duly to observe  or perform in  any material
respect any  of  its other  covenants or  agreements in  the Agreement  which
continues unremedied for  thirty days after  the giving of written  notice of
such failure to  the Master Servicer by  the Trustee or the Depositor,  or to
the  Master  Servicer,  the  Depositor  and the  Trustee  by  the  holders of
Securities  of any  class  evidencing  not less  than  25%  of the  aggregate
Percentage Interests  constituting such  class; and  (iv)  certain events  of
insolvency, readjustment  of debt, marshalling  of assets and  liabilities or
similar proceeding and certain actions by or on behalf of the Master Servicer
indicating  its   insolvency,  reorganization   or  inability   to  pay   its
obligations.

    If specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the Agreement  will
permit the  Trustee to sell the Trust Fund Assets and the other assets of the
Trust Fund in the event that payments  in respect thereto are insufficient to
make  payments required in the Agreement.  The  assets of the Trust Fund will
be sold  only under  the circumstances  and in  the manner  specified in  the
related Prospectus Supplement.

    So long  as an Event  of Default  under an Agreement  remains unremedied,
the  Depositor  or  the Trustee  may,  and  at the  direction  of  holders of
Securities  of  any  class evidencing  not  less  than 51%  of  the aggregate
Percentage  Interests   constituting  such   class  and   under  such   other
circumstances  as may  be specified  in  such Agreement,  the Trustee  shall,
terminate all of  its rights and obligations of the Master Servicer under the
Agreement relating to such Trust  Fund and in and  to the Trust Fund  Assets,
whereupon the Trustee will succeed to all of the responsibilities, duties and
liabilities  of  the  Master  Servicer  under  the  Agreement, including,  if
specified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  obligation to  make
advances, and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements.   In the
event that the Trustee  is unwilling or unable so to act,  it may appoint, or
petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a mortgage
loan servicing institution with a  net worth of a least $10,000,000 to act as
successor  to  the  Master  Servicer  under  the  Agreement.    Pending  such
appointment, the  Trustee is obligated to act in  such capacity.  The Trustee
and any such successor may agree upon  the servicing compensation to be paid,
which in no event may be greater than the compensation payable to  the Master
Servicer under the Agreement.

    No  Securityholder,  solely  by  virtue of  such  holder's  status  as  a
Securityholder,  will have  any right  under any  Agreement to  institute any
proceeding with respect to such  Agreement, unless such holder previously has
given  to the  Trustee written notice  of default  and unless the  holders of
Securities of any class  of such Series evidencing  not less than 25%  of the
aggregate  Percentage Interests  constituting such  class  have made  written
request  upon the  Trustee to institute  such proceeding  in its own  name as
Trustee thereunder and have offered  to the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and
the  Trustee  for 60  days has  neglected  or refused  to institute  any such
proceeding.

    Indenture.    Except as  otherwise  specified in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement, Events  of Default under  the Indenture for each  Series of Notes
include:  (i)  a default for thirty (30)  days or more in the  payment of any
principal of or interest on any Note  of such Series; (ii) failure to perform
any other covenant of the Depositor or the Trust Fund in  the Indenture which
continues for a  period of sixty (60)  days after notice thereof is  given in
accordance   with  the  procedures   described  in  the   related  Prospectus
Supplement; (iii) any representation or warranty made by the Depositor or the
Trust Fund in the Indenture or in any certificate or other  writing delivered
pursuant thereto or in connection therewith with respect to or affecting such
Series having been incorrect in a material  respect as of the time made,  and
such breach is not cured within sixty (60) days after notice thereof is given
in  accordance  with  the  procedures  described  in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement;  (iv) certain events  of bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership or
liquidation of  the Depositor or the  Trust Fund; or  (v) any other  Event of
Default provided with respect to Notes of that Series.

    If an  Event of Default  with respect to the  Notes of any Series  at the
time outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or  the holders
of a majority of the then  aggregate outstanding amount of the Notes of  such
Series may declare the principal amount (or, if the Notes of that Series have
a Pass-Through  Rate of 0%,  such portion of  the principal amount  as may be
specified in the  terms of that Series, as provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement)  of  all  the  Notes  of  such  Series  to  be  due  and  payable
immediately.  Such declaration may, under certain circumstances, be rescinded
and annulled by the  holders of more than 50% of  the Percentage Interests of
the Notes of such Series.

    If, following an Event  of Default with respect  to any Series of  Notes,
the  Notes of  such Series  have been  declared  to be  due and  payable, the
Trustee may,  in its discretion, notwithstanding such  acceleration, elect to
maintain possession of the collateral securing  the Notes of such Series  and
to continue to apply distributions on such collateral as if there had been no
declaration  of  acceleration   if  such  collateral  continues   to  provide
sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes of
such Series  as they  would have  become due  if there  had not  been such  a
declaration.   In addition, the Trustee  may not sell  or otherwise liquidate
the collateral securing  the Notes of a Series following an Event of Default,
other than a default in the payment of any principal  or interest on any Note
of such Series for  thirty (30) days or more, unless (a)  the holders of 100%
of the Percentage Interests of the Notes of such Series consent to such sale,
(b) the proceeds of such  sale or liquidation are  sufficient to pay in  full
the principal  of and  accrued interest, due  and unpaid, on  the outstanding
Notes of such Series at the  date of such sale or (c) the  Trustee determines
that such collateral would not be sufficient on an ongoing basis  to make all
payments on such Notes as such  payments would have become due if such  Notes
had not been declared due and payable, and the Trustee obtains the consent of
the  holders of  662/3% of  the  Percentage Interests  of the  Notes  of such
Series.

    In the  event that  the Trustee liquidates  the collateral in  connection
with an Event of Default involving a  default for thirty (30) days or more in
the  payment of  principal of  or  interest on  the Notes  of  a Series,  the
Indenture provides that the Trustee will have a prior lien on the proceeds of
any  such liquidation for  unpaid fees and  expenses.  As a  result, upon the
occurrence of such an Event of Default, the amount available for distribution
to the Noteholders would be less than  would otherwise be the case.  However,
the Trustee may  not institute a proceeding  for the enforcement of  its lien
except in connection with a proceeding for the enforcement of the lien of the
Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders after the occurrence of  such an
Event of Default.

    Except  as otherwise specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement, in
the event the principal of the Notes of a Series is declared due and payable,
as described above, the  holders of any such Notes issued  at a discount from
par may  be entitled to receive  no more than  an amount equal to  the unpaid
principal  amount  thereof  less  the   amount  of  such  discount  which  is
unamortized.

    Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to  the duties of the
Trustee, in  case an  Event of  Default shall  occur and  be continuing  with
respect  to a Series of  Notes, the Trustee  shall be under  no obligation to
exercise any of the  rights or powers under  the Indenture at the  request or
direction of any of the holders of Notes of such Series, unless such  holders
offered to the Trustee  security or indemnity satisfactory to  it against the
costs, expenses and  liabilities which might be  incurred by it  in complying
with  such   request  or   direction.    Subject   to  such   provisions  for
indemnification  and  certain  limitations contained  in  the  Indenture, the
holders of a majority  of the then aggregate outstanding amount  of the Notes
of such Series shall have  the right to direct the time, method  and place of
conducting  any  proceeding  for  any  remedy available  to  the  Trustee  or
exercising any trust  or power conferred on  the Trustee with respect  to the
Notes of such  Series, and the  holders of a  majority of the  then aggregate
outstanding amount  of the Notes of such Series  may, in certain cases, waive
any  default with  respect  thereto,  except  a default  in  the  payment  of
principal or interest or a default  in respect of a covenant or provision  of
the Indenture that  cannot be modified without  the waiver or consent  of all
the holders of the outstanding Notes of such Series affected thereby.

AMENDMENT

    Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  each
Agreement  may  be amended  by the  Depositor,  the Master  Servicer  and the
Trustee, without the consent  of any of the Securityholders, (i)  to cure any
ambiguity; (ii) to correct or  supplement any provision therein which may  be
defective or inconsistent with any other provision therein; or (iii)  to make
any  other revisions with respect  to matters or  questions arising under the
Agreement which  are not inconsistent  with the provisions  thereof, provided
that  such action  will  not adversely  affect in  any  material respect  the
interests of any Securityholder.  In addition,  to the extent provided in the
related Agreement, an  Agreement may be amended without the consent of any of
the Securityholders, to change  the manner in  which the Security Account  is
maintained, provided  that any such change does not adversely affect the then
current rating on the class or classes of Securities of such Series that have
been rated.  In addition, if a REMIC election is made with respect to a Trust
Fund, the related Agreement may be amended to modify, eliminate or add to any
of  its  provisions  to such  extent  as  may be  necessary  to  maintain the
qualification of the related Trust Fund as a REMIC, provided that the Trustee
has  received  an  opinion of  counsel  to  the effect  that  such  action is
necessary or  helpful to  maintain such qualification.   Except  as otherwise
specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, each Agreement may  also be
amended by the Depositor, the Master Servicer and the Trustee with consent of
holders  of Securities  of such Series  evidencing not  less than 66%  of the
aggregate Percentage Interests of each class affected thereby for the purpose
of  adding any provisions to  or changing in an  manner or eliminating any of
the provisions of the Agreement or of  modifying in any manner the rights  of
the  holders of  the  related  Securities; provided,  however,  that no  such
amendment may (i) reduce in any manner  the amount of or delay the timing of,
payments  received on  Loans  which are  required  to be  distributed  on any
Security without  the consent of the holder of  such Security, or (ii) reduce
the aforesaid  percentage of  Securities of  any class  of holders  which are
required to consent  to any such amendment without the consent of the holders
of  all Securities of such class  covered by such Agreement then outstanding.
If a  REMIC election is made with  respect to a Trust Fund,  the Trustee will
not be entitled to consent to  an amendment to the related Agreement  without
having first received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such amendment
will not cause such Trust Fund to fail to qualify as a REMIC.

TERMINATIONS; OPTIONAL TERMINATION

    Pooling  and  Servicing Agreement;  Trust  Agreement.   Unless  otherwise
specified in the  related Agreement, the obligations created  by each Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement and  Trust Agreement for  each Series  of Securities
will terminate upon the payment to the related Securityholders of all amounts
held in the  Security Account or  by the Master  Servicer and required  to be
paid to them pursuant to such Agreement  following the later of (i) the final
payment of or other liquidation of the last of the Trust  Fund Assets subject
thereto or the  disposition of all property acquired upon  foreclosure of any
such Trust Fund Assets remaining  in the Trust Fund and (ii)  the purchase by
the Master Servicer  or, if REMIC treatment has been elected and if specified
in  the related Prospectus Supplement, by the holder of the residual interest
in the REMIC (see "Certain  Material Federal Income Tax Consequences" below),
from the related Trust Fund of all of the remaining Trust Fund Assets and all
property acquired in respect of such Trust Fund Assets.

    Unless otherwise  specified  by the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  any
such purchase of Trust Fund Assets and property acquired in respect  of Trust
Fund Assets evidenced by a Series of Securities will be made at the option of
the Master  Servicer or,  if applicable,  such holder  of the  REMIC residual
interest, at a price, and in accordance with the procedures, specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  The exercise of such right will  effect early
retirement  of the  Securities of that  Series, but  the right of  the Master
Servicer or, if applicable, such holder of the REMIC residual interest, to so
purchase is subject to the principal balance of the related Trust Fund Assets
being less than the percentage specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
of the aggregate  principal balance of the  Trust Fund Assets at  the Cut-off
Date for  the Series.   The foregoing is subject  to the provision  that if a
REMIC election is  made with respect to a Trust Fund, any repurchase pursuant
to  clause (ii)  above will  be  made only  in connection  with  a "qualified
liquidation" of  the REMIC within  the meaning  of Section 860F(g)(4)  of the
Code.

    Indenture.  The Indenture will be discharged with respect  to a Series of
Notes  (except with  respect to  certain continuing  rights specified  in the
Indenture) upon the delivery to the Trustee for cancellation of all the Notes
of such Series or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Trustee of
funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of the Notes of such Series.

    In addition  to such  discharge with certain  limitations, the  Indenture
will provide that, if so  specified with respect to the Notes of  any Series,
the  related Trust Fund  will be discharged  from any and  all obligations in
respect of the Notes of such Series (except  for certain obligations relating
to  temporary Notes  and exchange of  Notes, to  register the transfer  of or
exchange Notes of such Series, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated  Notes of
such Series, to  maintain paying agencies and  to hold monies for  payment in
trust) upon the  deposit with the Trustee,  in trust, of money  and/or direct
obligations  of or  obligations guaranteed  by the  United States  of America
which through  the payment of  interest and principal  in respect  thereof in
accordance with their terms will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay
the principal of and each installment of interest on the Notes of such Series
on the last scheduled Distribution Date for such Notes and any installment of
interest on such Notes in accordance with the terms of  the Indenture and the
Notes of such Series.  In  the event of any such defeasance and  discharge of
Notes of such Series,  holders of Notes of such Series would  be able to look
only to  such money and/or  direct obligations for  payment of principal  and
interest, if any, on their Notes until maturity.

THE TRUSTEE

    The  Trustee  under  each  Agreement will  be  named  in  the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement.   The commercial  bank  or trust  company serving  as
Trustee may have normal banking  relationships with the Depositor, the Master
Servicer and any of their respective affiliates.

                      CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS

    The  following  discussion  contains  summaries,  which  are  general  in
nature, of  certain legal matters relating to the  Loans.  Because such legal
aspects are governed primarily by applicable state law (which laws may differ
substantially), the  summaries do not  purport to be complete  nor to reflect
the laws of any  particular state, nor to encompass the laws of all states in
which the security for the Loans is situated.  The summaries are qualified in
their  entirety  by  reference  to   the  applicable  federal  laws  and  the
appropriate laws of the states in which Loans may be originated.

GENERAL

    The  Loans for  a Series  may be  secured by  deeds of  trust, mortgages,
security  deeds  or deeds  to  secure  debt,  depending upon  the  prevailing
practice in the state in which the  property subject to the loan is  located.
A mortgage creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by  the mortgage,
which lien  is generally  not prior  to the  lien for  real estate  taxes and
assessments.  Priority between mortgages depends on their terms and generally
on the  order of  recording with a  state or  county office.   There are  two
parties to a mortgage, the  mortgagor, who is the  borrower and owner of  the
mortgaged property, and the mortgagee, who is the lender.  Under the mortgage
instrument, the mortgagor  delivers to the mortgagee  a note or bond  and the
mortgage.  Although a deed of trust is similar to a mortgage, a deed of trust
formally has  three parties, the  borrower-property owner called  the trustor
(similar  to a  mortgagor), a  lender  (similar to  a  mortgagee) called  the
beneficiary, and a third-party  grantee called the trustee.  Under  a deed of
trust, the borrower grants the property, irrevocably  until the debt is paid,
in trust, generally with a power of sale, to the trustee to secure payment of
the obligation.  A security deed and a deed to  secure debt are special types
of deeds  which indicate  on their face  that they are  granted to  secure an
underlying debt.   By executing a security deed  or deed to secure  debt, the
grantor conveys title  to, as  opposed to  merely creating a  lien upon,  the
subject property  to the grantee  until such time  as the underlying  debt is
repaid.   The trustee's  authority  under a  deed of  trust, the  mortgagee's
authority  under a mortgage and the grantee's authority under a security deed
or deed to secure debt are governed by law and, with respect to some deeds of
trust, the directions of the beneficiary.

FORECLOSURE/REPOSSESSION

    Foreclosure  of  a deed  of  trust is  generally  accomplished by  a non-
judicial  sale  under  a specific  provision  in  the  deed  of  trust  which
authorizes  the trustee  to  sell the  property at  public  auction upon  any
default by the  borrower under the  terms of the note  or deed of trust.   In
addition to  any notice requirements  contained in a  deed of trust,  in some
states, the trustee must  record a notice of  default and send a copy  to the
borrower-trustor,  to any person who has recorded a request for a copy of any
notice of  default and notice  of sale, to any  successor in interest  to the
borrower-trustor,  to  the beneficiary  of any  junior deed  of trust  and to
certain other persons.  In general, the  borrower, or any other person having
a junior encumbrance on the real estate, may, during a statutorily prescribed
reinstatement period,  cure a monetary default by paying the entire amount in
arrears plus  other designated costs  and expenses incurred in  enforcing the
obligation.  Generally, state law controls the amount of foreclosure expenses
and  costs, including attorney's  fees, which may  be recovered  by a lender.
After the  reinstatement period has  expired without the default  having been
cured, the borrower or junior lienholder no longer has the right to reinstate
the  loan and must pay the loan  in full to prevent the scheduled foreclosure
sale.   If  the deed of  trust is  not reinstated, a  notice of  sale must be
posted in a public place and, in most states, published for a specific period
of time in one or more newspapers.  In addition, some state laws require that
a  copy of  the notice of  sale be  posted on  the property  and sent  to all
parties having an interest in the real property.

    Foreclosure of a mortgage  is generally accomplished by judicial  action.
The action is  initiated by the service  of legal pleadings upon  all parties
having an  interest  in the  real  property.   Delays  in completion  of  the
foreclosure may occasionally  result from difficulties in  locating necessary
parties.  Judicial  foreclosure proceedings are often not contested by any of
the parties.   When the  mortgagee's right  to foreclosure is  contested, the
legal  proceedings necessary  to resolve  the  issue can  be time  consuming.
After  the  completion  of  a  judicial  foreclosure  proceeding,  the  court
generally issues a judgment  of foreclosure and  appoints a referee or  other
court officer to conduct the sale of the property.  In some states, mortgages
may also be foreclosed by advertisement, pursuant to a power of sale provided
in the mortgage.

    Although foreclosure  sales  are typically  public  sales, frequently  no
third party purchaser  bids in  excess of  the lender's lien  because of  the
difficulty of  determining the  exact status  of title  to the  property, the
possible deterioration of the property during the foreclosure proceedings and
a requirement that the purchaser pay for the property in cash or by cashier's
check.   Thus the  foreclosing lender often  purchases the property  from the
trustee or  referee for an amount  equal to the  principal amount outstanding
under  the loan, accrued and unpaid interest  and the expenses of foreclosure
in which event  the mortgagor's debt will  be extinguished or the  lender may
purchase for  a  lesser amount  in  order to  preserve  its right  against  a
borrower to  seek a  deficiency  judgment in  states where  such judgment  is
available.  Thereafter, subject to the  right of the borrower in some  states
to remain in  possession during the redemption period, the lender will assume
the burden of ownership, including obtaining hazard insurance and making such
repairs at its own expense as  are necessary to render the property  suitable
for sale.   The lender  will commonly  obtain the services  of a real  estate
broker and pay  the broker's commission  in connection with  the sale of  the
property.   Depending upon  market conditions, the  ultimate proceeds  of the
sale of  the property may not equal the  lender's investment in the property.
Any loss may  be reduced by  the receipt of  any mortgage guaranty  insurance
proceeds.

    Courts have  imposed general equitable principles upon foreclosure, which
are generally designed  to mitigate the legal consequences to the borrower of
the borrower's  defaults under  the loan  documents.   Some courts  have been
faced with  the issue of  whether federal or state  constitutional provisions
reflecting due process concerns for  fair notice require that borrowers under
deeds of trust receive notice longer than that prescribed by statute. For the
most part,  these cases have upheld the notice provisions as being reasonable
or  have found  that the sale  by a  trustee under a  deed of  trust does not
involve  sufficient state action  to afford constitutional  protection to the
borrower.

    When the beneficiary  under a junior mortgage or deed  of trust cures the
default and reinstates  or redeems by  paying the full  amount of the  senior
mortgage or deed of trust, the  amount paid by the beneficiary so to  cure or
redeem becomes  a part of the indebtedness secured  by the junior mortgage or
deed of trust.  See "Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees".

ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

    Federal, state  and local  laws and  regulations impose  a wide range  of
requirements  on  activities that  may  affect  the environment,  health  and
safety.    These  include  laws  and   regulations  governing  air  pollutant
emissions, hazardous  and toxic substances,  impacts to wetlands,  leaks from
underground storage tanks, and the  management, removal and disposal of lead-
and asbestos-containing materials.   In certain circumstances, these laws and
regulations  impose obligations  on the  owners or  operators of  residential
properties such as  those subject to the  Loans.  The failure  to comply with
such laws and regulations may result in fines and penalties.

    Moreover, under  various federal, state  and local laws  and regulations,
an owner or operator of real estate may be liable for the costs of addressing
hazardous substances on, in or beneath such property and related costs.  Such
liability may be imposed without regard to whether the owner or operator knew
of, or was responsible for, the presence of such substances, and could exceed
the value of the property and the  aggregate assets of the owner or operator.
In addition,  persons who  transport or dispose  of hazardous  substances, or
arrange   for  the  transportation,   disposal  or  treatment   of  hazardous
substances,  at off-site  locations  may also  be  held liable  if there  are
releases  or threatened  releases of  hazardous substances  at such  off-site
locations.

    In  addition,  under the  laws  of  some  states and  under  the  federal
Comprehensive  Environmental   Response,  Compensation   and  Liability   Act
("CERCLA"), contamination of property may give rise to a lien on the property
to assure  the payment of the costs  of clean-up.  In several  states, such a
lien  has  priority  over  the  lien of  an  existing  mortgage  against such
property.    Under  CERCLA,  such  a lien  is  subordinate  to  pre-existing,
perfected security interests.

    Under  the laws of some states, and  under CERCLA, there is a possibility
that a  lender may  be held liable  as an  "owner or  operator" for costs  of
addressing  releases  or threatened  releases  of hazardous  substances  at a
property, regardless of whether or not the environmental damage or threat was
caused by a current or prior owner  or operator.  CERCLA and some state  laws
provide an exemption from the definition of "owner or operator" for a secured
creditor who, without "participating in  the management" of a facility, holds
indicia  of ownership  primarily  to  protect its  security  interest in  the
facility.  The Solid Waste  Disposal Act ("SWDA") provides similar protection
to secured creditors  in connection with liability for  releases of petroleum
from certain underground  storage tanks.  However, if  a lender "participates
in the management" of the facility in  question or is found not to have  held
its interest primarily to protect a security interest, the lender may forfeit
its secured creditor exemption status.

    A regulation  promulgated  by the  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency
("EPA") in April  1992 attempted to  clarify the activities in  which lenders
could  engage both  prior  to and  subsequent  to foreclosure  of  a security
interest without forfeiting the secured creditor exemption under CERCLA.  The
rule was struck down in  1994 by the United States  Court of Appeals for  the
District  of  Columbia  Circuit  in  Kelley  ex  rel  State  of  Michigan  v.
Environmental Protection Agency, 15 F.3d  1100 (D.C Cir. 1994), reh'g denied,
25  F.3d 1088, cert. denied  sub nom. Am. Bankers  Ass'n v. Kelley, 115 S.Ct.
900  (1995).   Another  EPA  regulation  promulgated  in 1995  clarifies  the
activities  in  which  lenders  may engage  without  forfeiting  the  secured
creditor exemption under the underground storage tank provisions of the SWDA.
That regulation has not been struck down.

    On September  30, 1996,  Congress amended  both  CERCLA and  the SWDA  to
provide additional clarification regarding the scope  of the lender liability
exemptions under the  two statutes.  Among other things,  the 1996 amendments
specify  the  circumstances under  which a  lender will  be protected  by the
CERCLA and SWDA exemptions, both while the borrower is still in possession of
the secured property and following foreclosure on the secured property.

    Generally,  the amendments  state  that a  lender  who holds  indicia  of
ownership primarily  to protect  a security  interest in  a facility  will be
considered to participate in management only if, while  the borrower is still
in possession of the facility encumbered by the security interest, the lender
(i) exercises  decision-making control over  environmental compliance related
to  the facility  such  that  the lender  has  undertaken responsibility  for
hazardous substance handling or disposal practices related to the facility or
(ii)  exercises control at  a level  comparable to that  of a  manager of the
facility such  that the lender  has assumed or manifested  responsibility for
(x) overall  management of  the facility  encompassing daily-decision  making
with respect to environmental compliance  or (y) overall or substantially all
of   the  operational   functions  (as   distinguished   from  financial   or
administrative  functions)  of  the  facility  other  than  the  function  of
environmental compliance.   The  amendments also  specify certain  activities
that  are  not considered  to  be  "participation  in management",  including
monitoring  or enforcing  the terms  of the extension  of credit  or security
interest, inspecting the facility, and requiring a lawful means of addressing
the release or threatened release of a hazardous substance.

    The 1996  amendments also specify  that a lender who  did not participate
in management of  a facility prior to  foreclosure will not be  considered an
"owner or operator", even if the lender  forecloses on the facility and after
foreclosure  sells or liquidates the facility, maintains business activities,
winds up operations, undertakes an  appropriate response action, or takes any
other measure to preserve, protect, or prepare  the facility prior to sale or
disposition, if the  lender seeks to sell or otherwise divest the facility at
the  earliest  practicable,  commercially  reasonable  time, on  commercially
reasonable  terms,  taking into  account  market  conditions  and  legal  and
regulatory requirements.

    The  CERCLA and SWDA lender liability amendments specifically address the
potential  liability of  lenders who  hold mortgages or  similar conventional
security  interests in  real  property,  such  as  the  Trust  Fund  does  in
connection with  the Home  Equity Loans and  the Home  Improvement Contracts.
The amendments do not clearly address  the potential liability of lenders who
retain legal  title  to a  property  and enter  into  an agreement  with  the
purchaser for the payment of the purchase price and interest over the term of
the contract, such  as the Trust Fund does in connection with the Installment
Contracts.  

    If  a lender  (including a  lender under  an Installment  Contract) is or
becomes liable under CERCLA, it may be authorized to bring a statutory action
for  contribution  against  any  other  "responsible  parties",  including  a
previous  owner or  operator.    However, such  persons  or entities  may  be
bankrupt   or  otherwise  judgment  proof,  and  the  costs  associated  with
environmental cleanup and related actions may be substantial.  Moreover, some
state  laws imposing  liability for  addressing hazardous  substances do  not
contain  exemptions  from  liability  for  lenders.   Whether  the  costs  of
addressing  a  release  or  threatened  release  at  a  property  pledged  as
collateral  for one of the Loans (or at  a property subject to an Installment
Contract), would be  imposed on the Trust  Fund, and thus occasion a  loss to
the  Securityholders,  therefore depends  on the  specific factual  and legal
circumstances at issue.

RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION

    In some states, after sale pursuant to a  deed of trust or foreclosure of
a mortgage, the borrower and foreclosed junior lienors  are given a statutory
period in which to  redeem the property from  the foreclosure sale.  In  some
states,  redemption may  occur  only  upon payment  of  the entire  principal
balance of the loan, accrued interest and  expenses of foreclosure.  In other
states,  redemption may  be authorized  if the  former borrower  pays only  a
portion of the sums due.  The effect of a statutory right of redemption would
defeat  the title of any purchaser  from the lender subsequent to foreclosure
or sale under  a deed of  trust.  Consequently, the  practical effect of  the
redemption right is to  force the lender to retain  the property and pay  the
expenses of ownership until  the redemption period has run.   In some states,
there isno right toredeem property aftera trustee's saleunder a deedof trust.

ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON LENDERS

    Certain states  have adopted statutory prohibitions restricting the right
of  the beneficiary  or mortgagee  to  obtain a  deficiency judgment  against
borrowers financing the purchase of their residence or following sale under a
deed  of  trust or  certain  other  foreclosure  proceedings.   A  deficiency
judgment is a personal  judgment against the borrower equal in  most cases to
the difference between the amount due to the lender and the fair market value
of the real  property sold at the  foreclosure sale.  Other  statutes require
the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the security afforded under a deed of
trust or  mortgage by  foreclosure in  an attempt  to satisfy  the full  debt
before bringing a  personal action against  the borrower.   In certain  other
states, the lender has  the option of bringing a personal  action against the
borrower on the debt without first exhausting such security; however, in some
of these states, the lender, following  judgment on such personal action, may
be deemed  to have  elected a  remedy and  may be  precluded from  exercising
remedies with respect to the security.  Consequently, the practical effect of
the  election requirement,  when  applicable, is  that  lenders will  usually
proceed first  against the  security rather than  bringing a  personal action
against  the  borrower.    Finally,  other  statutory  provisions  limit  any
deficiency  judgment against the former borrower following a foreclosure sale
to the excess  of the  outstanding debt  over the  fair market  value of  the
property  at the time of the  public sale.  The  purpose of these statutes is
generally  to prevent  a beneficiary  or a mortgagee  from obtaining  a large
deficiency judgment against the former borrower as a result of low or no bids
at the foreclosure sale.

    In addition  to anti-deficiency and  related legislation,  numerous other
federal  and state  statutory provisions,  including  the federal  bankruptcy
laws, the  federal Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief  Act of 1940 and state
laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the ability of
the  secured mortgage lender to realize upon its security.  For example, in a
proceeding under the federal Bankruptcy  Code, a lender may not foreclose  on
the  Property  without   the  permission  of  the  bankruptcy   court.    The
rehabilitation  plan proposed by the  debtor may provide,  if the Property is
not the debtor's  principal residence and the court determines that the value
of the Property is less than the principal balance of the mortgage loan,  for
the reduction of the secured  indebtedness to the value of the Property as of
the  date of  the  commencement of  the  bankruptcy, rendering  the lender  a
general  unsecured creditor  for  the  difference, and  also  may reduce  the
monthly payments  due under such mortgage  loan, change the  rate of interest
and alter  the mortgage  loan repayment  schedule.   The effect  of any  such
proceedings under the  federal Bankruptcy Code, including but  not limited to
any automatic stay, could result in delays in receiving payments on the Loans
underlying a  Series of Securities  and possible reductions in  the aggregate
amount of such payments.

    The  federal tax laws provide priority to certain tax liens over the lien
of  a  mortgage  or secured  party.    Numerous  federal  and state  consumer
protection  laws impose  substantive requirements  upon  mortgage lenders  in
connection with the  origination, servicing and enforcement of  loans secured
by Single Family Properties.  These laws include the federal Truth-in-Lending
Act, Real  Estate Settlement  Procedures Act,  Equal Credit  Opportunity Act,
Fair Credit Billing  Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and  related statutes and
regulations.    These  federal  and  state  laws  impose  specific  statutory
liabilities upon lenders who fail to  comply with the provisions of the  law.
In some cases, this liability may affect assignees of the loans or contracts.

DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES

    Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, each
conventional Loan will  contain a due-on-sale clause which  will provide that
if  the mortgagor  or obligor sells,  transfers or conveys  the Property, the
loan or  contract may be accelerated by the  mortgagee or secured party.  The
Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions  Act of 1982 (the "Garn-St.  Germain
Act"),   subject  to  certain   exceptions,  preempts  state  constitutional,
statutory and case  law prohibiting the  enforcement of due-on-sale  clauses.
As a result, due-on-sale clauses  have become generally enforceable except in
those states  whose legislatures  exercised their authority  to regulate  the
enforceability of such clauses  with respect  to mortgage loans that were (i)
originated or assumed  during the "window period" under  the Garn-St. Germain
Act  which ended  in all  cases not  later than  October 15,  1982, and  (ii)
originated by lenders other than national banks, federal savings institutions
and federal  credit unions.   FHLMC has taken  the position in  its published
mortgage servicing standards that,  out of a total  of eleven "window  period
states," five states (Arizona, Michigan, Minnesota, New Mexico and Utah) have
enacted statutes  extending, on  various terms and  for varying  periods, the
prohibition on  enforcement of  due-on-sale clauses with  respect to  certain
categories of  window period  loans.   Also,  the Garn-St.  Germain Act  does
"encourage" lenders  to permit  assumption of loans  at the original  rate of
interest or at some other rate less than the average of the original rate and
the market rate.

    As to loans secured by an  owner-occupied residence, the Garn-St. Germain
Act sets forth  nine specific instances in  which a mortgagee covered  by the
Act may not  exercise its rights under a  due-on-sale clause, notwithstanding
the fact that a transfer of the property may have occurred.  The inability to
enforce a due-on-sale clause may  result in transfer of the related  Property
to an uncreditworthy  person, which could increase the  likelihood of default
or may result in a mortgage bearing an interest rate below the current market
rate being assumed by a new home  buyer, which may affect the average life of
the Loans and the number of Loans which may extend to maturity.

    In addition, under  federal bankruptcy law,  due-on-sale clauses may  not
be   enforceable   in   bankruptcy  proceedings   and   may,   under  certain
circumstances, be  eliminated in  any modified  mortgage resulting  from such
bankruptcy proceeding.

ENFORCEABILITY OF PREPAYMENT AND LATE PAYMENT FEES

    Forms of notes, mortgages and  deeds of trust used by lenders may contain
provisions obligating  the borrower to pay a late  charge if payments are not
timely made,  and in some  circumstances may  provide for prepayment  fees or
penalties if the  obligation is paid prior  to maturity.  In  certain states,
there are or may be specific limitations upon the late charges which a lender
may  collect from a  borrower for delinquent  payments.  Certain  states also
limit the amounts that a lender may  collect from a borrower as an additional
charge  if  the  loan is  prepaid.    Late charges  and  prepayment  fees are
typically retained by servicers as additional servicing compensation.

EQUITABLE LIMITATIONS ON REMEDIES

    In connection  with lenders'  attempts to  realize  upon their  security,
courts have invoked  general equitable principles.   The equitable principles
are generally designed to  relieve the borrower from the legal  effect of his
defaults  under the loan documents.   Examples of judicial remedies that have
been  fashioned include  judicial  requirements  that  the  lender  undertake
affirmative and expensive  actions to determine the causes  of the borrower's
default and the  likelihood that the borrower  will be able to  reinstate the
loan.  In some cases, courts have substituted their judgment for the lender's
judgment and  have required  that lenders reinstate  loans or  recast payment
schedules in order to accommodate  borrowers who are suffering from temporary
financial  disability.  In  other cases, courts  have limited the  right of a
lender  to  realize upon  his  security  if the  default  under the  security
agreement  is not  monetary, such  as  the borrower's  failure to  adequately
maintain  the property  or the  borrower's  execution of  secondary financing
affecting the property.  Finally, some courts  have been faced with the issue
of whether or  not federal or state constitutional  provisions reflecting due
process  concerns for adequate  notice require that  borrowers under security
agreements  receive  notices   in  addition  to  the   statutorily-prescribed
minimums.  For the most part,  these cases have upheld the notice  provisions
as being reasonable or have found that, in some cases involving the sale by a
trustee under  a deed of trust  or by a  mortgagee under a mortgage  having a
power of  sale, there is  insufficient state action to  afford constitutional
protections to the borrower.

    Most conventional single-family mortgage loans may  be prepaid in full or
in part without penalty.  The regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board
(the "FHLBB") prohibit  the imposition of a prepayment  penalty or equivalent
fee in connection  with the acceleration of  a loan by exercise of  a due-on-
sale clause.  A mortgagee to whom a prepayment in  full has been tendered may
be  compelled  to give  either a  release  of the  mortgage or  an instrument
assigning the existing mortgage.   The absence of a restraint on  prepayment,
particularly with respect to Loans having higher mortgage rates, may increase
the likelihood of refinancing or other early retirements of the Loans.

APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS

    Title V of  the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control
Act of  1980, enacted  in March 1980  ("Title V")  provides that  state usury
limitations shall  not apply to  certain types of residential  first mortgage
loans  originated by  certain lenders after  March 31,  1980.  The  Office of
Thrift Supervision,  as successor  to the  Federal Home  Loan Bank  Board, is
authorized  to issue  rules and  regulations and  to  publish interpretations
governing implementation of  Title V.   The statute authorized the  states to
reimpose  interest rate limits  by adopting, before  April 1, 1983,  a law or
constitutional  provision which  expressly  rejects  an  application  of  the
federal  law.  Fifteen states adopted  such a law prior  to the April 1, 1993
deadline.  In addition,  even where Title V is not so  rejected, any state is
authorized by the law to adopt a  provision limiting discount points or other
charges  on mortgage  loans covered by  Title V.   Certain states  have taken
action to  reimpose interest rate limits  and/or to limit  discount points or
other charges.

THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS

    General.    The  Home  Improvement  Contracts,   other  than  those  Home
Improvement  Contracts that  are unsecured  or secured  by mortgages  on real
estate (such Home  Improvement Contracts are hereinafter referred  to in this
section as "contracts") generally are "chattel paper" or constitute "purchase
money security interests" each as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code (the
"UCC").   Pursuant to the  UCC, the  sale of  chattel paper is  treated in  a
manner similar to  perfection of a security interest in chattel paper.  Under
the related Agreement, the Depositor will transfer physical possession of the
contracts to the  Trustee or a designated custodian or  may retain possession
of the contracts  as custodian for the  Trustee.  In addition,  the Depositor
will  make  an appropriate  filing  of a  UCC-1  financing  statement in  the
appropriate  states  to  give  notice  of  the  Trustee's  ownership  of  the
contracts.   Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the  contracts will  not  be stamped  or otherwise  marked  to reflect  their
assignment  from  the  Depositor  to  the Trustee.    Therefore,  if  through
negligence,  fraud or  otherwise, a  subsequent purchaser  were able  to take
physical possession of  the contracts without notice of  such assignment, the
Trustee's interest in the contracts could be defeated.

    Security Interests in Home Improvements.   The contracts that are secured
by  the Home Improvements  financed thereby grant  to the  originator of such
contracts a  purchase money  security interest in  such Home  Improvements to
secure  all or  part of  the  purchase price  of such  Home  Improvements and
related  services.   A financing  statement generally  is not required  to be
filed to perfect  a purchase money security interest in consumer goods.  Such
purchase money  security interests  are assignable.   In general,  a purchase
money security  interest grants to  the holder a  security interest  that has
priority over a conflicting security interest in the same collateral and  the
proceeds of  such collateral.   However,  to the extent  that the  collateral
subject to a purchase money security interest becomes a fixture, in order for
the  related  purchase  money  security  interest to  take  priority  over  a
conflicting  interest in  the fixture,  the  holder's interest  in such  Home
Improvement must  generally be  perfected  by a  timely fixture  filing.   In
general, a  security  interest  does not  exist  under the  UCC  in  ordinary
building material incorporated into an improvement on land.  Home Improvement
Contracts  that  finance lumber,  bricks,  other types  of  ordinary building
material or other  goods that are deemed  to lose such characterization  upon
incorporation  of such  materials  into  the related  property,  will not  be
secured by a  purchase money security interest in  the Home Improvement being
financed.

    Enforcement of  Security Interest in Home  Improvements.  So long  as the
Home Improvement has  not become subject to  the real estate law,  a creditor
can repossess a Home Improvement  securing a contract by voluntary surrender,
by "self-help" repossession  that is "peaceful" (i.e., without  breach of the
peace) or, in the absence of voluntary surrender and the ability to repossess
without breach  of the peace, by judicial process.   The holder of a contract
must give  the debtor a  number of days' notice,  which varies from  10 to 30
days depending on  the state, prior to commencement of any repossession.  The
UCC  and  consumer protection  laws  in  most  states place  restrictions  on
repossession  sales,  including  requiring prior  notice  to  the debtor  and
commercial reasonableness in effecting such a  sale.  The law in most  states
also requires  that the debtor be given notice of any sale prior to resale of
the unit that the debtor may redeem at or before such resale.

    Under the  laws applicable  in most  states,  a creditor  is entitled  to
obtain a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession
and resale of  the property securing the debtor's loan.  However, some states
impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments, and in many cases
the defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.

    Certain  other   statutory  provisions,  including   federal  and   state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or
delay the ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a
deficiency judgment.

    Consumer Protection Laws.   The so-called "Holder-in-Due Course"  rule of
the  Federal  Trade Commission  is  intended  to defeat  the  ability of  the
transferor of a consumer  credit contract which is the seller  of goods which
gave rise to the  transaction (and certain related lenders and  assignees) to
transfer such  contract free of  notice of claims  by the  debtor thereunder.
The effect of this rule is to subject the assignee of such  a contract to all
claims  and defenses  which the  debtor could  assert  against the  seller of
goods.    Liability  under this  rule  is  limited to  amounts  paid  under a
contract; however, the obligor also may be able to assert the rule to set off
remaining amounts  due as a  defense against a  claim brought by  the Trustee
against such obligor.   Numerous other federal and  state consumer protection
laws impose  requirements applicable to the origination  and lending pursuant
to the  contracts, including  the Truth  in Lending  Act,  the Federal  Trade
Commission Act, the  Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair  Credit Reporting Act,
the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair  Debt Collection Practices Act and
the Uniform Consumer  Credit Code.  In  the case of  some of these laws,  the
failure to comply with their provisions may affect the enforceability of  the
related contract.

    Applicability of  Usury Laws.   Title  V of  the Depository  Institutions
Deregulation  and Monetary  Control  Act  of 1980,  as  amended ("Title  V"),
provides that, subject to  the following conditions, state usury  limitations
shall not apply to any  contract which is secured by a first  lien on certain
kinds of consumer  goods.   The contracts  would be covered  if they  satisfy
certain   conditions,  among  other  things,  governing   the  terms  of  any
prepayments, late  charges and  deferral fees and  requiring a  30-day notice
period prior to instituting any action leading to repossession of the related
unit.

    Title V  authorized any state to  reimpose limitations on  interest rates
and finance charges  by adopting before April 1, 1983 a law or constitutional
provision which  expressly rejects application  of the federal law.   Fifteen
states adopted such a law prior to  the April 1, 1983 deadline.  In addition,
even where Title V was not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to
adopt a provision  limiting discount points or other charges on loans covered
by Title V.

INSTALLMENT CONTRACTS

    The  Loans  may  also  consist  of   installment  contracts.    Under  an
installment  contract   ("Installment  Contract")  the   seller  (hereinafter
referred to  in this  section as  the "lender")  retains legal  title to  the
property and enters into an agreement with the purchaser hereinafter referred
to in this section as the "borrower") for the payment  of the purchase price,
plus interest, over the  term of such contract.  Only  after full performance
by the borrower  of the contract is  the lender obligated to  convey title to
the property to the purchaser.  As with mortgage or deed of  trust financing,
during  the effective  period of  the Installment  Contract, the  borrower is
generally responsible for maintaining the  property in good condition and for
paying  real  estate   taxes,  assessments  and  hazard   insurance  premiums
associated with the property.

    The method  of enforcing the  rights of the  lender under an  Installment
Contract varies on a state-by-state basis depending upon  the extent to which
state courts are willing, or able  pursuant to state statute, to enforce  the
contract strictly according to the terms.  The terms of Installment Contracts
generally provide that upon a default by the borrower, the borrower loses his
or her right to occupy the  property, the entire indebtedness is accelerated,
and the buyer's equitable interest in the property is forfeited.   The lender
in such a situation  does not have to foreclose  in order to obtain title  to
the property, although in some cases a quiet  title action is in order if the
borrower has  filed the  Installment Contract  in local land  records and  an
ejectment action may  be necessary to recover  possession.  In a  few states,
particularly  in cases  of  borrower default  during the  early  years of  an
Installment  Contract, the courts  will permit ejectment  of the  buyer and a
forfeiture of  his or  her interest  in the  property.   However, most  state
legislatures have  enacted provisions by  analogy to mortgage  law protecting
borrowers   under  Installment  Contracts  from  the  harsh  consequences  of
forfeiture.  Under  such statutes, a judicial or  nonjudicial foreclosure may
be required, the  lender may be required  to give notice  of default and  the
borrower  may be  granted  some  grace period  during  which the  Installment
Contract may be  reinstated upon full payment  of the default amount  and the
borrower may  have a post-foreclosure  statutory redemption right.   In other
states, courts in equity may permit a borrower with significant investment in
the property under  an Installment Contract  for the sale  of real estate  to
share in  the proceeds  of sale  of the  property after  the indebtedness  is
repaid   or  may  otherwise   refuse  to   enforce  the   forfeiture  clause.
Nevertheless,  generally  speaking,  the lender's  procedures  for  obtaining
possession and clear title under an Installment Contract in a given state are
simpler  and less  time-consuming  and  costly than  are  the procedures  for
foreclosing and obtaining  clear title to a  property subject to one  or more
liens.

SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT

    Generally, under  the terms  of the Soldiers'  and Sailors' Civil  Relief
Act of 1940,  as amended (the "Relief  Act"), a borrower who  enters military
service after the  origination of such borrower's Loan  (including a borrower
who is a member of  the National Guard or is in reserve status at the time of
the origination of  the Loan and is later  called to active duty)  may not be
charged  interest above  an  annual rate  of  6% during  the  period of  such
borrower's   active  duty  status,  unless  a  court  orders  otherwise  upon
application of the lender.  It is possible that such interest rate limitation
could have an effect, for an indeterminate period  of time, on the ability of
the  Master Servicer to  collect full amounts  of interest on  certain of the
Loans.  Any shortfall in  interest collections resulting from the application
of the Relief Act could result in losses to the  Securityholders.  The Relief
Act  also imposes limitations  which would impair  the ability  of the Master
Servicer to foreclose  on an affected  Loan during the  borrower's period  of
active  duty status.   Moreover, the  Relief Act  permits the extension  of a
Loan's  maturity and  the re-adjustment  of its  payment schedule  beyond the
completion  of military service.   Thus, in  the event that such  a Loan goes
into default, there may be delays  and losses occasioned by the inability  to
realize upon the Property in a timely fashion.

JUNIOR MORTGAGES; RIGHTS OF SENIOR MORTGAGEES

    To the extent that  the Loans comprising the Trust Fund  for a Series are
secured by  mortgages  which are  junior  to other  mortgages held  by  other
lenders  or  institutional investors,  the  rights  of  the Trust  Fund  (and
therefore the Securityholders),  as mortgagee under any such junior mortgage,
are subordinate  to those of  any mortgagee under  any senior mortgage.   The
senior mortgagee has  the right to receive hazard  insurance and condemnation
proceeds and to cause  the property securing the Loan to be sold upon default
of the  mortgagor, thereby extinguishing  the junior mortgagee's  lien unless
the  junior mortgagee  asserts its  subordinate interest  in the  property in
foreclosure  litigation  and,   possibly,  satisfies  the  defaulted   senior
mortgage.   A junior mortgagee  may satisfy a  defaulted senior loan  in full
and, in some states, may cure such default and bring the senior loan current,
in either event adding the amounts expended to  the balance due on the junior
loan.  In most states, absent  a provision in the mortgage or deed  of trust,
no notice of default is required to be given to a junior mortgagee.

    The standard  form of  the mortgage  used by  most institutional  lenders
confers on  the mortgagee the  right both to  receive all  proceeds collected
under any  hazard insurance  policy and all  awards made  in connection  with
condemnation  proceedings, and  to  apply  such proceeds  and  awards to  any
indebtedness secured  by the  mortgage, in  such order  as the mortgagee  may
determine.  Thus,  in the event improvements  on the property are  damaged or
destroyed by fire or other casualty, or in the event the property is taken by
condemnation,  the mortgagee or beneficiary under underlying senior mortgages
will have the prior right to  collect any insurance proceeds payable under  a
hazard insurance  policy and  any award  of damages  in  connection with  the
condemnation and to apply the same to  the indebtedness secured by the senior
mortgages.  Proceeds in excess of the amount of senior mortgage indebtedness,
in most cases, may be applied to the indebtedness of a junior mortgage.

    Another provision sometimes found in  the form of the mortgage or deed of
trust used  by institutional  lenders obligates the  mortgagor to  pay before
delinquency all  taxes and  assessments on  the property  and, when  due, all
encumbrances,  charges and liens  on the property  which appear  prior to the
mortgage or  deed of  trust, to provide  and maintain  fire insurance  on the
property, to maintain and repair the property and not to commit or permit any
waste  thereof,  and to  appear  in  and  defend  any  action  or  proceeding
purporting to affect  the property or the  rights of the mortgagee  under the
mortgage.    Upon  a  failure  of  the  mortgagor to  perform  any  of  these
obligations,  the mortgagee  is given  the right  under certain  mortgages to
perform the obligation  itself, at its election, with  the mortgagor agreeing
to reimburse the mortgagee  for any sums expended by the  mortgagee on behalf
of the mortgagor.   All sums so expended by the mortgagee  become part of the
indebtedness secured by the mortgage.

    The form  of credit line  trust deed or  mortgage generally used  by most
institutional  lenders which  make  Revolving  Credit  Line  Loans  typically
contains  a  "future  advance"  clause,  which  provides,  in  essence,  that
additional  amounts  advanced  to  or  on  behalf  of  the  borrower  by  the
beneficiary or lender  are to be  secured by the  deed of trust or  mortgage.
Any amounts so advanced  after the Cut-off Date with respect  to any mortgage
will not be included in  the Trust Fund.  The  priority of the lien  securing
any advance made under  the clause may depend in  most states on whether  the
deed of trust  or mortgage is called  and recorded as  a credit line deed  of
trust or mortgage.  If the beneficiary or lender advances additional amounts,
the  advance is entitled  to receive the  same priority  as amounts initially
advanced  under the  trust deed  or mortgage,  notwithstanding the  fact that
there may be  junior trust deeds or mortgages and other liens which intervene
between the date of  recording of the trust deed or mortgage  and the date of
the future  advance, and notwithstanding  that the beneficiary or  lender had
actual  knowledge of  such intervening  junior trust  deeds or  mortgages and
other liens at  the time of the advance.   In most states, the  trust deed or
mortgage lien securing mortgage loans of the type which includes home  equity
credit lines applies retroactively to  the date of the original  recording of
the trust deed or mortgage, provided that the total amount of  advances under
the home equity  credit line does not exceed the  maximum specified principal
amount of  the recorded trust  deed or mortgage,  except as to  advances made
after receipt by the lender of a written  notice of lien from a judgment lien
creditor of the trustor.

THE TITLE I PROGRAM

    General.   Certain of  the Loans contained in  a Trust Fund  may be loans
insured under the FHA  Title I Credit  Insurance program created pursuant  to
Sections  1 and  2(a) of  the  National Housing  Act  of 1934  (the "Title  I
Program").  Under the Title I Program, the FHA is authorized and empowered to
insure qualified lending institutions against  losses on eligible loans.  The
Title I Program operates as a coinsurance program in which the FHA insures up
to 90% of  certain losses incurred  on an individual insured  loan, including
the  unpaid principal  balance of  the loan, but  only to  the extent  of the
insurance  coverage available in the  lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve
account.  The owner of the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.

    The types of loans which are eligible for  insurance by the FHA under the
Title I  Program include  property improvement  loans ("Property  Improvement
Loans"  or "Title I  Loans").  A  Property Improvement  Loan or Title  I Loan
means a loan made  to finance actions or items that  substantially protect or
improve the  basic livability or  utility of  a property and  includes single
family improvement loans.

    There  are two basic methods  of lending or  originating such loans which
include a "direct loan" or  a "dealer loan".  With respect to  a direct loan,
the borrower  makes application directly  to a lender without  any assistance
from a  dealer, which application may be  filled out by the borrower  or by a
person acting at the direction of the borrower who does  not have a financial
interest in  the  loan transaction,  and  the lender  may  disburse the  loan
proceeds solely to  the borrower or jointly to the borrower and other parties
to the transaction.   With respect  to a dealer loan,  the dealer, who  has a
direct or  indirect financial interest  in the loan transaction,  assists the
borrower in preparing the loan  application or otherwise assists the borrower
in obtaining  the loan  from the lender.   The  lender may  disburse proceeds
solely to  the dealer  or the  borrower or  jointly to  the borrower  and the
dealer or other parties to the transaction.  With respect to a dealer Title I
Loan,  a dealer may include  a seller, a  contractor or supplier  of goods or
services.

    Loans insured  under  the Title  I  Program are  required to  have  fixed
interest  rates  and generally  provide  for equal  installment  payments due
weekly, biweekly, semi-monthly or  monthly, except that a loan may be payable
quarterly or semi-annually where a borrower  has an irregular flow of income.
The first or last payments  (or both) may vary in  amount but may not  exceed
150% of the regular  installment payment, and the first payment may be due no
later than  two months from the  date of the loan.   The note must  contain a
provision permitting full  or partial prepayment of  the loan.   The interest
rate must be negotiated and agreed to by the borrower and the lender and must
be fixed for  the term of the loan  and recited in the note.   Interest on an
insured  loan  must  accrue from  the  date  of the  loan  and  be calculated
according to the actuarial method.  The lender  must assure that the note and
all other  documents evidencing  the loan are  in compliance  with applicable
federal, state and local laws.

    Each  insured lender  is required  to  use prudent  lending standards  in
underwriting individual loans and to satisfy the applicable loan underwriting
requirements under the Title I Program prior to its approval of the  loan and
disbursement of loan proceeds.   Generally, the lender must exercise prudence
and diligence to  determine whether the borrower and any  co-maker is solvent
and an acceptable  credit risk, with a reasonable ability to make payments on
the  loan  obligation.   The  lender's  credit  application and  review  must
determine whether the borrower's income will be adequate to meet the periodic
payments required by  the loan, as well  as the borrower's other  housing and
recurring expenses, which  determination must be made in  accordance with the
expense-to-income ratios published by the  Secretary of HUD unless the lender
determines  and documents  in the  loan  file the  existence of  compensating
factors  concerning the borrower's creditworthiness which support approval of
the loan.

    Under the  Title  I Program,  the  FHA does  not  review or  approve  for
qualification for insurance  the individual loans  insured thereunder at  the
time of approval  by the lending institution  (as is typically the  case with
other  federal loan programs).   If, after a loan has  been made and reported
for insurance  under the Title I  Program, the lender  discovers any material
misstatement of  fact or  that the  loan proceeds  have been  misused by  the
borrower,  dealer or any  other party, it  shall promptly report  this to the
FHA.  In  such case, provided that  the validity of any lien  on the property
has not been impaired,  the insurance of the loan  under the Title I  Program
will not be affected unless such material misstatements of fact or  misuse of
loan proceeds was  caused by (or was  knowingly sanctioned by) the  lender or
its employees.

    Requirements  for Title I Loans.   The maximum principal amount for Title
I Loans must  not exceed the actual cost  of the project plus  any applicable
fees and  charges allowed  under  the Title  I  Program; provided  that  such
maximum amount does not exceed $25,000 (or the current applicable amount) for
a  single family property improvement loan.  Generally, the term of a Title I
Loan may not be  less than six months nor greater than 20  years and 32 days.
A  borrower  may obtain  multiple  Title I  Loans  with  respect to  multiple
properties, and a borrower may obtain more than one Title I Loan with respect
to a single property, in  each case as long as the  total outstanding balance
of all Title  I Loans in the same  property does not exceed  the maximum loan
amount for the  type of Title I  Loan thereon having the  highest permissible
loan amount.

    Borrower eligibility for a Title  I Loan requires that the  borrower have
at least a one-half interest in either fee simple title to the real property,
a  lease thereof  for a  term expiring  at least  six months after  the final
maturity of the Title I Loan or a recorded  land installment contract for the
purchase of the real property.   In the case of a  Title I Loan with a  total
principal balance in  excess of $15,000, if  the property is not  occupied by
the owner, the  borrower must have equity  in the property being  improved at
least equal to the principal amount of the loan, as demonstrated by a current
appraisal.   Any Title  I  Loan in  excess of  $7,500 must  be  secured by  a
recorded lien on  the improved property which  is evidenced by a  mortgage or
deed of trust executed by the borrower and all other owners in fee simple.

    The  proceeds from a  Title I Loan  may be used  only to finance property
improvements which substantially protect or  improve the basic livability  or
utility of the property as disclosed in  the loan application.  The Secretary
of HUD has published  a list of items and activities which cannot be financed
with proceeds from any  Title I Loan and  from time to time the  Secretary of
HUD may amend such list of items and activities.  With respect  to any dealer
Title I Loan, before  the lender may disburse funds, the  lender must have in
its possession a completion certificate on a HUD approved form, signed by the
borrower and the dealer.  With respect to any direct Title I Loan, the lender
is required to  obtain, promptly upon completion of  the improvements but not
later than 6 months after disbursement of the loan proceeds with one 6  month
extension  if necessary,  a completion certificate,  signed by  the borrower.
The lender is required to conduct an  on-site inspection on any Title I  Loan
where the principal obligation is  $7,500 or more, and on any direct  Title I
Loan where the borrower fails to submit a completion certificate.

    FHA Insurance Coverage.   Under the Title  I Program the  FHA establishes
an insurance coverage reserve account for  each lender which has been granted
a Title  I insurance  contract.   The amount  of insurance  coverage in  this
account is a maximum of 10% of  the amount disbursed, advanced or expended by
the lender  in originating or  purchasing eligible loans registered  with FHA
for  Title  I  insurance,  with certain  adjustments.    The  balance in  the
insurance coverage reserve account is  the maximum amount of insurance claims
the FHA  is required to pay.   Loans to be insured under  the Title I Program
will be  registered  for insurance  by  the FHA  and the  insurance  coverage
attributable to such loans will be included in the insurance coverage reserve
account for  the originating or  purchasing lender following the  receipt and
acknowledgment by the FHA of a loan report on the prescribed form pursuant to
the Title I regulations.  The FHA charges a fee of 0.50% per annum of the net
proceeds  (the  original  balance)  of  any eligible  loan  so  reported  and
acknowledged for  insurance by the  originating lender.   The  FHA bills  the
lender  for  the  insurance  premium   on  each  insured  loan  annually,  on
approximately the  anniversary date of the loan's origination.  If an insured
loan  is prepaid during the year, FHA will  not refund or abate the insurance
premium.

    Under  the Title  I Program the  FHA will  reduce the  insurance coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance coverage reserve account with respect
to loans insured under the lender's  contract of insurance by (i) the  amount
of the FHA  insurance claims approved  for payment  relating to such  insured
loans and (ii) the amount of insurance coverage attributable to insured loans
sold by the  lender, and such insurance coverage  may be reduced for  any FHA
insurance  claims rejected  by the  FHA.   The  balance of  the  lender's FHA
insurance coverage reserve account will be further adjusted as required under
Title  I or by the  FHA, and the insurance coverage  therein may be earmarked
with  respect  to  each  or  any  eligible  loans insured  thereunder,  if  a
determination is made by  the Secretary of HUD that it is  in its interest to
do so.   Originations and acquisitions of new eligible loans will continue to
increase a lender's  insurance coverage reserve account balance by 10% of the
amount  disbursed,  advanced or  expended  in originating  or  acquiring such
eligible  loans  registered with  the  FHA for  insurance under  the  Title I
Program.   The  Secretary  of  HUD may  transfer  insurance coverage  between
insurance  coverage  reserve  accounts  with  earmarking with  respect  to  a
particular  insured loan  or group of  insured loans when  a determination is
made that it is in the Secretary's interest to do so.

    The  lender   may  transfer  (except  as   collateral  in  a   bona  fide
transaction) insured loans  and loans reported for insurance  only to another
qualified lender under  a valid  Title I  contract of insurance.   Unless  an
insured loan is  transferred with recourse or  with a guaranty  or repurchase
agreement, the FHA,  upon receipt of written notification of  the transfer of
such loan in accordance with the Title  I regulations, will transfer from the
transferor's insurance coverage reserve account to the transferee's insurance
coverage reserve account an amount, if available, equal to 10% of  the actual
purchase price or the net unpaid principal balance of such loan (whichever is
less).   However, under the Title I Program not more than $5,000 in insurance
coverage  shall be  transferred  to  or from  a  lender's insurance  coverage
reserve account during any October 1 to September 30 period without the prior
approval of the Secretary of HUD.

    Claims Procedures Under Title  I.  Under the  Title I Program the  lender
may accelerate an  insured loan following a  default on such loan  only after
the lender or its agent has contacted the borrower in a  face-to-face meeting
or by telephone to discuss the reasons for the default  and to seek its cure.
If  the  borrower  does not  cure  the  default or  agree  to  a modification
agreement or repayment plan, the  lender will notify the borrower  in writing
that, unless within 30 days  the default is cured or the borrower enters into
a modification agreement or repayment plan,  the loan will be accelerated and
that, if  the default  persists, the  lender will  report the  default to  an
appropriate  credit agency.    The  lender may  rescind  the acceleration  of
maturity  after full  payment  is due  and  reinstate the  loan  only if  the
borrower brings the loan current, executes a modification agreement or agrees
to an acceptable repayment plan.

    Following  acceleration of  maturity upon  a  secured Title  I Loan,  the
lender  may  either (a)  proceed  against  the  property under  any  security
instrument, or (b) make a claim under the lender's contract of insurance.  If
the  lender  chooses  to  proceed  against  the  property  under  a  security
instrument  (or if  it accepts  a voluntary  conveyance or  surrender of  the
property), the  lender  may file  an  insurance  claim only  with  the  prior
approval of the Secretary of HUD.

    When a  lender files an insurance  claim with the  FHA under the  Title I
Program, the FHA reviews the claim,  the complete loan file and documentation
of the lender's efforts to obtain recourse  against any dealer who has agreed
thereto, certification of compliance with  applicable state and local laws in
carrying out  any foreclosure or  repossession, and evidence that  the lender
has properly  filed proofs  of  claims, where  the  borrower is  bankrupt  or
deceased.  Generally, a claim for reimbursement for loss on any  Title I Loan
must be filed with  the FHA no later than 9 months after  the date of default
of such loan.  Concurrently with filing the insurance claim, the lender shall
assign to the  United States of America  the lender's entire interest  in the
loan note (or  a judgment in lien of  the note), in any security  held and in
any  claim filed  in any  legal proceedings.   If,  at the  time the  note is
assigned to the United States, the  Secretary has reason to believe that  the
note is not valid or  enforceable against the borrower, the FHA may  deny the
claim  and reassign  the  note to  the  lender.   If  either  such defect  is
discovered after the FHA has paid a claim,  the FHA may require the lender to
repurchase the paid claim and to accept a reassignment of the loan  note.  If
the lender subsequently obtains a  valid and enforceable judgment against the
borrower, the lender may resubmit a new insurance claim with an assignment of
the judgment.   Although the FHA may  contest any insurance claim  and make a
demand  for repurchase of the loan at any  time up to two years from the date
the claim was certified  for payment and may do so thereafter in the event of
fraud or  misrepresentation on the part of the  lender, the FHA has expressed
an  intention to  limit the  period of time  within which  it will  take such
action to one year from the date the claim was certified for payment.

    Under the Title I Program  the amount of an FHA insurance  claim payment,
when made, is  equal to the Claimable  Amount, up to the  amount of insurance
coverage  in  the lender's  insurance  coverage  reserve  account.   For  the
purposes hereof, the "Claimable  Amount" means an amount equal to  90% of the
sum  of:  (a)  the  unpaid loan  obligation  (net  unpaid  principal  and the
uncollected interest earned to the  date of default) with adjustments thereto
if  the lender  has proceeded  against property securing  such loan;  (b) the
interest on the unpaid amount of the loan obligation from the date of default
to the date  of the claim's initial  submission for payment plus  15 calendar
days (but not to exceed 9 months from the date of default), calculated at the
rate of  7% per annum;  (c) the uncollected  court costs; (d)  the attorney's
fees not to exceed $500; and (e) the expenses for recording the assignment of
the security to the United States.

OTHER LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

    The Loans are also subject to federal laws, including: (i) Regulation  Z,
which requires  certain disclosures to  the borrowers regarding the  terms of
the  Loans; (ii)  the  Equal  Opportunity Act  and  Regulation B  promulgated
thereunder, which prohibit  discrimination on the basis of  age, race, color,
sex,  religion, marital status, national origin, receipt of public assistance
or the exercise of any right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the
extension of credit; and (iii) the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which regulates
the  use  and reporting  of  information  related  to the  borrower's  credit
experience.  Violations of certain provisions of these federal laws may limit
the  ability of the  Sellers to collect  all or part  of the  principal of or
interest on the  Loans and in addition  could subject the Sellers  to damages
and administrative enforcement.

              CERTAIN MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

    The  following is  a  summary  of  certain anticipated  material  federal
income tax  consequences of the  purchase, ownership, and disposition  of the
Securities and is based on  the opinion of Brown & Wood  LLP, special counsel
to the Depositor  (in such capacity,  "Tax Counsel").   The summary is  based
upon  the provisions  of  the Code,  the regulations  promulgated thereunder,
including,  where  applicable,  proposed regulations,  and  the  judicial and
administrative  rulings and decisions now in effect, all of which are subject
to change or  possible differing interpretations.   The statutory provisions,
regulations,  and interpretations on  which this interpretation  is based are
subject to change, and such a change could apply retroactively.

    The summary does  not purport to deal with all  aspects of federal income
taxation that  may affect particular  investors in light of  their individual
circumstances.  This  summary focuses primarily upon investors  who will hold
Securities  as "capital  assets" (generally,  property  held for  investment)
within the meaning  of Section 1221 of  the Code.  Prospective  investors may
wish to  consult their own tax advisers  concerning the federal, state, local
and any other tax  consequences as relates specifically to  such investors in
connection with the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities.

    The federal  income tax  consequences to holders  will vary depending  on
whether  (i) the Securities of a  Series are classified as indebtedness; (ii)
an election  is made to treat the Trust Fund  relating to a particular Series
of Securities  as a real  estate mortgage investment conduit  ("REMIC") under
the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended (the  "Code");  (iii) the
Securities  represent an  ownership interest  in some  or all  of the  assets
included in the Trust Fund for a Series; or (iv) an election is made to treat
the  Trust  Fund  relating  to  a  particular  Series  of  Certificates as  a
partnership.   The Prospectus Supplement  for each Series of  Securities will
specify how the  Securities will be treated  for federal income  tax purposes
and will discuss whether a REMIC election, if any, will be made with  respect
to such Series.

TAXATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

    Status  as Real Property Loans.  Except  to the extent otherwise provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, if the Securities are regular interests
in  a REMIC  ("Regular  Interest  Securities") or  represent  interests in  a
grantor trust,  Tax Counsel is of the opinion that:  (i) Securities held by a
domestic building  and loan association will constitute  "loans... secured by
an  interest   in  real  property"   within  the  meaning  of   Code  section
7701(a)(19)(C)(v); and (ii) Securities held by a real estate investment trust
will  constitute "real  estate assets"  within  the meaning  of Code  section
856(c)(5)(A)  and interest  on  Securities will  be  considered "interest  on
obligations  secured by mortgages  on real property  or on interests  in real
property" within the meaning of Code section 856(c)(3)(B).

    Interest  and Acquisition  Discount.   In  the  opinion of  Tax  Counsel,
Regular  Interest Securities  are generally  taxable to  holders in  the same
manner as evidences  of indebtedness issued by the REMIC.  Stated interest on
the  Regular Interest Securities will be taxable as ordinary income and taken
into  account using  the  accrual  method of  accounting,  regardless of  the
holder's  normal accounting  method.   Interest  (other  than original  issue
discount) on  Securities (other  than Regular Interest  Securities) that  are
characterized  as  indebtedness for  federal  income  tax  purposes  will  be
includible  in income  by  holders  thereof in  accordance  with their  usual
methods of accounting.   Securities characterized as debt  for federal income
tax purposes and Regular Interest  Securities will be referred to hereinafter
collectively as "Debt Securities."

    Tax  Counsel is of  the opinion  that Debt  Securities that  are Compound
Interest  Securities will, and certain of the other Debt Securities issued at
a  discount may,  be issued  with  "original issue  discount"  ("OID").   The
following discussion is  based in part on  the rules governing OID  which are
set forth in  Sections 1271-1275  of the  Code and  the Treasury  regulations
issued thereunder  on February 2,  1994 (the  "OID Regulations").   A  holder
should be aware, however, that the OID Regulations do not adequately  address
certain  issues  relevant  to   prepayable  securities,  such  as  the   Debt
Securities.

    In general,  OID, if  any, will equal  the difference between  the stated
redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security  and its issue price.  In the
opinion of Tax Counsel, a holder of a Debt Security must include  such OID in
gross income as  ordinary interest income as it accrues under a method taking
into account an  economic accrual of the discount.   In general, OID  must be
included in income  in advance of the  receipt of the cash  representing that
income.  The amount of OID  on a Debt Security will be considered  to be zero
if it is less than a de minimis amount determined under the Code.

    The  issue price  of  a  Debt Security  is  the first  price  at which  a
substantial amount of  Debt Securities of that  class are sold to  the public
(excluding bond houses, brokers, underwriters  or wholesalers).  If less than
a substantial  amount of a  particular class of  Debt Securities is  sold for
cash on or prior to the Closing Date,  the issue price for such class will be
treated as  the fair market  value of  such class on  the Closing Date.   The
issue  price of a Debt Security  also includes the amount  paid by an initial
Debt Security  holder for accrued interest that relates  to a period prior to
the issue date of the Debt Security.  The stated redemption price at maturity
of  a  Debt  Security includes  the  original principal  amount  of  the Debt
Security, but  generally will not  include distributions of interest  if such
distributions constitute "qualified stated interest."

    Under the  OID  Regulations, qualified  stated  interest generally  means
interest  payable  at a  single  fixed rate  or  qualified variable  rate (as
described below)  provided that  such interest  payments are  unconditionally
payable at intervals of one  year or less during the entire term  of the Debt
Security.     The  OID   Regulations   state  that   interest  payments   are
unconditionally payable only if  a late payment or nonpayment is  expected to
be penalized  or reasonable remedies  exist to compel payment.   Certain Debt
Securities may provide for  default remedies in the event of  late payment or
nonpayment of interest.  In the opinion  of Tax Counsel, the interest on such
Debt  Securities will  be unconditionally  payable  and constitute  qualified
stated  interest,  not  OID.    However,  absent  clarification  of  the  OID
Regulations, where Debt  Securities do not provide for  default remedies, the
interest payments will  be included in the Debt  Security's stated redemption
price at maturity  and taxed as OID.   Interest is payable at  a single fixed
rate  only if  the rate appropriately  takes into  account the length  of the
interval between payments.  Distributions of interest on Debt Securities with
respect to which deferred interest will accrue, will not constitute qualified
stated  interest payments,  in  which  case the  stated  redemption price  at
maturity of  such Debt Securities  includes all distributions of  interest as
well as principal thereon.  Where the interval between the issue date and the
first Distribution Date on a Debt  Security is either longer or shorter  than
the  interval between  subsequent  Distribution  Dates, all  or  part of  the
interest  foregone,  in the  case  of the  longer  interval, and  all  of the
additional interest, in the case of the shorter interval, will be included in
the stated redemption price at maturity and tested under the de  minimis rule
described below.  In  the case of  a Debt Security with  a long first  period
which  has non-de  minimis OID,  all stated  interest in  excess of  interest
payable at  the effective  interest rate for  the long  first period  will be
included in  the stated redemption  price at maturity  and the  Debt Security
will generally have OID.  Holders of Debt Securities should consult their own
tax advisors  to determine  the issue  price and stated  redemption price  at
maturity of a Debt Security.

    Under the de minimis rule, OID  on a Debt Security will be  considered to
be zero  if such OID  is less  than 0.25% of  the stated redemption  price at
maturity  of the Debt Security multiplied by the weighted average maturity of
the Debt Security.   For this purpose,  the weighted average maturity  of the
Debt Security is computed as the sum of the amounts determined by multiplying
the number of full years (i.e.,  rounding down partial years) from the  issue
date  until each  distribution in  reduction  of stated  redemption price  at
maturity is scheduled to be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
amount  of each  distribution  included  in the  stated  redemption price  at
maturity of  the Debt  Security and the  denominator of  which is  the stated
redemption price  at maturity of the  Debt Security.  Holders  generally must
report de minimis OID pro rata  as principal payments are received, and  such
income will be capital gain if the Debt  Security is held as a capital asset.
However, accrual method  holders may elect  to accrue all  de minimis OID  as
well as market discount under a constant interest method.

    Debt Securities  may provide for interest  based on a  qualified variable
rate.   Under  the  OID Regulations,  interest  is treated  as  payable at  a
qualified variable  rate and  not as contingent  interest if,  generally, (i)
such interest  is unconditionally payable  at least annually, (ii)  the issue
price  of  the  debt  instrument  does not  exceed  the  total  noncontingent
principal  payments and  (iii) interest  is  based on  a "qualified  floating
rate," an  "objective rate," or  a combination of "qualified  floating rates"
that  do not  operate in a  manner that  significantly accelerates  or defers
interest payments on  such Debt Security.   In the case of  Compound Interest
Securities, certain Interest  Weighted Securities, and  certain of the  other
Debt Securities, none of the payments under the instrument will be considered
qualified stated interest, and thus the aggregate amount of all payments will
be included in the stated redemption price.

    The  Internal Revenue  Services (the  "IRS") recently  issued regulations
(the   "Contingent  Regulations")  governing   the  calculation  of   OID  on
instruments  having contingent interest payments.  The Contingent Regulations
represent the only  guidance regarding the views  of the IRS with  respect to
contingent interest instruments and specifically do not apply for purposes of
calculating OID on debt instruments  subject to Code Section 1272(a)(6), such
as the  Debt Security.   Additionally,  the OID  Regulations  do not  contain
provisions  specifically interpreting  Code Section  1272(a)(6).   Until  the
Treasury issues guidance  to the contrary,  the Trustee  intends to base  its
computation on Code  Section 1272(a)(6) and the OID  Regulations as described
in this Prospectus.  However, because no regulatory guidance currently exists
under  Code  Section  1272(a)(6),  there   can  be  no  assurance  that  such
methodology represents the correct manner of calculating OID.

    The  holder of  a Debt  Security issued  with OID  must include  in gross
income,  for all days  during its  taxable year on  which it  holds such Debt
Security,  the sum of the  "daily portions" of  such original issue discount.
The amount  of OID  includible  in income  by a  holder will  be computed  by
allocating  to each  day during  a taxable  year a  pro  rata portion  of the
original issue discount that accrued during the  relevant accrual period.  In
the case of a Debt  Security that is not a Regular Interest  Security and the
principal payments  on which are  not subject to acceleration  resulting from
prepayments on the Loans, the amount of OID includible in  income of a holder
for an accrual period  (generally the period over  which interest accrues  on
the debt instrument) will  equal the product of the yield  to maturity of the
Debt Security and the  adjusted issue price of the Debt  Security, reduced by
any payments of qualified stated interest.   The adjusted issue price is  the
sum  of its issue  price plus  prior accruals  or OID,  reduced by  the total
payments made with respect to such Debt  Security in all prior periods, other
than qualified stated interest payments.

    The  amount of  OID  to be  included  in income  by a  holder  of a  debt
instrument, such as  certain Classes of the Debt  Securities, that is subject
to acceleration  due to prepayments  on other debt obligations  securing such
instruments (a "Pay-Through  Security"), is computed  by taking into  account
the anticipated  rate of prepayments  assumed in pricing the  debt instrument
(the "Prepayment Assumption").  The amount of OID that will accrue  during an
accrual period on a Pay-Through Security is the excess (if any) of the sum of
(a) the present value of all payments remaining to be made on the Pay-Through
Security as of the  close of the accrual  period and (b) the payments  during
the accrual period of amounts included in  the stated redemption price of the
Pay-Through  Security,  over the  adjusted  issue  price of  the  Pay-Through
Security at the  beginning of the accrual  period.  The present  value of the
remaining payments  is to be determined on  the basis of three  factors:  (i)
the original yield to maturity of the Pay-Through Security (determined on the
basis of compounding at the end of each accrual period and  properly adjusted
for the length of the accrual period), (ii) events which have occurred before
the end  of the accrual  period and (iii)  the assumption that  the remaining
payments will be made in  accordance with the original Prepayment Assumption.
The effect  of this method is to increase the  portions of OID required to be
included in income  by a holder to take into account prepayments with respect
to the  Loans  at a  rate  that exceeds  the  Prepayment Assumption,  and  to
decrease (but not below  zero for any period) the portions  of original issue
discount required  to be  included in  income by  a holder  of a  Pay-Through
Security to take into account prepayments with respect to the Loans at a rate
that  is slower  than the  Prepayment  Assumption.   Although original  issue
discount  will be reported to holders of  Pay-Through Securities based on the
Prepayment Assumption, no  representation is made to holders  that Loans will
be prepaid at that rate or at any other rate.

    The Depositor  may  adjust the  accrual  of OID  on  a Class  of  Regular
Interest Securities (or other regular interests in  a REMIC) in a manner that
it  believes to  be appropriate, to  take account  of realized losses  on the
Loans, although the OID Regulations do not provide for such adjustments.   If
the Internal Revenue Service were to require that OID be accrued without such
adjustments, the  rate of  accrual of  OID for  a Class  of Regular  Interest
Securities could increase.

    Certain classes  of Regular Interest  Securities may represent  more than
one class  of  REMIC regular  interests.   Unless otherwise  provided in  the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  Trustee  intends,  based  on  the  OID
Regulations,  to calculate  OID  on such  Securities  as if,  solely  for the
purposes of computing  OID, the separate regular interests were a single debt
instrument.

    A subsequent holder  of a Debt Security will also  be required to include
OID in gross income, but  such a holder who purchases such Debt  Security for
an amount that exceeds its adjusted issue  price will be entitled (as will an
initial holder who  pays more than a  Debt Security's issue price)  to offset
such OID by comparable economic accruals of portions of such excess.

    Effects of Defaults  and Delinquencies.   In the opinion of  Tax Counsel,
holders will  be  required  to report  income  with respect  to  the  related
Securities  under an  accrual  method  without giving  effect  to delays  and
reductions in distributions  attributable to a default or  delinquency on the
Loans, except possibly  to the extent  that it can  be established that  such
amounts are uncollectible.  As a result, the amount of income (including OID)
reported  by a holder  of such a  Security in any  period could significantly
exceed the  amount of cash  distributed to such  holder in that period.   The
holder will  eventually be allowed  a loss  (or will be  allowed to  report a
lesser  amount  of  income)  to  the extent  that  the  aggregate  amount  of
distributions on the  Securities is deduced  as a result  of a Loan  default.
However, the timing  and character of such losses or reductions in income are
uncertain and,  accordingly, holders of  Securities should consult  their own
tax advisors on this point.

    Interest  Weighted  Securities.   It is  not clear  how income  should be
accrued with respect  to Regular Interest  Securities or Stripped  Securities
(as defined  under "--Tax  Status as a  Grantor Trust;  General" herein)  the
payments on  which consist solely or primarily of  a specified portion of the
interest  payments  on qualified  mortgages held  by  the REMIC  or  on Loans
underlying  Pass-Through Securities  ("Interest Weighted  Securities").   The
Issuer intends  to take the position  that all of the income  derived from an
Interest Weighted Security should  be treated as OID and that  the amount and
rate of  accrual of such  OID should be  calculated by treating  the Interest
Weighted Security  as a Compound Interest Security.   However, in the case of
Interest Weighted Securities that are  entitled to some payments of principal
and that are  Regular Interest Securities the Internal  Revenue Service could
assert  that income  derived from  an  Interest Weighted  Security should  be
calculated as if the Security were a security purchased at a premium equal to
the excess of the price paid by such holder for such Security over its stated
principal amount, if any.  Under this approach, a holder would be entitled to
amortize such premium only if it has in effect an election under Section  171
of the Code with respect to all taxable debt instruments held by such holder,
as described below.  Alternatively, the Internal Revenue Service could assert
that  an  Interest  Weighted  Security  should be  taxable  under  the  rules
governing bonds issued  with contingent payments.  Such treatment may be more
likely  in  the  case  of  Interest Weighted  Securities  that  are  Stripped
Securities  as  described below.    See "--Tax  Status as  a  Grantor Trust--
Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Securities."

    Variable Rate Debt  Securities.  In  the opinion of  Tax Counsel, in  the
case of  Debt Securities  bearing interest  at a  rate that varies  directly,
according to a  fixed formula, with an  objective index, it appears  that (i)
the  yield  to maturity  of such  Debt  Securities and  (ii)  in the  case of
Pay-Through Securities,  the present  value of all  payments remaining  to be
made on  such Debt Securities, should be calculated  as if the interest index
remained at its value  as of the issue date of such  Securities.  Because the
proper method of adjusting accruals of  OID on a variable rate Debt  Security
is uncertain, holders  of variable rate Debt Securities  should consult their
own tax advisers  regarding the appropriate treatment of  such Securities for
federal income tax purposes.

    Market  Discount.   In  the  opinion of  Tax  Counsel, a  purchaser  of a
Security may be subject to the market discount rules of Sections 1276-1278 of
the Code.  A Holder that acquires a Debt Security with more than a prescribed
de  minimis  amount  of  "market  discount" (generally,  the  excess  of  the
principal amount  of the Debt  Security over the purchaser's  purchase price)
will be  required to  include accrued market  discount in income  as ordinary
income in each  month, but limited to  an amount not exceeding  the principal
payments on the Debt Security received  in that month and, if the  Securities
are sold, the gain realized.  Such  market discount would accrue in a  manner
to  be provided  in  Treasury  regulations but,  until  such regulations  are
issued, such market  discount would in general accrue either (i) on the basis
of a  constant yield  (in the  case of  a Pay-Through  Security, taking  into
account a prepayment assumption) or  (ii) in the ratio of (a) in  the case of
Securities (or in  the case of a  Pass-Through Security, as set  forth below,
the Loans underlying such Security) not originally issued with original issue
discount,  stated interest  payable in  the relevant  period to  total stated
interest  remaining to be paid at  the beginning of the  period or (b) in the
case of Securities (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security,  as described
below, the Loans  underlying such Security) originally issued  at a discount,
OID in the relevant period to total OID remaining to be paid.

    Section 1277  of the  Code provides that,  regardless of the  origination
date of  the Debt Security (or,  in the case of a  Pass-Through Security, the
Loans), the  excess  of interest  paid  or accrued  to  purchase or  carry  a
Security (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Security, as described below, the
underlying  Loans) with  market  discount  over  interest  received  on  such
Security is allowed as a current deduction only to  the extent such excess is
greater  than the  market discount  that accrued  during the taxable  year in
which such interest  expense was incurred.  In general,  the deferred portion
of  any  interest expense  will be  deductible when  such market  discount is
included in income, including upon the sale, disposition, or repayment of the
Security (or in the case of a Pass-Through  Security, an underlying Loan).  A
holder  may elect  to  include  market discount  in  income currently  as  it
accrues, on  all market discount  obligations acquired by such  holder during
the  taxable year  such election is  made and  thereafter, in which  case the
interest deferral rule will not apply.

    Premium.  In the  opinion of Tax Counsel,  a holder who purchases  a Debt
Security (other  than an Interest  Weighted Security to the  extent described
above)  at a  cost  greater than  its stated  redemption  price at  maturity,
generally will be  considered to have  purchased the  Security at a  premium,
which  it may  elect to  amortize as  an offset  to interest  income on  such
Security (and not as  a separate deduction item) on a  constant yield method.
The legislative  history of  the 1986  Act indicates  that premium  is to  be
accrued in the same manner as market discount.  Accordingly, it  appears that
the  accrual  of  premium  on  a class  of  Pay-Through  Securities  will  be
calculated using the  prepayment assumption used in pricing such class.  If a
holder  makes  an election  to  amortize premium  on  a  Debt Security,  such
election  will apply  to all  taxable debt  instruments (including  all REMIC
regular  interests and all  pass-through certificates  representing ownership
interests in  a trust  holding debt obligations)  held by  the holder  at the
beginning  of the  taxable year  in which  the election  is made, and  to all
taxable  debt instruments  acquired thereafter  by such  holder, and  will be
irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.  Purchasers who pay a premium for
the Securities  should consult their  tax advisers regarding the  election to
amortize premium and the method to be employed.

    Election to  Treat  All Interest  as Original  Issue Discount.   The  OID
Regulations  permit a  holder  of a  Debt  Security to  elect  to accrue  all
interest, discount (including  de minimis market or original  issue discount)
and premium in income as  interest, based on a constant yield method for Debt
Securities acquired on or after April 4,  1994.  If such an election were  to
be made with respect to  a Debt Security with market discount, the  holder of
the Debt  Security would  be deemed to  have made an  election to  include in
income currently market  discount with respect to all  other debt instruments
having market  discount that such holder of the Debt Security acquires during
the year  of  the election  or thereafter.   Similarly,  a holder  of a  Debt
Security that makes this  election for a Debt Security that is  acquired at a
premium will be deemed to have made an election to amortize bond premium with
respect to  all debt  instruments having amortizable  bond premium  that such
holder owns  or acquires.   The  election  to accrue  interest, discount  and
premium on  a  constant yield  method  with respect  to  a Debt  Security  is
irrevocable.

TAXATION OF THE REMIC AND ITS HOLDERS

    General.   In the opinion  of Tax  Counsel, if a  REMIC election is  made
with  respect to a  Series of Securities,  then the arrangement  by which the
Securities of that Series  are issued will be  treated as a REMIC as  long as
all of the provisions of the  applicable Agreement are complied with and  the
statutory and  regulatory  requirements are  satisfied.   Securities will  be
designated  as "Regular  Interests" or  "Residual Interests"  in a  REMIC, as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Except to the  extent specified otherwise in a Prospectus  Supplement, if
a  REMIC election  is made  with respect to  a Series  of Securities,  in the
opinion of Tax  Counsel (i) Securities held  by a domestic building  and loan
association  will constitute  "a regular or  a residual interest  in a REMIC"
within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(xi) (assuming that at least
95%  of the  REMIC's assets  consist of  cash, government  securities, "loans
secured by an interest in real property," and other types of assets described
in Code Section  7701(a)(19)(C)); and (ii)  Securities held by a  real estate
investment trust will  constitute "real estate assets" within  the meaning of
Code Section 856(c)(6)(B),  and income with respect to the Securities will be
considered "interest on obligations secured  by mortgages on real property or
on  interests  in   real  property"  within  the  meaning   of  Code  Section
856(c)(3)(B)  (assuming, for both purposes, that  at least 95% of the REMIC's
assets are  qualifying  assets).   If less  than 95%  of  the REMIC's  assets
consist of assets described in clause (i) or (ii) above, then a Security will
qualify  for  the  tax treatment  described  in  clause (i)  or  (ii)  in the
proportion that such REMIC assets are qualifying assets.

REMIC EXPENSES; SINGLE CLASS REMICS

    As a  general rule, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, all of the expenses of
a  REMIC  will be  taken into  account  by holders  of the  Residual Interest
Securities.   In the case  of a "single  class REMIC," however,  the expenses
will  be allocated,  under Treasury  regulations,  among the  holders of  the
Regular  Interest  Securities  and  the  holders  of  the  Residual  Interest
Securities on a daily basis in  proportion to the relative amounts of  income
accruing to each holder on  that day.  In the case  of a holder of a  Regular
Interest Security  who is an  individual or a "pass-through  interest holder"
(including  certain pass-through  entities  but  not  including  real  estate
investment trusts), such expenses will be deductible only to the  extent that
such expenses, plus  other "miscellaneous itemized deductions" of the holder,
exceed 2% of such Holder's adjusted  gross income.  In addition, for  taxable
years beginning  after December 31,  1990, the amount of  itemized deductions
otherwise allowable  for the  taxable year for  an individual  whose adjusted
gross income exceeds the applicable amount (which amount will be adjusted for
inflation for  taxable years  beginning after 1990)  will be  reduced by  the
lesser of (i) 3%  of the excess of adjusted gross  income over the applicable
amount, or (ii) 80%  of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable
for such  taxable year.  The reduction or  disallowance of this deduction may
have a significant  impact on the yield  of the Regular Interest  Security to
such a holder.  In general terms, a single class REMIC is one that either (i)
would  qualify, under existing Treasury regulations, as a grantor trust if it
were not a REMIC (treating all interests as ownership interests, even if they
would be  classified as  debt for  federal income  tax purposes)  or (ii)  is
similar to such a trust and which is structured with the principal purpose of
avoiding the  single class REMIC  rules.  Unless  otherwise specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the expenses of the REMIC will be allocated to
holders of the related residual interest securities.

TAXATION OF THE REMIC

    General.  Although a  REMIC is a separate  entity for federal income  tax
purposes, in the  opinion of Tax Counsel, a REMIC is not generally subject to
entity-level tax.  Rather, the taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is taken
into account by the  holders of residual interests.  As  described above, the
regular interests are generally taxable as debt of the REMIC.

    Calculation of REMIC Income.  In the opinion of  Tax Counsel, the taxable
income  or net  loss of  a REMIC  is determined  under an  accrual method  of
accounting and  in the  same manner as  in the  case of  an individual,  with
certain adjustments.  In  general, the taxable income or net loss will be the
difference  between (i)  the gross  income  produced by  the REMIC's  assets,
including stated interest and any  original issue discount or market discount
on loans and other assets, and (ii) deductions, including stated interest and
original  issue discount accrued on Regular Interest Securities, amortization
of any  premium with respect to Loans, and  servicing fees and other expenses
of the REMIC.  A holder of a Residual Interest Security that is an individual
or a "pass-through interest holder" (including certain pass-through entities,
but  not including real  estate investment trusts)  will be unable  to deduct
servicing fees payable on the  loans or other administrative expenses  of the
REMIC for  a  given taxable  year, to  the extent  that  such expenses,  when
aggregated with  such holder's  other miscellaneous  itemized deductions  for
that year, do not exceed two percent of such holder's adjusted gross income.

    For purposes  of computing  its taxable  income  or net  loss, the  REMIC
should  have  an initial  aggregate  tax basis  in  its assets  equal  to the
aggregate  fair  market value  of  the  regular  interests and  the  residual
interests  on  the Startup  Day (generally,  the day  that the  interests are
issued).  That  aggregate basis  will be  allocated among the  assets of  the
REMIC in proportion to their respective fair market values.

    The  OID provisions of the Code apply  to loans of individuals originated
on or after March 2, 1984, and the market discount  provisions apply to loans
originated after July  18, 1984.  Subject  to possible application of  the de
minimis rules, the method of accrual by the REMIC of OID income on such loans
will  be  equivalent  to  the  method  under  which  holders  of  Pay-Through
Securities accrue  original issue  discount (i.e., under  the constant  yield
method taking into account the Prepayment Assumption).  The REMIC will deduct
OID on the Regular Interest Securities in the same manner that the holders of
the Regular Interest Securities include  such discount in income, but without
regard to the  de minimis rules.   See "Taxation  of Debt Securities"  above.
However, a REMIC that acquires loans  at a market discount must include  such
marketdiscount in incomecurrently, as itaccrues, on aconstant interest basis.

    To the  extent that the  REMIC's basis allocable  to loans that  it holds
exceeds  their principal amounts,  the resulting premium,  if attributable to
mortgages originated  after September  27, 1985, will  be amortized  over the
life  of the  loans (taking  into  account the  Prepayment  Assumption) on  a
constant  yield method.    Although  the law  is  somewhat unclear  regarding
recovery of premium attributable to loans originated  on or before such date,
it is possible that such premium  may be recovered in proportion to  payments
of loan principal.

    Prohibited  Transactions  and  Contributions  Tax.    The REMIC  will  be
subject  to  a  100%  tax  on  any  net  income  derived  from  a "prohibited
transaction." For this purpose, net  income will be calculated without taking
into  account  any losses  from  prohibited  transactions or  any  deductions
attributable to  any prohibited  transaction that  resulted  in a  loss.   In
general, prohibited transactions include:  (i) subject to limited exceptions,
the sale  or other disposition of  any qualified mortgage transferred  to the
REMIC; (ii) subject to a limited exception, the sale or other  disposition of
a cash  flow investment;  (iii) the  receipt of  any income  from assets  not
permitted to be held by  the REMIC pursuant to the Code; or  (iv) the receipt
of any fees or other compensation for services rendered by the REMIC.   It is
anticipated that a REMIC  will not engage in  any prohibited transactions  in
which it  would recognize  a material  amount of  net income.   In  addition,
subject to a  number of exceptions, a tax  is imposed at the rate  of 100% on
amounts  contributed to  a REMIC after  the close  of the  three-month period
beginning  on the Startup Day.   The holders  of Residual Interest Securities
will generally be  responsible for the payment  of any such taxes  imposed on
the REMIC.   To the  extent not paid  by such holders  or otherwise, however,
such taxes  will be paid out of the Trust Fund and will be allocated pro rata
to all outstanding classes of Securities of such REMIC.

TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RESIDUAL INTEREST SECURITIES

    In the opinion  of Tax Counsel, the holder of  a Certificate representing
a residual interest  (a "Residual Interest Security") will  take into account
the "daily portion" of the taxable  income or net loss of the REMIC  for each
day during the taxable  year on which such holder held  the Residual Interest
Security.   The daily portion is determined by  allocating to each day in any
calendar quarter its ratable portion of the taxable income or net loss of the
REMIC for such quarter,  and by allocating that amount among  the holders (on
such  day)  of  the  Residual  Interest Securities  in  proportion  to  their
respective holdings on such day.

    In the  opinion  of  Tax  Counsel, the  holder  of  a  Residual  Interest
Security must  report its proportionate  share of  the taxable income  of the
REMIC  whether  or  not  it   receives  cash  distributions  from  the  REMIC
attributable to such income or loss.  The reporting of taxable income without
corresponding distributions could occur, for example, in certain REMIC issues
in which  the loans held by the REMIC were  issued or acquired at a discount,
since mortgage  prepayments cause recognition  of discount income,  while the
corresponding portion of the prepayment could be used in whole or  in part to
make  principal  payments on  REMIC  Regular  Interests  issued  without  any
discount or at an insubstantial discount  (if this occurs, it is likely  that
cash  distributions will  exceed taxable  income  in later  years).   Taxable
income may  also be greater  in earlier years  of certain  REMIC issues as  a
result  of the  fact that  interest expense  deductions, as  a percentage  of
outstanding  principal on REMIC  Regular Interest Securities,  will typically
increase over  time as lower  yielding Securities are paid,  whereas interest
income with respect  to loans will generally  remain constant over time  as a
percentage of loan principal.

    In any event, because the  holder of a residual interest is  taxed on the
net income of the REMIC, the taxable income derived from a  Residual Interest
Security  in a  given taxable year  will not  be equal to  the taxable income
associated with investment in a  corporate bond or stripped instrument having
similar cash flow characteristics and pretax yield.  Therefore, the after-tax
yield on the Residual Interest Security may be less than that of such a  bond
or instrument.

    Limitation on Losses.  In the  opinion of Tax Counsel, the amount  of the
REMIC's net loss that a holder may  take into account currently is limited to
the holder's adjusted basis at the end of the calendar quarter in  which such
loss arises.  A holder's basis in a Residual Interest Security will initially
equal such holder's purchase price, and will subsequently be increased by the
amount of the  REMIC's taxable income allocated to  the holder, and decreased
(but not below  zero) by the amount  of distributions made and  the amount of
the REMIC's net  loss allocated to  the holder.   Any disallowed loss may  be
carried forward indefinitely,  but may be used  only to offset income  of the
REMIC  generated  by the  same REMIC.    The ability  of holders  of Residual
Interest  Securities  to deduct  net  losses  may  be subject  to  additional
limitations under the Code, as to which such holders should consult their tax
advisers.

    Distributions.    In the  opinion  of  Tax Counsel,  distributions  on  a
Residual  Interest Security (whether at their  scheduled times or as a result
of prepayments) will generally not result in any additional taxable income or
loss  to a holder  of a Residual  Interest Security.   If the  amount of such
payment exceeds a holder's adjusted  basis in the Residual Interest Security,
however, the holder will recognize gain (treated as gain from the sale of the
Residual Interest Security) to the extent of such excess.

    Sale or Exchange.  In the  opinion of Tax Counsel, a holder of a Residual
Interest Security will recognize  gain or loss on  the sale or exchange  of a
Residual  Interest Security  equal to  the  difference, if  any, between  the
amount realized  and such  holder's adjusted basis  in the  Residual Interest
Security at the time of such sale or exchange.  Except to the extent provided
in regulations, which have not yet been  issued, any loss upon disposition of
a  Residual  Interest Security  will  be  disallowed  if the  selling  holder
acquires any residual interest in a REMIC or similar mortgage pool within six
months before or after such disposition.

    Excess  Inclusions.  In  the opinion of  Tax Counsel, the  portion of the
REMIC taxable income of  a holder of a Residual  Interest Security consisting
of "excess inclusion" income may not be offset by other deductions or losses,
including net operating  losses, on such holder's federal  income tax return.
An  exception applies  to organizations  to  which Code  Section 593  applies
(generally,  certain thrift institutions);  however, such exception  will not
apply  if the  aggregate value  of  the Residual  Interest Securities  is not
considered to be "significant," as  described below.  Further, if  the holder
of  a Residual  Interest Security is  an organization  subject to the  tax on
unrelated business income  imposed by Code Section 511,  such holder's excess
inclusion income will be treated as unrelated business taxable income of such
holder.  In addition,  under Treasury regulations yet to be issued, if a real
estate investment trust, a regulated investment company, a common trust fund,
or certain cooperatives were to own  a Residual Interest Security, a  portion
of  dividends (or  other distributions)  paid by  the real  estate investment
trust (or  other entity) would be treated  as excess inclusion income.   If a
Residual Security  is owned by  a foreign person  excess inclusion  income is
subject to tax  at a rate of 30%  which may not be reduced  by treaty, is not
eligible  for treatment  as "portfolio  interest" and  is subject  to certain
additional limitations.  See "Tax  Treatment of Foreign Investors." The Small
Business  Job  Protection  Act  of  1996  has  eliminated  the  special  rule
permitting  Section 593  institutions  ("thrift  institutions")  to  use  net
operating  losses  and  other allowable  deductions  to  offset their  excess
inclusion  income from  REMIC residual  certificates  that have  "significant
value" within  the meaning  of the REMIC  Regulations, effective  for taxable
years  beginning after  December 31,  1995, except  with respect  to residual
certificates  continuously held  by a  thrift institution  since November  1,
1995.

    In  addition, the  Small Business  Job  Protection Act  of 1996  provides
three  rules  for  determining  the   effect  on  excess  inclusions  on  the
alternative minimum taxable income of  a residual holder.  First, alternative
minimum taxable income for such  residual holder is determined without regard
to  the  special  rule  that  taxable  income  cannot  be  less  than  excess
inclusions.   Second, a residual  holder's alternative minimum taxable income
for a  tax year cannot be less  than excess inclusions for the  year.  Third,
the amount of any alternative minimum  tax net operating loss deductions must
be  computed  without regard  to  any  excess inclusions.    These  rules are
effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 1986,  unless a residual
holder elects  to have  such rules apply  only to  tax years  beginning after
August 20, 1996.

    The excess  inclusion portion of a  REMIC's income is generally  equal to
the  excess,  if  any,  of REMIC  taxable  income  for  the  quarterly period
allocable to  a Residual Interest Security, over  the daily accruals for such
quarterly period of (i) 120% of the long term applicable federal rate on  the
Startup  Day multiplied  by (ii)  the adjusted  issue price of  such Residual
Interest Security  at the beginning of  such quarterly period.   The adjusted
issue price of a Residual Interest at the beginning of each  calendar quarter
will  equal  its  issue  price  (calculated  in  a  manner analogous  to  the
determination  of the issue  price of a  Regular Interest), increased  by the
aggregate of  the daily accruals  for prior calendar quarters,  and decreased
(but not  below zero) by  the amount of  loss allocated to  a holder and  the
amount of  distributions made  on the Residual  Interest Security  before the
beginning  of the quarter.   The long-term  federal rate,  which is announced
monthly by the Treasury Department, is an interest rate that is  based on the
average  market yield  of outstanding  marketable obligations  of the  United
States government having remaining maturities in excess of nine years.

    Under  the  REMIC Regulations,  in  certain  circumstances, transfers  of
Residual Securities may be disregarded.  See "--Restrictions on Ownership and
Transfer of Residual  Interest Securities"  and "--Tax  Treatment of  Foreign
Investors" below.

    Restrictions on Ownership and  Transfer of Residual Interest  Securities.
As a condition to qualification  as a REMIC, reasonable arrangements must  be
made  to  prevent  the  ownership  of  a  REMIC  residual  interest   by  any
"Disqualified Organization."  Disqualified Organizations  include the  United
States, any State or  political subdivision thereof, any foreign  government,
any international  organization, or any  agency or instrumentality of  any of
the foregoing, a rural electric or telephone cooperative described in Section
1381(a)(2)(C) of  the Code,  or any  entity exempt  from the  tax imposed  by
Sections  1-1399 of the  Code, if such  entity is not  subject to  tax on its
unrelated business income.  Accordingly, the applicable Pooling and Servicing
Agreement will  prohibit Disqualified  Organizations from  owning a  Residual
Interest Security.  In addition, no  transfer of a Residual Interest Security
will be permitted unless the proposed transferee shall  have furnished to the
Trustee  an  affidavit representing  and  warranting  that  it is  neither  a
Disqualified Organization  nor an  agent or  nominee  acting on  behalf of  a
Disqualified Organization.

    If  a  Residual  Interest  Security  is  transferred  to  a  Disqualified
Organization after March 31, 1988 (in violation of the restrictions set forth
above), a substantial  tax will be imposed on the transferor of such Residual
Interest  Security  at  the  time  of  the  transfer.    In  addition,  if  a
Disqualified Organization holds  an interest in  a pass-through entity  after
March 31,  1988 (including, among  others, a partnership, trust,  real estate
investment  trust, regulated  investment company,  or any  person holding  as
nominee), that owns  a Residual  Interest Security,  the pass-through  entity
will  be required to pay an  annual tax on its  allocable share of the excess
inclusion income of the REMIC.

    Under  the  REMIC Regulations,  if  a  Residual Interest  Security  is  a
"noneconomic residual interest," as described below, a transfer of a Residual
Interest  Security to  a United  States  person will  be disregarded  for all
Federal  tax purposes  unless no significant  purpose of the  transfer was to
impede the assessment or collection of tax.  A Residual Interest  Security is
a "noneconomic residual interest" unless, at the time of the transfer (i) the
present value of  the expected future distributions on  the Residual Interest
Security at least equals the product of the present value of  the anticipated
excess  inclusions and  the highest  rate of  tax for the  year in  which the
transfer  occurs,  and  (ii)  the  transferor  reasonably  expects  that  the
transferee will receive distributions from the REMIC at or after the  time at
which the taxes  accrue on  the anticipated  excess inclusions  in an  amount
sufficient  to satisfy  the  accrued taxes.    If a  transfer  of a  Residual
Interest  is disregarded,  the transferor  would  be liable  for any  Federal
income  tax imposed  upon taxable income  derived by the  transferee from the
REMIC.  The REMIC Regulations provide no guidance as to how to determine if a
significant purpose of  a transfer is to impede the  assessment or collection
of  tax.    A similar  type  of  limitation exists  with  respect  to certain
transfers of residual interests by  foreign persons to United States persons.
See "--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors."

    Mark  to  Market Rules.    Prospective  purchasers of  a  REMIC  Residual
Interest Security  should be  aware that the  IRS recently  released proposed
regulations  (the "Proposed Mark-to-Market Regulations") which provide that a
REMIC Residual  Interest Security  acquired after January  3, 1995  cannot be
marked-to-market.    The  Proposed  Mark-to-Market  Regulations   change  the
temporary regulations discussed below which allowed a REMIC Residual Interest
Security to be marked-to-market provided  that it was not a "negative  value"
residual interest and  did not have the  same economic effect as  a "negative
value" residual  interest.   This mark-to-market  requirement applies  to all
securities of a dealer, except to the extent that the dealer has specifically
identified  a security  as held  for investment.   The  temporary regulations
released on  December 28, 1993 (the  "Temporary Mark to  Market Regulations")
provided that  for purposes of  this mark-to-market requirement,  a "negative
value" REMIC  residual interest is not treated as a security and thus may not
be marked to market.  In addition, a dealer was not required to identify such
REMIC Residual Interest Security as held for investment.  In general, a REMIC
Residual Interest Security has  negative value if, as of the  date a taxpayer
acquires the REMIC Residual Interest  Security, the present value of the  tax
liabilities  associated with  holding the  REMIC  Residual Interest  Security
exceeds the sum of (i) the present value of the expected future distributions
on the REMIC  Residual Interest Security, and  (ii) the present value  of the
anticipated tax savings  associated with holding the  REMIC Residual Interest
Security as the  REMIC generates losses.   The amounts and present  values of
the   anticipated   tax  liabilities,   expected  future   distributions  and
anticipated tax savings were  all to be  determined using (i) the  prepayment
and reinvestment assumptions  adopted under Section 1272(a)(6), or that would
have been adopted  had the  REMIC's regular interests  been issued with  OID,
(ii)  any  required  or  permitted  clean up  calls,  or  required  qualified
liquidation provided for in the  REMIC's organizational documents and (iii) a
discount rate equal to the "applicable Federal rate" (as specified in Section
1274(d)(1)) that  would have applied to a debt  instrument issued on the date
of acquisition  of the  REMIC Residual Interest  Security.   Furthermore, the
Temporary Mark to  Market Regulations provided the IRS with  the authority to
treat  any REMIC  Residual Interest  Security  having substantially  the same
economic effect as a "negative value" residual interest.  The IRS could issue
subsequent regulations, which could apply retroactively, providing additional
or different requirements with respect to such deemed negative value residual
interests.   Prospective purchasers  of  a REMIC  Residual Interest  Security
should consult their  tax advisors regarding the possible  application of the
Proposed Mark to Market Regulations.

ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

    The REMIC's books  must be maintained  on a calendar  year basis and  the
REMIC must file an annual federal income tax  return.  The REMIC will also be
subject to the procedural and administrative rules of the  Code applicable to
partnerships, including the determination of any adjustments to, among  other
things, items of REMIC income, gain,  loss, deduction, or credit, by the  IRS
in a unified administrative proceeding.

TAX STATUS AS A GRANTOR TRUST

    General.  As  further specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement, if
a REMIC  election is  not made  and the  Trust Fund  is not  structured as  a
partnership, then, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, the Trust Fund  relating to
a Series of Securities will be classified  for federal income tax purposes as
a grantor trust under Subpart E,  Part 1 of Subchapter J of the  Code and not
as an association taxable  as a corporation  (the Securities of such  Series,
"Pass-Through Securities").   In some Series  there will be  no separation of
the principal and interest payments on  the Loans.  In such circumstances,  a
holder will be considered to have purchased a pro rata undivided  interest in
each of  the Loans.   In  other cases  ("Stripped Securities"),  sale of  the
Securities will produce a separation in the ownership of all or a portion  of
the principal payments from all or a portion of the interest payments on  the
Loans.

    In  the opinion of  Tax Counsel, each  holder must report  on its federal
income tax return its  share of the gross income derived  from the Loans (not
reduced  by the amount  payable as fees  to the Trustee  and the Servicer and
similar fees  (collectively, the "Servicing Fee")),  at the same  time and in
the same manner as such items would have been reported under the Holder's tax
accounting method  had it held its  interest in the Loans  directly, received
directly  its share of  the amounts received  with respect to  the Loans, and
paid  directly its share of the Servicing Fees.   In the case of Pass-Through
Securities  other than Stripped Securities, such income will consist of a pro
rata share  of all of the  income derived from all  of the Loans and,  in the
case of Stripped Securities, such income will consist of a pro rata share  of
the income derived  from each stripped bond  or stripped coupon in  which the
holder owns an interest.  The holder of a Security will generally be entitled
to deduct such Servicing Fees under Section 162 or Section 212 of the Code to
the  extent that such Servicing Fees  represent "reasonable" compensation for
the services rendered by the Trustee and the Servicer (or third  parties that
are  compensated  for  the  performance of  services).    In  the  case of  a
noncorporate holder,  however, Servicing  Fees (to  the extent  not otherwise
disallowed,  e.g., because  they  exceed  reasonable  compensation)  will  be
deductible  in computing  such holder's  regular  tax liability  only to  the
extent that such fees, when added to other miscellaneous itemized deductions,
exceed 2% of adjusted gross income and may not be deductible to any extent in
computing such holder's alternative minimum  tax liability.  In addition, for
taxable  years beginning  after December  31,  1990, the  amount of  itemized
deductions otherwise allowable  for the taxable year for  an individual whose
adjusted gross  income exceeds  the applicable amount  (which amount  will be
adjusted for inflation in taxable years beginning after 1990) will be reduced
by the  lesser of (i)  3% of  the excess  of adjusted gross  income over  the
applicable amount or (ii) 80% of the amount  of itemized deductions otherwise
allowable for such taxable year.

    Discount or Premium  on Pass-Through Securities.   In the opinion  of Tax
Counsel, the  holder's purchase  price of  a Pass-Through  Security is  to be
allocated  among  the  Loans  in  proportion to  their  fair  market  values,
determined as of  the time of  purchase of  the Securities.   In the  typical
case,  the  Trustee  (to  the  extent  necessary  to  fulfill  its  reporting
obligations) will  treat each Loan as having a fair market value proportional
to the share of the aggregate principal balances  of all of the Loans that it
represents, since the Securities,  unless otherwise specified in the  related
Prospectus Supplement, will have a relatively uniform interest rate and other
common characteristics.  To the extent that the portion of the purchase price
of a  Pass-Through Security  allocated to a  Loan (other  than to a  right to
receive   any  accrued  interest  thereon  and  any  undistributed  principal
payments) is less than  or greater than the portion of  the principal balance
of  the Loan allocable to the Security, the interest in the Loan allocable to
the Pass-Through Security will be deemed to have been acquired at  a discount
or premium, respectively.

    The  treatment  of any  discount  will  depend on  whether  the  discount
represents OID or market discount.  In the case of a Loan  with OID in excess
of a  prescribed de  minimis amount  or a  Stripped Security,  a holder of  a
Security will  be required to report as interest  income in each taxable year
its share of  the amount of OID that  accrues during that year  in the manner
described above.   OID with  respect to a Loan  could arise, for  example, by
virtue of the financing of points by the originator of the Loan, or by virtue
of the charging of points by the originator of the  Loan in an amount greater
than  a statutory  de minimis  exception,  in circumstances  under which  the
points are not  currently deductible pursuant to  applicable Code provisions.
Any  market  discount or  premium on  a  Loan will  be includible  in income,
generally in  the manner described  above, except that  in the case  of Pass-
Through Securities, market  discount is calculated with respect  to the Loans
underlying  the Certificate, rather  than with  respect to  the Security.   A
holder that  acquires an interest  in a Loan  originated after July  18, 1984
with more than a de minimis amount of market discount (generally,  the excess
of the principal amount of the  Loan over the purchaser's allocable  purchase
price) will be required to include  accrued market discount in income in  the
manner set forth above.  See "--Taxation of Debt Securities; Market Discount"
and "--Premium" above.

    In the  case of market discount  on a Pass-Through  Security attributable
to Loans originated on or before July 18, 1984,  the holder generally will be
required to allocate the portion of such discount that is allocable to a loan
among  the  principal  payments  on the  Loan  and  to  include  the discount
allocable to  each principal  payment  in ordinary  income at  the time  such
principal payment is made.  Such treatment would generally result in discount
being included in income at a slower rate  than discount would be required to
be included in income using the method described in the preceding paragraph.

    Stripped  Securities.   A  Stripped Security  may  represent a  right  to
receive only  a portion of  the interest  payments on the  Loans, a  right to
receive only principal payments on the  Loans, or a right to receive  certain
payments of both interest and principal.  Certain Stripped Securities ("Ratio
Strip Securities") may represent a  right to receive differing percentages of
both the interest and principal  on each Loan.   Pursuant to Section 1286  of
the Code,  the separation of ownership of the right to receive some or all of
the interest payments on an obligation from ownership of the right to receive
some or all  of the principal payments  results in the creation  of "stripped
bonds" with respect to principal payments and "stripped coupons" with respect
to interest payments.   Section  1286 of the  Code applies the  OID rules  to
stripped  bonds and  stripped coupons.   For  purposes of  computing original
issue discount, a  stripped bond or a  stripped coupon is  treated as a  debt
instrument issued on the date  that such stripped interest is  purchased with
an issue  price equal to  its purchase  price or, if  more than  one stripped
interest is purchased,  the ratable share of the purchase  price allocable to
such stripped interest.

    Servicing  fees   in  excess  of   reasonable  servicing   fees  ("excess
servicing") will be  treated under the  stripped bond rules.   If the  excess
servicing fee is  less than 100 basis  points (i.e., 1% interest  on the Loan
principal balance) or  the Securities are  initially sold  with a de  minimis
discount (assuming no  prepayment assumption is required), any non-de minimis
discount  arising from  a subsequent  transfer  of the  Securities should  be
treated  as market  discount.   The IRS  appears  to require  that reasonable
servicing fees  be calculated on a Loan by  Loan basis, which could result in
some Loans  being treated as  having more than  100 basis points  of interest
stripped off.

    The Code,  OID  Regulations  and  judicial decisions  provide  no  direct
guidance as  to how  the interest and  original issue  discount rules  are to
apply to  Stripped Securities and  other Pass-Through Securities.   Under the
method  described  above for  Pay-Through  Securities  (the "Cash  Flow  Bond
Method"),  a prepayment assumption  is used  and periodic  recalculations are
made which take into  account with respect to each accrual  period the effect
of prepayments during  such period.  However,  the 1986 Act does  not, absent
Treasury regulations,  appear specifically to  cover instruments such  as the
Stripped  Securities which technically  represent ownership interests  in the
underlying  Loans, rather  than  being debt  instruments  "secured by"  those
loans.   Nevertheless, it is  believed that  the Cash Flow  Bond Method is  a
reasonable method of reporting income for such Securities, and it is expected
that OID  will be reported  on that basis  unless otherwise specified  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  In  applying the calculation to  Pass-Through
Securities, the Trustee  will treat all payments  to be received by  a holder
with respect  to the underlying  Loans as  payments on  a single  installment
obligation.  The IRS could, however, assert that original issue discount must
be calculated separately for each Loan underlying a Security.

    Under certain  circumstances, if the Loans  prepay at a rate  faster than
the  Prepayment  Assumption,  the  use  of  the  Cash Flow  Bond  Method  may
accelerate a  holder's recognition of income.   If, however, the Loans prepay
at  a rate slower than  the Prepayment Assumption,  in some circumstances the
use of this method may decelerate a holder's recognition of income.

    In  the  case  of  a  Stripped Security  that  is  an  Interest  Weighted
Security, the Trustee intends, absent contrary authority, to report income to
Security holders as OID, in the manner described above for Interest  Weighted
Securities.

    Possible  Alternative Characterizations.   The  characterizations of  the
Stripped Securities described above are not the only possible interpretations
of the applicable  Code provisions.  Among other  possibilities, the Internal
Revenue Service could  contend that (i) in certain  Series, each non-Interest
Weighted Security is composed of  an unstripped undivided ownership  interest
in  Loans  and an  installment  obligation consisting  of  stripped principal
payments;  (ii)  the  non-Interest Weighted  Securities  are  subject  to the
contingent  payment provisions  of the  Proposed Regulations;  or (iii)  each
Interest Weighted Stripped  Security is composed  of an unstripped  undivided
ownership  interest in  Loans  and an  installment  obligation consisting  of
stripped interest payments.

    Given  the  variety  of  alternatives  for   treatment  of  the  Stripped
Securities and the different federal income tax consequences that result from
each alternative,  potential purchasers  are urged to  consult their  own tax
advisers regarding the proper treatment  of the Securities for federal income
tax purposes.

    Character  as Qualifying  Loans.   In  the case  of Stripped  Securities,
there is no specific legal authority existing regarding whether the character
of the Securities, for federal income tax  purposes, will be the same as  the
Loans.   The  IRS could  take the  position that the  Loans character  is not
carried  over  to  the  Securities  in  such   circumstances.    Pass-Through
Securities will be, and, although the matter is not free from doubt, Stripped
Securities should be considered to  represent "real estate assets" within the
meaning of  Section  856(c)(6)(B)  of the  Code,  and "loans  secured  by  an
interest in real property" within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of
the  Code; and  interest  income  attributable to  the  Securities should  be
considered to represent "interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real
property or  on interests in  real property"  within the  meaning of  Section
856(c)(3)(B) of the Code.   Reserves or  funds underlying the Securities  may
cause  a proportionate  reduction in  the  above-described qualifying  status
categories of Securities.

SALE OR EXCHANGE

    Subject  to the discussion below with respect  to Trust Funds as to which
a partnership election is made, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, a holder's tax
basis  in its Security  is the  price such holder  pays for a  Security, plus
amounts of original issue  or market discount included in income  and reduced
by any payments received (other  than qualified stated interest payments) and
any amortized  premium.   Gain or  loss recognized  on a  sale, exchange,  or
redemption  of a  Security, measured  by  the difference  between the  amount
realized  and the Security's basis as so  adjusted, will generally be capital
gain or loss, assuming that the Security is held as a capital  asset.  In the
case of a Security held by  a bank, thrift, or similar institution  described
in Section 582  of the Code, however,  gain or loss  realized on the sale  or
exchange of a Regular Interest Security will be taxable as ordinary income or
loss.  In  addition, gain from the disposition of a Regular Interest Security
that might otherwise  be capital gain will  be treated as ordinary  income to
the extent  of the excess,  if any, of  (i) the  amount that would  have been
includible  in the  holder's  income if  the yield  on such  Regular Interest
Security had equaled 110% of the applicable federal rate as of  the beginning
of such  holder's holding period, over the amount of ordinary income actually
recognized by the holder with respect to such Regular Interest Security.  For
taxable years  beginning after  December 31,  1993, the  maximum tax  rate on
ordinary income for individual taxpayers is 39.6% and the maximum tax rate on
long-term capital gains  reported after December 31, 1990  for such taxpayers
is 28%.   The maximum tax rate on both ordinary  income and long-term capital
gains of corporate taxpayers is 35%.

MISCELLANEOUS TAX ASPECTS

    Backup Withholding.   Subject  to the  discussion below  with respect  to
Trust Funds as to  which a partnership election is made, a holder, other than
a  holder of a REMIC Residual Security,  may, under certain circumstances, be
subject  to  "backup   withholding"  at  a  rate  of  31%   with  respect  to
distributions or the proceeds of a sale of certificates to or through brokers
that represent  interest or original issue discount  on the Securities.  This
withholding  generally applies  if  the holder  of  a Security  (i)  fails to
furnish  the Trustee with  its taxpayer  identification number  ("TIN"); (ii)
furnishes  the Trustee  an  incorrect  TIN; (iii)  fails  to report  properly
interest, dividends or other "reportable payments" as defined in the Code; or
(iv)  under certain  circumstances,  fails  to provide  the  Trustee or  such
holder's securities broker with  a certified statement, signed  under penalty
of perjury, that the  TIN provided is its correct number  and that the holder
is not subject  to backup  withholding.  Backup  withholding will not  apply,
however, with respect to certain payments made to holders, including payments
to certain  exempt recipients (such  as exempt organizations) and  to certain
Nonresidents (as defined  below).  Holders should consult  their tax advisers
as  to their  qualification for  exemption  from backup  withholding and  the
procedure for obtaining the exemption.

    The  Trustee will  report to  the holders  and to  the Servicer  for each
calendar year  the amount of  any "reportable payments" during  such year and
the  amount  of tax  withheld,  if  any,  with  respect to  payments  on  the
Securities.

TAX TREATMENT OF FOREIGN INVESTORS

    Subject  to the discussion below with respect  to Trust Funds as to which
a partnership  election is made,  under the Code, unless  interest (including
OID)  paid  on  a  Security  (other than  a  Residual  Interest  Security) is
considered to be  "effectively connected" with a trade  or business conducted
in the United  States by a nonresident alien  individual, foreign partnership
or foreign corporation ("Nonresidents"), in  the opinion of Tax Counsel, such
interest will  normally qualify as  portfolio interest (except where  (i) the
recipient is a  holder, directly  or by attribution,  of 10%  or more of  the
capital  or  profits interest  in  the issuer,  or  (ii) the  recipient  is a
controlled foreign corporation  to which the issuer is a  related person) and
will  be  exempt  from  federal income  tax.    Upon  receipt  of appropriate
ownership statements, the issuer normally  will be relieved of obligations to
withhold tax  from such  interest payments.   These provisions  supersede the
generally applicable  provisions of  United States law  that would  otherwise
require the issuer to withhold at  a 30% rate (unless such rate  were reduced
or eliminated by an  applicable tax treaty) on, among other  things, interest
and  other  fixed  or  determinable,   annual  or  periodic  income  paid  to
Nonresidents.   Holders of  Pass-Through Securities and  Stripped Securities,
including Ratio Strip  Securities, however, may be subject  to withholding to
the extent that the Loans were originated on or before July 18, 1984.

    Interest and OID of  holders who are foreign  persons are not subject  to
withholding if they  are effectively connected with a  United States business
conducted by the  holder.  They  will, however, generally  be subject to  the
regular United States income tax.

    Payments  to  holders of  Residual  Interest Securities  who  are foreign
persons will  generally be treated  as interest for  purposes of the  30% (or
lower treaty rate) United States withholding tax.  Holders should assume that
such income does not qualify for exemption from United States withholding tax
as "portfolio  interest." It  is clear  that, to  the extent  that a  payment
represents  a  portion  of  REMIC  taxable  income  that  constitutes  excess
inclusion income,  a  holder of  a  Residual Interest  Security will  not  be
entitled to an exemption from or reduction of the 30% (or lower treaty  rate)
withholding tax  rule.    If  the  payments  are  subject  to  United  States
withholding tax,  they generally will  be taken into account  for withholding
tax purposes  only when paid  or distributed  (or when the  Residual Interest
Security is disposed of).  The Treasury  has statutory authority, however, to
promulgate  regulations which  would require  such amounts  to be  taken into
account at an earlier  time in order to  prevent the avoidance of tax.   Such
regulations could, for example, require withholding prior to the distribution
of  cash  in  the case  of  Residual  Interest Securities  that  do  not have
significant  value.   Under the  REMIC  Regulations, if  a Residual  Interest
Security  has tax  avoidance potential,  a  transfer of  a Residual  Interest
Security to  a Nonresident will be disregarded  for all Federal tax purposes.
A  Residual Interest Security has tax avoidance potential unless, at the time
of  the  transfer the  transferor  reasonably  expects  that the  REMIC  will
distribute to the transferee residual interest holder amounts that will equal
at  least  30%  of each  excess  inclusion,  and that  such  amounts  will be
distributed at or  after the time at  which the excess inclusions  accrue and
not later  than the calendar year following the calendar year of accrual.  If
a  Nonresident transfers  a Residual  Interest  Security to  a United  States
person, and  if the  transfer has the  effect of  allowing the  transferor to
avoid tax on accrued excess inclusions,  then the transfer is disregarded and
the transferor continues  to be treated as the owner of the Residual Interest
Security for purposes of the withholding tax provisions of the Code.  See "--
Excess Inclusions."

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP

    Tax  Counsel  is  of  the  opinion that  a  Trust  Fund  structured  as a
partnership will  not  be an  association  (or publicly  traded  partnership)
taxable as a  corporation for federal income  tax purposes.  This  opinion is
based on  the assumption that  the terms of  the Trust Agreement  and related
documents will  be complied with, and  on counsel's conclusions that  (1) the
Trust Fund  will not  have certain characteristics  necessary for  a business
trust to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation and (2) the
nature of the  income of the  Trust Fund  will exempt it  from the rule  that
certain  publicly  traded partnerships  are  taxable as  corporations  or the
issuance of the Certificates has been structured as a private placement under
an IRS  safe harbor, so that  the Trust Fund  will not be characterized  as a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

    If the Trust Fund  were taxable as a  corporation for federal income  tax
purposes, in  the opinion of Tax Counsel, the  Trust Fund would be subject to
corporate income tax  on its taxable income.  The Trust Fund's taxable income
would include all its income, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the
Notes.  Any such corporate income tax could materially reduce  cash available
to  make payments  on the  Notes and distributions  on the  Certificates, and
Certificateholders  could be liable  for any such  tax that is  unpaid by the
Trust Fund.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES

    Treatment  of the Notes as Indebtedness.   The Trust Fund will agree, and
the Noteholders will agree by their purchase of  Notes, to treat the Notes as
debt for federal  income tax purposes.   In such a circumstance,  Tax Counsel
is, except as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, of the
opinion that  the Notes  will be classified  as debt  for federal  income tax
purposes.  The discussion below assumes this characterization of the Notes is
correct.

    OID, Indexed  Securities, etc.   The  discussion below  assumes that  all
payments on the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and that the Notes are
not Indexed Securities or Strip Notes.  Moreover, the discussion assumes that
the  interest formula  for the  Notes meets  the requirements  for "qualified
stated interest"  under the OID  regulations, and that  any OID on  the Notes
(i.e., any  excess of  the principal  amount of  the Notes  over their  issue
price) does not  exceed a de minimis  amount (i.e., 0.25% of  their principal
amount multiplied by  the number of full  years included in their  term), all
within the  meaning of  the OID  regulations.   If these  conditions are  not
satisfied  with  respect  to  any  given  series  of  Notes,  additional  tax
considerations with respect to such Notes will be disclosed in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement.

    Interest Income on the Notes.   Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in  the following  paragraph, in  the opinion of  Tax Counsel,  the
Notes will not  be considered issued with  OID.  The stated  interest thereon
will be taxable  to a Noteholder as ordinary interest income when received or
accrued in accordance with such Noteholder's method of tax accounting.  Under
the OID regulations, a holder  of a Note issued with  a de minimis amount  of
OID  must include  such OID  in income,  on a  pro  rata basis,  as principal
payments are made on  the Note.  It  is believed that any  prepayment premium
paid as a  result of  a mandatory  redemption will be  taxable as  contingent
interest when it becomes fixed and unconditionally  payable.  A purchaser who
buys a  Note for more  or less  than its principal  amount will generally  be
subject, respectively, to the  premium amortization or market  discount rules
of the Code.

    A holder of  a Note that has  a fixed maturity date of  not more than one
year from the issue date of such Note (a "Short-Term Note") may be subject to
special  rules.  An  accrual basis holder  of a Short-Term  Note (and certain
cash method  holders, including regulated investment companies,  as set forth
in Section 1281 of the Code)  generally would be required to report  interest
income  as interest accrues  on a straight-line  basis over the  term of each
interest period.   Other cash basis  holders of a  Short-Term Note would,  in
general, be required  to report interest income  as interest is paid  (or, if
earlier, upon the taxable  disposition of the  Short-Term Note).  However,  a
cash basis holder  of a Short-Term  Note reporting interest  income as it  is
paid may  be required to  defer a portion  of any interest  expense otherwise
deductible on indebtedness incurred to  purchase or carry the Short-Term Note
until the taxable disposition of the Short-Term  Note.  A cash basis taxpayer
may elect  under Section 1281 of  the Code to  accrue interest income  on all
nongovernment debt obligations with a term of one year or less, in which case
the taxpayer would  include interest on the  Short-Term Note in income  as it
accrues,  but would  not be  subject to  the interest  expense deferral  rule
referred to  in the  preceding sentence.   Certain special  rules apply  if a
Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its principal amount.

    Sale  or Other  Disposition.    In  the  opinion of  Tax  Counsel,  if  a
Noteholder sells a Note, the  holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount
equal to  the difference  between the  amount realized  on the  sale and  the
holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note.  The adjusted tax basis of a Note to
a particular Noteholder will equal the holder's cost for the  Note, increased
by  any  market  discount,  acquisition  discount,  OID  and gain  previously
included by such Noteholder in income with respect to the Note  and decreased
by the amount of bond premium (if any) previously amortized and by the amount
of principal payments previously received  by such Noteholder with respect to
such Note.   Any such gain or loss  will be capital gain or  loss if the Note
was held as a  capital asset, except  for gain representing accrued  interest
and  accrued market  discount not  previously  included in  income.   Capital
losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.

    Foreign Holders.  In the  opinion of Tax Counsel, interest payments  made
(or accrued) to a Noteholder who is a nonresident alien,  foreign corporation
or  other non-United  States person  (a "foreign  person") generally  will be
considered "portfolio interest", and generally  will not be subject to United
States  federal income  tax  and  withholding tax,  if  the  interest is  not
effectively connected with  the conduct  of a  trade or  business within  the
United  States by  the  foreign person  and  the foreign  person  (i) is  not
actually  or constructively a  "10 percent shareholder"  of the Trust  or the
Seller  (including a  holder of  10% of  the  outstanding Certificates)  or a
"controlled  foreign corporation"  with respect  to  which the  Trust or  the
Seller is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code and (ii) provides
the Owner Trustee or other person who  is otherwise required to withhold U.S.
tax with respect to the Notes with an appropriate statement (on Form W-8 or a
similar form),  signed  under  penalties  of  perjury,  certifying  that  the
beneficial owner of  the Note is a  foreign person and providing  the foreign
person's name and address.  If a  Note is held through a securities  clearing
organization or  certain other  financial institutions,  the organization  or
institution may  provide the  relevant  signed statement  to the  withholding
agent; in that case, however, the  signed statement must be accompanied by  a
Form W-8  or substitute  form provided by  the foreign  person that  owns the
Note.  If such interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be subject to
United States  federal income and  withholding tax at  a rate of  30 percent,
unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.

    Any capital  gain realized on the  sale, redemption, retirement  or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a foreign  person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of  a trade or business in the  United
States  by the foreign person and  (ii) in the case  of an individual foreign
person, the foreign person is  not present in the United States for  183 days
or more in the taxable year.

    Backup Withholding.  Each holder  of a Note (other than an  exempt holder
such  as  a  corporation,  tax-exempt  organization,  qualified  pension  and
profit-sharing  trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who
provides certification  as to status  as a nonresident)  will be required  to
provide, under  penalties of perjury,  a certificate containing  the holder's
name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement
that the holder  is not subject  to backup withholding.   Should a  nonexempt
Noteholder fail to provide the required certification, the Trust Fund will be
required to  withhold  31 percent  of  the amount  otherwise  payable to  the
holder, and  remit the withheld  amount to  the IRS as  a credit against  the
holder's federal income tax liability.

    Possible  Alternative Treatments  of  the Notes.    If, contrary  to  the
opinion of Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the
Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might
be treated  as equity interests in the Trust Fund.   If so treated, the Trust
Fund  might  be  taxable  as  a corporation  with  the  adverse  consequences
described above (and the taxable corporation would not be able to  reduce its
taxable income by deductions for interest expense on Notes recharacterized as
equity).   Alternatively,  and most likely  in the  view of Tax  Counsel, the
Trust Fund  might be treated as a publicly  traded partnership that would not
be  taxable as a corporation because it  would meet certain qualifying income
tests.   Nonetheless, treatment of  the Notes as  equity interests in  such a
publicly traded  partnership could have  adverse tax consequences  to certain
holders.    For example,  income  to certain  tax-exempt  entities (including
pension funds)  would  be  "unrelated  business taxable  income",  income  to
foreign holders generally  would be subject to  U.S. tax and U.S.  tax return
filing and withholding  requirements, and individual holders might be subject
to certain limitations  on their ability to  deduct their share of  the Trust
Fund's expenses.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES

    Treatment of  the Trust Fund  as a Partnership.   The Trust Fund  and the
Servicer will agree, and the  Certificateholders will agree by their purchase
of  Certificates, to treat  the Trust Fund  as a partnership  for purposes of
federal and state  income tax, franchise  tax and any  other tax measured  in
whole or  in part  by income, with  the assets of  the partnership  being the
assets held  by the  Trust Fund, the  partners of  the partnership  being the
Certificateholders, and  the Notes being  debt of the partnership.   However,
the proper characterization of the  arrangement involving the Trust Fund, the
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Fund and the Servicer is not clear because
there is no authority on transactions closely comparable to that contemplated
herein.

    A variety of  alternative characterizations are  possible.  For  example,
because the  Certificates have certain  features characteristic of  debt, the
Certificates  might  be  considered  debt  of  the  Trust  Fund.    Any  such
characterization  would not result in  materially adverse tax consequences to
Certificateholders  as compared  to the  consequences from  treatment of  the
Certificates  as equity  in a  partnership, described  below.   The following
discussion assumes  that the  Certificates  represent equity  interests in  a
partnership.

    Indexed  Securities,  etc.   The  following discussion  assumes  that all
payments on  the Certificates are  denominated in  U.S. dollars, none  of the
Certificates are Indexed Securities or  Strip Certificates, and that a Series
of Securities  includes a single class of  Certificates.  If these conditions
are  not  satisfied  with  respect  to  any  given  Series  of  Certificates,
additional tax  considerations  with respect  to  such Certificates  will  be
disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Partnership Taxation.    If  the Trust  Fund  is  a partnership,  in  the
opinion of  Tax Counsel, the Trust Fund will not be subject to federal income
tax.  Rather, in the opinion  of Tax Counsel, each Certificateholder will  be
required to  separately take  into account such  holder's allocated  share of
income, gains, losses, deductions  and credits of the Trust Fund.   The Trust
Fund's income will  consist primarily of interest and  finance charges earned
on the Loans (including appropriate  adjustments for market discount, OID and
bond premium) and  any gain  upon collection  or disposition of  Loans.   The
Trust Fund's  deductions will  consist primarily  of  interest accruing  with
respect to the Notes, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon
collection or disposition of Loans.

    In the  opinion  of Tax  Counsel,  the tax  items  of a  partnership  are
allocable to the  partners in accordance with the  Code, Treasury regulations
and  the  partnership  agreement  (here,  the  Trust  Agreement  and  related
documents).    The  Trust  Agreement  will  provide,  in  general,  that  the
Certificateholders will  be allocated  taxable income of  the Trust  Fund for
each  month  equal  to the  sum  of  (i) the  interest  that  accrues  on the
Certificates  in  accordance  with  their terms  for  such  month,  including
interest accruing  at the  Pass-Through Rate for  such month and  interest on
amounts previously due on the Certificates  but not yet distributed; (ii) any
Trust Fund income attributable  to discount on the Loans that  corresponds to
any excess  of the principal  amount of the  Certificates over  their initial
issue price  (iii) prepayment premium  payable to the  Certificateholders for
such  month;   and  (iv)  any  other   amounts  of  income   payable  to  the
Certificateholders for such month.   Such allocation will  be reduced by  any
amortization by the  Trust Fund of premium  on Loans that corresponds  to any
excess of  the issue price of Certificates over  their principal amount.  All
remaining  taxable  income  of  the  Trust  Fund  will  be  allocated to  the
Depositor.  Based  on the economic arrangement of the parties, in the opinion
of  Tax Counsel,  this approach  for allocating  Trust Fund income  should be
permissible  under applicable Treasury regulations, although no assurance can
be given that  the IRS would  not require  a greater amount  of income to  be
allocated to  Certificateholders.  Moreover,  in the opinion of  Tax Counsel,
even under  the foregoing  method  of allocation,  Certificateholders may  be
allocated income equal to the  entire Pass-Through Rate plus the  other items
described above even though the Trust Fund might not have sufficient  cash to
make current  cash distributions of  such amount.   Thus, cash  basis holders
will  in effect  be required to  report income  from the Certificates  on the
accrual basis  and Certificateholders  may become liable  for taxes  on Trust
Fund income even  if they have not received  cash from the Trust  Fund to pay
such taxes.  In addition, because  tax allocations and tax reporting will  be
done on a uniform basis for all Certificateholders but Certificateholders may
be  purchasing Certificates  at  different  times  and at  different  prices,
Certificateholders may  be required  to report on  their tax  returns taxable
income that is greater  or less than the amount reported to them by the Trust
Fund.

    In the opinion of Tax Counsel, all  of the taxable income allocated to  a
Certificateholder that is a pension,  profit sharing or employee benefit plan
or other tax-exempt entity (including  an individual retirement account) will
constitute  "unrelated business taxable  income" generally taxable  to such a
holder under the Code.

    In  the  opinion  of  Tax Counsel,  an  individual  taxpayer's  share  of
expenses of the Trust  Fund (including fees to the Servicer  but not interest
expense) would be miscellaneous  itemized deductions.  Such deductions  might
be disallowed to the individual in whole or in part and might  result in such
holder  being taxed on  an amount of  income that exceeds the  amount of cash
actually distributed to such holder over the life of the Trust Fund.

    The Trust Fund  intends to make  all tax calculations relating  to income
and allocations to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis.  If the IRS were
to require that such calculations be made separately for each Loan, the Trust
Fund might be  required to incur additional  expense but it is  believed that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

    Discount  and Premium.   It  is believed that  the Loans  were not issued
with OID, and, therefore, the Trust should not have OID income.  However, the
purchase price paid by  the Trust Fund for the  Loans may be greater or  less
than the remaining  principal balance of the  Loans at the time  of purchase.
If so, in the opinion of  Tax Counsel, the Loan will have been  acquired at a
premium or discount, as the case may be.  (As indicated above, the Trust Fund
will make this  calculation on an aggregate  basis, but might be  required to
recompute it on a Loan by Loan basis.)

    If the Trust  Fund acquires the  Loans at a  market discount or  premium,
the Trust Fund will elect to include any such discount in income currently as
it accrues  over the life of the Loans or  to offset any such premium against
interest income on the Loans.  As  indicated above, a portion of such  market
discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to Certificateholders.

    Section  708 Termination.   In the opinion of  Tax Counsel, under Section
708  of the  Code, the  Trust Fund  will be  deemed to terminate  for federal
income tax purposes if 50%  or more of the  capital and profits interests  in
the Trust Fund are  sold or exchanged  within a 12-month period.   If such  a
termination  occurs, the  Trust Fund  will  be considered  to distribute  its
assets to the  partners, who would  then be  treated as recontributing  those
assets to  the Trust Fund  as a  new partnership.   The Trust  Fund will  not
comply  with certain  technical requirements  that  might apply  when such  a
constructive termination occurs.  As a result, the Trust Fund may  be subject
to certain tax penalties and may incur  additional expenses if it is required
to comply with  those requirements.  Furthermore, the Trust Fund might not be
able to comply due to lack of data.

    Disposition of Certificates.   Generally, in the opinion of  Tax Counsel,
capital  gain or  loss will  be recognized  on a  sale of Certificates  in an
amount equal to  the difference between the amount realized  and the seller's
tax basis  in the Certificates  sold.  A  Certificateholder's tax basis  in a
Certificate will generally equal the  holder's cost increased by the holder's
share of  Trust  Fund income  (includible  in income)  and  decreased by  any
distributions received with  respect to such Certificate.   In addition, both
the tax  basis in the  Certificates and the  amount realized  on a sale  of a
Certificate  would  include  the  holder's  share  of  the  Notes  and  other
liabilities of the Trust Fund.  A holder  acquiring Certificates at different
prices may  be required to maintain a single  aggregate adjusted tax basis in
such Certificates,  and,  upon  sale or  other  disposition of  some  of  the
Certificates,  allocate  a  portion  of  such  aggregate  tax  basis  to  the
Certificates  sold (rather  than maintaining  a  separate tax  basis in  each
Certificate  for  purposes  of computing  gain  or  loss on  a  sale  of that
Certificate).

    Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable  to the holder's share
of unrecognized accrued market discount on the Receivables would generally be
treated as ordinary income to the  holder and would give rise to special  tax
reporting requirements.   The Trust Fund  does not expect  to have any  other
assets that would give rise to such special reporting requirements.  Thus, to
avoid  those special  reporting requirements,  the Trust  Fund will  elect to
include market discount in income as it accrues.

    If a  Certificateholder is required to  recognize an aggregate  amount of
income (not including  income attributable to disallowed  itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise
to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

    Allocations Between Transferors and  Transferees.  In general,  the Trust
Fund's taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items
for   a   particular  calendar   month   will   be  apportioned   among   the
Certificateholders  in proportion  to the  principal  amount of  Certificates
owned by them as  of the close of the last day of such month.  As a result, a
holder purchasing Certificates may be  allocated tax items (which will affect
its tax  liability and tax  basis) attributable to periods  before the actual
transaction.

    The  use of such  a monthly convention  may not be  permitted by existing
regulations.  If  a monthly  convention is  not allowed (or  only applies  to
transfers  of less than  all of  the partner's  interest), taxable  income or
losses of the  Trust Fund might be reallocated  among the Certificateholders.
The Trust Fund's method of allocation between transferors and transferees may
be revised to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.

    Section 754 Election.   In the event  that a Certificateholder sells  its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher (lower) basis  in the Certificates than the  selling Certificateholder
had.   The tax  basis of  the Trust  Fund's assets  will not  be adjusted  to
reflect that  higher (or lower) basis  unless the Trust Fund were  to file an
election under Section 754 of the Code.  In order to avoid the administrative
complexities that  would be involved in keeping  accurate accounting records,
as well  as potentially onerous information reporting requirements, the Trust
Fund will  not make such election.  As  a result, Certificateholders might be
allocated a  greater or  lesser amount  of Trust  Fund income  than would  be
appropriate based on their own purchase price for Certificates.

    Administrative Matters.   The Owner  Trustee is required to  keep or have
kept complete and  accurate books  of the  Trust Fund.   Such  books will  be
maintained for financial reporting and  tax purposes on an accrual  basis and
the fiscal year  of the Trust will  be the calendar  year.  The Trustee  will
file a partnership information return (IRS  Form 1065) with the IRS for  each
taxable  year of  the Trust  Fund  and will  report each  Certificateholder's
allocable share of items of Trust Fund  income and expense to holders and the
IRS  on  Schedule  K-1.   The  Trust  Fund  will  provide  the  Schedule  K-l
information  to  nominees  that  fail  to provide  the  Trust  Fund  with the
information statement described  below and such nominees will  be required to
forward  such  information to  the  beneficial  owners of  the  Certificates.
Generally,  holders  must file  tax  returns  that  are consistent  with  the
information return filed by the Trust Fund  or be subject to penalties unless
the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies .

    Under Section 6031 of the  Code, any person that holds Certificates  as a
nominee at  any time during a calendar year  is required to furnish the Trust
Fund  with a  statement containing  certain information  on the  nominee, the
beneficial owners  and the Certificates  so held.  Such  information includes
(i) the name, address and taxpayer  identification number of the nominee  and
(ii) as  to each beneficial  owner (x)  the name, address  and identification
number  of such person, (y) whether such  person is a United States person, a
tax-exempt entity  or a foreign government, an international organization, or
any wholly owned agency  or instrumentality of  either of the foregoing,  and
(z)  certain information  on Certificates that  were held, bought  or sold on
behalf of  such  person  throughout  the  year.   In  addition,  brokers  and
financial  institutions that hold Certificates through a nominee are required
to furnish directly to the Trust Fund  information as to themselves and their
ownership of Certificates.  A clearing agency registered under Section 17A of
the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any such information statement to
the Trust Fund.  The information referred to above for any calendar year must
be  furnished to  the  Trust Fund  on  or before  the  following January  31.
Nominees, brokers and  financial institutions that fail to  provide the Trust
Fund with the information described above may be subject to penalties.

    The  Depositor  will be  designated  as the  tax  matters partner  in the
related Trust  Agreement and, as  such, will be responsible  for representing
the Certificateholders in  any dispute with the  IRS.  The Code  provides for
administrative  examination of  a partnership  as if  the partnership  were a
separate and  distinct taxpayer.   Generally, the statute of  limitations for
partnership items does  not expire before three years after the date on which
the partnership  information  return is  filed.   Any  adverse  determination
following an audit of the return of the Trust Fund by the appropriate  taxing
authorities  could   result  in   an  adjustment  of   the  returns   of  the
Certificateholders, and, under certain circumstances, a Certificateholder may
be precluded from separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of
the  Trust  Fund.    An  adjustment  could also  result  in  an  audit  of  a
Certificateholder's returns  and  adjustments of  items  not related  to  the
income and losses of the Trust Fund.

    Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders.   It is not clear whether
the Trust Fund  would be considered to  be engaged in a trade  or business in
the United States for purposes of  federal withholding taxes with respect  to
non-U.S. persons because there is no  clear authority dealing with that issue
under facts substantially similar to those described  herein.  Although it is
not expected that the Trust  Fund would be engaged in a trade  or business in
the  United States for such  purposes, the Trust Fund  will withhold as if it
were so engaged  in order  to protect  the Trust Fund  from possible  adverse
consequences of a failure to withhold.  The Trust Fund expects to withhold on
the   portion  of   its  taxable   income  that   is  allocable   to  foreign
Certificateholders  pursuant to Section  1446 of the Code,  as if such income
were effectively connected to  a U.S. trade or business, at a rate of 35% for
foreign  holders that  are taxable  as corporations and  39.6% for  all other
foreign holders.  Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance
of other  administrative pronouncements may  require the Trust to  change its
withholding  procedures.  In  determining a holder's  withholding status, the
Trust  Fund  may rely  on  IRS  Form  W-8,  IRS  Form  W-9  or  the  holder's
certification of nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.

    Each  foreign holder  might  be required  to  file a  U.S.  individual or
corporate income  tax return (including,  in the  case of a  corporation, the
branch profits  tax) on its share  of the Trust Fund's income.   Each foreign
holder must  obtain a taxpayer identification number  from the IRS and submit
that number to the Trust on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting
of the taxes withheld.   A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file
with  the IRS a claim for refund with  respect to taxes withheld by the Trust
Fund  taking the position that  no taxes were due because  the Trust Fund was
not engaged in a U.S. trade or business.  However, interest payments made (or
accrued)  to a Certificateholder  who is a  foreign person generally  will be
considered  guaranteed payments  to the  extent such payments  are determined
without regard to the income  of the Trust Fund.  If  these interest payments
are properly characterized as guaranteed payments, then the interest will not
be  considered "portfolio interest." As a  result, Certificateholders will be
subject to United States federal income tax and withholding tax  at a rate of
30 percent,  unless reduced or  eliminated pursuant to an  applicable treaty.
In such case, a foreign holder  would only be entitled to claim a  refund for
that portion of the taxes in excess of the taxes that should be withheld with
respect to the guaranteed payments.

    Backup Withholding.  Distributions made on  the Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of  the Certificates will be subject to  a "backup" withholding
tax of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification procedures,  unless the  holder is an  exempt recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.

                           STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    In addition to the federal income  tax consequences described in "Certain
Material  Federal  Income  Tax Considerations,"  potential  investors  should
consider  the state  and local  income tax  consequences of  the acquisition,
ownership, and disposition of the Securities.  State and local income tax law
may  differ  substantially  from  the corresponding  federal  law,  and  this
discussion does not purport to describe any aspect of  the income tax laws of
any state or  locality.  Therefore, potential investors  should consult their
own tax advisors with respect to the various state and local tax consequences
of an investment in the Securities.

                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    The following describes  certain considerations under ERISA and the Code,
which  apply  only  to Securities  of  a  Series that  are  not  divided into
subclasses.  If Securities are divided into subclasses the related Prospectus
Supplement  will contain  information concerning  considerations relating  to
ERISA and the Code that are applicable to such Securities.

    ERISA  imposes requirements  on employee  benefit plans  (and on  certain
other retirement  plans  and arrangements,  including  individual  retirement
accounts  and  annuities, Keogh  plans  and collective  investment  funds and
separate accounts in which such plans, accounts or arrangements are invested)
(collectively "Plans")  subject to ERISA  and on persons who  are fiduciaries
with respect to such Plans.  Generally,  ERISA applies to investments made by
Plans.  Among  other things, ERISA requires that the assets  of Plans be held
in  trust and  that the  trustee,  or other  duly authorized  fiduciary, have
exclusive authority and discretion to  manage and control the assets  of such
Plans.  ERISA also imposes certain  duties on persons who are fiduciaries  of
Plans.   Under  ERISA,  any person  who exercises  any  authority or  control
respecting  the  management  or  disposition  of  the  assets of  a  Plan  is
considered to be  a fiduciary of such Plan (subject to certain exceptions not
here relevant).   Certain employee benefit plans, such  as governmental plans
(as defined in ERISA  Section 3(32)) and, if no election has  been made under
Section 410(d) of the Code, church plans (as defined in ERISA Section 3(33)),
are not subject to ERISA requirements.  Accordingly, assets of such plans may
be  invested  in  Securities  without  regard  to  the  ERISA  considerations
described above and below, subject to the provisions of applicable state law.
Any such plan which is qualified and exempt from taxation under Code Sections
401(a) and  501(a), however, is  subject to the prohibited  transaction rules
set forth in Code Section 503. 

    On November  13, 1986, the United States  Department of Labor (the "DOL")
issued final  regulations concerning the  definition of what  constitutes the
assets of a Plan.  (Labor Reg. Section 2510.3-101) Under this regulation, the
underlying  assets and properties  of corporations, partnerships  and certain
other entities in which a Plan  makes an "equity" investment could be  deemed
for  purposes  of ERISA  to  be  assets  of  the investing  Plan  in  certain
circumstances.  However, the regulation provides that, generally, the  assets
of a corporation  or partnership in which  a Plan invests will not  be deemed
for  purposes  of ERISA  to be  assets of  such Plan  if the  equity interest
acquired  by  the   investing  Plan  is  a  publicly-offered   security.    A
publicly-offered  security, as defined in the  Labor Reg. Section 2510.3-101,
is a  security that is widely held,  freely transferable and registered under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

    In  addition  to  the  imposition  of  general  fiduciary   standards  of
investment  prudence and  diversification, ERISA prohibits  a broad  range of
transactions involving Plan assets and persons ("Parties in Interest") having
certain specified relationships to a Plan and imposes additional prohibitions
where Parties in Interest are fiduciaries with respect to such Plan.  Because
the Loans may be deemed Plan  assets of each Plan that purchases  Securities,
an investment  in the Securities by a Plan  might be a prohibited transaction
under ERISA Sections  406 and  407 and subject  to an excise  tax under  Code
Section 4975 unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies.

    In Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption 83-1  ("PTE  83-1"), which  amended
Prohibited   Transaction  Exemption  81-7,  the  DOL  exempted  from  ERISA's
prohibited transaction rules  certain transactions relating to  the operation
of residential  mortgage pool  investment trusts and  the purchase,  sale and
holding of "mortgage pool pass-through certificates" in the initial  issuance
of  such certificates.   PTE  83-1  permits, subject  to certain  conditions,
transactions which might otherwise be prohibited between Plans and Parties in
Interest with respect to those  Plans related to the origination, maintenance
and termination  of mortgage  pools consisting of  mortgage loans  secured by
first  or second  mortgages or  deeds of  trust on  single-family residential
property,  and the  acquisition and  holding of  certain mortgage  pool pass-
through  certificates representing  an  interest in  such  mortgage pools  by
Plans.    If the  general  conditions  (discussed  below)  of  PTE  83-1  are
satisfied, investments by a Plan in  Securities that represent interests in a
Pool consisting of Loans ("Single Family Securities") will be exempt from the
prohibitions  of  ERISA  Sections  406(a)  and  407  (relating  generally  to
transactions with Parties in  Interest who are  not fiduciaries) if the  Plan
purchases the Single  Family Securities at no more than fair market value and
will be  exempt from  the prohibitions  of ERISA  Sections 406(b)(1) and  (2)
(relating generally to  transactions with fiduciaries)  if, in addition,  the
purchase is approved by an independent fiduciary, no sales commission is paid
to the pool sponsor, the Plan  does not purchase more than 25% of  all Single
Family Securities,  and at  least 50%  of  all Single  Family Securities  are
purchased by persons  independent of the pool  sponsor or pool trustee.   PTE
83-1 does  not provide  an exemption  for transactions  involving Subordinate
Securities.  Accordingly, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, no transfer  of a Subordinate Security or a Security which is not
a Single Family Security may be made to a Plan.

    The discussion in this and  the next succeeding paragraph applies only to
Single Family Securities.   The Depositor believes that, for  purposes of PTE
83-1,  the  term  "mortgage  pass-through  certificate"  would  include:  (i)
Securities  issued  in  a  Series  consisting  of  only  a  single  class  of
Securities; and (ii) Securities issued in a Series in which there is only one
class of Trust Securities; provided that the Securities in the case of clause
(i), or the  Securities in the case  of clause (ii), evidence  the beneficial
ownership of both a specified percentage of future interest payments (greater
than 0%)  and a specified  percentage (greater than  0%) of  future principal
payments on the Loans.   It is not clear whether  a class of Securities  that
evidences the  beneficial ownership in a Trust Fund divided into Loan groups,
beneficial ownership of  a specified percentage of interest  payments only or
principal payments only, or a notional amount of either principal or interest
payments, or a class of  Securities entitled to receive payments of  interest
and principal on the Loans only after  payments to other classes or after the
occurrence  of certain  specified  events would  be a  "mortgage pass-through
certificate" for purposes of PTE 83-1.

    PTE 83-1 sets forth three general conditions which  must be satisfied for
any transaction to be eligible for exemption: (i) the maintenance of a system
of insurance or  other protection for the pooled  mortgage loans and property
securing  such loans, and for indemnifying Securityholders against reductions
in pass-through payments due  to property damage or defaults in loan payments
in an  amount not  less than  the  greater of  one percent  of the  aggregate
principal  balance of  all covered  pooled  mortgage loans  or the  principal
balance of the largest covered pooled mortgage loan; (ii) the existence  of a
pool  trustee who  is  not an  affiliate of  the  pool sponsor;  and (iii)  a
limitation  on  the amount  of  the  payment retained  by  the pool  sponsor,
together with  other funds inuring to its benefit,  to not more than adequate
consideration for selling the mortgage loans plus reasonable compensation for
services provided by  the pool sponsor to  the Pool.  The  Depositor believes
that  the first general  condition referred to  above will be  satisfied with
respect to the Securities in a Series issued without a subordination feature,
or  the Securities  only in  a Series  issued with  a  subordination feature,
provided  that  the  subordination  and  Reserve  Account,  subordination  by
shifting of interests, the pool insurance or other form of credit enhancement
described herein (such subordination, pool  insurance or other form of credit
enhancement being  the system  of insurance or  other protection  referred to
above) with respect to a  Series of Securities is maintained in an amount not
less than the  greater of one percent  of the aggregate principal  balance of
the Loans  or the principal balance of the largest Loan.  See "Description of
the  Securities" herein.   In  the absence  of a  ruling that  the system  of
insurance  or  other  protection  with  respect to  a  Series  of  Securities
satisfies the  first general  condition referred  to above, there  can be  no
assurance that these features will be so viewed by the DOL.  The Trustee will
not be affiliated with the Depositor.

    Each  Plan  fiduciary  who  is  responsible  for  making  the  investment
decisions whether to purchase or commit to purchase and to hold Single Family
Securities must make its own determination as to whether the first  and third
general conditions,  and the  specific  conditions described  briefly in  the
preceding  paragraph,  of  PTE  83-1  have  been  satisfied,  or  as  to  the
availability  of any  other  prohibited transaction  exemptions.   Each  Plan
fiduciary   should  also  determine  whether,  under  the  general  fiduciary
standards of  investment prudence and  diversification, an investment  in the
Securities  is appropriate  for the  Plan,  taking into  account the  overall
investment policy  of the Plan and  the composition of the  Plan's investment
portfolio.

    On September 6, 1990  the DOL issued to Greenwich  Capital Markets, Inc.,
an individual  exemption (Prohibited Transaction  Exemption 90-59;  Exemption
Application No.  D-8374, 55  Fed. Reg.  36724) (the  "Underwriter Exemption")
which  applies to  certain sales  and  servicing of  "certificates" that  are
obligations of  a "trust"  with respect to  which Greenwich  Capital Markets,
Inc. is the underwriter, manager  or co-manager of an underwriting syndicate.
The Underwriter Exemption provides relief  which is generally similar to that
provided by PTE 83-1, but is broader in several respects.

    The Underwriter  Exemption contains several  requirements, some  of which
differ  from  those in  PTE  83-l.   The  Underwriter  Exemption contains  an
expanded  definition  of  "certificate"  which  includes  an  interest  which
entitles the holder  to pass-through payments  of principal, interest  and/or
other payments.  The Underwriter Exemption contains an expanded definition of
"trust"  which  permits the  trust  corpus  to  consist of  secured  consumer
receivables.   The  definition  of  "trust", however,  does  not include  any
investment pool unless, inter alia, (i) the investment pool consists only  of
assets of  the type which have been included  in other investment pools, (ii)
certificates evidencing interests  in such other  investment pools have  been
purchased  by investors other than Plans  for at least one  year prior to the
Plan's acquisition of certificates pursuant to the Underwriter Exemption, and
(iii) certificates in such  other investment pools have been rated  in one of
the  three  highest generic  rating  categories  of  the four  credit  rating
agencies noted  below.  Generally,  the Underwriter Exemption holds  that the
acquisition of the  certificates by a  Plan must be  on terms (including  the
price for the  certificates) that are  at least as  favorable to the  Plan as
they would be  in an arm's length  transaction with an unrelated  party.  The
Underwriter Exemption requires that the rights and interests evidenced by the
certificates not be  "subordinated" to the rights and  interests evidenced by
other certificates  of the  same trust.   The Underwriter  Exemption requires
that certificates acquired by  a Plan have received a  rating at the time  of
their  acquisition  that  is  in one  of  the  three  highest  generic rating
categories of Standard & Poor's Corporation, Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,
Duff  &  Phelps  Inc. or  Fitch  Investors  Service,  Inc.   The  Underwriter
Exemption specifies  that the pool  trustee must not  be an affiliate  of the
pool sponsor,  nor an affiliate  of the  Underwriter, the pool  servicer, any
obligor with  respect to  mortgage loans included  in the  trust constituting
more than five percent of the aggregate unamortized principal  balance of the
assets in  the  trust, or  any  affiliate of  such  entities.   Finally,  the
Underwriter Exemption stipulates that any Plan  investing in the certificates
must be an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D
of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.


    Any Plan  fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to purchase Securities
should  consult with  their counsel  concerning the  impact of ERISA  and the
Code, the  applicability of PTE 83-1  and the Underwriter Exemption,  and the
potential consequences in their specific circumstances, prior  to making such
investment.  Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the
general  fiduciary standards of  investment procedure and  diversification an
investment in the Securities is appropriate for the Plan, taking into account
the overall investment policy  of the Plan and the composition  of the Plan's
investment portfolio.

                               LEGAL INVESTMENT

    The Prospectus  Supplement  for each  series of  Securities will  specify
which,  if any,  of  the  classes of  Securities  offered thereby  constitute
"mortgage related securities" for  purposes of the Secondary Mortgage  Market
Enhancement Act  of 1984 ("SMMEA").   Classes of  Securities that  qualify as
"mortgage related securities" will be legal  investments for persons, trusts,
corporations,  partnerships,  associations,  business  trusts,  and  business
entities (including  depository institutions,  life  insurance companies  and
pension funds) created pursuant  to or existing under the laws  of the United
States or of any state (including  the District of Columbia and Puerto  Rico)
whose authorized  investments are  subject to state  regulations to  the same
extent  as, under applicable law,  obligations issued by  or guaranteed as to
principal  and interest  by the United  States or  any such entities.   Under
SMMEA, if a  state enacted legislation prior to October  4, 1991 specifically
limiting the legal investment authority of any  such entities with respect to
"mortgage related securities",  securities will constitute legal  investments
for entities subject to such legislation only to the extent provided therein.
Approximately twenty-one states adopted such legislation prior to the October
4,  1991 deadline.    SMMEA provides,  however,  that in  no  event will  the
enactment  of any  such legislation  affect the  validity of  any contractual
commitment to purchase, hold or invest in  securities, or require the sale or
other disposition of  securities, so long as such  contractual commitment was
made  or  such  securities were  acquired  prior  to  the enactment  of  such
legislation.

    SMMEA also  amended the legal investment authority of federally-chartered
depository institutions as follows: federal savings and loan associations and
federal  savings banks may  invest in, sell  or otherwise deal  in Securities
without limitations as to the percentage of their assets represented thereby,
federal credit unions may invest in mortgage related securities, and national
banks may purchase  certificates for their own account without  regard to the
limitations generally  applicable to  investment securities  set forth  in 12
U.S.C.  24  (Seventh), subject    in each  case  to such  regulations  as the
applicable  federal authority  may  prescribe.   In this  connection, federal
credit unions should review the National Credit Union Administration ("NCUA")
Letter to Credit Unions No.  96, as modified by  Letter to Credit Unions  No.
108,  which includes  guidelines to  assist federal  credit unions  in making
investment  decisions  for   mortgage  related  securities  and   the  NCUA's
regulation "Investment and  Deposit Activities" (12  C.F.R. Part 703),  which
sets forth  certain restrictions  on investment by  federal credit  unions in
mortgage related securities.

    All depository institutions considering  an investment in the  Securities
(whether  or not  the class  of Securities  under consideration  for purchase
constitutes   a  "mortgage  related  security")  should  review  the  Federal
Financial Institutions Examination Council's Supervisory Policy  Statement on
the  Securities  Activities  (to  the  extent  adopted  by  their  respective
regulators) (the "Policy Statement") setting forth, in relevant part, certain
securities trading and sales practices deemed unsuitable for an institution's
investment portfolio, and  guidelines for (and restrictions  on) investing in
mortgage derivative products, including "mortgage  related securities", which
are  "high-risk mortgage  securities"  as defined  in  the Policy  Statement.
According  to the  Policy  Statement  such  "high-risk  mortgage  securities"
include securities such as Securities not entitled to distributions allocated
to  principal or  interest, or  Subordinated  Securities.   Under the  Policy
Statement, it  is  the  responsibility  of  each  depository  institution  to
determine, prior to purchase (and  at stated intervals thereafter), whether a
particular  mortgage derivative product  is a "high-risk  mortgage security",
and whether the purchase (or retention) of such a product would be consistent
with the Policy Statement.

    The  foregoing does  not  take into  consideration  the applicability  of
statutes,  rules,  regulations,  orders  guidelines  or agreements  generally
governing  investments made  by  a particular  investor,  including, but  not
limited to  "prudent  investor" provisions  which  may restrict  or  prohibit
investment in securities which are not "interest bearing" or "income paying".

    There may  be other  restrictions on  the ability  of certain  investors,
including  depositors institutions,  either  to  purchase  Securities  or  to
purchase Securities  representing more  than a  specified  percentage of  the
investor's  assets.   Investors should  consult their  own legal  advisors in
determining  whether  and  to what  extent  the  Securities constitute  legal
investments for such investors.

                            METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

    The Securities  offered hereby and by  the Prospectus Supplement  will be
offered in Series.   The distribution of the Securities may  be effected from
time to time in one  or more transactions, including negotiated transactions,
at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices to be determined at the
time  of sale or at the time of  commitment therefor.  If so specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  the Securities will be distributed  in a firm
commitment   underwriting,  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the
underwriting agreement, by  Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. ("GCM") acting as
underwriter  with other underwriters, if any, named  therein.  In such event,
the related Prospectus Supplement may also specify that the underwriters will
not  be  obligated  to pay  for  any  Securities agreed  to  be  purchased by
purchasers pursuant to  purchase agreements acceptable to the  Depositor.  In
connection  with  the  sale  of  the  Securities,  underwriters  may  receive
compensation from the Depositor or from  purchasers of the Securities in  the
form of  discounts,  concessions  or  commissions.   The  related  Prospectus
Supplement will describe any such compensation paid by the Depositor.

    Alternatively,  the related  Prospectus Supplement  may specify  that the
Securities will  be distributed by  GCM acting as  agent or in  some cases as
principal  with respect  to Securities  that it  has previously  purchased or
agreed to purchase.  If GCM acts as agent in the sale of Securities, GCM will
receive  a selling  commission with  respect  to each  Series of  Securities,
depending on  market conditions, expressed  as a percentage of  the aggregate
principal balance of  the related Trust Fund  Assets as of the  Cut-off Date.
The exact  percentage for each Series of Securities  will be disclosed in the
related Prospectus  Supplement.  To  the extent  that GCM elects  to purchase
Securities as principal,  GCM may realize  losses or  profits based upon  the
difference between  its purchase price  and the sales price.   The Prospectus
Supplement with respect to any Series offered other than through underwriters
will  contain information  regarding  the  nature of  such  offering and  any
agreements  to  be entered  into  between  the  Depositor and  purchasers  of
Securities of such Series.

    The Depositor  will indemnify GCM  and any  underwriters against  certain
civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or
will contribute to  payments GCM and any underwriters may be required to make
in respect thereof.

    In  the ordinary course of business, GCM  and the Depositor may engage in
various   securities  and   financing   transactions,  including   repurchase
agreements to provide  interim financing of the Depositor's  loans or private
asset backed  securities, pending  the sale  of such  loans or private  asset
backed securities, or interests therein, including the Securities.

    The Depositor anticipates  that the Securities will be sold  primarily to
institutional investors.   Purchasers of Securities, including  dealers, may,
depending on the facts and circumstances  of such purchases, be deemed to  be
"underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection
with reoffers and sales by them of  Securities.  Holders of Securities should
consult with their legal advisors in this regard prior to any such reoffer or
sale.

                                LEGAL MATTERS

    The  legality  of  the  Securities  of  each  Series,  including  certain
material federal income tax consequences with respect thereto, will be passed
upon for the Depositor by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York 10048.

                            FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    A  new  Trust  Fund  will  be  formed with  respect  to  each  Series  of
Securities and no Trust Fund will  engage in any business activities or  have
any assets  or obligations  prior to the  issuance of  the related  Series of
Securities.  Accordingly,  no financial statements with respect  to any Trust
Fund will  be  included in  this  Prospectus  or in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

                                    RATING

    It  is  a condition  to the  issuance of  the  Securities of  each Series
offered hereby  and by the  Prospectus Supplement that  they shall  have been
rated  in  one of  the  four  highest  rating categories  by  the  nationally
recognized statistical rating  agency or agencies  (each, a "Rating  Agency")
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Any such rating would  be based on, among  other things, the adequacy  of
the value of the Trust Fund Assets and any credit enhancement with respect to
such class  and will reflect  such Rating Agency's  assessment solely of  the
likelihood that holders of  a class of Securities of such  class will receive
payments  to  which  such  Securityholders  are  entitled  under the  related
Agreement.  Such rating  will not constitute an assessment of  the likelihood
that principal prepayments on  the related Loans will be made,  the degree to
which  the  rate  of  such  prepayments might  differ  from  that  originally
anticipated or  the likelihood of early optional termination of the Series of
Securities.   Such rating should not be  deemed a recommendation to purchase,
hold  or sell  Securities, inasmuch as  it does  not address market  price or
suitability  for a particular  investor.   Such rating  will not  address the
possibility that  prepayment at higher or lower  rates than anticipated by an
investor may cause such investor to experience a lower than anticipated yield
or that an investor purchasing a Security at a significant premium might fail
to recoup its initial investment under certain prepayment scenarios.

    There  is also no  assurance that any  such rating will  remain in effect
for  any given period  of time  or that  it may not  be lowered  or withdrawn
entirely by the  Rating Agency in the future if in its judgment circumstances
in the future so warrant.  In  addition to being lowered or withdrawn due  to
any erosion in  the adequacy of  the value of  the Trust Fund  Assets or  any
credit enhancement  with  respect to  a  Series, such  rating might  also  be
lowered or withdrawn among other reasons, because of an adverse change in the
financial or other condition of a credit  enhancement provider or a change in
the rating of such credit enhancement provider's long term debt.

    The amount,  type and nature of  credit enhancement, if  any, established
with  respect to a  Series of Securities  will be determined on  the basis of
criteria established  by each  Rating Agency rating  classes of  such Series.
Such criteria  are sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior
of mortgage  loans in a larger group.  Such  analysis is often the basis upon
which each Rating Agency determines the amount of credit enhancement required
with  respect  to each  such  class.   There  can  be no  assurance  that the
historical  data supporting  any  such  actuarial  analysis  will  accurately
reflect  future experience  nor any  assurance that the  data derived  from a
large pool of mortgage loans accurately predicts the delinquency, foreclosure
or loss  experience of any  particular pool  of Loans.   No assurance can  be
given  that values of  any Properties have  remained or will  remain at their
levels on the respective  dates of origination of the related  Loans.  If the
residential  real estate  markets  should experience  an  overall decline  in
property values  such that the outstanding principal balances of the Loans in
a particular Trust Fund and any secondary financing on the related Properties
become equal to  or greater than  the value of  the Properties, the  rates of
delinquencies, foreclosures  and  losses  could  be  higher  than  those  now
generally  experienced  in the  mortgage  lending industry.    In additional,
adverse  economic conditions  (which  may  or may  not  affect real  property
values) may affect  the timely payment by mortgagors of scheduled payments of
principal  and  interest  on  the   Loans  and,  accordingly,  the  rates  of
delinquencies, foreclosures and  losses with respect to  any Trust Fund.   To
the  extent that  such  losses are  not covered  by credit  enhancement, such
losses will be borne, at least in part, by the holders of one or more classes
of the Securities of the related Series.


                                   PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION*

    The following table sets forth the  estimated expenses in connection with
the issuance and  distribution of the Securities being  registered under this
Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:




    
    SEC Registration Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $303,030.31**
 Printing and Engraving Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $250,000.00
 Legal Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $1,000,000.00
 Trustee Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $100,000.00
 Accounting Fees and Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $250,000.00
 Rating Agency Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $400,000.00
 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $200,000.00


 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $2,503,030.31

____________
*   All amounts except the SEC Registration Fee are estimates.  
**  The SEC Registration Fee was previously filed. 
    
   


ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

    The    Registrant's   Certificate    of   Incorporation    provides   for
indemnification  of directors  and  officers of  the Registrant  to  the full
extent permitted by Delaware law.

    Section  145  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  provides,  in
substance, that Delaware corporations shall  have the power, under  specified
circumstances, to indemnify  their directors, officers, employees  and agents
in connection with  actions, suits or proceedings  brought against them by  a
third party or in  the right of the corporation,  by reason of the fact  that
they  were or  are  such directors,  officers, employees  or  agents, against
expenses  incurred in  any such  action, suit  or  proceeding.   The Delaware
General  Corporation  Law also  provides  that  the  Registrant may  purchase
insurance on behalf of any such director, officer, employee or agent.


ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS.


    
    1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
    3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.*
    3.2 By-laws of the Registrant.*
    4.1 Forms of Pooling and Servicing Agreement.*
    4.2 Form of Trust Agreement.*
    4.3 Form of Indenture.*
    5.1 Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to legality of the Certificates.*
    8.1 Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP as to certain tax matters.*
   10.1 Form of Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement.*
   23.1 Consent of  Brown  &  Wood LLP  (included  in Exhibits  5.1  and  8.1
        hereof).*
   24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page).* 
    
   
__________________________
*Previously filed.


ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1)  To file, during  any period  in which offers  or sales are  being
    made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

              (i)    To include  any prospectus required  by Section 10(a)(3)
        of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act");

             (ii)    To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
        after the effective  date of the registration statement (or  the most
        recent post-effective  amendment thereof) which,  individually or  in
        the  aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set
        forth in the registration statement;

            (iii)    To  include any material information with respect to the
        plan  of distribution  not previously  disclosed in  the registration
        statement  or   any  material  change  to  such  information  in  the
        registration statement.

        (2)  That,  for  the purpose  of determining  any liability  under the
    Act, each post-effective  amendment that  contains a  form of  prospectus
    shall be  deemed  to be  a  new registration  statement  relating to  the
    securities offered therein,  and the offering of such securities  at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3)  To  remove  from  registration  by   means  of  a  post-effective
    amendment any of  the securities being registered which remain  unsold at
    the termination of the offering.

    The undersigned Registrant undertakes  that, for purposes of  determining
any  liability  under the  Act,  each filing  of  the  Trust's annual  report
pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d)  of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 that is  incorporated by reference in this  Registration Statement shall
be  deemed to  be a  new Registration  Statement relating  to the  securities
offered therein, and  the offering of such  securities at that time  shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Act  may be
permitted to  directors, officers and  controlling persons of  the Registrant
pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the  Registrant has been
advised  that in the  opinion of the Securities  and Exchange Commission such
indemnification  is against  public policy as  expressed in  the Act  and is,
therefore,  unenforceable.   In the  event that  a claim  for indemnification
against  such  liabilities (other  than  the  payment  by the  Registrant  of
expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
Registrant in the  successful defense of any  action, suit or proceeding)  is
asserted by such  director, officer or controlling person  in connection with
the securities being  registered, the Registrant will, unless  in the opinion
of its counsel the matter  has been settled by controlling  precedent, submit
to  a  court   of  appropriate   jurisdiction  the   question  whether   such
indemnification by it  is against public policy  as expressed in the  Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    For purposes  of determining  any liability under  the Securities Act  of
1933, the information  omitted from the form  of prospectus filed as  part of
this registration statement in reliance on Rule  430A and contained in a form
of prospectus filed  by the registrant pursuant  to Rule 424(b)(1) or  (4) or
497(h) under the  Securities Act of 1933  shall be deemed to be  part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    For the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that  contains a form of prospectus shall
be deemed  to  be a  new registration  statement relating  to the  securities
offered therein, and  the offering of such  securities at that time  shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    The undersigned registrant hereby  undertakes to file an application  for
the  purpose of  determining  the eligibility  of  the trustee  to act  under
subsection  (a)  of Section  310  of  the  Trust  Indenture Act  of  1939  in
accordance with the rules and  regulations prescribed by the Commission under
Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

                                  SIGNATURES


    
    Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Act of  1933, as amended,
the Registrant certifies  that it has reasonable  grounds to believe  that it
meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this
Amendment  No. 1 to Registration Statement to be  signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto  duly authorized,  in Greenwich,  Connecticut, on  the
24th day of March, 1997. 
    
   

                         
    
    FINANCIAL ASSET SECURITIES CORP.

                         By  *Konrad R. Kruger         
                              ---------------------
                         Name:  Konrad R. Kruger
                         Title:    President

    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this  Amendment  No.  1 to  Registration  Statement has  been  signed  by the
following persons in the capacities indicated on the dates indicated.

    SIGNATURES                   TITLE                             DATE
     --------                     ----                             ---

*Konrad R. Kruger 
- ------------------   President (Principal Executive Officer,    March  24, 1997
Konrad R. Kruger     Principal Financial Officer) Director


*Kevin C. Piccoli  
- ------------------   Controller (Principal                      March  24, 1997
                     Accounting Officer)
Kevin C. Piccoli


*Stephen M. Peet     
- ------------------   Director                                  March 24, 1997
Stephen M. Peet


*John C. Anderson   
- ------------------   Director                                  March 24, 1997
John C. Anderson

*David R. Jones      
- -------------------  Director                                  March 24, 1997
David R. Jones

*By: /s/Peter McMullin
    _____________________
    Attorney-in-fact                                                      
    
   

                                EXHIBIT INDEX


                                                                   SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT                                                              PAGE    
  NO.                        DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT                  NUMBER  
- -----                         ------------------                    --------


    
    1.1            --  Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
    3.1            --  Certificate of Incorporation of the
                       Registrant.*
    3.2            --  By-laws of the Registrant.*
    4.1            --  Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement.*
    4.2            --  Form of Trust Agreement.*
    4.3            --  Form of Indenture.*
    5.1            --  Opinion of Brown & Wood  LLP as to  legality
                       of the Certificates.*
    8.1            --  Opinion of Brown & Wood  LLP as to certain
                       tax matters.*
   10.1            --  Form of Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement.*
   23.1            --  Consent  of Brown  &  Wood LLP  (included in
                       Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).*
   24.1            --  Power  of Attorney  (included  on  signature
                       page).* 
    
   
 
                    
- ----------------
*Previously filed.


    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission